diff options
author | Kyle Meyer <kyle@kyleam.com> | 2019-02-03 18:33:23 -0500 |
---|---|---|
committer | Kyle Meyer <kyle@kyleam.com> | 2019-02-03 19:23:50 -0500 |
commit | 90c50d4aa816c0e1dc0985976dc93737d291cff8 (patch) | |
tree | ddcf7d8b4f27901b03ef9eede3c27b6c64cc0882 | |
parent | 0fb79857a19be7bb67d607c822f32cd73877361e (diff) | |
download | org-mode-90c50d4aa816c0e1dc0985976dc93737d291cff8.tar.gz |
org.texi: Generate from org-manual.org
$ emacs --batch -Q -L lisp --eval "(require 'ox-texinfo)" \
--visit doc/org-manual.org --eval "(org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo)"
-rw-r--r-- | doc/org.texi | 22082 |
1 files changed, 22082 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/org.texi b/doc/org.texi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3507ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/org.texi @@ -0,0 +1,22082 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*- +@c %**start of header +@setfilename org.info +@settitle The Org Manual +@documentencoding UTF-8 +@documentlanguage en +@set txicodequoteundirected +@set txicodequotebacktick +@set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{https://orgmode.org,maintainers webpage} +@set MAINTAINER Carsten Dominik +@set MAINTAINEREMAIL @email{carsten at orgmode dot org} +@set MAINTAINERCONTACT @uref{mailto:carsten at orgmode dot org,contact the maintainer} +@c %**end of header + +@copying +This manual is for Org version 9.2. + +Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +@quotation +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or +any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no +Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' +and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license +is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.'' + +(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and +modify this GNU manual.'' + +@end quotation +@end copying + +@dircategory Emacs editing modes +@direntry +* Org Mode: (org). Outline-based notes management and organizer. +@end direntry + +@finalout +@titlepage +@title The Org Manual +@subtitle Release 9.2 +@author The Org Mode Developers +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@insertcopying +@end titlepage + +@contents + +@ifnottex +@node Top +@top The Org Manual + +@insertcopying +@end ifnottex + +@menu +* Introduction:: Getting started. +* Document Structure:: A tree works like your brain. +* Tables:: Pure magic for quick formatting. +* Hyperlinks:: Notes in context. +* TODO Items:: Every tree branch can be a TODO item. +* Tags:: Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags. +* Properties and Columns:: Storing information about an entry. +* Dates and Times:: Making items useful for planning. +* Capture, Refile, Archive: Capture Refile Archive. The ins and outs for projects. +* Agenda Views:: Collecting information into views. +* Markup for Rich Contents:: Compose beautiful documents. +* Exporting:: Sharing and publishing notes. +* Publishing:: Create a web site of linked Org files. +* Working with Source Code:: Export, evaluate, and tangle code blocks. +* Miscellaneous:: All the rest which did not fit elsewhere. +* Hacking:: How to hack your way around. +* History and Acknowledgments:: How Org came into being. +* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation. +* Main Index:: An index of Org's concepts and features. +* Key Index:: Key bindings and where they are described. +* Command and Function Index:: Command names and some internal functions. +* Variable Index:: Variables mentioned in the manual. + +@detailmenu +--- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +Introduction + +* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does. +* Installation:: Installing Org. +* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers. +* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches, etc. +* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions used in this manual. + +Document Structure + +* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode. +* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines. +* Visibility Cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified. +* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines. +* Structure Editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines. +* Sparse Trees:: Matches embedded in context. +* Plain Lists:: Additional structure within an entry. +* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away. +* Blocks:: Folding blocks. +* Creating Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax. + +Visibility Cycling + +* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states. +* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state. +* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts. + +Tables + +* Built-in Table Editor:: Simple tables. +* Column Width and Alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings. +* Column Groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines. +* Orgtbl Mode:: The table editor as minor mode. +* The Spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities. +* Org Plot:: Plotting from Org tables. + +The Spreadsheet + +* References:: How to refer to another field or range. +* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff. +* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp. +* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values. +* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields. +* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column. +* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables. +* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas. +* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields. +* Advanced features:: Field and column names, automatic recalculation... + +Hyperlinks + +* Link Format:: How links in Org are formatted. +* Internal Links:: Links to other places in the current file. +* Radio Targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text. +* External Links:: URL-like links to the world. +* Handling Links:: Creating, inserting and following. +* Using Links Outside Org:: Linking from my C source code? +* Link Abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links. +* Search Options:: Linking to a specific location. +* Custom Searches:: When the default search is not enough. + +TODO Items + +* TODO Basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries. +* TODO Extensions:: Workflow and assignments. +* Progress Logging:: Dates and notes for progress. +* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others. +* Breaking Down Tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces. +* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists. + +TODO Extensions + +* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps. +* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest. +* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, still finding your way. +* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of state. +* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements. +* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states. +* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others. + +Progress Logging + +* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE? +* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change? +* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been? + +Tags + +* Tag Inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of an outline. +* Setting Tags:: How to assign tags to a headline. +* Tag Hierarchy:: Create a hierarchy of tags. +* Tag Searches:: Searching for combinations of tags. + +Properties and Columns + +* Property Syntax:: How properties are spelled out. +* Special Properties:: Access to other Org mode features. +* Property Searches:: Matching property values. +* Property Inheritance:: Passing values down a tree. +* Column View:: Tabular viewing and editing. + +Column View + +* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property. +* Using column view:: How to create and use column view. +* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view. + +Defining columns + +* Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid? +* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column. + +Dates and Times + +* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry. +* Creating Timestamps:: Commands to insert timestamps. +* Deadlines and Scheduling:: Planning your work. +* Clocking Work Time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task. +* Effort Estimates:: Planning work effort in advance. +* Timers:: Notes with a running timer. + +Creating Timestamps + +* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you enter dates and times. +* Custom time format:: Making dates look different. + +Deadlines and Scheduling + +* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items. +* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again. + +Clocking Work Time + +* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock. +* The clock table:: Detailed reports. +* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle. + +Capture, Refile, Archive + +* Capture:: Capturing new stuff. +* Attachments:: Add files to tasks. +* RSS Feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds. +* Protocols:: External access to Emacs and Org. +* Refile and Copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another. +* Archiving:: What to do with finished products. + +Capture + +* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored. +* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture. +* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types. + +Capture templates + +* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry. +* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context. +* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context. + +Protocols + +* @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring. +* @code{capture} protocol:: Fill a buffer with external information. +* @code{open-source} protocol:: Edit published contents. + +Archiving + +* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file. +* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file. + +Agenda Views + +* Agenda Files:: Files being searched for agenda information. +* Agenda Dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views. +* Built-in Agenda Views:: What is available out of the box? +* Presentation and Sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display. +* Agenda Commands:: Remote editing of Org trees. +* Custom Agenda Views:: Defining special searches and views. +* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing a view to a file. +* Agenda Column View:: Using column view for collected entries. + +Built-in Agenda Views + +* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks. +* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items. +* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search. +* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text. +* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review. + +Presentation and Sorting + +* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal. +* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time. +* Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things. +* Filtering/limiting agenda times:: Dynamically narrow the agenda. + +Custom Agenda Views + +* Storing searches:: Type once, use often. +* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer. +* Setting options:: Changing the rules. + +Markup for Rich Contents + +* Paragraphs:: The basic unit of text. +* Emphasis and Monospace:: Bold, italic, etc. +* Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text. +* Special Symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols. +* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents. +* Literal Examples:: Source code examples with special formatting. +* Images:: Display an image. +* Captions:: Describe tables, images... +* Horizontal Rules:: Make a line. + +Embedded @LaTeX{} + +* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy. +* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like? +* CD@LaTeX{} mode:: Speed up entering of formulas. + +Exporting + +* The Export Dispatcher:: The main interface. +* Export Settings:: Common export settings. +* Table of Contents:: The if and where of the table of contents. +* Include Files:: Include additional files into a document. +* Macro Replacement:: Use macros to create templates. +* Comment Lines:: What will not be exported. +* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding. +* Beamer Export:: +* HTML Export:: Exporting to HTML. +* @LaTeX{} Export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{} and processing to PDF. +* Markdown Export:: Exporting to Markdown. +* OpenDocument Text Export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text. +* Org Export:: Exporting to Org. +* Texinfo Export:: Exporting to Texinfo. +* iCalendar Export:: Exporting to iCalendar. +* Other Built-in Back-ends:: Exporting to a man page. +* Advanced Export Configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output. +* Export in Foreign Buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax. + +Beamer Export + +* Beamer export commands:: For creating Beamer documents. +* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export. +* Frames and Blocks in Beamer:: For composing Beamer slides. +* Beamer specific syntax:: For using in Org documents. +* Editing support:: Editing support. +* A Beamer example:: A complete presentation. + +HTML Export + +* HTML export commands:: Invoking HTML export. +* HTML specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export. +* HTML doctypes:: Exporting various (X)HTML flavors. +* HTML preamble and postamble:: Inserting preamble and postamble. +* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org files. +* Links in HTML export:: Inserting and formatting links. +* Tables in HTML export:: How to modify the formatting of tables. +* Images in HTML export:: How to insert figures into HTML output. +* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web. +* Text areas in HTML export:: An alternate way to show an example. +* CSS support:: Changing the appearance of the output. +* JavaScript support:: Info and folding in a web browser. + +@LaTeX{} Export + +* @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents. +* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end. +* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure. +* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code. +* Tables in @LaTeX{} export:: Options for exporting tables to @LaTeX{}. +* Images in @LaTeX{} export:: How to insert figures into @LaTeX{} output. +* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists. +* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks. +* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks. +* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks. +* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules. + +OpenDocument Text Export + +* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages. +* ODT export commands:: Invoking export. +* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options. +* Extending ODT export:: Producing DOC, PDF files. +* Applying custom styles:: Styling the output. +* Links in ODT export:: Handling and formatting links. +* Tables in ODT export:: Org tables conversions. +* Images in ODT export:: Inserting images. +* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments. +* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects. +* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks. +* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users. + +Math formatting in ODT export + +* @LaTeX{} math snippets:: Embedding in @LaTeX{} format. +* MathML and OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format. + +Texinfo Export + +* Texinfo export commands:: Invoking commands. +* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment. +* Texinfo file header:: Generating the header. +* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages. +* Info directory file:: Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy. +* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure. +* Indices:: Creating indices. +* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code. +* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes. +* Tables in Texinfo export:: Table attributes. +* Images in Texinfo export:: Image attributes. +* Quotations in Texinfo export:: Quote block attributes. +* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes. +* A Texinfo example:: Processing Org to Texinfo. + +Publishing + +* Configuration:: Defining projects. +* Uploading Files:: How to get files up on the server. +* Sample Configuration:: Example projects. +* Triggering Publication:: Publication commands. + +Configuration + +* Project alist:: The central configuration variable. +* Sources and destinations:: From here to there. +* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project? +* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing. +* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export. +* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing? +* Site map:: Generating a list of all pages. +* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages. + +Sample Configuration + +* Simple example:: One-component publishing. +* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example. + +Working with Source Code + +* Structure of Code Blocks:: Code block syntax described. +* Using Header Arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments. +* Environment of a Code Block:: Arguments, sessions, working directory... +* Evaluating Code Blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org buffer. +* Results of Evaluation:: Choosing a results type, post-processing... +* Exporting Code Blocks:: Export contents and/or results. +* Extracting Source Code:: Create pure source code files. +* Languages:: List of supported code block languages. +* Editing Source Code:: Language major-mode editing. +* Noweb Reference Syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode. +* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks. +* Key bindings and Useful Functions:: Work quickly with code blocks. +* Batch Execution:: Call functions from the command line. + +Miscellaneous + +* Completion:: @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} guesses completions. +* Structure Templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements. +* Escape Character:: +* Speed Keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline. +* Code Evaluation Security:: Org files evaluate in-line code. +* Customization:: Adapting Org to your taste. +* In-buffer Settings:: Overview of keywords. +* The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key:: When in doubt, press @kbd{C-c C-c}. +* Clean View:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline. +* TTY Keys:: Using Org on a tty. +* Documentation Access:: Read documentation about current syntax. +* Interaction:: With other Emacs packages. +* Org Crypt:: Encrypting Org files. +* Org Mobile:: Viewing and capture on a mobile device. +* Org Syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax. + +Interaction + +* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with. +* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts. + +Org Mobile + +* Setting up the staging area:: For the mobile device. +* Pushing to the mobile application:: Uploading Org files and agendas. +* Pulling from the mobile application:: Integrating captured and flagged items. + +Hacking + +* Hooks: Hooks (2). How to reach into Org's internals. +* Add-on Packages:: Available extensions. +* Adding Hyperlink Types:: New custom link types. +* Adding Export Back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends. +* Tables in Arbitrary Syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs. +* Dynamic Blocks:: Automatically filled blocks. +* Special Agenda Views:: Customized views. +* Speeding Up Your Agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas. +* Extracting Agenda Information:: Post-processing agenda information. +* Using the Property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties. +* Using the Mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries. + +Tables in Arbitrary Syntax + +* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables. +* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial. +* Translator functions:: Copy and modify. + +@end detailmenu +@end menu + +@node Introduction +@chapter Introduction + +@cindex introduction + +@menu +* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does. +* Installation:: Installing Org. +* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers. +* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches, etc. +* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions used in this manual. +@end menu + +@node Summary +@section Summary + +@cindex summary + +Org is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining TODO lists, and project +planning with a fast and effective plain-text markup language. It +also is an authoring system with unique support for literate +programming and reproducible research. + +Org is implemented on top of Outline mode, which makes it possible to +keep the content of large files well structured. Visibility cycling +and structure editing help to work with the tree. Tables are easily +created with a built-in table editor. Plain text URL-like links +connect to websites, emails, Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any +files related to the projects. + +Org develops organizational tasks around notes files that contain +lists or information about projects as plain text. Project planning +and task management make use of metadata which is part of an outline +node. Based on this data, specific entries can be extracted in +queries and create dynamic @emph{agenda views} that also integrate the +Emacs calendar and diary. Org can be used to implement many different +project planning schemes, such as David Allen's GTD system. + +Org files can serve as a single source authoring system with export to +many different formats such as HTML, @LaTeX{}, Open Document, and +Markdown. New export backends can be derived from existing ones, or +defined from scratch. + +Org files can include source code blocks, which makes Org uniquely +suited for authoring technical documents with code examples. Org +source code blocks are fully functional; they can be evaluated in +place and their results can be captured in the file. This makes it +possible to create a single file reproducible research compendium. + +Org keeps simple things simple. When first fired up, it should feel +like a straightforward, easy to use outliner. Complexity is not +imposed, but a large amount of functionality is available when needed. +Org is a toolbox. Many users actually run only a---very +personal---fraction of Org's capabilities, and know that there is more +whenever they need it. + +All of this is achieved with strictly plain text files, the most +portable and future-proof file format. Org runs in Emacs. Emacs is +one of the most widely ported programs, so that Org mode is available +on every major platform. + +@cindex FAQ +There is a website for Org which provides links to the newest version +of Org, as well as additional information, frequently asked questions +(FAQ), links to tutorials, etc. This page is located at +@uref{https://orgmode.org}. + +@cindex print edition +An earlier version (7.3) of this manual is available as a @uref{http://www.network-theory.co.uk/org/manual/, paperback +book from Network Theory Ltd.}. + +@node Installation +@section Installation + +@cindex installation + +Org is included in all recent distributions of GNU Emacs, so you +probably do not need to install it. Most users will simply activate +Org and begin exploring its many features. + +If, for one reason or another, you want to install Org on top of this +pre-packaged version, there are three ways to do it: + +@itemize +@item +by using the Emacs package system; +@item +by downloading Org as an archive; or +@item +by using Org's git repository. +@end itemize + +We @strong{strongly recommend} sticking to a single installation method. + +@anchor{Using Emacs packaging system} +@subheading Using Emacs packaging system + +Recent Emacs distributions include a packaging system which lets you +install Elisp libraries. You can install Org with @kbd{M-x package-install @key{RET} org}. + +@quotation Important +You need to do this in a session where no @samp{.org} file has been +visited, i.e., where no Org built-in function have been loaded. +Otherwise autoload Org functions will mess up the installation. + +@end quotation + +If you want to use Org's package repository, check out the @uref{https://orgmode.org/elpa.html, Org ELPA +page}. + +@anchor{Downloading Org as an archive} +@subheading Downloading Org as an archive + +You can download Org latest release from @uref{https://orgmode.org/, Org's website}. In this case, +make sure you set the load-path correctly in your Emacs init file: + +@lisp +(add-to-list 'load-path "~/path/to/orgdir/lisp") +@end lisp + +The downloaded archive contains contributed libraries that are not +included in Emacs. If you want to use them, add the @samp{contrib/} +directory to your load-path: + +@lisp +(add-to-list 'load-path "~/path/to/orgdir/contrib/lisp" t) +@end lisp + +Optionally, you can compile the files and/or install them in your +system. Run @samp{make help} to list compilation and installation options. + +@anchor{Using Org's git repository} +@subheading Using Org's git repository + +You can clone Org's repository and install Org like this: + +@example +$ cd ~/src/ +$ git clone git@@code.orgmode.org:bzg/org-mode.git +$ cd org-mode/ +$ make autoloads +@end example + +Note that in this case, @code{make autoloads} is mandatory: it defines +Org's version in @samp{org-version.el} and Org's autoloads in +@samp{org-loaddefs.el}. + +Remember to add the correct load-path as described in the method +above. + +You can also compile with @samp{make}, generate the documentation with +@samp{make doc}, create a local configuration with @samp{make config} and +install Org with @samp{make install}. Please run @samp{make help} to get the +list of compilation/installation options. + +For more detailed explanations on Org's build system, please check the +Org Build System page on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-build-system.html, Worg}. + +@node Activation +@section Activation + +@cindex activation +@cindex autoload +@cindex ELPA +@cindex global key bindings +@cindex key bindings, global + +Org mode buffers need Font Lock to be turned on: this is the default +in Emacs@footnote{If you do not use Font Lock globally turn it on in Org buffer +with @samp{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)}.}. + +There are compatibility issues between Org mode and some other Elisp +packages (see @ref{Conflicts}). Please take the +time to check the list. + +@findex org-agenda +@findex org-capture +@findex org-store-link +For a better experience, the three Org commands @code{org-store-link}, +@code{org-capture} and @code{org-agenda} ought to be accessible anywhere in +Emacs, not just in Org buffers. To that effect, you need to bind them +to globally available keys, like the ones reserved for users (see +@ref{Key Binding Conventions,,,elisp,}). Here are suggested +bindings, please modify the keys to your own liking. + +@lisp +(global-set-key (kbd "C-c l") 'org-store-link) +(global-set-key (kbd "C-c a") 'org-agenda) +(global-set-key (kbd "C-c c") 'org-capture) +@end lisp + +@cindex Org mode, turning on +Files with the @samp{.org} extension use Org mode by default. To turn on +Org mode in a file that does not have the extension @samp{.org}, make the +first line of a file look like this: + +@example +MY PROJECTS -*- mode: org; -*- +@end example + + +@vindex org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file +@noindent +which selects Org mode for this buffer no matter what the file's name +is. See also the variable @code{org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file}. + +Many commands in Org work on the region if the region is @emph{active}. To +make use of this, you need to have @code{transient-mark-mode} turned on, +which is the default. If you do not like @code{transient-mark-mode}, you +can create an active region by using the mouse to select a region, or +pressing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} twice before moving point. + +@node Feedback +@section Feedback + +@cindex feedback +@cindex bug reports +@cindex reporting a bug +@cindex maintainer +@cindex author + +If you find problems with Org, or if you have questions, remarks, or +ideas about it, please send an email to the Org mailing list +@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}. You can subscribe to the list @uref{https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/emacs-orgmode, from this +web page}. If you are not a member of the mailing list, your mail will +be passed to the list after a moderator has approved it@footnote{Please consider subscribing to the mailing list in order to +minimize the work the mailing list moderators have to do.}. + +@findex org-version +@findex org-submit-bug-report +For bug reports, please first try to reproduce the bug with the latest +version of Org available---if you are running an outdated version, it +is quite possible that the bug has been fixed already. If the bug +persists, prepare a report and provide as much information as +possible, including the version information of Emacs (@kbd{M-x emacs-version}) and Org (@kbd{M-x org-version}), as well as +the Org related setup in the Emacs init file. The easiest way to do +this is to use the command + +@example +M-x org-submit-bug-report <RET> +@end example + + +@noindent +which puts all this information into an Emacs mail buffer so that you +only need to add your description. If you are not sending the Email +from within Emacs, please copy and paste the content into your Email +program. + +Sometimes you might face a problem due to an error in your Emacs or +Org mode setup. Before reporting a bug, it is very helpful to start +Emacs with minimal customizations and reproduce the problem. Doing so +often helps you determine if the problem is with your customization or +with Org mode itself. You can start a typical minimal session with +a command like the example below. + +@example +$ emacs -Q -l /path/to/minimal-org.el +@end example + + +However if you are using Org mode as distributed with Emacs, a minimal +setup is not necessary. In that case it is sufficient to start Emacs +as @samp{emacs -Q}. The @samp{minimal-org.el} setup file can have contents as +shown below. + +@lisp +;;; Minimal setup to load latest `org-mode'. + +;; Activate debugging. +(setq debug-on-error t + debug-on-signal nil + debug-on-quit nil) + +;; Add latest Org mode to load path. +(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/lisp")) +(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/contrib/lisp" t)) +@end lisp + +If an error occurs, a ``backtrace'' can be very useful---see below on +how to create one. Often a small example file helps, along with clear +information about: + +@enumerate +@item +What exactly did you do? +@item +What did you expect to happen? +@item +What happened instead? +@end enumerate + +Thank you for helping to improve this program. + +@anchor{How to create a useful backtrace} +@subheading How to create a useful backtrace + +@cindex backtrace of an error +If working with Org produces an error with a message you do not +understand, you may have hit a bug. The best way to report this is by +providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a backtrace. This +is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the +error occurred. Here is how to produce a useful backtrace: + +@enumerate +@item +Reload uncompiled versions of all Org mode Lisp files. The +backtrace contains much more information if it is produced with +uncompiled code. To do this, use + +@example +C-u M-x org-reload <RET> +@end example + + +@noindent +or, from the menu: Org @arrow{} Refresh/Reload @arrow{} Reload Org uncompiled. + +@item +Then, activate the debugger: + +@example +M-x toggle-debug-or-error <RET> +@end example + + +@noindent +or, from the menu: Options @arrow{} Enter Debugger on Error. + +@item +Do whatever you have to do to hit the error. Do not forget to +document the steps you take. + +@item +When you hit the error, a @samp{*Backtrace*} buffer appears on the +screen. Save this buffer to a file---for example using @kbd{C-x C-w}---and attach it to your bug report. +@end enumerate + +@node Conventions +@section Typesetting Conventions Used in this Manual + + + +@anchor{TODO keywords tags properties etc} +@subheading TODO keywords, tags, properties, etc. + +Org uses various syntactical elements: TODO keywords, tags, property +names, keywords, blocks, etc. In this manual we use the following +conventions: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{TODO} +@itemx @samp{WAITING} +TODO keywords are written with all capitals, even if they are +user-defined. + +@item @samp{boss} +@itemx @samp{ARCHIVE} +Tags are case-sensitive. User-defined tags are written in +lowercase; built-in tags with special meaning are written as they +should appear in the document, usually with all capitals. + +@item @samp{Release} +@itemx @samp{PRIORITY} +User-defined properties are capitalized; built-in properties with +special meaning are written with all capitals. + +@item @samp{TITLE} +@itemx @samp{BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{END} +Keywords and blocks are written in uppercase to enhance their +readability, but you can use lowercase in your Org files. +@end table + +@anchor{Key bindings and commands} +@subheading Key bindings and commands + +The manual lists both the keys and the corresponding commands for +accessing a functionality. Org mode often uses the same key for +different functions, depending on context. The command that is bound +to such keys has a generic name, like @code{org-metaright}. In the manual +we will, wherever possible, give the function that is internally +called by the generic command. For example, in the chapter on +document structure, @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} will be listed to call +@code{org-do-demote}, while in the chapter on tables, it will be listed to +call @code{org-table-move-column-right}. + +@node Document Structure +@chapter Document Structure + +@cindex document structure +@cindex structure of document + +Org is based on Outline mode and provides flexible commands to +edit the structure of the document. + +@menu +* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode. +* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines. +* Visibility Cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified. +* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines. +* Structure Editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines. +* Sparse Trees:: Matches embedded in context. +* Plain Lists:: Additional structure within an entry. +* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away. +* Blocks:: Folding blocks. +* Creating Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax. +@end menu + +@node Outlines +@section Outlines + +@cindex outlines +@cindex Outline mode + +Org is implemented on top of Outline mode. Outlines allow a document +to be organized in a hierarchical structure, which, least for me, is +the best representation of notes and thoughts. An overview of this +structure is achieved by folding, i.e., hiding large parts of the +document to show only the general document structure and the parts +currently being worked on. Org greatly simplifies the use of outlines +by compressing the entire show and hide functionalities into a single +command, @code{org-cycle}, which is bound to the @kbd{@key{TAB}} key. + +@node Headlines +@section Headlines + +@cindex headlines +@cindex outline tree +@vindex org-special-ctrl-a/e +@vindex org-special-ctrl-k +@vindex org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree + +Headlines define the structure of an outline tree. The headlines in +Org start with one or more stars, on the left margin@footnote{See the variables @code{org-special-ctrl-a/e}, @code{org-special-ctrl-k}, +and @code{org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree} to configure special behavior of +@kbd{C-a}, @kbd{C-e}, and @kbd{C-k} in headlines. Note +also that clocking only works with headings indented less than 30 +stars.}. For +example: + +@example +* Top level headline +** Second level +*** Third level + some text +*** Third level + more text +* Another top level headline +@end example + +@vindex org-footnote-section +The name defined in @code{org-footnote-section} is reserved. Do not use it +as a title for your own headings. + +Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an outline +that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline starters. +See @ref{Clean View}. + +@vindex org-cycle-separator-lines +An empty line after the end of a subtree is considered part of it and +is hidden when the subtree is folded. However, if you leave at least +two empty lines, one empty line remains visible after folding the +subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view. See the variable +@code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior. + +@node Visibility Cycling +@section Visibility Cycling + +@cindex cycling, visibility +@cindex visibility cycling +@cindex trees, visibility +@cindex show hidden text +@cindex hide text + +@menu +* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states. +* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state. +* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts. +@end menu + +@node Global and local cycling +@subsection Global and local cycling + +@cindex subtree visibility states +@cindex subtree cycling +@cindex folded, subtree visibility state +@cindex children, subtree visibility state +@cindex subtree, subtree visibility state + +Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer. +Org uses just two commands, bound to @kbd{@key{TAB}} and +@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} to change the visibility in the buffer. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle}) +@kindex TAB +@findex org-cycle +@emph{Subtree cycling}: Rotate current subtree among the states + +@example +,-> FOLDED -> CHILDREN -> SUBTREE --. +'-----------------------------------' +@end example + +@vindex org-cycle-emulate-tab +Point must be on a headline for this to work@footnote{See, however, the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-global-cycle}) +@itemx @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} +@cindex global visibility states +@cindex global cycling +@cindex overview, global visibility state +@cindex contents, global visibility state +@cindex show all, global visibility state +@kindex C-u TAB +@kindex S-TAB +@findex org-global-cycle +@emph{Global cycling}: Rotate the entire buffer among the states + +@example +,-> OVERVIEW -> CONTENTS -> SHOW ALL --. +'--------------------------------------' +@end example + +When @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} is called with a numeric prefix argument N, +the CONTENTS view up to headlines of level N are shown. Note +that inside tables (see @ref{Tables}), @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} jumps to the +previous field instead. + +@vindex org-cycle-global-at-bob +You can run global cycling using @kbd{@key{TAB}} only if point is +at the very beginning of the buffer, but not on a headline, and +@code{org-cycle-global-at-bob} is set to a non-@code{nil} value. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{org-set-startup-visibility}) +@cindex startup visibility +@kindex C-u C-u TAB +@findex org-set-startup-visibility +Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer (see @ref{Initial visibility}). + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{outline-show-all}) +@cindex show all, command +@kindex C-u C-u C-u TAB +@findex outline-show-all +Show all, including drawers. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{org-reveal}) +@cindex revealing context +@kindex C-c C-r +@findex org-reveal +Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the +following heading and the hierarchy above. Useful for working +near a location that has been exposed by a sparse tree command +(see @ref{Sparse Trees}) or an agenda command (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). With a prefix argument show, on each level, all +sibling headings. With a double prefix argument, also show the +entire subtree of the parent. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{outline-show-branches}) +@cindex show branches, command +@kindex C-c C-k +@findex outline-show-branches +Expose all the headings of the subtree, CONTENTS view for just +one subtree. + +@item @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{outline-show-children}) +@cindex show children, command +@kindex C-c TAB +@findex outline-show-children +Expose all direct children of the subtree. With a numeric prefix +argument N, expose all children down to level N@. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x b} (@code{org-tree-to-indirect-buffer}) +@kindex C-c C-x b +@findex org-tree-to-indirect-buffer +Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer@footnote{The indirect buffer contains the entire buffer, but is narrowed +to the current tree. Editing the indirect buffer also changes the +original buffer, but without affecting visibility in that buffer. For +more information about indirect buffers, see @ref{Indirect Buffers,GNU Emacs Manual,,emacs,}.}. With +a numeric prefix argument, N, go up to level N and then take that +tree. If N is negative then go up that many levels. With +a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the previously used +indirect buffer. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x v} (@code{org-copy-visible}) +@kindex C-c C-x v +@findex org-copy-visible +Copy the @emph{visible} text in the region into the kill ring. +@end table + +@node Initial visibility +@subsection Initial visibility + +@vindex org-startup-folded +When Emacs first visits an Org file, the global state is set to +OVERVIEW, i.e., only the top level headlines are visible@footnote{When @code{org-agenda-inhibit-startup} is non-@code{nil}, Org does not +honor the default visibility state when first opening a file for the +agenda (see @ref{Speeding Up Your Agendas}).}. This +can be configured through the variable @code{org-startup-folded}, or on +a per-file basis by adding one of the following lines anywhere in the +buffer: + +@cindex @samp{STARTUP}, keyword +@example +#+STARTUP: overview +#+STARTUP: content +#+STARTUP: showall +#+STARTUP: showeverything +@end example + +@cindex @samp{VISIBILITY}, property +Furthermore, any entries with a @samp{VISIBILITY} property (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) get their visibility adapted accordingly. Allowed values +for this property are @samp{folded}, @samp{children}, @samp{content}, and @samp{all}. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{org-set-startup-visibility}) +@kindex C-u C-u TAB +@findex org-set-startup-visibility +Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer, i.e., +whatever is requested by startup options and @samp{VISIBILITY} +properties in individual entries. +@end table + +@node Catching invisible edits +@subsection Catching invisible edits + +@cindex edits, catching invisible + +@vindex org-catch-invisible-edits +Sometimes you may inadvertently edit an invisible part of the buffer +and be confused on what has been edited and how to undo the mistake. +Setting @code{org-catch-invisible-edits} to non-@code{nil} helps preventing +this. See the docstring of this option on how Org should catch +invisible edits and process them. + +@node Motion +@section Motion + +@cindex motion, between headlines +@cindex jumping, to headlines +@cindex headline navigation + +The following commands jump to other headlines in the buffer. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{outline-next-visible-heading}) +@kindex C-c C-n +@findex outline-next-visible-heading +Next heading. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{outline-previous-visible-heading}) +@kindex C-c C-p +@findex outline-previous-visible-heading +Previous heading. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{org-forward-same-level}) +@kindex C-c C-f +@findex org-forward-same-level +Next heading same level. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{org-backward-same-level}) +@kindex C-c C-b +@findex org-backward-same-level +Previous heading same level. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{outline-up-heading}) +@kindex C-c C-u +@findex outline-up-heading +Backward to higher level heading. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-j} (@code{org-goto}) +@kindex C-c C-j +@findex org-goto +@vindex org-goto-auto-isearch +Jump to a different place without changing the current outline +visibility. Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer, +where you can use the following keys to find your destination: + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7 +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} +@tab Cycle visibility. +@item @kbd{@key{DOWN}} / @kbd{@key{UP}} +@tab Next/previous visible headline. +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} +@tab Select this location. +@item @kbd{/} +@tab Do a Sparse-tree search +@end multitable + +@noindent +The following keys work if you turn off @code{org-goto-auto-isearch} + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7 +@item @kbd{n} / @kbd{p} +@tab Next/previous visible headline. +@item @kbd{f} / @kbd{b} +@tab Next/previous headline same level. +@item @kbd{u} +@tab One level up. +@item @kbd{0} @dots{} @kbd{9} +@tab Digit argument. +@item @kbd{q} +@tab Quit. +@end multitable + +@vindex org-goto-interface +@noindent +See also the variable @code{org-goto-interface}. +@end table + +@node Structure Editing +@section Structure Editing + +@cindex structure editing +@cindex headline, promotion and demotion +@cindex promotion, of subtrees +@cindex demotion, of subtrees +@cindex subtree, cut and paste +@cindex pasting, of subtrees +@cindex cutting, of subtrees +@cindex copying, of subtrees +@cindex sorting, of subtrees +@cindex subtrees, cut and paste + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-meta-return}) +@kindex M-RET +@findex org-meta-return +@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line +Insert a new heading, item or row. + +If the command is used at the @emph{beginning} of a line, and if there +is a heading or a plain list item (see @ref{Plain Lists}) at point, +the new heading/item is created @emph{before} the current line. When +used at the beginning of a regular line of text, turn that line +into a heading. + +When this command is used in the middle of a line, the line is +split and the rest of the line becomes the new item or headline. +If you do not want the line to be split, customize +@code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}. + +Calling the command with a @kbd{C-u} prefix unconditionally +inserts a new heading at the end of the current subtree, thus +preserving its contents. With a double @kbd{C-u C-u} +prefix, the new heading is created at the end of the parent +subtree instead. + +@item @kbd{C-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading-respect-content}) +@kindex C-RET +@findex org-insert-heading-respect-content +Insert a new heading at the end of the current subtree. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading}) +@kindex M-S-RET +@findex org-insert-todo-heading +@vindex org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change +Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. See +also the variable +@code{org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change}. + +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content}) +@kindex C-S-RET +@findex org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content +Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. Like +@kbd{C-@key{RET}}, the new headline is inserted after the current +subtree. + +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle}) +@kindex TAB +@findex org-cycle +In a new entry with no text yet, the first @kbd{@key{TAB}} demotes +the entry to become a child of the previous one. The next +@kbd{@key{TAB}} makes it a parent, and so on, all the way to top +level. Yet another @kbd{@key{TAB}}, and you are back to the +initial level. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-do-promote}) +@kindex M-LEFT +@findex org-do-promote +Promote current heading by one level. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-do-demote}) +@kindex M-RIGHT +@findex org-do-demote +Demote current heading by one level. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-promote-subtree}) +@kindex M-S-LEFT +@findex org-promote-subtree +Promote the current subtree by one level. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-demote-subtree}) +@kindex M-S-RIGHT +@findex org-demote-subtree +Demote the current subtree by one level. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-move-subtree-up}) +@kindex M-UP +@findex org-move-subtree-up +Move subtree up, i.e., swap with previous subtree of same level. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-move-subtree-down}) +@kindex M-DOWN +@findex org-move-subtree-down +Move subtree down, i.e., swap with next subtree of same level. + +@item @kbd{C-c @@} (@code{org-mark-subtree}) +@kindex C-c @@ +@findex org-mark-subtree +Mark the subtree at point. Hitting repeatedly marks subsequent +subtrees of the same level as the marked subtree. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-w} (@code{org-cut-subtree}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-w +@findex org-cut-subtree +Kill subtree, i.e., remove it from buffer but save in kill ring. +With a numeric prefix argument N, kill N sequential subtrees. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x M-w} (@code{org-copy-subtree}) +@kindex C-c C-x M-w +@findex org-copy-subtree +Copy subtree to kill ring. With a numeric prefix argument N, +copy the N sequential subtrees. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-y} (@code{org-paste-subtree}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-y +@findex org-paste-subtree +Yank subtree from kill ring. This does modify the level of the +subtree to make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank +position. The yank level can also be specified with a numeric +prefix argument, or by yanking after a headline marker like +@samp{****}. + +@item @kbd{C-y} (@code{org-yank}) +@kindex C-y +@findex org-yank +@vindex org-yank-adjusted-subtrees +@vindex org-yank-folded-subtrees +Depending on the variables @code{org-yank-adjusted-subtrees} and +@code{org-yank-folded-subtrees}, Org's internal @code{yank} command pastes +subtrees folded and in a clever way, using the same command as +@kbd{C-c C-x C-y}. With the default settings, no level +adjustment takes place, but the yanked tree is folded unless +doing so would swallow text previously visible. Any prefix +argument to this command forces a normal @code{yank} to be executed, +with the prefix passed along. A good way to force a normal yank +is @kbd{C-u C-y}. If you use @code{yank-pop} after a yank, it +yanks previous kill items plainly, without adjustment and +folding. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x c} (@code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}) +@kindex C-c C-x c +@findex org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift +Clone a subtree by making a number of sibling copies of it. You +are prompted for the number of copies to make, and you can also +specify if any timestamps in the entry should be shifted. This +can be useful, for example, to create a number of tasks related +to a series of lectures to prepare. For more details, see the +docstring of the command @code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile}) +@kindex C-c C-w +@findex org-refile +Refile entry or region to a different location. See @ref{Refile and Copy}. + +@item @kbd{C-c ^} (@code{org-sort}) +@kindex C-c ^ +@findex org-sort +Sort same-level entries. When there is an active region, all +entries in the region are sorted. Otherwise the children of the +current headline are sorted. The command prompts for the sorting +method, which can be alphabetically, numerically, by time---first +timestamp with active preferred, creation time, scheduled time, +deadline time---by priority, by TODO keyword---in the sequence +the keywords have been defined in the setup---or by the value of +a property. Reverse sorting is possible as well. You can also +supply your own function to extract the sorting key. With +a @kbd{C-u} prefix, sorting is case-sensitive. + +@item @kbd{C-x n s} (@code{org-narrow-to-subtree}) +@kindex C-x n s +@findex org-narrow-to-subtree +Narrow buffer to current subtree. + +@item @kbd{C-x n b} (@code{org-narrow-to-block}) +@kindex C-x n b +@findex org-narrow-to-block +Narrow buffer to current block. + +@item @kbd{C-x n w} (@code{widen}) +@kindex C-x n w +@findex widen +Widen buffer to remove narrowing. + +@item @kbd{C-c *} (@code{org-toggle-heading}) +@kindex C-c * +@findex org-toggle-heading +Turn a normal line or plain list item into a headline---so that +it becomes a subheading at its location. Also turn a headline +into a normal line by removing the stars. If there is an active +region, turn all lines in the region into headlines. If the +first line in the region was an item, turn only the item lines +into headlines. Finally, if the first line is a headline, remove +the stars from all headlines in the region. +@end table + +@cindex region, active +@cindex active region +@cindex transient mark mode +When there is an active region---i.e., when Transient Mark mode is +active---promotion and demotion work on all headlines in the region. +To select a region of headlines, it is best to place both point and +mark at the beginning of a line, mark at the beginning of the first +headline, and point at the line just after the last headline to +change. Note that when point is inside a table (see @ref{Tables}), the +Meta-Cursor keys have different functionality. + +@node Sparse Trees +@section Sparse Trees + +@cindex sparse trees +@cindex trees, sparse +@cindex folding, sparse trees +@cindex occur, command + +@vindex org-show-context-detail +An important feature of Org mode is the ability to construct @emph{sparse +trees} for selected information in an outline tree, so that the entire +document is folded as much as possible, but the selected information +is made visible along with the headline structure above it@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-show-context-detail} to decide how +much context is shown around each match.}. +Just try it out and you will see immediately how it works. + +Org mode contains several commands creating such trees, all these +commands can be accessed through a dispatcher: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c /} (@code{org-sparse-tree}) +@kindex C-c / +@findex org-sparse-tree +This prompts for an extra key to select a sparse-tree creating +command. + +@item @kbd{C-c / r} or @kbd{C-c / /} (@code{org-occur}) +@kindex C-c / r +@kindex C-c / / +@findex org-occur +@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change +Prompts for a regexp and shows a sparse tree with all matches. +If the match is in a headline, the headline is made visible. If +the match is in the body of an entry, headline and body are made +visible. In order to provide minimal context, also the full +hierarchy of headlines above the match is shown, as well as the +headline following the match. Each match is also highlighted; +the highlights disappear when the buffer is changed by an editing +command, or by pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}@footnote{This depends on the option @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}.}. When called +with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, previous highlights are +kept, so several calls to this command can be stacked. + +@item @kbd{M-g n} or @kbd{M-g M-n} (@code{next-error}) +@kindex M-g n +@kindex M-g M-n +@findex next-error +Jump to the next sparse tree match in this buffer. + +@item @kbd{M-g p} or @kbd{M-g M-p} (@code{previous-error}) +@kindex M-g p +@kindex M-g M-p +@findex previous-error +Jump to the previous sparse tree match in this buffer. +@end table + +@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands +For frequently used sparse trees of specific search strings, you can +use the variable @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} to define fast keyboard +access to specific sparse trees. These commands will then be +accessible through the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). +For example: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("f" occur-tree "FIXME"))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +defines the key @kbd{f} as a shortcut for creating a sparse tree +matching the string @samp{FIXME}. + +The other sparse tree commands select headings based on TODO keywords, +tags, or properties and are discussed later in this manual. + +@kindex C-c C-e v +@cindex printing sparse trees +@cindex visible text, printing +To print a sparse tree, you can use the Emacs command +@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} which does not print invisible parts of +the document. Or you can use the command @kbd{C-c C-e v} to +export only the visible part of the document and print the resulting +file. + +@node Plain Lists +@section Plain Lists + +@cindex plain lists +@cindex lists, plain +@cindex lists, ordered +@cindex ordered lists + +Within an entry of the outline tree, hand-formatted lists can provide +additional structure. They also provide a way to create lists of +checkboxes (see @ref{Checkboxes}). Org supports editing such lists, and +every exporter (see @ref{Exporting}) can parse and format them. + +Org knows ordered lists, unordered lists, and description lists. + +@itemize +@item +@emph{Unordered} list items start with @samp{-}, @samp{+}, or @samp{*}@footnote{When using @samp{*} as a bullet, lines must be indented so that they +are not interpreted as headlines. Also, when you are hiding leading +stars to get a clean outline view, plain list items starting with +a star may be hard to distinguish from true headlines. In short: even +though @samp{*} is supported, it may be better to not use it for plain list +items.} as bullets. + +@item +@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator +@vindex org-alphabetical-lists +@emph{Ordered} list items start with a numeral followed by either +a period or a right parenthesis@footnote{You can filter out any of them by configuring +@code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}.}, such as @samp{1.} or @samp{1)}@footnote{You can also get @samp{a.}, @samp{A.}, @samp{a)} and @samp{A)} by configuring +@code{org-list-allow-alphabetical}. To minimize confusion with normal +text, those are limited to one character only. Beyond that limit, +bullets automatically become numbers.} +If you want a list to start with a different value---e.g., +20---start the text of the item with @samp{[@@20]}@footnote{If there's a checkbox in the item, the cookie must be put +@emph{before} the checkbox. If you have activated alphabetical lists, you +can also use counters like @samp{[@@b]}.}. Those +constructs can be used in any item of the list in order to enforce +a particular numbering. + +@item +@emph{Description} list items are unordered list items, and contain the +separator @samp{::} to distinguish the description @emph{term} from the +description. +@end itemize + +Items belonging to the same list must have the same indentation on the +first line. In particular, if an ordered list reaches number @samp{10.}, +then the 2-digit numbers must be written left-aligned with the other +numbers in the list. An item ends before the next line that is less +or equally indented than its bullet/number. + +A list ends whenever every item has ended, which means before any line +less or equally indented than items at top level. It also ends before +two blank lines. In that case, all items are closed. Here is an +example: + +@example +* Lord of the Rings +My favorite scenes are (in this order) +1. The attack of the Rohirrim +2. Eowyn's fight with the witch king + + this was already my favorite scene in the book + + I really like Miranda Otto. +3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas + - on DVD only + He makes a really funny face when it happens. +But in the end, no individual scenes matter but the film as a whole. +Important actors in this film are: +- Elijah Wood :: He plays Frodo +- Sean Astin :: He plays Sam, Frodo's friend. I still remember him + very well from his role as Mikey Walsh in /The Goonies/. +@end example + +Org supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping commands to +deal with them correctly, and by exporting them properly (see +@ref{Exporting}). Since indentation is what governs the structure of these +lists, many structural constructs like @samp{#+BEGIN_} blocks can be +indented to signal that they belong to a particular item. + +@vindex org-list-demote-modify-bullet +@vindex org-list-indent-offset +If you find that using a different bullet for a sub-list---than that +used for the current list-level---improves readability, customize the +variable @code{org-list-demote-modify-bullet}. To get a greater difference +of indentation between items and theirs sub-items, customize +@code{org-list-indent-offset}. + +@vindex org-list-automatic-rules +The following commands act on items when point is in the first line of +an item---the line with the bullet or number. Some of them imply the +application of automatic rules to keep list structure intact. If some +of these actions get in your way, configure @code{org-list-automatic-rules} +to disable them individually. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle}) +@cindex cycling, in plain lists +@kindex TAB +@findex org-cycle +@vindex org-cycle-include-plain-lists +Items can be folded just like headline levels. Normally this +works only if point is on a plain list item. For more details, +see the variable @code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists}. If this +variable is set to @code{integrate}, plain list items are treated like +low-level headlines. The level of an item is then given by the +indentation of the bullet/number. Items are always subordinate +to real headlines, however; the hierarchies remain completely +separated. In a new item with no text yet, the first +@kbd{@key{TAB}} demotes the item to become a child of the previous +one. Subsequent @kbd{@key{TAB}}s move the item to meaningful +levels in the list and eventually get it back to its initial +position. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading}) +@kindex M-RET +@findex org-insert-heading +@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line +Insert new item at current level. With a prefix argument, force +a new heading (see @ref{Structure Editing}). If this command is used +in the middle of an item, that item is @emph{split} in two, and the +second part becomes the new item@footnote{If you do not want the item to be split, customize the +variable @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.}. If this command is +executed @emph{before item's body}, the new item is created @emph{before} +the current one. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} +@kindex M-S-RET +Insert a new item with a checkbox (see @ref{Checkboxes}). + +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} +@kindex S-UP +@kindex S-DOWN +@cindex shift-selection-mode +@vindex org-support-shift-select +@vindex org-list-use-circular-motion +Jump to the previous/next item in the current list, but only if +@code{org-support-shift-select} is off@footnote{If you want to cycle around items that way, you may customize +@code{org-list-use-circular-motion}.}. If not, you can +still use paragraph jumping commands like @kbd{C-@key{UP}} +and @kbd{C-@key{DOWN}} to quite similar effect. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} +@itemx @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} +@kindex M-UP +@kindex M-DOWN +Move the item including subitems up/down@footnote{See @code{org-list-use-circular-motion} for a cyclic behavior.}, i.e., swap with +previous/next item of same indentation. If the list is ordered, +renumbering is automatic. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} +@itemx @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} +@kindex M-LEFT +@kindex M-RIGHT +Decrease/increase the indentation of an item, leaving children +alone. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} +@itemx @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} +@kindex M-S-LEFT +@kindex M-S-RIGHT +Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including +subitems. Initially, the item tree is selected based on current +indentation. When these commands are executed several times in +direct succession, the initially selected region is used, even if +the new indentation would imply a different hierarchy. To use +the new hierarchy, break the command chain by moving point. + +As a special case, using this command on the very first item of +a list moves the whole list. This behavior can be disabled by +configuring @code{org-list-automatic-rules}. The global indentation +of a list has no influence on the text @emph{after} the list. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} +@kindex C-c C-c +If there is a checkbox (see @ref{Checkboxes}) in the item line, toggle +the state of the checkbox. In any case, verify bullets and +indentation consistency in the whole list. + +@item @kbd{C-c -} +@kindex C-c - +@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator +Cycle the entire list level through the different +itemize/enumerate bullets (@samp{-}, @samp{+}, @samp{*}, @samp{1.}, @samp{1)}) or a subset +of them, depending on @code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}, +the type of list, and its indentation. With a numeric prefix +argument N, select the Nth bullet from this list. If there is an +active region when calling this, selected text is changed into an +item. With a prefix argument, all lines are converted to list +items. If the first line already was a list item, any item +marker is removed from the list. Finally, even without an active +region, a normal line is converted into a list item. + +@item @kbd{C-c *} +@kindex C-c * +Turn a plain list item into a headline---so that it becomes +a subheading at its location. See @ref{Structure Editing}, for +a detailed explanation. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-*} +@kindex C-c C-* +Turn the whole plain list into a subtree of the current heading. +Checkboxes (see @ref{Checkboxes}) become TODO, respectively DONE, +keywords when unchecked, respectively checked. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} +@vindex org-support-shift-select +@kindex S-LEFT +@kindex S-RIGHT +This command also cycles bullet styles when point is in on the +bullet or anywhere in an item line, details depending on +@code{org-support-shift-select}. + +@item @kbd{C-c ^} +@kindex C-c ^ +@cindex sorting, of plain list +Sort the plain list. Prompt for the sorting method: numerically, +alphabetically, by time, or by custom function. +@end table + +@node Drawers +@section Drawers + +@cindex drawers +@cindex visibility cycling, drawers + +Sometimes you want to keep information associated with an entry, but +you normally do not want to see it. For this, Org mode has @emph{drawers}. +They can contain anything but a headline and another drawer. Drawers +look like this: + +@example +** This is a headline +Still outside the drawer +:DRAWERNAME: +This is inside the drawer. +:END: +After the drawer. +@end example + +@kindex C-c C-x d +@findex org-insert-drawer +You can interactively insert a drawer at point by calling +@code{org-insert-drawer}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-x d}. With an +active region, this command puts the region inside the drawer. With +a prefix argument, this command calls @code{org-insert-property-drawer}, +which creates a @samp{PROPERTIES} drawer right below the current headline. +Org mode uses this special drawer for storing properties (see +@ref{Properties and Columns}). You cannot use it for anything else. + +Completion over drawer keywords is also possible using +@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows. +Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead.}. + +Visibility cycling (see @ref{Visibility Cycling}) on the headline hides and +shows the entry, but keep the drawer collapsed to a single line. In +order to look inside the drawer, you need to move point to the drawer +line and press @kbd{@key{TAB}} there. + +You can also arrange for state change notes (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}) and clock times (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}) to be stored in +a @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer. If you want to store a quick note there, in +a similar way to state changes, use + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-z} +@kindex C-c C-z +Add a time-stamped note to the @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer. +@end table + +@node Blocks +@section Blocks + +@vindex org-hide-block-startup +@cindex blocks, folding + +Org mode uses @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} blocks for various purposes from +including source code examples (see @ref{Literal Examples}) to capturing +time logging information (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}). These blocks can +be folded and unfolded by pressing @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the @samp{#+BEGIN} +line. You can also get all blocks folded at startup by configuring +the variable @code{org-hide-block-startup} or on a per-file basis by using + +@cindex STARTUP, keyword +@example +#+STARTUP: hideblocks +#+STARTUP: nohideblocks +@end example + +@node Creating Footnotes +@section Creating Footnotes + +@cindex footnotes + +Org mode supports the creation of footnotes. + +A footnote is started by a footnote marker in square brackets in +column 0, no indentation allowed. It ends at the next footnote +definition, headline, or after two consecutive empty lines. The +footnote reference is simply the marker in square brackets, inside +text. Markers always start with @samp{fn:}. For example: + +@example +The Org homepage[fn:1] now looks a lot better than it used to. +... +[fn:1] The link is: https://orgmode.org +@end example + +Org mode extends the number-based syntax to @emph{named} footnotes and +optional inline definition. Here are the valid references: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{[fn:NAME]} +A named footnote reference, where @var{NAME} is a unique +label word, or, for simplicity of automatic creation, a number. + +@item @samp{[fn:: This is the inline definition of this footnote]} +A @LaTeX{}-like anonymous footnote where the definition is given +directly at the reference point. + +@item @samp{[fn:NAME: a definition]} +An inline definition of a footnote, which also specifies a name +for the note. Since Org allows multiple references to the same +note, you can then use @samp{[fn:NAME]} to create additional +references. +@end table + +@vindex org-footnote-auto-label +Footnote labels can be created automatically, or you can create names +yourself. This is handled by the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-label} +and its corresponding @samp{STARTUP} keywords. See the docstring of that +variable for details. + +The following command handles footnotes: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x f} +The footnote action command. + +@kindex C-c C-x f +When point is on a footnote reference, jump to the +definition. When it is at a definition, jump to +the---first---reference. + +@vindex org-footnote-define-inline +@vindex org-footnote-section +Otherwise, create a new footnote. Depending on the variable +@code{org-footnote-define-inline}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: fninline} +or @samp{#+STARTUP: nofninline}.}, the definition is placed +right into the text as part of the reference, or separately into +the location determined by the variable @code{org-footnote-section}. + +When this command is called with a prefix argument, a menu of +additional options is offered: + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9 +@item @kbd{s} +@tab Sort the footnote definitions by reference sequence. +@item @kbd{r} +@tab Renumber the simple @samp{fn:N} footnotes. +@item @kbd{S} +@tab Short for first @kbd{r}, then @kbd{s} action. +@item @kbd{n} +@tab Rename all footnotes into a @samp{fn:1} @dots{} @samp{fn:n} sequence. +@item @kbd{d} +@tab Delete the footnote at point, including definition and references. +@end multitable + +@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust +Depending on the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer options are @samp{#+STARTUP: fnadjust} +and @samp{#+STARTUP: nofnadjust}.}, +renumbering and sorting footnotes can be automatic after each +insertion or deletion. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} +@kindex C-c C-c +If point is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition. +If it is at the definition, jump back to the reference. When +called at a footnote location with a prefix argument, offer the +same menu as @kbd{C-c C-x f}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-o} or @kbd{mouse-1/2} +@kindex C-c C-o +@kindex mouse-1 +@kindex mouse-2 +Footnote labels are also links to the corresponding definition or +reference, and you can use the usual commands to follow these +links. +@end table + +@node Tables +@chapter Tables + +@cindex tables +@cindex editing tables + +Org comes with a fast and intuitive table editor. Spreadsheet-like +calculations are supported using the Emacs Calc package (see @ref{Top,GNU Emacs +Calculator Manual,,calc,}). + +@menu +* Built-in Table Editor:: Simple tables. +* Column Width and Alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings. +* Column Groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines. +* Orgtbl Mode:: The table editor as minor mode. +* The Spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities. +* Org Plot:: Plotting from Org tables. +@end menu + +@node Built-in Table Editor +@section Built-in Table Editor + +@cindex table editor, built-in + +@cindex header lines, in tables +@cindex horizontal rule, in tables +@cindex row separator, in tables +@cindex table syntax +Org makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII@. Any line with @samp{|} +as the first non-whitespace character is considered part of a table. +@samp{|} is also the column separator@footnote{To insert a vertical bar into a table field, use @samp{\vert} or, +inside a word @samp{abc\vert@{@}def}.}. Moreover, a line starting +with @samp{|-} is a horizontal rule. It separates rows explicitely. Rows +before the first horizontal rule are header lines. A table might look +like this: + +@example +| Name | Phone | Age | +|-------+-------+-----| +| Peter | 1234 | 17 | +| Anna | 4321 | 25 | +@end example + +A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press +@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} inside the table. +@kbd{@key{TAB}} also moves to the next field---@kbd{@key{RET}} to the +next row---and creates new table rows at the end of the table or +before horizontal lines. The indentation of the table is set by the +first line. Horizontal rules are automatically expanded on every +re-align to span the whole table width. So, to create the above +table, you would only type + +@example +|Name|Phone|Age| +|- +@end example + +@noindent +and then press @kbd{@key{TAB}} to align the table and start filling in +fields. Even faster would be to type @samp{|Name|Phone|Age} followed by +@kbd{C-c @key{RET}}. + +When typing text into a field, Org treats @kbd{DEL}, +@kbd{Backspace}, and all character keys in a special way, so that +inserting and deleting avoids shifting other fields. Also, when +typing @emph{immediately} after point was moved into a new field with +@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}}, the field is +automatically made blank. If this behavior is too unpredictable for +you, configure the option @code{org-table-auto-blank-field}. + +@anchor{Creation and conversion} +@subheading Creation and conversion + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c |} (@code{org-table-create-or-convert-from-region}) +@kindex C-c | +@findex org-table-create-or-convert-from-region +Convert the active region to table. If every line contains at +least one @kbd{@key{TAB}} character, the function assumes that the +material is tab separated. If every line contains a comma, +comma-separated values (CSV) are assumed. If not, lines are +split at whitespace into fields. You can use a prefix argument +to force a specific separator: @kbd{C-u} forces CSV, +@kbd{C-u C-u} forces @kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} +prompts for a regular expression to match the separator, and +a numeric argument N indicates that at least N consecutive +spaces, or alternatively a @kbd{@key{TAB}} will be the separator. + +If there is no active region, this command creates an empty Org +table. But it is easier just to start typing, like @kbd{| N a m e | P h o n e | A g e @key{RET} | - @key{TAB}}. +@end table + +@anchor{Re-aligning and field motion} +@subheading Re-aligning and field motion + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-align}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-table-align +Re-align the table without moving point. + +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-next-field}) +@kindex TAB +@findex org-table-next-field +Re-align the table, move to the next field. Creates a new row if +necessary. + +@item @kbd{C-c @key{SPC}} (@code{org-table-blank-field}) +@kindex C-c SPC +@findex org-table-blank-field +Blank the field at point. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-previous-field}) +@kindex S-TAB +@findex org-table-previous-field +Re-align, move to previous field. + +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-next-row}) +@kindex RET +@findex org-table-next-row +Re-align the table and move down to next row. Creates a new row +if necessary. At the beginning or end of a line, @kbd{@key{RET}} +still inserts a new line, so it can be used to split a table. + +@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{org-table-beginning-of-field}) +@kindex M-a +@findex org-table-beginning-of-field +Move to beginning of the current table field, or on to the +previous field. + +@item @kbd{M-e} (@code{org-table-end-of-field}) +@kindex M-e +@findex org-table-end-of-field +Move to end of the current table field, or on to the next field. +@end table + +@anchor{Column and row editing} +@subheading Column and row editing + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-move-column-left}) +@kindex M-LEFT +@findex org-table-move-column-left +Move the current column left. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-move-column-right}) +@kindex M-RIGHT +@findex org-table-move-column-right +Move the current column right. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-delete-column}) +@kindex M-S-LEFT +@findex org-table-delete-column +Kill the current column. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-insert-column}) +@kindex M-S-RIGHT +@findex org-table-insert-column +Insert a new column to the left of point position. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-move-row-up}) +@kindex M-UP +@findex org-table-move-row-up +Move the current row up. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-move-row-down}) +@kindex M-DOWN +@findex org-table-move-row-down +Move the current row down. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-kill-row}) +@kindex M-S-UP +@findex org-table-kill-row +Kill the current row or horizontal line. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-insert-row}) +@kindex M-S-DOWN +@findex org-table-insert-row +Insert a new row above the current row. With a prefix argument, +the line is created below the current one. + +@item @kbd{C-c -} (@code{org-table-insert-hline}) +@kindex C-c - +@findex org-table-insert-hline +Insert a horizontal line below current row. With a prefix +argument, the line is created above the current line. + +@item @kbd{C-c @key{RET}} (@code{org-table-hline-and-move}) +@kindex C-c RET +@findex org-table-hline-and-move +Insert a horizontal line below current row, and move point +into the row below that line. + +@item @kbd{C-c ^} (@code{org-table-sort-lines}) +@kindex C-c ^ +@findex org-table-sort-lines +Sort the table lines in the region. The position of point +indicates the column to be used for sorting, and the range of +lines is the range between the nearest horizontal separator +lines, or the entire table. If point is before the first column, +you are prompted for the sorting column. If there is an active +region, the mark specifies the first line and the sorting column, +while point should be in the last line to be included into the +sorting. The command prompts for the sorting type, +alphabetically, numerically, or by time. You can sort in normal +or reverse order. You can also supply your own key extraction +and comparison functions. When called with a prefix argument, +alphabetic sorting is case-sensitive. +@end table + +@anchor{Regions} +@subheading Regions + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x M-w} (@code{org-table-copy-region}) +@kindex C-c C-x M-w +@findex org-table-copy-region +Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard. +Point and mark determine edge fields of the rectangle. If there +is no active region, copy just the current field. The process +ignores horizontal separator lines. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-w} (@code{org-table-cut-region}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-w +@findex org-table-cut-region +Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard, +and blank all fields in the rectangle. So this is the ``cut'' +operation. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-y} (@code{org-table-paste-rectangle}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-y +@findex org-table-paste-rectangle +Paste a rectangular region into a table. The upper left corner +ends up in the current field. All involved fields are +overwritten. If the rectangle does not fit into the present +table, the table is enlarged as needed. The process ignores +horizontal separator lines. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-wrap-region}) +@kindex M-RET +@findex org-table-wrap-region +Split the current field at point position and move the rest +to the line below. If there is an active region, and both point +and mark are in the same column, the text in the column is +wrapped to minimum width for the given number of lines. +A numeric prefix argument may be used to change the number of +desired lines. If there is no region, but you specify a prefix +argument, the current field is made blank, and the content is +appended to the field above. +@end table + +@anchor{Calculations} +@subheading Calculations + +@cindex formula, in tables +@cindex calculations, in tables + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c +} (@code{org-table-sum}) +@kindex C-c + +@findex org-table-sum +Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle +defined by the active region. The result is shown in the echo +area and can be inserted with @kbd{C-y}. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-copy-down}) +@kindex S-RET +@findex org-table-copy-down +@vindex org-table-copy-increment +When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field +above. When not empty, copy current field down to next row and +move point along with it. Depending on the variable +@code{org-table-copy-increment}, integer field values can be +incremented during copy. Integers that are too large are not +incremented, however. Also, a @code{0} prefix argument temporarily +disables the increment. This key is also used by shift-selection +and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}). +@end table + +@anchor{Miscellaneous (1)} +@subheading Miscellaneous + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c `} (@code{org-table-edit-field}) +@kindex C-c ` +@findex org-table-edit-field +Edit the current field in a separate window. This is useful for +fields that are not fully visible (see @ref{Column Width and Alignment}). When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, just make +the full field visible, so that it can be edited in place. When +called with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, make the editor window +follow point through the table and always show the current field. +The follow mode exits automatically when point leaves the table, +or when you repeat this command with @kbd{C-u C-u C-c `}. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-table-import} +@findex org-table-import +Import a file as a table. The table should be TAB or whitespace +separated. Use, for example, to import a spreadsheet table or +data from a database, because these programs generally can write +TAB-separated text files. This command works by inserting the +file into the buffer and then converting the region to a table. +Any prefix argument is passed on to the converter, which uses it +to determine the separator. + +@item @kbd{C-c |} (@code{org-table-create-or-convert-from-region}) +@kindex C-c | +@findex org-table-create-or-convert-from-region +Tables can also be imported by pasting tabular text into the Org +buffer, selecting the pasted text with @kbd{C-x C-x} and +then using the @kbd{C-c |} command (see @ref{Creation and conversion}). + +@item @kbd{M-x org-table-export} +@findex org-table-export +@vindex org-table-export-default-format +Export the table, by default as a TAB-separated file. Use for +data exchange with, for example, spreadsheet or database +programs. The format used to export the file can be configured +in the variable @code{org-table-export-default-format}. You may also +use properties @samp{TABLE_EXPORT_FILE} and @samp{TABLE_EXPORT_FORMAT} to +specify the file name and the format for table export in +a subtree. Org supports quite general formats for exported +tables. The exporter format is the same as the format used by +Orgtbl radio tables, see @ref{Translator functions}, for a detailed +description. +@end table + +@node Column Width and Alignment +@section Column Width and Alignment + +@cindex narrow columns in tables +@cindex alignment in tables + +The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor. +The alignment of a column is determined automatically from the +fraction of number-like versus non-number fields in the column. + +@vindex org-table-automatic-realign +Editing a field may modify alignment of the table. Moving +a contiguous row or column---i.e., using @kbd{@key{TAB}} or +@kbd{@key{RET}}---automatically re-aligns it. If you want to disable +this behavior, set @code{org-table-automatic-realign} to @code{nil}. In any +case, you can always align manually a table: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-align}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-table-align +Align the current table. +@end table + +@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables +Setting the option @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} re-aligns all tables +in a file upon visiting it. You can also set this option on +a per-file basis with: + +@example +#+STARTUP: align +#+STARTUP: noalign +@end example + +Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text, +leading to inconveniently wide columns. Maybe you want to hide away +several columns or display them with a fixed width, regardless of +content, as shown in the following example. + +@example +|---+---------------------+--------| |---+-------…|…| +| | <6> | | | | <6> …|…| +| 1 | one | some | ----\ | 1 | one …|…| +| 2 | two | boring | ----/ | 2 | two …|…| +| 3 | This is a long text | column | | 3 | This i…|…| +|---+---------------------+--------| |---+-------…|…| +@end example + +To set the width of a column, one field anywhere in the column may +contain just the string @samp{<N>} where @var{N} specifies the width +as a number of characters. You control displayed width of columns +with the following tools: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-toggle-column-width}) +@kindex C-c TAB +@findex org-table-toggle-column-width +Shrink or expand current column. + +If a width cookie specifies a width W for the column, shrinking +it displays the first W visible characters only. Otherwise, the +column is shrunk to a single character. + +When called before the first column or after the last one, ask +for a list of column ranges to operate on. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-shrink}) +@kindex C-u C-c TAB +@findex org-table-shrink +Shrink all columns with a column width. Expand the others. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-expand}) +@kindex C-u C-u C-c TAB +@findex org-table-expand +Expand all columns. +@end table + +To see the full text of a shrunk field, hold the mouse over it: +a tool-tip window then shows the full contents of the field. +Alternatively, @kbd{C-h .} (@code{display-local-help}) reveals them, +too. For convenience, any change near the shrunk part of a column +expands it. + +@vindex org-startup-shrink-all-tables +Setting the option @code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} shrinks all columns +containing a width cookie in a file the moment it is visited. You can +also set this option on a per-file basis with: + +@example +#+STARTUP: shrink +@end example + + +If you would like to overrule the automatic alignment of number-rich +columns to the right and of string-rich columns to the left, you can +use @samp{<r>}, @samp{<c>} or @samp{<l>} in a similar fashion. You may also combine +alignment and field width like this: @samp{<r10>}. + +Lines which only contain these formatting cookies are removed +automatically upon exporting the document. + +@node Column Groups +@section Column Groups + +@cindex grouping columns in tables + +When Org exports tables, it does so by default without vertical lines +because that is visually more satisfying in general. Occasionally +however, vertical lines can be useful to structure a table into groups +of columns, much like horizontal lines can do for groups of rows. In +order to specify column groups, you can use a special row where the +first field contains only @samp{/}. The further fields can either contain +@samp{<} to indicate that this column should start a group, @samp{>} to indicate +the end of a column, or @samp{<>} (no space between @samp{<} and @samp{>}) to make +a column a group of its own. Upon export, boundaries between column +groups are marked with vertical lines. Here is an example: + +@example +| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) | +|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------| +| / | < | | > | < | > | +| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | +| 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 1.4142 | 1.1892 | +| 3 | 9 | 27 | 81 | 1.7321 | 1.3161 | +|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------| +#+TBLFM: $2=$1^2::$3=$1^3::$4=$1^4::$5=sqrt($1)::$6=sqrt(sqrt(($1))) +@end example + +It is also sufficient to just insert the column group starters after +every vertical line you would like to have: + +@example +| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) | +|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------| +| / | < | | | < | | +@end example + +@node Orgtbl Mode +@section The Orgtbl Minor Mode + +@cindex Orgtbl mode +@cindex minor mode for tables + +@findex orgtbl-mode +If you like the intuitive way the Org table editor works, you might +also want to use it in other modes like Text mode or Mail mode. The +minor mode Orgtbl mode makes this possible. You can always toggle the +mode with @kbd{M-x orgtbl-mode}. To turn it on by default, for +example in Message mode, use + +@lisp +(add-hook 'message-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgtbl) +@end lisp + +Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain +tables in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl mode. For example, it is +possible to construct @LaTeX{} tables with the underlying ease and power +of Orgtbl mode, including spreadsheet capabilities. For details, see +@ref{Tables in Arbitrary Syntax}. + +@node The Spreadsheet +@section The Spreadsheet + +@cindex calculations, in tables +@cindex spreadsheet capabilities +@cindex Calc package + +The table editor makes use of the Emacs Calc package to implement +spreadsheet-like capabilities. It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms +to derive fields from other fields. While fully featured, Org's +implementation is not identical to other spreadsheets. For example, +Org knows the concept of a @emph{column formula} that will be applied to +all non-header fields in a column without having to copy the formula +to each relevant field. There is also a formula debugger, and a +formula editor with features for highlighting fields in the table +corresponding to the references at point in the formula, moving these +references by arrow keys. + +@menu +* References:: How to refer to another field or range. +* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff. +* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp. +* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values. +* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields. +* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column. +* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables. +* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas. +* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields. +* Advanced features:: Field and column names, automatic recalculation... +@end menu + +@node References +@subsection References + +@cindex references + +To compute fields in the table from other fields, formulas must +reference other fields or ranges. In Org, fields can be referenced by +name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates. To find +out what the coordinates of a field are, press @kbd{C-c ?} in +that field, or press @kbd{C-c @}} to toggle the display of a grid. + +@anchor{Field references} +@subsubheading Field references + +@cindex field references +@cindex references, to fields +Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways. Like +in any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with +a letter/number combination like @samp{B3}, meaning the second field in the +third row. However, Org prefers to use another, more general +representation that looks like this:@footnote{Org understands references typed by the user as @samp{B4}, but it +does not use this syntax when offering a formula for editing. You can +customize this behavior using the variable +@code{org-table-use-standard-references}.} + +@example +@@ROW$COLUMN +@end example + + +Column specifications can be absolute like @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, @dots{}, @samp{$N}, or +relative to the current column, i.e., the column of the field which is +being computed, like @samp{$+1} or @samp{$-2}. @samp{$<} and @samp{$>} are immutable +references to the first and last column, respectively, and you can use +@samp{$>>>} to indicate the third column from the right. + +The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal +separator lines, or ``hlines''. Like with columns, you can use absolute +row numbers @samp{@@1}, @samp{@@2}, @dots{}, @samp{@@N}, and row numbers relative to the +current row like @samp{@@+3} or @samp{@@-1}. @samp{@@<} and @samp{@@>} are immutable +references the first and last row in the table, respectively. You may +also specify the row relative to one of the hlines: @samp{@@I} refers to the +first hline, @samp{@@II} to the second, etc. @samp{@@-I} refers to the first such +line above the current line, @samp{@@+I} to the first such line below the +current line. You can also write @samp{@@III+2} which is the second data +line after the third hline in the table. + +@samp{@@0} and @samp{$0} refer to the current row and column, respectively, i.e., +to the row/column for the field being computed. Also, if you omit +either the column or the row part of the reference, the current +row/column is implied. + +Org's references with @emph{unsigned} numbers are fixed references in the +sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two +different fields, the same field is referenced each time. Org's +references with @emph{signed} numbers are floating references because the +same reference operator can reference different fields depending on +the field being calculated by the formula. + +Here are a few examples: + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8 +@item @samp{@@2$3} +@tab 2nd row, 3rd column (same as @samp{C2}) +@item @samp{$5} +@tab column 5 in the current row (same as @samp{E&}) +@item @samp{@@2} +@tab current column, row 2 +@item @samp{@@-1$-3} +@tab field one row up, three columns to the left +@item @samp{@@-I$2} +@tab field just under hline above current row, column 2 +@item @samp{@@>$5} +@tab field in the last row, in column 5 +@end multitable + +@anchor{Range references} +@subsubheading Range references + +@cindex range references +@cindex references, to ranges +You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two +field references connected by two dots @samp{..}. If both fields are in +the current row, you may simply use @samp{$2..$7}, but if at least one +field is in a different row, you need to use the general @samp{@@ROW$COLUMN} +format at least for the first field, i.e., the reference must start +with @samp{@@} in order to be interpreted correctly. Examples: + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8 +@item @samp{$1..$3} +@tab first three fields in the current row +@item @samp{$P..$Q} +@tab range, using column names (see @ref{Advanced features}) +@item @samp{$<<<..$>>} +@tab start in third column, continue to the last but one +@item @samp{@@2$1..@@4$3} +@tab six fields between these two fields (same as @samp{A2..C4}) +@item @samp{@@-1$-2..@@-1} +@tab 3 fields in the row above, starting from 2 columns on the left +@item @samp{@@I..II} +@tab between first and second hline, short for @samp{@@I..@@II} +@end multitable + +@noindent +Range references return a vector of values that can be fed into Calc +vector functions. Empty fields in ranges are normally suppressed, so +that the vector contains only the non-empty fields. For other options +with the mode switches @samp{E}, @samp{N} and examples, see @ref{Formula syntax for Calc}. + +@anchor{Field coordinates in formulas} +@subsubheading Field coordinates in formulas + +@cindex field coordinates +@cindex coordinates, of field +@cindex row, of field coordinates +@cindex column, of field coordinates +@vindex org-table-current-column +@vindex org-table-current-dline +One of the very first actions during evaluation of Calc formulas and +Lisp formulas is to substitute @samp{@@#} and @samp{$#} in the formula with the +row or column number of the field where the current result will go to. +The traditional Lisp formula equivalents are @code{org-table-current-dline} +and @code{org-table-current-column}. Examples: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{if(@@# % 2, $#, string(""))} +Insert column number on odd rows, set field to empty on even +rows. + +@item @samp{$2 = '(identity remote(FOO, @@@@#$1))} +Copy text or values of each row of column 1 of the table named +@var{FOO} into column 2 of the current table. + +@item @samp{@@3 = 2 * remote(FOO, @@@@1$$#)} +Insert the doubled value of each column of row 1 of the table +named @var{FOO} into row 3 of the current table. +@end table + +@noindent +For the second and third examples, table @var{FOO} must have at +least as many rows or columns as the current table. Note that this is +inefficient@footnote{The computation time scales as O(N^2) because table +@var{FOO} is parsed for each field to be copied.} for large number of rows. + +@anchor{Named references} +@subsubheading Named references + +@cindex named references +@cindex references, named +@cindex name, of column or field +@cindex constants, in calculations +@cindex @samp{CONSTANTS}, keyword +@vindex org-table-formula-constants + +@samp{$name} is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or constant. +Constants are defined globally through the variable +@code{org-table-formula-constants}, and locally---for the file---through +a line like this example: + +@example +#+CONSTANTS: c=299792458. pi=3.14 eps=2.4e-6 +@end example + + +@vindex constants-unit-system +@pindex constants.el +Also, properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) can be used as +constants in table formulas: for a property @samp{Xyz} use the name +@samp{$PROP_Xyz}, and the property will be searched in the current outline +entry and in the hierarchy above it. If you have the @samp{constants.el} +package, it will also be used to resolve constants, including natural +constants like @samp{$h} for Planck's constant, and units like @samp{$km} for +kilometers@footnote{The file @samp{constants.el} can supply the values of constants in +two different unit systems, @samp{SI} and @samp{cgs}. Which one is used depends +on the value of the variable @code{constants-unit-system}. You can use the +@samp{STARTUP} options @samp{constSI} and @samp{constcgs} to set this value for the +current buffer.}. Column names and parameters can be specified in +special table lines. These are described below, see @ref{Advanced features}. All names must start with a letter, and further consist +of letters and numbers. + +@anchor{Remote references} +@subsubheading Remote references + +@cindex remote references +@cindex references, remote +@cindex references, to a different table +@cindex name, of column or field +@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword +You may also reference constants, fields and ranges from a different +table, either in the current file or even in a different file. The +syntax is + +@example +remote(NAME,REF) +@end example + + +@noindent +where @var{NAME} can be the name of a table in the current file +as set by a @samp{#+NAME:} line before the table. It can also be the ID of +an entry, even in a different file, and the reference then refers to +the first table in that entry. @var{REF} is an absolute field or +range reference as described above for example @samp{@@3$3} or @samp{$somename}, +valid in the referenced table. + +@cindex table indirection +When @var{NAME} has the format @samp{@@ROW$COLUMN}, it is substituted +with the name or ID found in this field of the current table. For +example @samp{remote($1, @@@@>$2)} @result{} @samp{remote(year_2013, @@@@>$1)}. The format +@samp{B3} is not supported because it can not be distinguished from a plain +table name or ID@. + +@node Formula syntax for Calc +@subsection Formula syntax for Calc + +@cindex formula syntax, Calc +@cindex syntax, of formulas + +A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs Calc +package. Note that Calc has the non-standard convention that @samp{/} has +lower precedence than @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as +@samp{(a/(b*c))}. Before evaluation by @code{calc-eval} (see @ref{Calling Calc from Your Programs,Calling Calc from +Your Lisp Programs,,calc,}), variable substitution takes place according to +the rules described above. + +@cindex vectors, in table calculations +The range vectors can be directly fed into the Calc vector functions +like @code{vmean} and @code{vsum}. + +@cindex format specifier, in spreadsheet +@cindex mode, for Calc +@vindex org-calc-default-modes +A formula can contain an optional mode string after a semicolon. This +string consists of flags to influence Calc and other modes during +execution. By default, Org uses the standard Calc modes (precision +12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off). The +display format, however, has been changed to @samp{(float 8)} to keep +tables compact. The default settings can be configured using the +variable @code{org-calc-default-modes}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{p20} +Set the internal Calc calculation precision to 20 digits. + +@item @samp{n3}, @samp{s3}, @samp{e2}, @samp{f4} +Normal, scientific, engineering or fixed format of the result of +Calc passed back to Org. Calc formatting is unlimited in +precision as long as the Calc calculation precision is greater. + +@item @samp{D}, @samp{R} +Degree and radian angle modes of Calc. + +@item @samp{F}, @samp{S} +Fraction and symbolic modes of Calc. + +@item @samp{T}, @samp{t}, @samp{U} +Duration computations in Calc or Lisp, @ref{Durations and time values}. + +@item @samp{E} +If and how to consider empty fields. Without @samp{E} empty fields in +range references are suppressed so that the Calc vector or Lisp +list contains only the non-empty fields. With @samp{E} the empty +fields are kept. For empty fields in ranges or empty field +references the value @samp{nan} (not a number) is used in Calc +formulas and the empty string is used for Lisp formulas. Add @samp{N} +to use 0 instead for both formula types. For the value of +a field the mode @samp{N} has higher precedence than @samp{E}. + +@item @samp{N} +Interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers. See the +next section to see how this is essential for computations with +Lisp formulas. In Calc formulas it is used only occasionally +because there number strings are already interpreted as numbers +without @samp{N}. + +@item @samp{L} +Literal, for Lisp formulas only. See the next section. +@end table + +Unless you use large integer numbers or high-precision calculation and +display for floating point numbers you may alternatively provide +a @code{printf} format specifier to reformat the Calc result after it has +been passed back to Org instead of letting Calc already do the +formatting@footnote{The printf reformatting is limited in precision because the +value passed to it is converted into an ``integer'' or ``double''. The +``integer'' is limited in size by truncating the signed value to 32 +bits. The ``double'' is limited in precision to 64 bits overall which +leaves approximately 16 significant decimal digits.}. A few examples: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{$1+$2} +@tab Sum of first and second field +@item @samp{$1+$2;%.2f} +@tab Same, format result to two decimals +@item @samp{exp($2)+exp($1)} +@tab Math functions can be used +@item @samp{$0;%.1f} +@tab Reformat current cell to 1 decimal +@item @samp{($3-32)*5/9} +@tab Degrees F @arrow{} C conversion +@item @samp{$c/$1/$cm} +@tab Hz @arrow{} cm conversion, using @samp{constants.el} +@item @samp{tan($1);Dp3s1} +@tab Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1 +@item @samp{sin($1);Dp3%.1e} +@tab Same, but use @code{printf} specifier for display +@item @samp{vmean($2..$7)} +@tab Compute column range mean, using vector function +@item @samp{vmean($2..$7);EN} +@tab Same, but treat empty fields as 0 +@item @samp{taylor($3,x=7,2)} +@tab Taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree +@end multitable + +Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations (see @ref{Logical Operations,Logical +Operations,,calc,}). For example + +@table @asis +@item @samp{if($1 < 20, teen, string(""))} +@samp{"teen"} if age @samp{$1} is less than 20, else the Org table result +field is set to empty with the empty string. + +@item @samp{if("$1" == "nan" || "$2" == "nan", string(""), $1 + $2); E f-1} +Sum of the first two columns. When at least one of the input +fields is empty the Org table result field is set to empty. @samp{E} +is required to not convert empty fields to 0. @samp{f-1} is an +optional Calc format string similar to @samp{%.1f} but leaves empty +results empty. + +@item @samp{if(typeof(vmean($1..$7)) == 12, string(""), vmean($1..$7); E} +Mean value of a range unless there is any empty field. Every +field in the range that is empty is replaced by @samp{nan} which lets +@samp{vmean} result in @samp{nan}. Then @samp{typeof =} 12= detects the @samp{nan} +from @code{vmean} and the Org table result field is set to empty. Use +this when the sample set is expected to never have missing +values. + +@item @samp{if("$1..$7" == "[]", string(""), vmean($1..$7))} +Mean value of a range with empty fields skipped. Every field in +the range that is empty is skipped. When all fields in the range +are empty the mean value is not defined and the Org table result +field is set to empty. Use this when the sample set can have +a variable size. + +@item @samp{vmean($1..$7); EN} +To complete the example before: Mean value of a range with empty +fields counting as samples with value 0. Use this only when +incomplete sample sets should be padded with 0 to the full size. +@end table + +You can add your own Calc functions defined in Emacs Lisp with +@code{defmath} and use them in formula syntax for Calc. + +@node Formula syntax for Lisp +@subsection Emacs Lisp forms as formulas + +@cindex Lisp forms, as table formulas + +It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp. This can be +useful for string manipulation and control structures, if Calc's +functionality is not enough. + +If a formula starts with a single-quote followed by an opening +parenthesis, then it is evaluated as a Lisp form. The evaluation +should return either a string or a number. Just as with Calc +formulas, you can specify modes and a @code{printf} format after +a semicolon. + +With Emacs Lisp forms, you need to be conscious about the way field +references are interpolated into the form. By default, a reference is +interpolated as a Lisp string (in double-quotes) containing the field. +If you provide the @samp{N} mode switch, all referenced elements are +numbers---non-number fields will be zero---and interpolated as Lisp +numbers, without quotes. If you provide the @samp{L} flag, all fields are +interpolated literally, without quotes. For example, if you want a +reference to be interpreted as a string by the Lisp form, enclose the +reference operator itself in double-quotes, like @samp{"$3"}. Ranges are +inserted as space-separated fields, so you can embed them in list or +vector syntax. + +Here are a few examples---note how the @samp{N} mode is used when we do +computations in Lisp: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{'(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2))} +Swap the first two characters of the content of column 1. + +@item @samp{'(+ $1 $2);N} +Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @samp{$1+$2}. + +@item @samp{'(apply '+ '($1..$4));N} +Compute the sum of columns 1 to 4, like Calc's @samp{vsum($1..$4)}. +@end table + +@node Durations and time values +@subsection Durations and time values + +@cindex duration, computing +@cindex time, computing +@vindex org-table-duration-custom-format + +If you want to compute time values use the @samp{T}, @samp{t}, or @samp{U} flag, +either in Calc formulas or Elisp formulas: + +@example +| Task 1 | Task 2 | Total | +|---------+----------+----------| +| 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59:00 | +| 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59 | +| 3:02:20 | -2:07:00 | 0.92 | +#+TBLFM: @@2$3=$1+$2;T::@@3$3=$1+$2;U::@@4$3=$1+$2;t +@end example + +Input duration values must be of the form @samp{HH:MM[:SS]}, where seconds +are optional. With the @samp{T} flag, computed durations are displayed as +@samp{HH:MM:SS} (see the first formula above). With the @samp{U} flag, seconds +are omitted so that the result is only @samp{HH:MM} (see second formula +above). Zero-padding of the hours field depends upon the value of the +variable @code{org-table-duration-hour-zero-padding}. + +With the @samp{t} flag, computed durations are displayed according to the +value of the option @code{org-table-duration-custom-format}, which defaults +to @code{hours} and displays the result as a fraction of hours (see the +third formula in the example above). + +Negative duration values can be manipulated as well, and integers are +considered as seconds in addition and subtraction. + +@node Field and range formulas +@subsection Field and range formulas + +@cindex field formula +@cindex range formula +@cindex formula, for individual table field +@cindex formula, for range of fields + +To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the +field, preceded by @samp{:=}, for example @samp{vsum(@@II..III)}. When you press +@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with point +still in the field, the formula is stored as the formula for this +field, evaluated, and the current field is replaced with the result. + +@cindex @samp{TBLFM}, keyword +Formulas are stored in a special @samp{TBLFM} keyword located directly +below the table. If you type the equation in the fourth field of the +third data line in the table, the formula looks like @samp{@@3$4=$1+$2}. +When inserting/deleting/swapping column and rows with the appropriate +commands, @emph{absolute references} (but not relative ones) in stored +formulas are modified in order to still reference the same field. To +avoid this from happening, in particular in range references, anchor +ranges at the table borders (using @samp{@@<}, @samp{@@>}, @samp{$<}, @samp{$>}), or at +hlines using the @samp{@@I} notation. Automatic adaptation of field +references does not happen if you edit the table structure with normal +editing commands---you must fix the formulas yourself. + +Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the +following command + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula}) +@kindex C-u C-c = +@findex org-table-eval-formula +Install a new formula for the current field. The command prompts +for a formula with default taken from the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, +applies it to the current field, and stores it. +@end table + +The left-hand side of a formula can also be a special expression in +order to assign the formula to a number of different fields. There is +no keyboard shortcut to enter such range formulas. To add them, use +the formula editor (see @ref{Editing and debugging formulas}) or edit the +@samp{TBLFM} keyword directly. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{$2=} +Column formula, valid for the entire column. This is so common +that Org treats these formulas in a special way, see @ref{Column formulas}. + +@item @samp{@@3=} +Row formula, applies to all fields in the specified row. @samp{@@>=} +means the last row. + +@item @samp{@@1$2..@@4$3=} +Range formula, applies to all fields in the given rectangular +range. This can also be used to assign a formula to some but not +all fields in a row. + +@item @samp{$NAME=} +Named field, see @ref{Advanced features}. +@end table + +@node Column formulas +@subsection Column formulas + +@cindex column formula +@cindex formula, for table column + +When you assign a formula to a simple column reference like @samp{$3=}, the +same formula is used in all fields of that column, with the following +very convenient exceptions: (i) If the table contains horizontal +separator hlines with rows above and below, everything before the +first such hline is considered part of the table @emph{header} and is not +modified by column formulas. Therefore a header is mandatory when you +use column formulas and want to add hlines to group rows, like for +example to separate a total row at the bottom from the summand rows +above. (ii) Fields that already get a value from a field/range +formula are left alone by column formulas. These conditions make +column formulas very easy to use. + +To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in +the column, preceded by an equal sign, like @samp{=$1+$2}. When you press +@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with point +still in the field, the formula is stored as the formula for the +current column, evaluated and the current field replaced with the +result. If the field contains only @samp{=}, the previously stored formula +for this column is used. For each column, Org only remembers the most +recently used formula. In the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, column formulas look +like @samp{$4=$1+$2}. The left-hand side of a column formula can not be +the name of column, it must be the numeric column reference or @samp{$>}. + +Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the +following command: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula}) +@kindex C-c = +@findex org-table-eval-formula +Install a new formula for the current column and replace current +field with the result of the formula. The command prompts for +a formula, with default taken from the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, applies +it to the current field and stores it. With a numeric prefix +argument, e.g., @kbd{C-5 C-c =}, the command applies it to +that many consecutive fields in the current column. +@end table + +@node Lookup functions +@subsection Lookup functions + +@cindex lookup functions in tables +@cindex table lookup functions + +Org has three predefined Emacs Lisp functions for lookups in tables. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{(org-lookup-first VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)} +@findex org-lookup-first +Searches for the first element @var{S} in list +@var{S-LIST} for which +@lisp +(PREDICATE VAL S) +@end lisp +is non-@code{nil}; returns the value from the corresponding position +in list @var{R-LIST}. The default @var{PREDICATE} is +@code{equal}. Note that the parameters @var{VAL} and +@var{S} are passed to @var{PREDICATE} in the same order +as the corresponding parameters are in the call to +@code{org-lookup-first}, where @var{VAL} precedes +@var{S-LIST}. If @var{R-LIST} is @code{nil}, the matching +element @var{S} of @var{S-LIST} is returned. + +@item @samp{(org-lookup-last VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)} +@findex org-lookup-last +Similar to @code{org-lookup-first} above, but searches for the @emph{last} +element for which @var{PREDICATE} is non-@code{nil}. + +@item @samp{(org-lookup-all VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)} +@findex org-lookup-all +Similar to @code{org-lookup-first}, but searches for @emph{all} elements +for which @var{PREDICATE} is non-@code{nil}, and returns @emph{all} +corresponding values. This function can not be used by itself in +a formula, because it returns a list of values. However, +powerful lookups can be built when this function is combined with +other Emacs Lisp functions. +@end table + +If the ranges used in these functions contain empty fields, the @samp{E} +mode for the formula should usually be specified: otherwise empty +fields are not included in @var{S-LIST} and/or @var{R-LIST} +which can, for example, result in an incorrect mapping from an element +of @var{S-LIST} to the corresponding element of +@var{R-LIST}. + +These three functions can be used to implement associative arrays, +count matching cells, rank results, group data, etc. For practical +examples see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-lookups.html, this tutorial on Worg}. + +@node Editing and debugging formulas +@subsection Editing and debugging formulas + +@cindex formula editing +@cindex editing, of table formulas + +@vindex org-table-use-standard-references +You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the +field. Org can also prepare a special buffer with all active formulas +of a table. When offering a formula for editing, Org converts +references to the standard format (like @samp{B3} or @samp{D&}) if possible. If +you prefer to only work with the internal format (like @samp{@@3$2} or +@samp{$4}), configure the variable @code{org-table-use-standard-references}. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c =} or @kbd{C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula}) +@kindex C-c = +@kindex C-u C-c = +@findex org-table-eval-formula +Edit the formula associated with the current column/field in the +minibuffer. See @ref{Column formulas}, and @ref{Field and range formulas}. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula}) +@kindex C-u C-u C-c = +@findex org-table-eval-formula +Re-insert the active formula (either a field formula, or a column +formula) into the current field, so that you can edit it directly +in the field. The advantage over editing in the minibuffer is +that you can use the command @kbd{C-c ?}. + +@item @kbd{C-c ?} (@code{org-table-field-info}) +@kindex C-c ? +@findex org-table-field-info +While editing a formula in a table field, highlight the field(s) +referenced by the reference at point position in the formula. + +@item @kbd{C-c @}} (@code{org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays}) +@kindex C-c @} +@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays +Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using +overlays. These are updated each time the table is aligned; you +can force it with @kbd{C-c C-c}. + +@item @kbd{C-c @{} (@code{org-table-toggle-formula-debugger}) +@kindex C-c @{ +@findex org-table-toggle-formula-debugger +Toggle the formula debugger on and off. See below. + +@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-table-edit-formulas}) +@kindex C-c ' +@findex org-table-edit-formulas +Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer, +where the formulas are displayed one per line. If the current +field has an active formula, point in the formula editor marks +it. While inside the special buffer, Org automatically +highlights any field or range reference at point position. You +may edit, remove and add formulas, and use the following +commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{org-table-fedit-finish}) +@kindex C-x C-s +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-table-fedit-finish +Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas. With +@kbd{C-u} prefix, also apply the new formulas to the +entire table. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{org-table-fedit-abort}) +@kindex C-c C-q +@findex org-table-fedit-abort +Exit the formula editor without installing changes. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type}) +@kindex C-c C-r +@findex org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type +Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard +(like @samp{B3}) and internal (like @samp{@@3$2}). + +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-fedit-lisp-indent}) +@kindex TAB +@findex org-table-fedit-lisp-indent +Pretty-print or indent Lisp formula at point. When in a line +containing a Lisp formula, format the formula according to +Emacs Lisp rules. Another @kbd{@key{TAB}} collapses the formula +back again. In the open formula, @kbd{@key{TAB}} re-indents +just like in Emacs Lisp mode. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{lisp-complete-symbol}) +@kindex M-TAB +@findex lisp-complete-symbol +Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs Lisp mode. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}, @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}, @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}, @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} +@kindex S-UP +@kindex S-DOWN +@kindex S-LEFT +@kindex S-RIGHT +@findex org-table-fedit-ref-up +@findex org-table-fedit-ref-down +@findex org-table-fedit-ref-left +@findex org-table-fedit-ref-right +Shift the reference at point. For example, if the reference +is @samp{B3} and you press @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}, it becomes @samp{C3}. +This also works for relative references and for hline +references. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-fedit-line-up}) +@kindex M-S-UP +@findex org-table-fedit-line-up +Move the test line for column formulas up in the Org buffer. + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-fedit-line-down}) +@kindex M-S-DOWN +@findex org-table-fedit-line-down +Move the test line for column formulas down in the Org buffer. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-fedit-scroll-up}) +@kindex M-UP +@findex org-table-fedit-scroll-up +Scroll up the window displaying the table. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-fedit-scroll-down}) +@kindex M-DOWN +@findex org-table-fedit-scroll-down +Scroll down the window displaying the table. + +@item @kbd{C-c @}} +@kindex C-c @} +@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays +Turn the coordinate grid in the table on and off. +@end table +@end table + +Making a table field blank does not remove the formula associated with +the field, because that is stored in a different line---the @samp{TBLFM} +keyword line. During the next recalculation, the field will be filled +again. To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty +reply when prompted for the formula, or to edit the @samp{TBLFM} keyword. + +@kindex C-c C-c +You may edit the @samp{TBLFM} keyword directly and re-apply the changed +equations with @kbd{C-c C-c} in that line or with the normal +recalculation commands in the table. + +@anchor{Using multiple @samp{TBLFM} lines} +@subsubheading Using multiple @samp{TBLFM} lines + +@cindex multiple formula lines +@cindex @samp{TBLFM} keywords, multiple +@cindex @samp{TBLFM}, switching + +@kindex C-c C-c +You may apply the formula temporarily. This is useful when you want +to switch the formula applied to the table. Place multiple @samp{TBLFM} +keywords right after the table, and then press @kbd{C-c C-c} on +the formula to apply. Here is an example: + +@example +| x | y | +|---+---| +| 1 | | +| 2 | | +#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1 +#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2 +@end example + +@noindent +Pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} in the line of @samp{#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2} yields: + +@example +| x | y | +|---+---| +| 1 | 2 | +| 2 | 4 | +#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1 +#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2 +@end example + +@noindent +If you recalculate this table, with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, for example, +you get the following result from applying only the first @samp{TBLFM} +keyword. + +@example +| x | y | +|---+---| +| 1 | 1 | +| 2 | 2 | +#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1 +#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2 +@end example + +@anchor{Debugging formulas} +@subsubheading Debugging formulas + +@cindex formula debugging +@cindex debugging, of table formulas + +When the evaluation of a formula leads to an error, the field content +becomes the string @samp{#ERROR}. If you would like to see what is going +on during variable substitution and calculation in order to find +a bug, turn on formula debugging in the Tbl menu and repeat the +calculation, for example by pressing @kbd{C-u C-u C-c = @key{RET}} in +a field. Detailed information are displayed. + +@node Updating the table +@subsection Updating the table + +@cindex recomputing table fields +@cindex updating, table + +Recalculation of a table is normally not automatic, but needs to be +triggered by a command. To make recalculation at least +semi-automatic, see @ref{Advanced features}. + +In order to recalculate a line of a table or the entire table, use the +following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c *} (@code{org-table-recalculate}) +@kindex C-c * +@findex org-table-recalculate +Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column +formulas from left to right, and all field/range formulas in the +current row. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c *} or @kbd{C-u C-c C-c} +@kindex C-u C-c * +@kindex C-u C-c C-c +Recompute the entire table, line by line. Any lines before the +first hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the +table header. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c *} or @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-iterate}) +@kindex C-u C-u C-c * +@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-c +@findex org-table-iterate +Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes +occur. This may be necessary if some computed fields use the +value of other fields that are computed @emph{later} in the +calculation sequence. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables} +@findex org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables +Recompute all tables in the current buffer. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-table-iterate-buffer-tables} +@findex org-table-iterate-buffer-tables +Iterate all tables in the current buffer, in order to converge +table-to-table dependencies. +@end table + +@node Advanced features +@subsection Advanced features + +If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if +you want to be able to assign @emph{names}@footnote{Such names must start with an alphabetic character and use +only alphanumeric/underscore characters.} to fields and columns, +you need to reserve the first column of the table for special marking +characters. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-#} (@code{org-table-rotate-recalc-marks}) +@kindex C-# +@findex org-table-rotate-recalc-marks +Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states +@samp{#}, @samp{*}, @samp{!}, @samp{$}. When there is an active region, change all +marks in the region. +@end table + +Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students +and makes use of these features: + +@example +|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| +| | Student | Prob 1 | Prob 2 | Prob 3 | Total | Note | +|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| +| ! | | P1 | P2 | P3 | Tot | | +| # | Maximum | 10 | 15 | 25 | 50 | 10.0 | +| ^ | | m1 | m2 | m3 | mt | | +|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| +| # | Peter | 10 | 8 | 23 | 41 | 8.2 | +| # | Sam | 2 | 4 | 3 | 9 | 1.8 | +|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| +| | Average | | | | 25.0 | | +| ^ | | | | | at | | +| $ | max=50 | | | | | | +|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------| +#+TBLFM: $6=vsum($P1..$P3)::$7=10*$Tot/$max;%.1f::$at=vmean(@@-II..@@-I);%.1f +@end example + +@quotation Important +Please note that for these special tables, recalculating the table +with @kbd{C-u C-c *} only affects rows that are marked @samp{#} or +@samp{*}, and fields that have a formula assigned to the field itself. The +column formulas are not applied in rows with empty first field. + +@end quotation + +@cindex marking characters, tables +The marking characters have the following meaning: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{!} +The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you +may refer to a column as @samp{$Tot} instead of @samp{$6}. + +@item @samp{^} +This row defines names for the fields @emph{above} the row. With such +a definition, any formula in the table may use @samp{$m1} to refer to +the value @samp{10}. Also, if you assign a formula to a names field, +it is stored as @samp{$name = ...}. + +@item @samp{_} +Similar to @samp{^}, but defines names for the fields in the row +@emph{below}. + +@item @samp{$} +Fields in this row can define @emph{parameters} for formulas. For +example, if a field in a @samp{$} row contains @samp{max=50}, then formulas +in this table can refer to the value 50 using @samp{$max}. Parameters +work exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on +a per-table basis. + +@item @samp{#} +Fields in this row are automatically recalculated when pressing +@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} in this row. +Also, this row is selected for a global recalculation with +@kbd{C-u C-c *}. Unmarked lines are left alone by this +command. + +@item @samp{*} +Selects this line for global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, but not for automatic recalculation. Use this when +automatic recalculation slows down editing too much. + +@item @samp{/} +Do not export this line. Useful for lines that contain the +narrowing @samp{<N>} markers or column group markers. +@end table + +Finally, just to whet your appetite for what can be done with the +fantastic Calc package, here is a table that computes the Taylor +series of degree n at location x for a couple of functions. + +@example +|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------| +| | Func | n | x | Result | +|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------| +| # | exp(x) | 1 | x | 1 + x | +| # | exp(x) | 2 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 | +| # | exp(x) | 3 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 | +| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=0 | x*(0.5 / 0) + x^2 (2 - 0.25 / 0) / 2 | +| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=1 | 2 + 2.5 x - 2.5 + 0.875 (x - 1)^2 | +| * | tan(x) | 3 | x | 0.0175 x + 1.77e-6 x^3 | +|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------| +#+TBLFM: $5=taylor($2,$4,$3);n3 +@end example + +@node Org Plot +@section Org Plot + +@cindex graph, in tables +@cindex plot tables using Gnuplot + +Org Plot can produce graphs of information stored in Org tables, +either graphically or in ASCII art. + +@anchor{Graphical plots using Gnuplot} +@subheading Graphical plots using Gnuplot + +@cindex @samp{PLOT}, keyword +Org Plot can produce 2D and 3D graphs of information stored in Org +tables using @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/, Gnuplot} and @uref{http://cars9.uchicago.edu/~ravel/software/gnuplot-mode.html, Gnuplot mode}. To see this in action, ensure +that you have both Gnuplot and Gnuplot mode installed on your system, +then call @kbd{C-c " g} or @kbd{M-x org-plot/gnuplot} on the +following table. + +@example +#+PLOT: title:"Citas" ind:1 deps:(3) type:2d with:histograms set:"yrange [0:]" +| Sede | Max cites | H-index | +|-----------+-----------+---------| +| Chile | 257.72 | 21.39 | +| Leeds | 165.77 | 19.68 | +| Sao Paolo | 71.00 | 11.50 | +| Stockholm | 134.19 | 14.33 | +| Morelia | 257.56 | 17.67 | +@end example + +Notice that Org Plot is smart enough to apply the table's headers as +labels. Further control over the labels, type, content, and +appearance of plots can be exercised through the @samp{PLOT} keyword +preceding a table. See below for a complete list of Org Plot options. +For more information and examples see the @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-plot.html, Org Plot tutorial}. + +@anchor{Plot options} +@subsubheading Plot options + +@table @asis +@item @samp{set} +Specify any Gnuplot option to be set when graphing. + +@item @samp{title} +Specify the title of the plot. + +@item @samp{ind} +Specify which column of the table to use as the @samp{x} axis. + +@item @samp{deps} +Specify the columns to graph as a Lisp style list, surrounded by +parentheses and separated by spaces for example @samp{dep:(3 4)} to +graph the third and fourth columns. Defaults to graphing all +other columns aside from the @samp{ind} column. + +@item @samp{type} +Specify whether the plot is @samp{2d}, @samp{3d}, or @samp{grid}. + +@item @samp{with} +Specify a @samp{with} option to be inserted for every column being +plotted, e.g., @samp{lines}, @samp{points}, @samp{boxes}, @samp{impulses}. Defaults +to @samp{lines}. + +@item @samp{file} +If you want to plot to a file, specify +@samp{"path/to/desired/output-file"}. + +@item @samp{labels} +List of labels to be used for the @samp{deps}. Defaults to the column +headers if they exist. + +@item @samp{line} +Specify an entire line to be inserted in the Gnuplot script. + +@item @samp{map} +When plotting @samp{3d} or @samp{grid} types, set this to @samp{t} to graph +a flat mapping rather than a @samp{3d} slope. + +@item @samp{timefmt} +Specify format of Org mode timestamps as they will be parsed by +Gnuplot. Defaults to @samp{%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S}. + +@item @samp{script} +If you want total control, you can specify a script file---place +the file name between double-quotes---which will be used to plot. +Before plotting, every instance of @samp{$datafile} in the specified +script will be replaced with the path to the generated data file. +Note: even if you set this option, you may still want to specify +the plot type, as that can impact the content of the data file. +@end table + +@anchor{ASCII bar plots} +@subheading ASCII bar plots + +While point is on a column, typing @kbd{C-c `` a} or @kbd{M-x orgtbl-ascii-plot} create a new column containing an ASCII-art bars +plot. The plot is implemented through a regular column formula. When +the source column changes, the bar plot may be updated by refreshing +the table, for example typing @kbd{C-u C-c *}. + +@example +| Sede | Max cites | | +|---------------+-----------+--------------| +| Chile | 257.72 | WWWWWWWWWWWW | +| Leeds | 165.77 | WWWWWWWh | +| Sao Paolo | 71.00 | WWW; | +| Stockholm | 134.19 | WWWWWW: | +| Morelia | 257.56 | WWWWWWWWWWWH | +| Rochefourchat | 0.00 | | +#+TBLFM: $3='(orgtbl-ascii-draw $2 0.0 257.72 12) +@end example + +The formula is an Elisp call. + +@defun orgtbl-ascii-draw value min max &optional width +Draw an ASCII bar in a table. + +@var{VALUE} is the value to plot. + +@var{MIN} is the value displayed as an empty bar. @var{MAX} +is the value filling all the @var{WIDTH}. Sources values outside +this range are displayed as @samp{too small} or @samp{too large}. + +@var{WIDTH} is the number of characters of the bar plot. It +defaults to @samp{12}. +@end defun + +@node Hyperlinks +@chapter Hyperlinks + +@cindex hyperlinks + +Like HTML, Org provides support for links inside a file, external +links to other files, Usenet articles, emails, and much more. + +@menu +* Link Format:: How links in Org are formatted. +* Internal Links:: Links to other places in the current file. +* Radio Targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text. +* External Links:: URL-like links to the world. +* Handling Links:: Creating, inserting and following. +* Using Links Outside Org:: Linking from my C source code? +* Link Abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links. +* Search Options:: Linking to a specific location. +* Custom Searches:: When the default search is not enough. +@end menu + +@node Link Format +@section Link Format + +@cindex link format +@cindex format, of links + +Org recognizes plain URL-like links and activate them as clickable +links. The general link format, however, looks like this: + +@example +[[LINK][DESCRIPTION]] +@end example + + +@noindent +or alternatively + +@example +[[LINK]] +@end example + + +Once a link in the buffer is complete---all brackets present---, Org +changes the display so that @samp{DESCRIPTION} is displayed instead of +@samp{[[LINK][DESCRIPTION]]} and @samp{LINK} is displayed instead of @samp{[[LINK]]}. +Links are highlighted in the @code{org-link} face, which, by default, is an +underlined face. + +You can directly edit the visible part of a link. This can be either +the @var{LINK} part, if there is no description, or the +@var{DESCRIPTION} part otherwise. To also edit the invisible +@var{LINK} part, use @kbd{C-c C-l} with point on the link +(see @ref{Handling Links}). + +If you place point at the beginning or just behind the end of the +displayed text and press @kbd{@key{BS}}, you remove +the---invisible---bracket at that location@footnote{More accurately, the precise behavior depends on how point +arrived there---see @ref{Invisible Text,Invisible Text,,elisp,}.}. This makes the link +incomplete and the internals are again displayed as plain text. +Inserting the missing bracket hides the link internals again. To show +the internal structure of all links, use the menu: Org @arrow{} Hyperlinks @arrow{} +Literal links. + +@node Internal Links +@section Internal Links + +@cindex internal links +@cindex links, internal +@cindex targets, for links + +@cindex @samp{CUSTOM_ID}, property +If the link does not look like a URL, it is considered to be internal +in the current file. The most important case is a link like +@samp{[[#my-custom-id]]} which links to the entry with the @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property +@samp{my-custom-id}. You are responsible yourself to make sure these +custom IDs are unique in a file. + +Links such as @samp{[[My Target]]} or @samp{[[My Target][Find my target]]} lead to a text search in +the current file. + +The link can be followed with @kbd{C-c C-o} when point is on +the link, or with a mouse click (see @ref{Handling Links}). Links to +custom IDs point to the corresponding headline. The preferred match +for a text link is a @emph{dedicated target}: the same string in double +angular brackets, like @samp{<<My Target>>}. + +@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword +If no dedicated target exists, the link tries to match the exact name +of an element within the buffer. Naming is done with the @samp{NAME} +keyword, which has to be put in the line before the element it refers +to, as in the following example + +@example +#+NAME: My Target +| a | table | +|----+------------| +| of | four cells | +@end example + +If none of the above succeeds, Org searches for a headline that is +exactly the link text but may also include a TODO keyword and +tags@footnote{To insert a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion +can be used. Just type a star followed by a few optional letters into +the buffer and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}. All headlines in the current +buffer are offered as completions.}. + +During export, internal links are used to mark objects and assign them +a number. Marked objects are then referenced by links pointing to +them. In particular, links without a description appear as the number +assigned to the marked object@footnote{When targeting a @samp{NAME} keyword, the @samp{CAPTION} keyword is +mandatory in order to get proper numbering (see @ref{Captions}).}. In the following excerpt from +an Org buffer + +@example +1. one item +2. <<target>>another item +Here we refer to item [[target]]. +@end example + +@noindent +The last sentence will appear as @samp{Here we refer to item 2} when +exported. + +In non-Org files, the search looks for the words in the link text. In +the above example the search would be for @samp{target}. + +Following a link pushes a mark onto Org's own mark ring. You can +return to the previous position with @kbd{C-c &}. Using this +command several times in direct succession goes back to positions +recorded earlier. + +@node Radio Targets +@section Radio Targets + +@cindex radio targets +@cindex targets, radio +@cindex links, radio targets + +Org can automatically turn any occurrences of certain target names in +normal text into a link. So without explicitly creating a link, the +text connects to the target radioing its position. Radio targets are +enclosed by triple angular brackets. For example, a target @samp{<<<My +Target>>>} causes each occurrence of @samp{my target} in normal text to +become activated as a link. The Org file is scanned automatically for +radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs. To +update the target list during editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with +point on or at a target. + +@node External Links +@section External Links + +@cindex links, external +@cindex external links +@cindex Gnus links +@cindex BBDB links +@cindex irc links +@cindex URL links +@cindex file links +@cindex Rmail links +@cindex MH-E links +@cindex Usenet links +@cindex shell links +@cindex Info links +@cindex Elisp links + +Org supports links to files, websites, Usenet and email messages, BBDB +database entries and links to both IRC conversations and their logs. +External links are URL-like locators. They start with a short +identifying string followed by a colon. There can be no space after +the colon. The following list shows examples for each link type. + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{http://www.astro.uva.nl/=dominik} +@tab on the web +@item @samp{doi:10.1000/182} +@tab DOI for an electronic resource +@item @samp{file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg} +@tab file, absolute path +@item @samp{/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg} +@tab same as above +@item @samp{file:papers/last.pdf} +@tab file, relative path +@item @samp{./papers/last.pdf} +@tab same as above +@item @samp{file:/ssh:me@@some.where:papers/last.pdf} +@tab file, path on remote machine +@item @samp{/ssh:me@@some.where:papers/last.pdf} +@tab same as above +@item @samp{file:sometextfile::NNN} +@tab file, jump to line number +@item @samp{file:projects.org} +@tab another Org file +@item @samp{file:projects.org::some words} +@tab text search in Org file@footnote{The actual behavior of the search depends on the value of the +variable @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline}. If its value is +@code{nil}, then a fuzzy text search is done. If it is @code{t}, then only the +exact headline is matched, ignoring spaces and statistic cookies. If +the value is @code{query-to-create}, then an exact headline is searched; if +it is not found, then the user is queried to create it.} +@item @samp{file:projects.org::*task title} +@tab heading search in Org file +@item @samp{file+sys:/path/to/file} +@tab open via OS, like double-click +@item @samp{file+emacs:/path/to/file} +@tab force opening by Emacs +@item @samp{docview:papers/last.pdf::NNN} +@tab open in doc-view mode at page +@item @samp{id:B7423F4D-2E8A-471B-8810-C40F074717E9} +@tab link to heading by ID +@item @samp{news:comp.emacs} +@tab Usenet link +@item @samp{mailto:adent@@galaxy.net} +@tab mail link +@item @samp{mhe:folder} +@tab MH-E folder link +@item @samp{mhe:folder#id} +@tab MH-E message link +@item @samp{rmail:folder} +@tab Rmail folder link +@item @samp{rmail:folder#id} +@tab Rmail message link +@item @samp{gnus:group} +@tab Gnus group link +@item @samp{gnus:group#id} +@tab Gnus article link +@item @samp{bbdb:R.*Stallman} +@tab BBDB link (with regexp) +@item @samp{irc:/irc.com/#emacs/bob} +@tab IRC link +@item @samp{info:org#External links} +@tab Info node link +@item @samp{shell:ls *.org} +@tab shell command +@item @samp{elisp:org-agenda} +@tab interactive Elisp command +@item @samp{elisp:(find-file "Elisp.org")} +@tab Elisp form to evaluate +@end multitable + +@cindex VM links +@cindex Wanderlust links +On top of these built-in link types, additional ones are available +through the @samp{contrib/} directory (see @ref{Installation}). For example, +these links to VM or Wanderlust messages are available when you load +the corresponding libraries from the @samp{contrib/} directory: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{vm:folder} +@tab VM folder link +@item @samp{vm:folder#id} +@tab VM message link +@item @samp{vm://myself@@some.where.org/folder#id} +@tab VM on remote machine +@item @samp{vm-imap:account:folder} +@tab VM IMAP folder link +@item @samp{vm-imap:account:folder#id} +@tab VM IMAP message link +@item @samp{wl:folder} +@tab Wanderlust folder link +@item @samp{wl:folder#id} +@tab Wanderlust message link +@end multitable + +For information on customizing Org to add new link types, see @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}. + +A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain +descriptive text to be displayed instead of the URL (see @ref{Link Format}), for example: + +@example +[[http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]] +@end example + + +If the description is a file name or URL that points to an image, HTML +export (see @ref{HTML Export}) inlines the image as a clickable button. If +there is no description at all and the link points to an image, that +image is inlined into the exported HTML file. + +@cindex square brackets, around links +@cindex angular brackets, around links +@cindex plain text external links +Org also finds external links in the normal text and activates them as +links. If spaces must be part of the link (for example in +@samp{bbdb:Richard Stallman}), or if you need to remove ambiguities about +the end of the link, enclose the link in square or angular brackets. + +@node Handling Links +@section Handling Links + +@cindex links, handling + +Org provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to insert +it into an Org file, and to follow the link. + +@findex org-store-link +@cindex storing links +The main function is @code{org-store-link}, called with @kbd{M-x org-store-link}. Because of its importance, we suggest to bind it +to a widely available key (see @ref{Activation}). It stores a link to the +current location. The link is stored for later insertion into an Org +buffer---see below. The kind of link that is created depends on the +current buffer: + +@table @asis +@item @emph{Org mode buffers} +For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at point, the link +points to the target. Otherwise it points to the current +headline, which is also the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it is removed from the +link, which results in a wrong link---you should avoid putting +a timestamp in the headline.}. + +@vindex org-link-to-org-use-id +@cindex @samp{CUSTOM_ID}, property +@cindex @samp{ID}, property +If the headline has a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property, store a link to this +custom ID@. In addition or alternatively, depending on the value +of @code{org-link-to-org-use-id}, create and/or use a globally unique +@samp{ID} property for the link@footnote{The Org Id library must first be loaded, either through +@code{org-customize}, by enabling @code{id} in @code{org-modules}, or by adding +@samp{(require 'org-id)} in your Emacs init file.}. So using this command in Org +buffers potentially creates two links: a human-readable link from +the custom ID, and one that is globally unique and works even if +the entry is moved from file to file. Later, when inserting the +link, you need to decide which one to use. + +@item @emph{Email/News clients: VM, Rmail, Wanderlust, MH-E, Gnus} +@vindex org-email-link-description-format +Pretty much all Emacs mail clients are supported. The link +points to the current article, or, in some Gnus buffers, to the +group. The description is constructed according to the variable +@code{org-email-link-description-format}. By default, it refers to +the addressee and the subject, possibly truncated. + +@item @emph{Web browsers: W3, W3M and EWW} +Here the link is the current URL, with the page title as the +description. + +@item @emph{Contacts: BBDB} +Links created in a BBDB buffer point to the current entry. + +@item @emph{Chat: IRC} +@vindex org-irc-links-to-logs +For IRC links, if the variable @code{org-irc-link-to-logs} is +non-@code{nil}, create a @samp{file} style link to the relevant point in +the logs for the current conversation. Otherwise store an @samp{irc} +style link to the user/channel/server under the point. + +@item @emph{Other files} +For any other file, the link points to the file, with a search +string (see @ref{Search Options}) pointing to the +contents of the current line. If there is an active region, the +selected words form the basis of the search string. You can write +custom Lisp functions to select the search string and perform the +search for particular file types (see @ref{Custom Searches}). + +You can also define dedicated links to other files. See @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}. + +@item @emph{Agenda view} +When point is in an agenda view, the created link points to +the entry referenced by the current line. +@end table + +From an Org buffer, the following commands create, navigate or, more +generally, act on links. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{org-insert-link}) +@kindex C-c C-l +@findex org-insert-link +@cindex link completion +@cindex completion, of links +@cindex inserting links +@vindex org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion +Insert a link@footnote{Note that you do not have to use this command to insert +a link. Links in Org are plain text, and you can type or paste them +straight into the buffer. By using this command, the links are +automatically enclosed in double brackets, and you will be asked for +the optional descriptive text.}. This prompts for a link to be inserted +into the buffer. You can just type a link, using text for an +internal link, or one of the link type prefixes mentioned in the +examples above. The link is inserted into the buffer, along with +a descriptive text@footnote{After insertion of a stored link, the link will be removed +from the list of stored links. To keep it in the list for later use, +use a triple @kbd{C-u} prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-l}, or +configure the option @code{org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion}.}. If some text was selected at this +time, it becomes the default description. + +@table @asis +@item @emph{Inserting stored links} +All links stored during the current session are part of the +history for this prompt, so you can access them with +@kbd{@key{UP}} and @kbd{@key{DOWN}} (or @kbd{M-p}, +@kbd{M-n}). + +@item @emph{Completion support} +Completion with @kbd{@key{TAB}} helps you to insert valid link +prefixes like @samp{http} or @samp{ftp}, including the prefixes defined +through link abbreviations (see @ref{Link Abbreviations}). If you +press @kbd{@key{RET}} after inserting only the prefix, Org +offers specific completion support for some link types@footnote{This works if a function has been defined in the @code{:complete} +property of a link in @code{org-link-parameters}.}. +For example, if you type @kbd{f i l e @key{RET}}---alternative +access: @kbd{C-u C-c C-l}, see below---Org offers file +name completion, and after @kbd{b b d b @key{RET}} you can +complete contact names. +@end table + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-l} +@cindex file name completion +@cindex completion, of file names +@kindex C-u C-c C-l +When @kbd{C-c C-l} is called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix +argument, insert a link to a file. You may use file name +completion to select the name of the file. The path to the file +is inserted relative to the directory of the current Org file, if +the linked file is in the current directory or in a sub-directory +of it, or if the path is written relative to the current +directory using @samp{../}. Otherwise an absolute path is used, if +possible with @samp{~/} for your home directory. You can force an +absolute path with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (with point on existing link) +@cindex following links +When point is on an existing link, @kbd{C-c C-l} allows +you to edit the link and description parts of the link. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-open-at-point}) +@kindex C-c C-o +@findex org-open-at-point +@vindex org-file-apps +Open link at point. This launches a web browser for URL (using +@code{browse-url-at-point}), run VM/MH-E/Wanderlust/Rmail/Gnus/BBDB +for the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell +link. When point is on an internal link, this command runs the +corresponding search. When point is on the tags part of a +headline, it creates the corresponding tags view (see @ref{Matching tags and properties}). If point is on a timestamp, it compiles +the agenda for that date. Furthermore, it visits text and remote +files in @samp{file} links with Emacs and select a suitable +application for local non-text files. Classification of files is +based on file extension only. See option @code{org-file-apps}. If +you want to override the default application and visit the file +with Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u} prefix. If you want to avoid +opening in Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix. + +@vindex org-link-frame-setup +If point is on a headline, but not on a link, offer all links in +the headline and entry text. If you want to setup the frame +configuration for following links, customize +@code{org-link-frame-setup}. + +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} +@vindex org-return-follows-link +@kindex RET +When @code{org-return-follows-link} is set, @kbd{@key{RET}} also +follows the link at point. + +@item @kbd{mouse-2} or @kbd{mouse-1} +@kindex mouse-2 +@kindex mouse-1 +On links, @kbd{mouse-1} and @kbd{mouse-2} opens the +link just as @kbd{C-c C-o} does. + +@item @kbd{mouse-3} +@vindex org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer +@kindex mouse-3 +Like @kbd{mouse-2}, but force file links to be opened with +Emacs, and internal links to be displayed in another +window@footnote{See the variable @code{org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer}.}. + +@item @kbd{C-c %} (@code{org-mark-ring-push}) +@kindex C-c % +@findex org-mark-ring-push +@cindex mark ring +Push the current position onto the Org mark ring, to be able to +return easily. Commands following an internal link do this +automatically. + +@item @kbd{C-c &} (@code{org-mark-ring-goto}) +@kindex C-c & +@findex org-mark-ring-goto +@cindex links, returning to +Jump back to a recorded position. A position is recorded by the +commands following internal links, and by @kbd{C-c %}. +Using this command several times in direct succession moves +through a ring of previously recorded positions. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-n} (@code{org-next-link}) +@itemx @kbd{C-c C-x C-p} (@code{org-previous-link}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-p +@findex org-previous-link +@kindex C-c C-x C-n +@findex org-next-link +@cindex links, finding next/previous +Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer. At the +limit of the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps +around. The key bindings for this are really too long; you might +want to bind this also to @kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p}. + +@lisp +(add-hook 'org-load-hook + (lambda () + (define-key org-mode-map "\M-n" 'org-next-link) + (define-key org-mode-map "\M-p" 'org-previous-link))) +@end lisp +@end table + +@node Using Links Outside Org +@section Using Links Outside Org + +@findex org-insert-link-global +@findex org-open-at-point-global +You can insert and follow links that have Org syntax not only in Org, +but in any Emacs buffer. For this, Org provides two functions: +@code{org-insert-link-global} and @code{org-open-at-point-global}. + +You might want to bind them to globally available keys. See +@ref{Activation} for some advice. + +@node Link Abbreviations +@section Link Abbreviations + +@cindex link abbreviations +@cindex abbreviation, links + +Long URL can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are +needed in a document. For this you can use link abbreviations. An +abbreviated link looks like this + +@example +[[linkword:tag][description]] +@end example + + +@noindent +@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist +where the tag is optional. The @emph{linkword} must be a word, starting +with a letter, followed by letters, numbers, @samp{-}, and @samp{_}. +Abbreviations are resolved according to the information in the +variable @code{org-link-abbrev-alist} that relates the linkwords to +replacement text. Here is an example: + +@lisp +(setq org-link-abbrev-alist + '(("bugzilla" . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=") + ("url-to-ja" . "http://translate.google.fr/translate?sl=en&tl=ja&u=%h") + ("google" . "http://www.google.com/search?q=") + ("gmap" . "http://maps.google.com/maps?q=%s") + ("omap" . "http://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search?q=%s&polygon=1") + ("ads" . "http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/nph-abs_connect?author=%s&db_key=AST"))) +@end lisp + +If the replacement text contains the string @samp{%s}, it is replaced with +the tag. Using @samp{%h} instead of @samp{%s} percent-encodes the tag (see the +example above, where we need to encode the URL parameter). Using +@samp{%(my-function)} passes the tag to a custom Lisp function, and replace +it by the resulting string. + +If the replacement text do not contain any specifier, it is simply +appended to the string in order to create the link. + +Instead of a string, you may also specify a Lisp function to create +the link. Such a function will be called with the tag as the only +argument. + +With the above setting, you could link to a specific bug with +@samp{[[bugzilla:129]]}, search the web for @samp{OrgMode} with @samp{[[google:OrgMode]]}, +show the map location of the Free Software Foundation @samp{[[gmap:51 +Franklin Street, Boston]]} or of Carsten office @samp{[[omap:Science Park 904, +Amsterdam, The Netherlands]]} and find out what the Org author is doing +besides Emacs hacking with @samp{[[ads:Dominik,C]]}. + +If you need special abbreviations just for a single Org buffer, you +can define them in the file with + +@cindex @samp{LINK}, keyword +@example +#+LINK: bugzilla http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id= +#+LINK: google http://www.google.com/search?q=%s +@end example + +In-buffer completion (see @ref{Completion}) can be used after @samp{[} to +complete link abbreviations. You may also define a Lisp function that +implements special (e.g., completion) support for inserting such a +link with @kbd{C-c C-l}. Such a function should not accept any +arguments, and should return the full link with a prefix. You can set +the link completion function like this: + +@lisp +(org-link-set-parameter "type" :complete #'some-completion-function) +@end lisp + +@node Search Options +@section Search Options in File Links + +@cindex search option in file links +@cindex file links, searching + +File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to +a particular location in the file when following a link. This can be +a line number or a search option after a double colon@footnote{For backward compatibility, line numbers can also follow a +single colon.}. For +example, when the command @code{org-store-link} creates a link (see +@ref{Handling Links}) to a file, it encodes the words in the current line +as a search string that can be used to find this line back later when +following the link with @kbd{C-c C-o}. + +Here is the syntax of the different ways to attach a search to a file +link, together with explanations for each: + +@example +[[file:~/code/main.c::255]] +[[file:~/xx.org::My Target]] +[[file:~/xx.org::*My Target]] +[[file:~/xx.org::#my-custom-id]] +[[file:~/xx.org::/regexp/]] +@end example + +@table @asis +@item @samp{255} +Jump to line 255. + +@item @samp{My Target} +Search for a link target @samp{<<My Target>>}, or do a text search for +@samp{my target}, similar to the search in internal links, see +@ref{Internal Links}. In HTML export (see @ref{HTML Export}), such a file +link becomes a HTML reference to the corresponding named anchor +in the linked file. + +@item @samp{*My Target} +In an Org file, restrict search to headlines. + +@item @samp{#my-custom-id} +Link to a heading with a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property + +@item @samp{/REGEXP/} +Do a regular expression search for @var{REGEXP}. This uses +the Emacs command @code{occur} to list all matches in a separate +window. If the target file is in Org mode, @code{org-occur} is used +to create a sparse tree with the matches. +@end table + +As a degenerate case, a file link with an empty file name can be used +to search the current file. For example, @samp{[[file:::find me]]} does +a search for @samp{find me} in the current file, just as @samp{[[find me]]} would. + +@node Custom Searches +@section Custom Searches + +@cindex custom search strings +@cindex search strings, custom + +The default mechanism for creating search strings and for doing the +actual search related to a file link may not work correctly in all +cases. For example, Bib@TeX{} database files have many entries like +@code{year="1993"} which would not result in good search strings, because +the only unique identification for a Bib@TeX{} entry is the citation key. + +@vindex org-create-file-search-functions +@vindex org-execute-file-search-functions +If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to +set the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the +search for the string in the file. Using @code{add-hook}, these functions +need to be added to the hook variables +@code{org-create-file-search-functions} and +@code{org-execute-file-search-functions}. See the docstring for these +variables for more information. Org actually uses this mechanism for +Bib@TeX{} database files, and you can use the corresponding code as an +implementation example. See the file @samp{org-bibtex.el}. + +@node TODO Items +@chapter TODO Items + +@cindex TODO items + +Org mode does not maintain TODO lists as separate documents@footnote{Of course, you can make a document that contains only long +lists of TODO items, but this is not required.}. +Instead, TODO items are an integral part of the notes file, because +TODO items usually come up while taking notes! With Org mode, simply +mark any entry in a tree as being a TODO item. In this way, +information is not duplicated, and the entire context from which the +TODO item emerged is always present. + +Of course, this technique for managing TODO items scatters them +throughout your notes file. Org mode compensates for this by +providing methods to give you an overview of all the things that you +have to do. + +@menu +* TODO Basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries. +* TODO Extensions:: Workflow and assignments. +* Progress Logging:: Dates and notes for progress. +* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others. +* Breaking Down Tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces. +* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists. +@end menu + +@node TODO Basics +@section Basic TODO Functionality + +Any headline becomes a TODO item when it starts with the word @samp{TODO}, +for example: + +@example +*** TODO Write letter to Sam Fortune +@end example + + +The most important commands to work with TODO entries are: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo}) +@kindex C-c C-t +@cindex cycling, of TODO states +Rotate the TODO state of the current item among + +@example +,-> (unmarked) -> TODO -> DONE --. +'--------------------------------' +@end example + +If TODO keywords have fast access keys (see @ref{Fast access to TODO states}), prompt for a TODO keyword through the fast +selection interface; this is the default behavior when +@code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is non-@code{nil}. + +The same rotation can also be done ``remotely'' from the agenda +buffer with the @kbd{t} command key (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-t} +@kindex C-u C-c C-t +When TODO keywords have no selection keys, select a specific +keyword using completion; otherwise force cycling through TODO +states with no prompt. When @code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is set +to @code{prefix}, use the fast selection interface. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@kindex S-RIGHT +@kindex S-LEFT +@vindex org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change +Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling. +Useful mostly if more than two TODO states are possible (see +@ref{TODO Extensions}). See also @ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with +@code{shift-selection-mode}. See also the variable +@code{org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change}. + +@item @kbd{C-c / t} (@code{org-show-todo-tree}) +@kindex C-c / t +@cindex sparse tree, for TODO +@vindex org-todo-keywords +@findex org-show-todo-tree +View TODO items in a @emph{sparse tree} (see @ref{Sparse Trees}). Folds +the entire buffer, but shows all TODO items---with not-DONE +state---and the headings hierarchy above them. With a prefix +argument, or by using @kbd{C-c / T}, search for a specific +TODO@. You are prompted for the keyword, and you can also give +a list of keywords like @samp{KWD1|KWD2|...} to list entries that +match any one of these keywords. With a numeric prefix argument +N, show the tree for the Nth keyword in the variable +@code{org-todo-keywords}. With two prefix arguments, find all TODO +states, both un-done and done. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda t} (@code{org-todo-list}) +@kindex t @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +Show the global TODO list. Collects the TODO items (with +not-DONE states) from all agenda files (see @ref{Agenda Views}) into +a single buffer. The new buffer is in Org Agenda mode, which +provides commands to examine and manipulate the TODO entries from +the new buffer (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). See @ref{Global TODO list}, for more information. + +@item @kbd{S-M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading}) +@kindex S-M-RET +@findex org-insert-todo-heading +Insert a new TODO entry below the current one. +@end table + +@vindex org-todo-state-tags-triggers +Changing a TODO state can also trigger tag changes. See the docstring +of the option @code{org-todo-state-tags-triggers} for details. + +@node TODO Extensions +@section Extended Use of TODO Keywords + +@cindex extended TODO keywords + +@vindex org-todo-keywords +By default, marked TODO entries have one of only two states: TODO and +DONE@. Org mode allows you to classify TODO items in more complex ways +with @emph{TODO keywords} (stored in @code{org-todo-keywords}). With special +setup, the TODO keyword system can work differently in different +files. + +Note that @emph{tags} are another way to classify headlines in general and +TODO items in particular (see @ref{Tags}). + +@menu +* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps. +* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest. +* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, still finding your way. +* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of state. +* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements. +* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states. +* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others. +@end menu + +@node Workflow states +@subsection TODO keywords as workflow states + +@cindex TODO workflow +@cindex workflow states as TODO keywords + +You can use TODO keywords to indicate different @emph{sequential} states in +the process of working on an item, for example@footnote{Changing the variable @code{org-todo-keywords} only becomes +effective after restarting Org mode in a buffer.}: + +@lisp +(setq org-todo-keywords + '((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED"))) +@end lisp + +The vertical bar separates the TODO keywords (states that @emph{need +action}) from the DONE states (which need @emph{no further action}). If +you do not provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the +DONE state. + +@cindex completion, of TODO keywords +With this setup, the command @kbd{C-c C-t} cycles an entry from +@samp{TODO} to @samp{FEEDBACK}, then to @samp{VERIFY}, and finally to @samp{DONE} and +@samp{DELEGATED}. You may also use a numeric prefix argument to quickly +select a specific state. For example @kbd{C-3 C-c C-t} changes +the state immediately to @samp{VERIFY}. Or you can use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +to go backward through the sequence. If you define many keywords, you +can use in-buffer completion (see @ref{Completion}) or even a special +one-key selection scheme (see @ref{Fast access to TODO states}) to insert +these words into the buffer. Changing a TODO state can be logged with +a timestamp, see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}, for more information. + +@node TODO types +@subsection TODO keywords as types + +@cindex TODO types +@cindex names as TODO keywords +@cindex types as TODO keywords + +The second possibility is to use TODO keywords to indicate different +@emph{types} of action items. For example, you might want to indicate that +items are for ``work'' or ``home''. Or, when you work with several people +on a single project, you might want to assign action items directly to +persons, by using their names as TODO keywords. This would be set up +like this: + +@lisp +(setq org-todo-keywords '((type "Fred" "Sara" "Lucy" "|" "DONE"))) +@end lisp + +In this case, different keywords do not indicate a sequence, but +rather different types. So the normal work flow would be to assign +a task to a person, and later to mark it DONE@. Org mode supports this +style by adapting the workings of the command @kbd{C-c C-t}@footnote{This is also true for the @kbd{t} command in the agenda +buffer.}. When used several times in succession, it still +cycles through all names, in order to first select the right type for +a task. But when you return to the item after some time and execute +@kbd{C-c C-t} again, it will switch from any name directly to +@samp{DONE}. Use prefix arguments or completion to quickly select +a specific name. You can also review the items of a specific TODO +type in a sparse tree by using a numeric prefix to @kbd{C-c / t}. +For example, to see all things Lucy has to do, you would use +@kbd{C-3 C-c / t}. To collect Lucy's items from all agenda files +into a single buffer, you would use the numeric prefix argument as +well when creating the global TODO list: @kbd{C-3 M-x org-agenda t}. + +@node Multiple sets in one file +@subsection Multiple keyword sets in one file + +@cindex TODO keyword sets + +Sometimes you may want to use different sets of TODO keywords in +parallel. For example, you may want to have the basic TODO/DONE, but +also a workflow for bug fixing, and a separate state indicating that +an item has been canceled---so it is not DONE, but also does not +require action. Your setup would then look like this: + +@lisp +(setq org-todo-keywords + '((sequence "TODO" "|" "DONE") + (sequence "REPORT" "BUG" "KNOWNCAUSE" "|" "FIXED") + (sequence "|" "CANCELED"))) +@end lisp + +The keywords should all be different, this helps Org mode keep track +of which subsequence should be used for a given entry. In this setup, +@kbd{C-c C-t} only operates within a sub-sequence, so it switches +from @samp{DONE} to (nothing) to @samp{TODO}, and from @samp{FIXED} to (nothing) to +@samp{REPORT}. Therefore you need a mechanism to initially select the +correct sequence. In addition to typing a keyword or using completion +(see @ref{Completion}), you may also apply the following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t} +@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} +@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}} +@kindex C-S-RIGHT +@kindex C-S-LEFT +@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-t +These keys jump from one TODO sub-sequence to the next. In the +above example, @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t} or @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} +would jump from @samp{TODO} or @samp{DONE} to @samp{REPORT}, and any of the +words in the second row to @samp{CANCELED}. Note that the +@kbd{C-S-} key binding conflict with @code{shift-selection-mode} +(see @ref{Conflicts}). + +@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@kindex S-RIGHT +@kindex S-LEFT +@kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} walk through @emph{all} +keywords from all sub-sequences, so for example +@kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} would switch from @samp{DONE} to @samp{REPORT} in the +example above. For a discussion of the interaction with +@code{shift-selection-mode}, see @ref{Conflicts}. +@end table + +@node Fast access to TODO states +@subsection Fast access to TODO states + +If you would like to quickly change an entry to an arbitrary TODO +state instead of cycling through the states, you can set up keys for +single-letter access to the states. This is done by adding the +selection character after each keyword, in parentheses@footnote{All characters are allowed except @samp{@@}, @samp{^} and @samp{!}, which have +a special meaning here.}. For +example: + +@lisp +(setq org-todo-keywords + '((sequence "TODO(t)" "|" "DONE(d)") + (sequence "REPORT(r)" "BUG(b)" "KNOWNCAUSE(k)" "|" "FIXED(f)") + (sequence "|" "CANCELED(c)"))) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo +If you then press @kbd{C-c C-t} followed by the selection key, +the entry is switched to this state. @kbd{@key{SPC}} can be used to +remove any TODO keyword from an entry@footnote{Check also the variable @code{org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo}, +it allows you to change the TODO state through the tags interface (see +@ref{Setting Tags}), in case you like to mingle the two concepts. Note +that this means you need to come up with unique keys across both sets +of keywords.}. + +@node Per-file keywords +@subsection Setting up keywords for individual files + +@cindex keyword options +@cindex per-file keywords +@cindex @samp{TODO}, keyword +@cindex @samp{TYP_TODO}, keyword +@cindex @samp{SEQ_TODO}, keyword + +It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism +in different files. For file-local settings, you need to add special +lines to the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that +file only. For example, to set one of the two examples discussed +above, you need one of the following lines, starting in column zero +anywhere in the file: + +@example +#+TODO: TODO FEEDBACK VERIFY | DONE CANCELED +@end example + + +You may also write @samp{#+SEQ_TODO} to be explicit about the +interpretation, but it means the same as @samp{#+TODO}, or + +@example +#+TYP_TODO: Fred Sara Lucy Mike | DONE +@end example + + +A setup for using several sets in parallel would be: + +@example +#+TODO: TODO | DONE +#+TODO: REPORT BUG KNOWNCAUSE | FIXED +#+TODO: | CANCELED +@end example + +@cindex completion, of option keywords +@kindex M-TAB +To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type @samp{#+} into the +buffer and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to complete it (see @ref{Completion}). + +@cindex DONE, final TODO keyword +Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar---or the last +keyword if no bar is there---must always mean that the item is DONE, +although you may use a different word. After changing one of these +lines, use @kbd{C-c C-c} with point still in the line to make the +changes known to Org mode@footnote{Org mode parses these lines only when Org mode is activated +after visiting a file. @kbd{C-c C-c} with point in a line +starting with @samp{#+} is simply restarting Org mode for the current +buffer.}. + +@node Faces for TODO keywords +@subsection Faces for TODO keywords + +@cindex faces, for TODO keywords + +@vindex org-todo, face +@vindex org-done, face +@vindex org-todo-keyword-faces +Org mode highlights TODO keywords with special faces: @code{org-todo} for +keywords indicating that an item still has to be acted upon, and +@code{org-done} for keywords indicating that an item is finished. If you +are using more than two different states, you might want to use +special faces for some of them. This can be done using the variable +@code{org-todo-keyword-faces}. For example: + +@lisp +(setq org-todo-keyword-faces + '(("TODO" . org-warning) ("STARTED" . "yellow") + ("CANCELED" . (:foreground "blue" :weight bold)))) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-faces-easy-properties +While using a list with face properties as shown for @samp{CANCELED} +@emph{should} work, this does not always seem to be the case. If +necessary, define a special face and use that. A string is +interpreted as a color. The variable @code{org-faces-easy-properties} +determines if that color is interpreted as a foreground or +a background color. + +@node TODO dependencies +@subsection TODO dependencies + +@cindex TODO dependencies +@cindex dependencies, of TODO states + +@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies +@cindex @samp{ORDERED}, property +The structure of Org files---hierarchy and lists---makes it easy to +define TODO dependencies. Usually, a parent TODO task should not be +marked DONE until all TODO subtasks, or children tasks, are marked as +DONE@. Sometimes there is a logical sequence to (sub)tasks, so that +one subtask cannot be acted upon before all siblings above it have +been marked DONE@. If you customize the variable +@code{org-enforce-todo-dependencies}, Org blocks entries from changing +state to DONE while they have TODO children that are not DONE@. +Furthermore, if an entry has a property @samp{ORDERED}, each of its TODO +children is blocked until all earlier siblings are marked DONE@. Here +is an example: + +@example +* TODO Blocked until (two) is done +** DONE one +** TODO two + +* Parent +:PROPERTIES: +:ORDERED: t +:END: +** TODO a +** TODO b, needs to wait for (a) +** TODO c, needs to wait for (a) and (b) +@end example + +@cindex TODO dependencies, @samp{NOBLOCKING} +@cindex @samp{NOBLOCKING}, property +You can ensure an entry is never blocked by using the @samp{NOBLOCKING} +property (see @ref{Properties and Columns}): + +@example +* This entry is never blocked +:PROPERTIES: +:NOBLOCKING: t +:END: +@end example + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x o} (@code{org-toggle-ordered-property}) +@kindex C-c C-x o +@findex org-toggle-ordered-property +@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag +Toggle the @samp{ORDERED} property of the current entry. A property +is used for this behavior because this should be local to the +current entry, not inherited from entries above like a tag (see +@ref{Tags}). However, if you would like to @emph{track} the value of this +property with a tag for better visibility, customize the variable +@code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t} +@kindex C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t +Change TODO state, regardless of any state blocking. +@end table + +@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks +If you set the variable @code{org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks}, TODO entries +that cannot be marked DONE because of unmarked children are shown in a +dimmed font or even made invisible in agenda views (see @ref{Agenda Views}). + +@cindex checkboxes and TODO dependencies +@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies +You can also block changes of TODO states by using checkboxes (see +@ref{Checkboxes}). If you set the variable +@code{org-enforce-todo-checkbox-dependencies}, an entry that has unchecked +checkboxes is blocked from switching to DONE@. + +If you need more complex dependency structures, for example +dependencies between entries in different trees or files, check out +the contributed module @samp{org-depend.el}. + +@node Progress Logging +@section Progress Logging + +@cindex progress logging +@cindex logging, of progress + +Org mode can automatically record a timestamp and optionally a note +when you mark a TODO item as DONE, or even each time you change the +state of a TODO item. This system is highly configurable, settings +can be on a per-keyword basis and can be localized to a file or even a +subtree. For information on how to clock working time for a task, see +@ref{Clocking Work Time}. + +@menu +* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE? +* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change? +* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been? +@end menu + +@node Closing items +@subsection Closing items + +The most basic logging is to keep track of @emph{when} a certain TODO item +was marked DONE@. This can be achieved with@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: logdone}.} + +@lisp +(setq org-log-done 'time) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-closed-keep-when-no-todo +@noindent +Then each time you turn an entry from a TODO (not-done) state into any +of the DONE states, a line @samp{CLOSED: [timestamp]} is inserted just +after the headline. If you turn the entry back into a TODO item +through further state cycling, that line is removed again. If you +turn the entry back to a non-TODO state (by pressing @kbd{C-c C-t @key{SPC}} for example), that line is also removed, unless you set +@code{org-closed-keep-when-no-todo} to non-@code{nil}. If you want to record +a note along with the timestamp, use@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: +lognotedone}.} + +@lisp +(setq org-log-done 'note) +@end lisp + +@noindent +You are then be prompted for a note, and that note is stored below the +entry with a @samp{Closing Note} heading. + +@node Tracking TODO state changes +@subsection Tracking TODO state changes + +@cindex drawer, for state change recording + +@vindex org-log-states-order-reversed +@vindex org-log-into-drawer +@cindex @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}, property +When TODO keywords are used as workflow states (see @ref{Workflow states, , *Workflow states}), +you might want to keep track of when a state change occurred and maybe +take a note about this change. You can either record just a +timestamp, or a time-stamped note. These records are inserted after +the headline as an itemized list, newest first@footnote{See the variable @code{org-log-states-order-reversed}.}. When taking a +lot of notes, you might want to get the notes out of the way into a +drawer (see @ref{Drawers}). Customize the variable @code{org-log-into-drawer} +to get this behavior---the recommended drawer for this is called +@samp{LOGBOOK}@footnote{Note that the @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer is unfolded when pressing +@kbd{@key{SPC}} in the agenda to show an entry---use @kbd{C-u @key{SPC}} to keep it folded here.}. You can also overrule the setting of this variable +for a subtree by setting a @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property. + +Since it is normally too much to record a note for every state, Org +mode expects configuration on a per-keyword basis for this. This is +achieved by adding special markers @samp{!} (for a timestamp) or @samp{@@} (for +a note with timestamp) in parentheses after each keyword. For +example, with the setting + +@lisp +(setq org-todo-keywords + '((sequence "TODO(t)" "WAIT(w@@/!)" "|" "DONE(d!)" "CANCELED(c@@)"))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +to record a timestamp without a note for TODO keywords configured with +@samp{@@}, just type @kbd{C-c C-c} to enter a blank note when prompted. + +@vindex org-log-done +You not only define global TODO keywords and fast access keys, but +also request that a time is recorded when the entry is set to @samp{DONE}, +and that a note is recorded when switching to @samp{WAIT} or +@samp{CANCELED}@footnote{It is possible that Org mode records two timestamps when you +are using both @code{org-log-done} and state change logging. However, it +never prompts for two notes: if you have configured both, the state +change recording note takes precedence and cancel the closing note.}. The setting for @samp{WAIT} is even more special: the +@samp{!} after the slash means that in addition to the note taken when +entering the state, a timestamp should be recorded when @emph{leaving} the +@samp{WAIT} state, if and only if the @emph{target} state does not configure +logging for entering it. So it has no effect when switching from +@samp{WAIT} to @samp{DONE}, because @samp{DONE} is configured to record a timestamp +only. But when switching from @samp{WAIT} back to @samp{TODO}, the @samp{/!} in the +@samp{WAIT} setting now triggers a timestamp even though @samp{TODO} has no +logging configured. + +You can use the exact same syntax for setting logging preferences local +to a buffer: + +@example +#+TODO: TODO(t) WAIT(w@@/!) | DONE(d!) CANCELED(c@@) +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{LOGGING}, property +In order to define logging settings that are local to a subtree or +a single item, define a @samp{LOGGING} property in this entry. Any +non-empty @samp{LOGGING} property resets all logging settings to @code{nil}. +You may then turn on logging for this specific tree using @samp{STARTUP} +keywords like @samp{lognotedone} or @samp{logrepeat}, as well as adding state +specific settings like @samp{TODO(!)}. For example: + +@example +* TODO Log each state with only a time + :PROPERTIES: + :LOGGING: TODO(!) WAIT(!) DONE(!) CANCELED(!) + :END: +* TODO Only log when switching to WAIT, and when repeating + :PROPERTIES: + :LOGGING: WAIT(@@) logrepeat + :END: +* TODO No logging at all + :PROPERTIES: + :LOGGING: nil + :END: +@end example + +@node Tracking your habits +@subsection Tracking your habits + +@cindex habits +@cindex @samp{STYLE}, property + +Org has the ability to track the consistency of a special category of +TODO, called ``habits.'' To use habits, you have to enable the @code{habits} +module by customizing the variable @code{org-modules}. + +A habit has the following properties: + +@enumerate +@item +The habit is a TODO item, with a TODO keyword representing an open +state. + +@item +The property @samp{STYLE} is set to the value @samp{habit} (see @ref{Properties and Columns}). + +@item +The TODO has a scheduled date, usually with a @samp{.+} style repeat +interval. A @samp{++} style may be appropriate for habits with time +constraints, e.g., must be done on weekends, or a @samp{+} style for an +unusual habit that can have a backlog, e.g., weekly reports. + +@item +The TODO may also have minimum and maximum ranges specified by +using the syntax @samp{.+2d/3d}, which says that you want to do the task +at least every three days, but at most every two days. + +@item +State logging for the DONE state is enabled (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}), in order for historical data to be represented in +the consistency graph. If it is not enabled it is not an error, +but the consistency graphs are largely meaningless. +@end enumerate + +To give you an idea of what the above rules look like in action, here's an +actual habit with some history: + +@example +** TODO Shave + SCHEDULED: <2009-10-17 Sat .+2d/4d> + :PROPERTIES: + :STYLE: habit + :LAST_REPEAT: [2009-10-19 Mon 00:36] + :END: + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-15 Thu] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-12 Mon] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-10 Sat] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-04 Sun] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-02 Fri] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-29 Tue] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-25 Fri] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-19 Sat] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-16 Wed] + - State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-12 Sat] +@end example + +What this habit says is: I want to shave at most every 2 days---given +by the @samp{SCHEDULED} date and repeat interval---and at least every +4 days. If today is the 15th, then the habit first appears in the +agenda (see @ref{Agenda Views}) on Oct 17, after the minimum of 2 days has +elapsed, and will appear overdue on Oct 19, after four days have +elapsed. + +What's really useful about habits is that they are displayed along +with a consistency graph, to show how consistent you've been at +getting that task done in the past. This graph shows every day that +the task was done over the past three weeks, with colors for each day. +The colors used are: + +@table @asis +@item Blue +If the task was not to be done yet on that day. +@item Green +If the task could have been done on that day. +@item Yellow +If the task was going to be overdue the next day. +@item Red +If the task was overdue on that day. +@end table + +In addition to coloring each day, the day is also marked with an +asterisk if the task was actually done that day, and an exclamation +mark to show where the current day falls in the graph. + +There are several configuration variables that can be used to change +the way habits are displayed in the agenda. + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-habit-graph-column} +@vindex org-habit-graph-column +The buffer column at which the consistency graph should be drawn. +This overwrites any text in that column, so it is a good idea to +keep your habits' titles brief and to the point. + +@item @code{org-habit-preceding-days} +@vindex org-habit-preceding-days +The amount of history, in days before today, to appear in +consistency graphs. + +@item @code{org-habit-following-days} +@vindex org-habit-following-days +The number of days after today that appear in consistency graphs. + +@item @code{org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today} +@vindex org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today +If non-@code{nil}, only show habits in today's agenda view. The +default value is @code{t}. +@end table + +Lastly, pressing @kbd{K} in the agenda buffer causes habits to +temporarily be disabled and do not appear at all. Press @kbd{K} +again to bring them back. They are also subject to tag filtering, if +you have habits which should only be done in certain contexts, for +example. + +@node Priorities +@section Priorities + +@cindex priorities +@cindex priority cookie + +If you use Org mode extensively, you may end up with enough TODO items +that it starts to make sense to prioritize them. Prioritizing can be +done by placing a @emph{priority cookie} into the headline of a TODO item, +like this + +@example +*** TODO [#A] Write letter to Sam Fortune +@end example + + +@vindex org-priority-faces +By default, Org mode supports three priorities: @samp{A}, @samp{B}, and @samp{C}. +@samp{A} is the highest priority. An entry without a cookie is treated as +equivalent if it had priority @samp{B}. Priorities make a difference only +for sorting in the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}); outside the +agenda, they have no inherent meaning to Org mode. The cookies are +displayed with the face defined by the variable @code{org-priority-faces}, +which can be customized. + +Priorities can be attached to any outline node; they do not need to be +TODO items. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c ,} (@code{org-priority}) +@kindex C-c , +@findex org-priority +Set the priority of the current headline. The command prompts +for a priority character @samp{A}, @samp{B} or @samp{C}. When you press +@kbd{@key{SPC}} instead, the priority cookie, if one is set, is +removed from the headline. The priorities can also be changed +``remotely'' from the agenda buffer with the @kbd{,} command +(see @ref{Agenda Commands}). + +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-priority-up}) +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-priority-down}) +@kindex S-UP +@kindex S-DOWN +@findex org-priority-up +@findex org-priority-down +@vindex org-priority-start-cycle-with-default +Increase/decrease the priority of the current headline@footnote{See also the option @code{org-priority-start-cycle-with-default}.}. +Note that these keys are also used to modify timestamps (see +@ref{Creating Timestamps}). See also @ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with +@code{shift-selection-mode}. +@end table + +@vindex org-highest-priority +@vindex org-lowest-priority +@vindex org-default-priority +You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the +variables @code{org-highest-priority}, @code{org-lowest-priority}, and +@code{org-default-priority}. For an individual buffer, you may set these +values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that the +highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest priority): + +@cindex @samp{PRIORITIES}, keyword +@example +#+PRIORITIES: A C B +@end example + +@node Breaking Down Tasks +@section Breaking Down Tasks into Subtasks + +@cindex tasks, breaking down +@cindex statistics, for TODO items + +@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels +It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller, +manageable subtasks. You can do this by creating an outline tree +below a TODO item, with detailed subtasks on the tree@footnote{To keep subtasks out of the global TODO list, see the option +@code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels}.}. To keep +an overview of the fraction of subtasks that have already been marked +DONE, insert either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]} anywhere in the headline. These +cookies are updated each time the TODO status of a child changes, or +when pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} on the cookie. For example: + +@example +* Organize Party [33%] +** TODO Call people [1/2] +*** TODO Peter +*** DONE Sarah +** TODO Buy food +** DONE Talk to neighbor +@end example + +@cindex @samp{COOKIE_DATA}, property +If a heading has both checkboxes and TODO children below it, the +meaning of the statistics cookie become ambiguous. Set the property +@samp{COOKIE_DATA} to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue. + +@vindex org-hierarchical-todo-statistics +If you would like to have the statistics cookie count any TODO entries +in the subtree (not just direct children), configure the variable +@code{org-hierarchical-todo-statistics}. To do this for a single subtree, +include the word @samp{recursive} into the value of the @samp{COOKIE_DATA} +property. + +@example +* Parent capturing statistics [2/20] + :PROPERTIES: + :COOKIE_DATA: todo recursive + :END: +@end example + +If you would like a TODO entry to automatically change to DONE when +all children are done, you can use the following setup: + +@lisp +(defun org-summary-todo (n-done n-not-done) + "Switch entry to DONE when all subentries are done, to TODO otherwise." + (let (org-log-done org-log-states) ; turn off logging + (org-todo (if (= n-not-done 0) "DONE" "TODO")))) + +(add-hook 'org-after-todo-statistics-hook 'org-summary-todo) +@end lisp + +Another possibility is the use of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy +of) a large number of subtasks (see @ref{Checkboxes}). + +@node Checkboxes +@section Checkboxes + +@cindex checkboxes + +@vindex org-list-automatic-rules +Every item in a plain list@footnote{With the exception of description lists. But you can allow it +by modifying @code{org-list-automatic-rules} accordingly.} (see @ref{Plain Lists}) can be made into +a checkbox by starting it with the string @samp{[ ]}. This feature is +similar to TODO items (see @ref{TODO Items}), but is more lightweight. +Checkboxes are not included into the global TODO list, so they are +often great to split a task into a number of simple steps. Or you can +use them in a shopping list. To toggle a checkbox, use @kbd{C-c C-c}, or use the mouse (thanks to Piotr Zielinski's +@samp{org-mouse.el}). + +Here is an example of a checkbox list. + +@example +* TODO Organize party [2/4] + - [-] call people [1/3] + - [ ] Peter + - [X] Sarah + - [ ] Sam + - [X] order food + - [ ] think about what music to play + - [X] talk to the neighbors +@end example + +Checkboxes work hierarchically, so if a checkbox item has children +that are checkboxes, toggling one of the children checkboxes makes the +parent checkbox reflect if none, some, or all of the children are +checked. + +@cindex statistics, for checkboxes +@cindex checkbox statistics +@cindex @samp{COOKIE_DATA}, property +@vindex org-hierarchical-checkbox-statistics +The @samp{[2/4]} and @samp{[1/3]} in the first and second line are cookies +indicating how many checkboxes present in this entry have been checked +off, and the total number of checkboxes present. This can give you an +idea on how many checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded +entry. The cookies can be placed into a headline or into (the first +line of) a plain list item. Each cookie covers checkboxes of direct +children structurally below the headline/item on which the cookie +appears@footnote{Set the variable @code{org-hierarchical-checkbox-statistics} if you +want such cookies to count all checkboxes below the cookie, not just +those belonging to direct children.}. You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing +either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]}. With @samp{[/]} you get an @samp{n out of m} result, as +in the examples above. With @samp{[%]} you get information about the +percentage of checkboxes checked (in the above example, this would be +@samp{[50%]} and @samp{[33%]}, respectively). In a headline, a cookie can count +either checkboxes below the heading or TODO states of children, and it +displays whatever was changed last. Set the property @samp{COOKIE_DATA} to +either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue. + +@cindex blocking, of checkboxes +@cindex checkbox blocking +@cindex @samp{ORDERED}, property +If the current outline node has an @samp{ORDERED} property, checkboxes must +be checked off in sequence, and an error is thrown if you try to check +off a box while there are unchecked boxes above it. + +The following commands work with checkboxes: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-toggle-checkbox}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-toggle-checkbox +Toggle checkbox status or---with prefix argument---checkbox +presence at point. With a single prefix argument, add an empty +checkbox or remove the current one@footnote{@kbd{C-u C-c C-c} on the @emph{first} item of a list with no +checkbox adds checkboxes to the rest of the list.}. With a double prefix +argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is considered to be an +intermediate state. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-b} (@code{org-toggle-checkbox}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-b +Toggle checkbox status or---with prefix argument---checkbox +presence at point. With double prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, +which is considered to be an intermediate state. + +@itemize +@item +If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in the +region and set all remaining boxes to the same status as the +first. With a prefix argument, add or remove the checkbox for +all items in the region. + +@item +If point is in a headline, toggle checkboxes in the region +between this headline and the next---so @emph{not} the entire +subtree. + +@item +If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at +point. +@end itemize + +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading}) +@kindex M-S-RET +@findex org-insert-todo-heading +Insert a new item with a checkbox. This works only if point +is already in a plain list item (see @ref{Plain Lists}). + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x o} (@code{org-toggle-ordered-property}) +@kindex C-c C-x o +@findex org-toggle-ordered-property +@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag +Toggle the @samp{ORDERED} property of the entry, to toggle if +checkboxes must be checked off in sequence. A property is used +for this behavior because this should be local to the current +entry, not inherited like a tag. However, if you would like to +@emph{track} the value of this property with a tag for better +visibility, customize @code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}. + +@item @kbd{C-c #} (@code{org-update-statistics-cookies}) +@kindex C-c # +@findex org-update-statistics-cookies +Update the statistics cookie in the current outline entry. When +called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, update the entire file. +Checkbox statistic cookies are updated automatically if you +toggle checkboxes with @kbd{C-c C-c} and make new ones with +@kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}. TODO statistics cookies update when changing +TODO states. If you delete boxes/entries or add/change them by +hand, use this command to get things back into sync. +@end table + +@node Tags +@chapter Tags + +@cindex tags +@cindex headline tagging +@cindex matching, tags +@cindex sparse tree, tag based + +An excellent way to implement labels and contexts for +cross-correlating information is to assign @emph{tags} to headlines. Org +mode has extensive support for tags. + +@vindex org-tag-faces +Every headline can contain a list of tags; they occur at the end of +the headline. Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, @samp{_}, +and @samp{@@}. Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon, e.g., +@samp{:work:}. Several tags can be specified, as in @samp{:work:urgent:}. Tags +by default are in bold face with the same color as the headline. You +may specify special faces for specific tags using the variable +@code{org-tag-faces}, in much the same way as you can for TODO keywords +(see @ref{Faces for TODO keywords}). + +@menu +* Tag Inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of an outline. +* Setting Tags:: How to assign tags to a headline. +* Tag Hierarchy:: Create a hierarchy of tags. +* Tag Searches:: Searching for combinations of tags. +@end menu + +@node Tag Inheritance +@section Tag Inheritance + +@cindex tag inheritance +@cindex inheritance, of tags +@cindex sublevels, inclusion into tags match + +@emph{Tags} make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees. If +a heading has a certain tag, all subheadings inherit the tag as well. +For example, in the list + +@example +* Meeting with the French group :work: +** Summary by Frank :boss:notes: +*** TODO Prepare slides for him :action: +@end example + +@noindent +the final heading has the tags @samp{work}, @samp{boss}, @samp{notes}, and @samp{action} +even though the final heading is not explicitly marked with those +tags. You can also set tags that all entries in a file should inherit +just as if these tags were defined in a hypothetical level zero that +surrounds the entire file. Use a line like this@footnote{As with all these in-buffer settings, pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes in the line.} + +@cindex @samp{FILETAGS}, keyword +@example +#+FILETAGS: :Peter:Boss:Secret: +@end example + + +@vindex org-use-tag-inheritance +@vindex org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance +To limit tag inheritance to specific tags, or to turn it off entirely, +use the variables @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} and +@code{org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance}. + +@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels +When a headline matches during a tags search while tag inheritance is +turned on, all the sublevels in the same tree---for a simple match +form---match as well@footnote{This is only true if the search does not involve more complex +tests including properties (see @ref{Property Searches}).}. The list of matches may then become +very long. If you only want to see the first tags match in a subtree, +configure the variable @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels} (not +recommended). + +@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance +Tag inheritance is relevant when the agenda search tries to match +a tag, either in the @code{tags} or @code{tags-todo} agenda types. In other +agenda types, @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} has no effect. Still, you may +want to have your tags correctly set in the agenda, so that tag +filtering works fine, with inherited tags. Set +@code{org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance} to control this: the default value +includes all agenda types, but setting this to @code{nil} can really speed +up agenda generation. + +@node Setting Tags +@section Setting Tags + +@cindex setting tags +@cindex tags, setting + +@kindex M-TAB +Tags can simply be typed into the buffer at the end of a headline. +After a colon, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} offers completion on tags. There is +also a special command for inserting tags: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{org-set-tags-command}) +@kindex C-c C-q +@findex org-set-tags-command +@cindex completion, of tags +@vindex org-tags-column +Enter new tags for the current headline. Org mode either offers +completion or a special single-key interface for setting tags, +see below. After pressing @kbd{@key{RET}}, the tags are inserted +and aligned to @code{org-tags-column}. When called with +a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all tags in the current buffer are +aligned to that column, just to make things look nice. Tags are +automatically realigned after promotion, demotion, and TODO state +changes (see @ref{TODO Basics}). + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-set-tags-command}) +@kindex C-c C-c +When point is in a headline, this does the same as @kbd{C-c C-q}. +@end table + +@vindex org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags +@vindex org-tag-alist +@cindex @samp{TAGS}, keyword +Org supports tag insertion based on a @emph{list of tags}. By default this +list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags currently used in +the buffer@footnote{To extend this default list to all tags used in all agenda +files (see @ref{Agenda Views}), customize the variable +@code{org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags}.}. You may also globally specify a hard list of tags +with the variable @code{org-tag-alist}. Finally you can set the default +tags for a given file using the @samp{TAGS} keyword, like + +@example +#+TAGS: @@work @@home @@tennisclub +#+TAGS: laptop car pc sailboat +@end example + +If you have globally defined your preferred set of tags using the +variable @code{org-tag-alist}, but would like to use a dynamic tag list in +a specific file, add an empty @samp{TAGS} keyword to that file: + +@example +#+TAGS: +@end example + + +@vindex org-tag-persistent-alist +If you have a preferred set of tags that you would like to use in +every file, in addition to those defined on a per-file basis by @samp{TAGS} +keyword, then you may specify a list of tags with the variable +@code{org-tag-persistent-alist}. You may turn this off on a per-file basis +by adding a @samp{STARTUP} keyword to that file: + +@example +#+STARTUP: noptag +@end example + + +By default Org mode uses the standard minibuffer completion facilities +for entering tags. However, it also implements another, quicker, tag +selection method called @emph{fast tag selection}. This allows you to +select and deselect tags with just a single key press. For this to +work well you should assign unique letters to most of your commonly +used tags. You can do this globally by configuring the variable +@code{org-tag-alist} in your Emacs init file. For example, you may find +the need to tag many items in different files with @samp{@@home}. In this +case you can set something like: + +@lisp +(setq org-tag-alist '(("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h) ("laptop" . ?l))) +@end lisp + +If the tag is only relevant to the file you are working on, then you +can instead set the @samp{TAGS} keyword as: + +@example +#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) laptop(l) pc(p) +@end example + + +The tags interface shows the available tags in a splash window. If +you want to start a new line after a specific tag, insert @samp{\n} into +the tag list + +@example +#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) \n laptop(l) pc(p) +@end example + + +@noindent +or write them in two lines: + +@example +#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) +#+TAGS: laptop(l) pc(p) +@end example + +You can also group together tags that are mutually exclusive by using +braces, as in: + +@example +#+TAGS: @{ @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) @} laptop(l) pc(p) +@end example + + +@noindent +you indicate that at most one of @samp{@@work}, @samp{@@home}, and @samp{@@tennisclub} +should be selected. Multiple such groups are allowed. + +Do not forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with point in one of these +lines to activate any changes. + +To set these mutually exclusive groups in the variable +@code{org-tags-alist}, you must use the dummy tags @code{:startgroup} and +@code{:endgroup} instead of the braces. Similarly, you can use @code{:newline} +to indicate a line break. The previous example would be set globally +by the following configuration: + +@lisp +(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgroup . nil) + ("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h) + ("@@tennisclub" . ?t) + (:endgroup . nil) + ("laptop" . ?l) ("pc" . ?p))) +@end lisp + +If at least one tag has a selection key then pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} automatically presents you with a special interface, listing +inherited tags, the tags of the current headline, and a list of all +valid tags with corresponding keys@footnote{Keys are automatically assigned to tags that have no +configured keys.}. + +Pressing keys assigned to tags adds or removes them from the list of +tags in the current line. Selecting a tag in a group of mutually +exclusive tags turns off any other tag from that group. + +In this interface, you can also use the following special keys: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} +@kindex TAB +Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the +predefined list. You can complete on all tags present in the +buffer. You can also add several tags: just separate them with +a comma. + +@item @kbd{@key{SPC}} +@kindex SPC +Clear all tags for this line. + +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} +@kindex RET +Accept the modified set. + +@item @kbd{C-g} +@kindex C-g +Abort without installing changes. + +@item @kbd{q} +@kindex q +If @kbd{q} is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like +@kbd{C-g}. + +@item @kbd{!} +@kindex ! +Turn off groups of mutually exclusive tags. Use this to (as an +exception) assign several tags from such a group. + +@item @kbd{C-c} +@kindex C-c C-c +Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below). If you are +using expert mode, the first @kbd{C-c} displays the +selection window. +@end table + +This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys. +With the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set +@samp{@@home}, @samp{laptop} and @samp{pc} tags with just the following keys: +@kbd{C-c C-c @key{SPC} h l p @key{RET}}. Switching from @samp{@@home} to @samp{@@work} +would be done with @kbd{C-c C-c w @key{RET}} or alternatively with +@kbd{C-c C-c C-c w}. Adding the non-predefined tag @samp{sarah} could +be done with @kbd{C-c C-c @key{TAB} s a r a h @key{RET}}. + +@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-single-key +If you find that most of the time you need only a single key press to +modify your list of tags, set the variable +@code{org-fast-tag-selection-single-key}. Then you no longer have to press +@kbd{@key{RET}} to exit fast tag selection---it exits after the first +change. If you then occasionally need more keys, press @kbd{C-c} +to turn off auto-exit for the current tag selection process (in +effect: start selection with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c} instead of +@kbd{C-c C-c}). If you set the variable to the value @code{expert}, +the special window is not even shown for single-key tag selection, it +comes up only when you press an extra @kbd{C-c}. + +@node Tag Hierarchy +@section Tag Hierarchy + +@cindex group tags +@cindex tags, groups +@cindex tags hierarchy + +Tags can be defined in hierarchies. A tag can be defined as a @emph{group +tag} for a set of other tags. The group tag can be seen as the +``broader term'' for its set of tags. Defining multiple group tags and +nesting them creates a tag hierarchy. + +One use-case is to create a taxonomy of terms (tags) that can be used +to classify nodes in a document or set of documents. + +When you search for a group tag, it return matches for all members in +the group and its subgroups. In an agenda view, filtering by a group +tag displays or hide headlines tagged with at least one of the members +of the group or any of its subgroups. This makes tag searches and +filters even more flexible. + +You can set group tags by using brackets and inserting a colon between +the group tag and its related tags---beware that all whitespaces are +mandatory so that Org can parse this line correctly: + +@example +#+TAGS: [ GTD : Control Persp ] +@end example + + +In this example, @samp{GTD} is the group tag and it is related to two other +tags: @samp{Control}, @samp{Persp}. Defining @samp{Control} and @samp{Persp} as group +tags creates a hierarchy of tags: + +@example +#+TAGS: [ Control : Context Task ] +#+TAGS: [ Persp : Vision Goal AOF Project ] +@end example + +That can conceptually be seen as a hierarchy of tags: + +@itemize +@item +@samp{GTD} +@itemize +@item +@samp{Persp} +@itemize +@item +@samp{Vision} +@item +@samp{Goal} +@item +@samp{AOF} +@item +@samp{Project} +@end itemize +@item +@samp{Control} +@itemize +@item +@samp{Context} +@item +@samp{Task} +@end itemize +@end itemize +@end itemize + +You can use the @code{:startgrouptag}, @code{:grouptags} and @code{:endgrouptag} +keyword directly when setting @code{org-tag-alist} directly: + +@lisp +(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgrouptag) + ("GTD") + (:grouptags) + ("Control") + ("Persp") + (:endgrouptag) + (:startgrouptag) + ("Control") + (:grouptags) + ("Context") + ("Task") + (:endgrouptag))) +@end lisp + +The tags in a group can be mutually exclusive if using the same group +syntax as is used for grouping mutually exclusive tags together; using +curly brackets. + +@example +#+TAGS: @{ Context : @@Home @@Work @@Call @} +@end example + + +When setting @code{org-tag-alist} you can use @code{:startgroup} and @code{:endgroup} +instead of @code{:startgrouptag} and @code{:endgrouptag} to make the tags +mutually exclusive. + +Furthermore, the members of a group tag can also be regular +expressions, creating the possibility of a more dynamic and rule-based +tag structure. The regular expressions in the group must be specified +within curly brackets. Here is an expanded example: + +@example +#+TAGS: [ Vision : @{V@@.+@} ] +#+TAGS: [ Goal : @{G@@.+@} ] +#+TAGS: [ AOF : @{AOF@@.+@} ] +#+TAGS: [ Project : @{P@@.+@} ] +@end example + +Searching for the tag @samp{Project} now lists all tags also including +regular expression matches for @samp{P@@.+}, and similarly for tag searches +on @samp{Vision}, @samp{Goal} and @samp{AOF}. For example, this would work well for +a project tagged with a common project-identifier, e.g., +@samp{P@@2014_OrgTags}. + +@kindex C-c C-x q +@findex org-toggle-tags-groups +@vindex org-group-tags +If you want to ignore group tags temporarily, toggle group tags +support with @code{org-toggle-tags-groups}, bound to @kbd{C-c C-x q}. +If you want to disable tag groups completely, set @code{org-group-tags} to +@code{nil}. + +@node Tag Searches +@section Tag Searches + +@cindex tag searches +@cindex searching for tags + +Once a system of tags has been set up, it can be used to collect +related information into special lists. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c / m} or @kbd{C-c \} (@code{org-match-sparse-tree}) +@kindex C-c / m +@kindex C-c \ +@findex org-match-sparse-tree +Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags search. +With a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are +not a TODO line. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m} (@code{org-tags-view}) +@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-tags-view +Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files. See +@ref{Matching tags and properties}. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view}) +@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels +Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but +check only TODO items and force checking subitems (see the option +@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). +@end table + +These commands all prompt for a match string which allows basic +Boolean logic like @samp{+boss+urgent-project1}, to find entries with tags +@samp{boss} and @samp{urgent}, but not @samp{project1}, or @samp{Kathy|Sally} to find +entries which are tagged, like @samp{Kathy} or @samp{Sally}. The full syntax of +the search string is rich and allows also matching against TODO +keywords, entry levels and properties. For a complete description +with many examples, see @ref{Matching tags and properties}. + +@node Properties and Columns +@chapter Properties and Columns + +@cindex properties + +A property is a key-value pair associated with an entry. Properties +can be set so they are associated with a single entry, with every +entry in a tree, or with every entry in an Org file. + +There are two main applications for properties in Org mode. First, +properties are like tags, but with a value. Imagine maintaining +a file where you document bugs and plan releases for a piece of +software. Instead of using tags like @samp{release_1}, @samp{release_2}, you +can use a property, say @samp{Release}, that in different subtrees has +different values, such as @samp{1.0} or @samp{2.0}. Second, you can use +properties to implement (very basic) database capabilities in an Org +buffer. Imagine keeping track of your music CDs, where properties +could be things such as the album, artist, date of release, number of +tracks, and so on. + +Properties can be conveniently edited and viewed in column view (see +@ref{Column View}). + +@menu +* Property Syntax:: How properties are spelled out. +* Special Properties:: Access to other Org mode features. +* Property Searches:: Matching property values. +* Property Inheritance:: Passing values down a tree. +* Column View:: Tabular viewing and editing. +@end menu + +@node Property Syntax +@section Property Syntax + +@cindex property syntax +@cindex drawer, for properties + +Properties are key--value pairs. When they are associated with +a single entry or with a tree they need to be inserted into a special +drawer (see @ref{Drawers}) with the name @samp{PROPERTIES}, which has to be +located right below a headline, and its planning line (see @ref{Deadlines and Scheduling}) when applicable. Each property is specified on +a single line, with the key---surrounded by colons---first, and the +value after it. Keys are case-insensitive. Here is an example: + +@example +* CD collection +** Classic +*** Goldberg Variations + :PROPERTIES: + :Title: Goldberg Variations + :Composer: J.S. Bach + :Artist: Glenn Gould + :Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon + :NDisks: 1 + :END: +@end example + +Depending on the value of @code{org-use-property-inheritance}, a property +set this way is associated either with a single entry, or with the +sub-tree defined by the entry, see @ref{Property Inheritance}. + +You may define the allowed values for a particular property @samp{Xyz} by +setting a property @samp{Xyz_ALL}. This special property is @emph{inherited}, +so if you set it in a level 1 entry, it applies to the entire tree. +When allowed values are defined, setting the corresponding property +becomes easier and is less prone to typing errors. For the example +with the CD collection, we can pre-define publishers and the number of +disks in a box like this: + +@example +* CD collection + :PROPERTIES: + :NDisks_ALL: 1 2 3 4 + :Publisher_ALL: "Deutsche Grammophon" Philips EMI + :END: +@end example + +If you want to set properties that can be inherited by any entry in +a file, use a line like: + +@cindex @samp{_ALL} suffix, in properties +@cindex @samp{PROPERTY}, keyword +@example +#+PROPERTY: NDisks_ALL 1 2 3 4 +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{+} suffix, in properties +If you want to add to the value of an existing property, append a @samp{+} +to the property name. The following results in the property @samp{var} +having the value @samp{foo=1 bar=2}. + +@example +#+PROPERTY: var foo=1 +#+PROPERTY: var+ bar=2 +@end example + +It is also possible to add to the values of inherited properties. The +following results in the @samp{Genres} property having the value @samp{Classic +Baroque} under the @samp{Goldberg Variations} subtree. + +@example +* CD collection +** Classic + :PROPERTIES: + :Genres: Classic + :END: +*** Goldberg Variations + :PROPERTIES: + :Title: Goldberg Variations + :Composer: J.S. Bach + :Artist: Glenn Gould + :Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon + :NDisks: 1 + :Genres+: Baroque + :END: +@end example + +Note that a property can only have one entry per drawer. + +@vindex org-global-properties +Property values set with the global variable @code{org-global-properties} +can be inherited by all entries in all Org files. + +The following commands help to work with properties: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{pcomplete}) +@kindex M-TAB +@findex pcomplete +After an initial colon in a line, complete property keys. All +keys used in the current file are offered as possible +completions. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x p} (@code{org-set-property}) +@kindex C-c C-x p +@findex org-set-property +Set a property. This prompts for a property name and a value. +If necessary, the property drawer is created as well. + +@item @kbd{C-u M-x org-insert-drawer} +@findex org-insert-drawer +Insert a property drawer into the current entry. The drawer is +inserted early in the entry, but after the lines with planning +information like deadlines. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-property-action}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-property-action +With point in a property drawer, this executes property commands. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c s} (@code{org-set-property}) +@kindex C-c C-c s +@findex org-set-property +Set a property in the current entry. Both the property and the value +can be inserted using completion. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-property-next-allowed-values}) +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-property-previous-allowed-value}) +@kindex S-RIGHT +@kindex S-LEFT +Switch property at point to the next/previous allowed value. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c d} (@code{org-delete-property}) +@kindex C-c C-c d +@findex org-delete-property +Remove a property from the current entry. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c D} (@code{org-delete-property-globally}) +@kindex C-c C-c D +@findex org-delete-property-globally +Globally remove a property, from all entries in the current file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c c} (@code{org-compute-property-at-point}) +@kindex C-c C-c c +@findex org-compute-property-at-point +Compute the property at point, using the operator and scope from +the nearest column format definition. +@end table + +@node Special Properties +@section Special Properties + +@cindex properties, special + +Special properties provide an alternative access method to Org mode +features, like the TODO state or the priority of an entry, discussed +in the previous chapters. This interface exists so that you can +include these states in a column view (see @ref{Column View}), or to use +them in queries. The following property names are special and should +not be used as keys in the properties drawer: + +@cindex @samp{ALLTAGS}, special property +@cindex @samp{BLOCKED}, special property +@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM}, special property +@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}, special property +@cindex @samp{CLOSED}, special property +@cindex @samp{DEADLINE}, special property +@cindex @samp{FILE}, special property +@cindex @samp{ITEM}, special property +@cindex @samp{PRIORITY}, special property +@cindex @samp{SCHEDULED}, special property +@cindex @samp{TAGS}, special property +@cindex @samp{TIMESTAMP}, special property +@cindex @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA}, special property +@cindex @samp{TODO}, special property +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{ALLTAGS} +@tab All tags, including inherited ones. +@item @samp{BLOCKED} +@tab @code{t} if task is currently blocked by children or siblings. +@item @samp{CATEGORY} +@tab The category of an entry. +@item @samp{CLOCKSUM} +@tab The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree. @code{org-clock-sum} +@item +@tab must be run first to compute the values in the current buffer. +@item @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} +@tab The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree for today. +@item +@tab @code{org-clock-sum-today} must be run first to compute the +@item +@tab values in the current buffer. +@item @samp{CLOSED} +@tab When was this entry closed? +@item @samp{DEADLINE} +@tab The deadline time string, without the angular brackets. +@item @samp{FILE} +@tab The filename the entry is located in. +@item @samp{ITEM} +@tab The headline of the entry. +@item @samp{PRIORITY} +@tab The priority of the entry, a string with a single letter. +@item @samp{SCHEDULED} +@tab The scheduling timestamp, without the angular brackets. +@item @samp{TAGS} +@tab The tags defined directly in the headline. +@item @samp{TIMESTAMP} +@tab The first keyword-less timestamp in the entry. +@item @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA} +@tab The first inactive timestamp in the entry. +@item @samp{TODO} +@tab The TODO keyword of the entry. +@end multitable + +@node Property Searches +@section Property Searches + +@cindex properties, searching +@cindex searching, of properties + +To create sparse trees and special lists with selection based on +properties, the same commands are used as for tag searches (see @ref{Tag Searches}). + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c / m} or @kbd{C-c \} (@code{org-match-sparse-tree}) +@kindex C-c / m +@kindex C-c \ +@findex org-match-sparse-tree +Create a sparse tree with all matching entries. With +a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not +a TODO line. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m}, @code{org-tags-view} +@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-tags-view +Create a global list of tag/property matches from all agenda +files. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view}) +@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels +Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but +check only TODO items and force checking of subitems (see the +option @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). +@end table + +The syntax for the search string is described in @ref{Matching tags and properties}. + +There is also a special command for creating sparse trees based on a +single property: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c / p} +@kindex C-c / p +Create a sparse tree based on the value of a property. This +first prompts for the name of a property, and then for a value. +A sparse tree is created with all entries that define this +property with the given value. If you enclose the value in curly +braces, it is interpreted as a regular expression and matched +against the property values. +@end table + +@node Property Inheritance +@section Property Inheritance + +@cindex properties, inheritance +@cindex inheritance, of properties + +@vindex org-use-property-inheritance +The outline structure of Org documents lends itself to an inheritance +model of properties: if the parent in a tree has a certain property, +the children can inherit this property. Org mode does not turn this +on by default, because it can slow down property searches +significantly and is often not needed. However, if you find +inheritance useful, you can turn it on by setting the variable +@code{org-use-property-inheritance}. It may be set to @code{t} to make all +properties inherited from the parent, to a list of properties that +should be inherited, or to a regular expression that matches inherited +properties. If a property has the value @code{nil}, this is interpreted as +an explicit un-define of the property, so that inheritance search +stops at this value and returns @code{nil}. + +Org mode has a few properties for which inheritance is hard-coded, at +least for the special applications for which they are used: + +@table @asis +@item @code{COLUMNS} +@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, property +The @samp{COLUMNS} property defines the format of column view (see +@ref{Column View}). It is inherited in the sense that the level where +a @samp{COLUMNS} property is defined is used as the starting point for +a column view table, independently of the location in the subtree +from where columns view is turned on. + +@item @code{CATEGORY} +@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, property +For agenda view, a category set through a @samp{CATEGORY} property +applies to the entire subtree. + +@item @code{ARCHIVE} +@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, property +For archiving, the @samp{ARCHIVE} property may define the archive +location for the entire subtree (see @ref{Moving subtrees}). + +@item @code{LOGGING} +@cindex @samp{LOGGING}, property +The @samp{LOGGING} property may define logging settings for an entry +or a subtree (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}). +@end table + +@node Column View +@section Column View + +A great way to view and edit properties in an outline tree is @emph{column +view}. In column view, each outline node is turned into a table row. +Columns in this table provide access to properties of the entries. +Org mode implements columns by overlaying a tabular structure over the +headline of each item. While the headlines have been turned into +a table row, you can still change the visibility of the outline tree. +For example, you get a compact table by switching to ``contents'' +view---@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}, or simply @kbd{c} +while column view is active---but you can still open, read, and edit +the entry below each headline. Or, you can switch to column view +after executing a sparse tree command and in this way get a table only +for the selected items. Column view also works in agenda buffers (see +@ref{Agenda Views}) where queries have collected selected items, possibly +from a number of files. + +@menu +* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property. +* Using column view:: How to create and use column view. +* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view. +@end menu + +@node Defining columns +@subsection Defining columns + +@cindex column view, for properties +@cindex properties, column view + +Setting up a column view first requires defining the columns. This is +done by defining a column format line. + +@menu +* Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid? +* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column. +@end menu + +@node Scope of column definitions +@subsubsection Scope of column definitions + +To define a column format for an entire file, use a line like: + +@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, keyword +@example +#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO +@end example + + +To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add +a @samp{COLUMNS} property to the top node of that tree, for example: + +@example +** Top node for columns view + :PROPERTIES: + :COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO + :END: +@end example + +If a @samp{COLUMNS} property is present in an entry, it defines columns for +the entry itself, and for the entire subtree below it. Since the +column definition is part of the hierarchical structure of the +document, you can define columns on level 1 that are general enough +for all sublevels, and more specific columns further down, when you +edit a deeper part of the tree. + +@node Column attributes +@subsubsection Column attributes + +A column definition sets the attributes of a column. The general +definition looks like this: + +@example +%[WIDTH]PROPERTY[(TITLE)][@{SUMMARY-TYPE@}] +@end example + + +@noindent +Except for the percent sign and the property name, all items are +optional. The individual parts have the following meaning: + +@table @asis +@item @var{WIDTH} +An integer specifying the width of the column in characters. If +omitted, the width is determined automatically. + +@item @var{PROPERTY} +The property that should be edited in this column. Special +properties representing meta data are allowed here as well (see +@ref{Special Properties}). + +@item @var{TITLE} +The header text for the column. If omitted, the property name is +used. + +@item @var{SUMMARY-TYPE} +The summary type. If specified, the column values for parent +nodes are computed from the children@footnote{If more than one summary type applies to the same property, +the parent values are computed according to the first of them.}. + +Supported summary types are: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{+} +@tab Sum numbers in this column. +@item @samp{+;%.1f} +@tab Like @samp{+}, but format result with @samp{%.1f}. +@item @samp{$} +@tab Currency, short for @samp{+;%.2f}. +@item @samp{min} +@tab Smallest number in column. +@item @samp{max} +@tab Largest number. +@item @samp{mean} +@tab Arithmetic mean of numbers. +@item @samp{X} +@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[X]} if all children are @samp{[X]}. +@item @samp{X/} +@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[n/m]}. +@item @samp{X%} +@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[n%]}. +@item @samp{:} +@tab Sum times, HH:MM, plain numbers are hours. +@item @samp{:min} +@tab Smallest time value in column. +@item @samp{:max} +@tab Largest time value. +@item @samp{:mean} +@tab Arithmetic mean of time values. +@item @samp{@@min} +@tab Minimum age@footnote{An age can be defined as a duration, using units defined in +@code{org-duration-units}, e.g., @samp{3d 1h}. If any value in the column is as +such, the summary is also expressed as a duration.} (in days/hours/mins/seconds). +@item @samp{@@max} +@tab Maximum age (in days/hours/mins/seconds). +@item @samp{@@mean} +@tab Arithmetic mean of ages (in days/hours/mins/seconds). +@item @samp{est+} +@tab Add low-high estimates. +@end multitable + +@vindex org-columns-summary-types +You can also define custom summary types by setting +@code{org-columns-summary-types}. +@end table + +The @samp{est+} summary type requires further explanation. It is used for +combining estimates, expressed as low-high ranges. For example, +instead of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you might +estimate it as 5--6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much +work is required, or 1--10 days if you do not really know what needs +to be done. Both ranges average at 5.5 days, but the first represents +a more predictable delivery. + +When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and +highs produces an unrealistically wide result. Instead, @samp{est+} adds +the statistical mean and variance of the subtasks, generating a final +estimate from the sum. For example, suppose you had ten tasks, each +of which was estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work. Straight addition +produces an estimate of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if +everything goes either extremely well or extremely poorly. In +contrast, @samp{est+} estimates the full job more realistically, at 10--15 +days. + +Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with +allowed values@footnote{Please note that the @samp{COLUMNS} definition must be on a single +line; it is wrapped here only because of formatting constraints.}. + +@example +:COLUMNS: %25ITEM %9Approved(Approved?)@{X@} %Owner %11Status \ + %10Time_Estimate@{:@} %CLOCKSUM %CLOCKSUM_T +:Owner_ALL: Tammy Mark Karl Lisa Don +:Status_ALL: "In progress" "Not started yet" "Finished" "" +:Approved_ALL: "[ ]" "[X]" +@end example + +@noindent +The first column, @samp{%25ITEM}, means the first 25 characters of the item +itself, i.e., of the headline. You probably always should start the +column definition with the @samp{ITEM} specifier. The other specifiers +create columns @samp{Owner} with a list of names as allowed values, for +@samp{Status} with four different possible values, and for a checkbox field +@samp{Approved}. When no width is given after the @samp{%} character, the +column is exactly as wide as it needs to be in order to fully display +all values. The @samp{Approved} column does have a modified title +(@samp{Approved?}, with a question mark). Summaries are created for the +@samp{Time_Estimate} column by adding time duration expressions like HH:MM, +and for the @samp{Approved} column, by providing an @samp{[X]} status if all +children have been checked. The @samp{CLOCKSUM} and @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} columns +are special, they lists the sums of CLOCK intervals in the subtree, +either for all clocks or just for today. + +@node Using column view +@subsection Using column view + + + +@anchor{Turning column view on or off} +@subsubheading Turning column view on or off + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-columns}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-c +@vindex org-columns +@vindex org-columns-default-format +Turn on column view. If point is before the first headline in +the file, column view is turned on for the entire file, using the +@samp{#+COLUMNS} definition. If point is somewhere inside the +outline, this command searches the hierarchy, up from point, for +a @samp{COLUMNS} property that defines a format. When one is found, +the column view table is established for the tree starting at the +entry that contains the @samp{COLUMNS} property. If no such property +is found, the format is taken from the @samp{#+COLUMNS} line or from +the variable @code{org-columns-default-format}, and column view is +established for the current entry and its subtree. + +@item @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} (@code{org-columns-redo}) +@kindex r +@kindex g +@findex org-columns-redo +Recreate the column view, to include recent changes made in the +buffer. + +@item @kbd{q} (@code{org-columns-quit}) +@kindex q +@findex org-columns-quit +Exit column view. +@end table + +@anchor{Editing values} +@subsubheading Editing values + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{@key{LEFT}}, @kbd{@key{RIGHT}}, @kbd{@key{UP}}, @kbd{@key{DOWN}} +Move through the column view from field to field. + +@item @kbd{1..9,0} +@kindex 1..9,0 +Directly select the Nth allowed value, @kbd{0} selects the +10th value. + +@item @kbd{n} or @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-columns-next-allowed-value}) +@itemx @kbd{p} or @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-columns-previous-allowed-value}) +@kindex n +@kindex S-RIGHT +@kindex p +@kindex S-LEFT +@findex org-columns-next-allowed-value +@findex org-columns-previous-allowed-value +Switch to the next/previous allowed value of the field. For +this, you have to have specified allowed values for a property. + +@item @kbd{e} (@code{org-columns-edit-value}) +@kindex e +@findex org-columns-edit-value +Edit the property at point. For the special properties, this +invokes the same interface that you normally use to change that +property. For example, the tag completion or fast selection +interface pops up when editing a @samp{TAGS} property. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-columns-set-tags-or-toggle}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-columns-set-tags-or-toggle +When there is a checkbox at point, toggle it. + +@item @kbd{v} (@code{org-columns-show-value}) +@kindex v +@findex org-columns-show-value +View the full value of this property. This is useful if the +width of the column is smaller than that of the value. + +@item @kbd{a} (@code{org-columns-edit-allowed}) +@kindex a +@findex org-columns-edit-allowed +Edit the list of allowed values for this property. If the list +is found in the hierarchy, the modified values is stored there. +If no list is found, the new value is stored in the first entry +that is part of the current column view. +@end table + +@anchor{Modifying column view on-the-fly} +@subsubheading Modifying column view on-the-fly + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-columns-narrow}) +@itemx @kbd{>} (@code{org-columns-widen}) +@kindex < +@kindex > +@findex org-columns-narrow +@findex org-columns-widen +Make the column narrower/wider by one character. + +@item @kbd{S-M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-columns-new}) +@kindex S-M-RIGHT +@findex org-columns-new +Insert a new column, to the left of the current column. + +@item @kbd{S-M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-columns-delete}) +@kindex S-M-LEFT +@findex org-columns-delete +Delete the current column. +@end table + +@node Capturing column view +@subsection Capturing column view + +Since column view is just an overlay over a buffer, it cannot be +exported or printed directly. If you want to capture a column view, +use a @samp{columnview} dynamic block (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}). The frame of +this block looks like this: + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN columnview} +@example +* The column view +#+BEGIN: columnview :hlines 1 :id "label" + +#+END: +@end example + +This dynamic block has the following parameters: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{:id} +This is the most important parameter. Column view is a feature +that is often localized to a certain (sub)tree, and the capture +block might be at a different location in the file. To identify +the tree whose view to capture, you can use four values: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{local} +Use the tree in which the capture block is located. + +@item @samp{global} +Make a global view, including all headings in the file. + +@item @samp{file:FILENAME} +Run column view at the top of the @var{FILENAME} file. + +@item @samp{LABEL} +@cindex @samp{ID}, property +Call column view in the tree that has an @samp{ID} property with +the value @var{LABEL}. You can use @kbd{M-x org-id-copy} to create a globally unique ID for the +current entry and copy it to the kill-ring. +@end table + +@item @samp{:hlines} +When @code{t}, insert an hline after every line. When a number N, +insert an hline before each headline with level @code{<= N}. + +@item @samp{:vlines} +When non-@code{nil}, force column groups to get vertical lines. + +@item @samp{:maxlevel} +When set to a number, do not capture entries below this level. + +@item @samp{:skip-empty-rows} +When non-@code{nil}, skip rows where the only non-empty specifier of +the column view is @samp{ITEM}. + +@item @samp{:indent} +When non-@code{nil}, indent each @samp{ITEM} field according to its level. + +@item @samp{:format} +Specify a column attribute (see @ref{Column attributes}) for the +dynamic block. +@end table + +The following commands insert or update the dynamic block: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x i} (@code{org-insert-columns-dblock}) +@kindex C-c C-x i +@findex org-insert-columns-dblock +Insert a dynamic block capturing a column view. Prompt for the +scope or ID of the view. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@kindex C-c C-x C-u +@findex org-dblock-update +Update dynamic block at point. point needs to be in the +@samp{#+BEGIN} line of the dynamic block. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-update-all-dblocks}) +@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u +Update all dynamic blocks (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}). This is useful +if you have several clock table blocks, column-capturing blocks +or other dynamic blocks in a buffer. +@end table + +You can add formulas to the column view table and you may add plotting +instructions in front of the table---these survive an update of the +block. If there is a @samp{TBLFM} keyword after the table, the table is +recalculated automatically after an update. + +An alternative way to capture and process property values into a table +is provided by Eric Schulte's @samp{org-collector.el}, which is +a contributed package@footnote{Contributed packages are not part of Emacs, but are +distributed with the main distribution of Org---visit +@uref{https://orgmode.org}.}. It provides a general API to collect +properties from entries in a certain scope, and arbitrary Lisp +expressions to process these values before inserting them into a table +or a dynamic block. + +@node Dates and Times +@chapter Dates and Times + +@cindex dates +@cindex times +@cindex timestamp +@cindex date stamp + +To assist project planning, TODO items can be labeled with a date +and/or a time. The specially formatted string carrying the date and +time information is called a @emph{timestamp} in Org mode. This may be +a little confusing because timestamp is often used as indicating when +something was created or last changed. However, in Org mode this term +is used in a much wider sense. + +@menu +* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry. +* Creating Timestamps:: Commands to insert timestamps. +* Deadlines and Scheduling:: Planning your work. +* Clocking Work Time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task. +* Effort Estimates:: Planning work effort in advance. +* Timers:: Notes with a running timer. +@end menu + +@node Timestamps +@section Timestamps, Deadlines and Scheduling + +@cindex timestamps +@cindex ranges, time +@cindex date stamps +@cindex deadlines +@cindex scheduling + +A timestamp is a specification of a date (possibly with a time or +a range of times) in a special format, either @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue>} or +@samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>} or @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 12:00-12:30>}@footnote{The Org date format is inspired by the standard ISO 8601 +date/time format. To use an alternative format, see @ref{Custom time format}. The day name is optional when you type the date yourself. +However, any date inserted or modified by Org adds that day name, for +reading convenience.}. +A timestamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an Org tree +entry. Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in +the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}). We distinguish: + +@table @asis +@item Plain timestamp; Event; Appointment +@cindex timestamp +@cindex appointment +A simple timestamp just assigns a date/time to an item. This is +just like writing down an appointment or event in a paper agenda. +In the agenda display, the headline of an entry associated with +a plain timestamp is shown exactly on that date. + +@example +* Meet Peter at the movies + <2006-11-01 Wed 19:15> +* Discussion on climate change + <2006-11-02 Thu 20:00-22:00> +@end example + +@item Timestamp with repeater interval +@cindex timestamp, with repeater interval +A timestamp may contain a @emph{repeater interval}, indicating that it +applies not only on the given date, but again and again after +a certain interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months (m), or years +(y). The following shows up in the agenda every Wednesday: + +@example +* Pick up Sam at school + <2007-05-16 Wed 12:30 +1w> +@end example + +@item Diary-style sexp entries +@cindex diary style timestamps +@cindex sexp timestamps +For more complex date specifications, Org mode supports using the +special sexp diary entries implemented in the Emacs +calendar/diary package@footnote{When working with the standard diary sexp functions, you need +to be very careful with the order of the arguments. That order +depends evilly on the variable @code{calendar-date-style}. For example, to +specify a date December 12, 2005, the call might look like +@samp{(diary-date 12 1 2005)} or @samp{(diary-date 1 12 2005)} or @samp{(diary-date +2005 12 1)}, depending on the settings. This has been the source of +much confusion. Org mode users can resort to special versions of +these functions like @code{org-date} or @code{org-anniversary}. These work just +like the corresponding @code{diary-} functions, but with stable ISO order +of arguments (year, month, day) wherever applicable, independent of +the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.}. For example, with optional time: + +@example +* 22:00-23:00 The nerd meeting on every 2nd Thursday of the month + <%%(diary-float t 4 2)> +@end example + +@item Time/Date range +@cindex timerange +@cindex date range +Two timestamps connected by @samp{--} denote a range. The headline is +shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any dates +that are displayed and fall in the range. Here is an example: + +@example +** Meeting in Amsterdam + <2004-08-23 Mon>--<2004-08-26 Thu> +@end example + +@item Inactive timestamp +@cindex timestamp, inactive +@cindex inactive timestamp +Just like a plain timestamp, but with square brackets instead of +angular ones. These timestamps are inactive in the sense that +they do @emph{not} trigger an entry to show up in the agenda. + +@example +* Gillian comes late for the fifth time + [2006-11-01 Wed] +@end example +@end table + +@node Creating Timestamps +@section Creating Timestamps + +For Org mode to recognize timestamps, they need to be in the specific +format. All commands listed below produce timestamps in the correct +format. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c .} (@code{org-time-stamp}) +@kindex C-c . +@findex org-time-stamp +Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding timestamp. When +point is at an existing timestamp in the buffer, the command is +used to modify this timestamp instead of inserting a new one. +When this command is used twice in succession, a time range is +inserted. + +@kindex C-u C-c . +@vindex org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes +When called with a prefix argument, use the alternative format +which contains date and time. The default time can be rounded to +multiples of 5 minutes. See the option +@code{org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes}. + +@kindex C-u C-u C-c . +With two prefix arguments, insert an active timestamp with the +current time without prompting. + +@item @kbd{C-c !} (@code{org-time-stamp-inactive}) +@kindex C-c ! +@kindex C-u C-c ! +@kindex C-u C-u C-c ! +@findex org-time-stamp-inactive +Like @kbd{C-c .}, but insert an inactive timestamp that does +not cause an agenda entry. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} +@kindex C-c C-c +Normalize timestamp, insert or fix day name if missing or wrong. + +@item @kbd{C-c <} (@code{org-date-from-calendar}) +@kindex C-c < +@findex org-date-from-calendar +Insert a timestamp corresponding to point date in the calendar. + +@item @kbd{C-c >} (@code{org-goto-calendar}) +@kindex C-c > +@findex org-goto-calendar +Access the Emacs calendar for the current date. If there is +a timestamp in the current line, go to the corresponding date +instead. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-open-at-point}) +@kindex C-c C-o +@findex org-open-at-point +Access the agenda for the date given by the timestamp or -range +at point (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}). + +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-timestamp-down-day}) +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-timestamp-up-day}) +@kindex S-LEFT +@kindex S-RIGHT +@findex org-timestamp-down-day +@findex org-timestamp-up-day +Change date at point by one day. These key bindings conflict +with shift-selection and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}). + +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-timestamp-up}) +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-timestamp-down}) +@kindex S-UP +@kindex S-DOWN +On the beginning or enclosing bracket of a timestamp, change its +type. Within a timestamp, change the item under point. Point +can be on a year, month, day, hour or minute. When the timestamp +contains a time range like @samp{15:30-16:30}, modifying the first +time also shifts the second, shifting the time block with +constant length. To change the length, modify the second time. +Note that if point is in a headline and not at a timestamp, these +same keys modify the priority of an item (see @ref{Priorities}). The +key bindings also conflict with shift-selection and related modes +(see @ref{Conflicts}). + +@item @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{org-evaluate-time-range}) +@kindex C-c C-y +@findex org-evaluate-time-range +@cindex evaluate time range +Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start +and end. With a prefix argument, insert result after the time +range (in a table: into the following column). +@end table + +@menu +* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you enter dates and times. +* Custom time format:: Making dates look different. +@end menu + +@node The date/time prompt +@subsection The date/time prompt + +@cindex date, reading in minibuffer +@cindex time, reading in minibuffer + +@vindex org-read-date-prefer-future +When Org mode prompts for a date/time, the default is shown in default +date/time format, and the prompt therefore seems to ask for a specific +format. But it in fact accepts date/time information in a variety of +formats. Generally, the information should start at the beginning of +the string. Org mode finds whatever information is in there and +derives anything you have not specified from the @emph{default date and +time}. The default is usually the current date and time, but when +modifying an existing timestamp, or when entering the second stamp of +a range, it is taken from the stamp in the buffer. When filling in +information, Org mode assumes that most of the time you want to enter +a date in the future: if you omit the month/year and the given +day/month is @emph{before} today, it assumes that you mean a future +date@footnote{See the variable @code{org-read-date-prefer-future}. You may set +that variable to the symbol @code{time} to even make a time before now +shift the date to tomorrow.}. If the date has been automatically shifted into the +future, the time prompt shows this with @samp{(=>F)}. + +For example, let's assume that today is @strong{June 13, 2006}. Here is how +various inputs are interpreted, the items filled in by Org mode are in +@strong{bold}. + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{3-2-5} +@tab @result{} 2003-02-05 +@item @samp{2/5/3} +@tab @result{} 2003-02-05 +@item @samp{14} +@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{06}-14 +@item @samp{12} +@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{07}-12 +@item @samp{2/5} +@tab @result{} @strong{2007}-02-05 +@item @samp{Fri} +@tab @result{} nearest Friday (default date or later) +@item @samp{sep 15} +@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-09-15 +@item @samp{feb 15} +@tab @result{} @strong{2007}-02-15 +@item @samp{sep 12 9} +@tab @result{} 2009-09-12 +@item @samp{12:45} +@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{06}-@strong{13} 12:45 +@item @samp{22 sept 0:34} +@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-09-22 0:34 +@item @samp{w4} +@tab @result{} ISO week for of the current year @strong{2006} +@item @samp{2012 w4 fri} +@tab @result{} Friday of ISO week 4 in 2012 +@item @samp{2012-w04-5} +@tab @result{} Same as above +@end multitable + +Furthermore you can specify a relative date by giving, as the @emph{first} +thing in the input: a plus/minus sign, a number and a letter---@samp{d}, +@samp{w}, @samp{m} or @samp{y}---to indicate change in days, weeks, months, or +years. With a single plus or minus, the date is always relative to +today. With a double plus or minus, it is relative to the default +date. If instead of a single letter, you use the abbreviation of day +name, the date is the Nth such day, e.g.: + +@multitable {aaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{+0} +@tab @result{} today +@item @samp{.} +@tab @result{} today +@item @samp{+4d} +@tab @result{} four days from today +@item @samp{+4} +@tab @result{} same as +4d +@item @samp{+2w} +@tab @result{} two weeks from today +@item @samp{++5} +@tab @result{} five days from default date +@item @samp{+2tue} +@tab @result{} second Tuesday from now +@end multitable + +@vindex parse-time-months +@vindex parse-time-weekdays +The function understands English month and weekday abbreviations. If +you want to use un-abbreviated names and/or other languages, configure +the variables @code{parse-time-months} and @code{parse-time-weekdays}. + +@vindex org-read-date-force-compatible-dates +Not all dates can be represented in a given Emacs implementation. By +default Org mode forces dates into the compatibility range 1970--2037 +which works on all Emacs implementations. If you want to use dates +outside of this range, read the docstring of the variable +@code{org-read-date-force-compatible-dates}. + +You can specify a time range by giving start and end times or by +giving a start time and a duration (in HH:MM format). Use one or two +dash(es) as the separator in the former case and use @samp{+} as the +separator in the latter case, e.g.: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{11am-1:15pm} +@tab @result{} 11:00-13:15 +@item @samp{11am--1:15pm} +@tab @result{} same as above +@item @samp{11am+2:15} +@tab @result{} same as above +@end multitable + +@cindex calendar, for selecting date +@vindex org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt +Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up@footnote{If you do not need/want the calendar, configure the variable +@code{org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt}.}. +When you exit the date prompt, either by clicking on a date in the +calendar, or by pressing @kbd{@key{RET}}, the date selected in the +calendar is combined with the information entered at the prompt. You +can control the calendar fully from the minibuffer: + +@kindex < +@kindex > +@kindex M-v +@kindex C-v +@kindex mouse-1 +@kindex S-RIGHT +@kindex S-LEFT +@kindex S-DOWN +@kindex S-UP +@kindex M-S-RIGHT +@kindex M-S-LEFT +@kindex RET +@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.55 +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} +@tab Choose date at point in calendar. +@item @kbd{mouse-1} +@tab Select date by clicking on it. +@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} +@tab One day forward. +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@tab One day backward. +@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} +@tab One week forward. +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} +@tab One week backward. +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} +@tab One month forward. +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} +@tab One month backward. +@item @kbd{>} +@tab Scroll calendar forward by one month. +@item @kbd{<} +@tab Scroll calendar backward by one month. +@item @kbd{M-v} +@tab Scroll calendar forward by 3 months. +@item @kbd{C-v} +@tab Scroll calendar backward by 3 months. +@end multitable + +@vindex org-read-date-display-live +The actions of the date/time prompt may seem complex, but I assure you +they will grow on you, and you will start getting annoyed by pretty +much any other way of entering a date/time out there. To help you +understand what is going on, the current interpretation of your input +is displayed live in the minibuffer@footnote{If you find this distracting, turn off the display with +@code{org-read-date-display-live}.}. + +@node Custom time format +@subsection Custom time format + +@cindex custom date/time format +@cindex time format, custom +@cindex date format, custom + +@vindex org-display-custom-times +@vindex org-time-stamp-custom-formats +Org mode uses the standard ISO notation for dates and times as it is +defined in ISO 8601. If you cannot get used to this and require +another representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get +it by customizing the variables @code{org-display-custom-times} and +@code{org-time-stamp-custom-formats}. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-t} (@code{org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-t +@findex org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays +Toggle the display of custom formats for dates and times. +@end table + +Org mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom +date/time format does not @emph{replace} the default format. Instead, it +is put @emph{over} the default format using text properties. This has the +following consequences: + +@itemize +@item +You cannot place point onto a timestamp anymore, only before or +after. + +@item +The @kbd{S-@key{UP}} and @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} keys can no longer be used +to adjust each component of a timestamp. If point is at the +beginning of the stamp, @kbd{S-@key{UP}} and @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} change +the stamp by one day, just like @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}. At the end of the stamp, change the time by one +minute. + +@item +If the timestamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater, +these are not overlaid, but remain in the buffer as they were. + +@item +When you delete a timestamp character-by-character, it only +disappears from the buffer after @emph{all} (invisible) characters +belonging to the ISO timestamp have been removed. + +@item +If the custom timestamp format is longer than the default and you +are using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up. If +the custom format is shorter, things do work as expected. +@end itemize + +@node Deadlines and Scheduling +@section Deadlines and Scheduling + +A timestamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate +planning. Both the timestamp and the keyword have to be positioned +immediately after the task they refer to. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{DEADLINE} +@cindex @samp{DEADLINE} marker +Meaning: the task (most likely a TODO item, though not +necessarily) is supposed to be finished on that date. + +@vindex org-deadline-warning-days +On the deadline date, the task is listed in the agenda. In +addition, the agenda for @emph{today} carries a warning about the +approaching or missed deadline, starting +@code{org-deadline-warning-days} before the due date, and continuing +until the entry is marked DONE@. An example: + +@example +*** TODO write article about the Earth for the Guide + DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun> + The editor in charge is [[bbdb:Ford Prefect]] +@end example + +@vindex org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled +You can specify a different lead time for warnings for a specific +deadlines using the following syntax. Here is an example with +a warning period of 5 days @samp{DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun -5d>}. +This warning is deactivated if the task gets scheduled and you +set @code{org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled} to @code{t}. + +@item @samp{SCHEDULED} +@cindex @samp{SCHEDULED} marker +Meaning: you are planning to start working on that task on the +given date. + +@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done +The headline is listed under the given date@footnote{It will still be listed on that date after it has been marked +DONE@. If you do not like this, set the variable +@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done}.}. In addition, +a reminder that the scheduled date has passed is present in the +compilation for @emph{today}, until the entry is marked DONE, i.e., +the task is automatically forwarded until completed. + +@example +*** TODO Call Trillian for a date on New Years Eve. + SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat> +@end example + +@vindex org-scheduled-delay-days +@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline +If you want to @emph{delay} the display of this task in the agenda, +use @samp{SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat -2d>}: the task is still +scheduled on the 25th but will appear two days later. In case +the task contains a repeater, the delay is considered to affect +all occurrences; if you want the delay to only affect the first +scheduled occurrence of the task, use @samp{--2d} instead. See +@code{org-scheduled-delay-days} and +@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline} for details on how +to control this globally or per agenda. + +@quotation Important +Scheduling an item in Org mode should @emph{not} be understood in the +same way that we understand @emph{scheduling a meeting}. Setting +a date for a meeting is just a simple appointment, you should +mark this entry with a simple plain timestamp, to get this item +shown on the date where it applies. This is a frequent +misunderstanding by Org users. In Org mode, @emph{scheduling} means +setting a date when you want to start working on an action item. + +@end quotation +@end table + +You may use timestamps with repeaters in scheduling and deadline +entries. Org mode issues early and late warnings based on the +assumption that the timestamp represents the @emph{nearest instance} of the +repeater. However, the use of diary S-exp entries like + +@example +<%%(diary-float t 42)> +@end example + + +@noindent +in scheduling and deadline timestamps is limited. Org mode does not +know enough about the internals of each S-exp function to issue early +and late warnings. However, it shows the item on each day where the +S-exp entry matches. + +@menu +* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items. +* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again. +@end menu + +@node Inserting deadline/schedule +@subsection Inserting deadlines or schedules + +The following commands allow you to quickly insert a deadline or to +schedule an item:@footnote{The @samp{SCHEDULED} and @samp{DEADLINE} dates are inserted on the line +right below the headline. Do not put any text between this line and +the headline.} + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{org-deadline}) +@kindex C-c C-d +@findex org-deadline +@vindex org-log-redeadline +Insert @samp{DEADLINE} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion +happens in the line directly following the headline. Remove any +@samp{CLOSED} timestamp . When called with a prefix argument, also +remove any existing deadline from the entry. Depending on the +variable @code{org-log-redeadline}, take a note when changing an +existing deadline@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logredeadline}, +@samp{lognoteredeadline}, and @samp{nologredeadline}.}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{org-schedule}) +@kindex C-c C-s +@findex org-schedule +@vindex org-log-reschedule +Insert @samp{SCHEDULED} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion +happens in the line directly following the headline. Remove any +@samp{CLOSED} timestamp. When called with a prefix argument, also +remove the scheduling date from the entry. Depending on the +variable @code{org-log-reschedule}, take a note when changing an +existing scheduling time@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logreschedule}, +@samp{lognotereschedule}, and @samp{nologreschedule}.}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-k} (@code{org-mark-entry-for-agenda-action}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-k +@kindex k a +@kindex k s +@findex org-mark-entry-for-agenda-action +Mark the current entry for agenda action. After you have marked +the entry like this, you can open the agenda or the calendar to +find an appropriate date. With point on the selected date, press +@kbd{k s} or @kbd{k d} to schedule the marked item. + +@item @kbd{C-c / d} (@code{org-check-deadlines}) +@kindex C-c / d +@findex org-check-deadlines +@cindex sparse tree, for deadlines +@vindex org-deadline-warning-days +Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due, +or which will become due within @code{org-deadline-warning-days}. +With @kbd{C-u} prefix, show all deadlines in the file. With +a numeric prefix, check that many days. For example, @kbd{C-1 C-c / d} shows all deadlines due tomorrow. + +@item @kbd{C-c / b} (@code{org-check-before-date}) +@kindex C-c / b +@findex org-check-before-date +Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items before a given +date. + +@item @kbd{C-c / a} (@code{org-check-after-date}) +@kindex C-c / a +@findex org-check-after-date +Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items after a given date. +@end table + +Note that @code{org-schedule} and @code{org-deadline} supports setting the date +by indicating a relative time e.g., @samp{+1d} sets the date to the next +day after today, and @samp{--1w} sets the date to the previous week before +any current timestamp. + +@node Repeated tasks +@subsection Repeated tasks + +@cindex tasks, repeated +@cindex repeated tasks + +Some tasks need to be repeated again and again. Org mode helps to +organize such tasks using a so-called repeater in a @samp{DEADLINE}, +@samp{SCHEDULED}, or plain timestamps@footnote{Org does not repeat inactive timestamps, however. See +@ref{Timestamps}.}. In the following example: + +@example +** TODO Pay the rent + DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m> +@end example + +@noindent +the @samp{+1m} is a repeater; the intended interpretation is that the task +has a deadline on @samp{<2005-10-01>} and repeats itself every (one) month +starting from that time. You can use yearly, monthly, weekly, daily +and hourly repeat cookies by using the @samp{y}, @samp{w}, @samp{m}, @samp{d} and @samp{h} +letters. If you need both a repeater and a special warning period in +a deadline entry, the repeater should come first and the warning +period last + +@example +DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m -3d> +@end example + + +@vindex org-todo-repeat-to-state +Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they +are over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as +DONE once you have done so. When you mark a @samp{DEADLINE} or a +@samp{SCHEDULED} with the TODO keyword @samp{DONE}, it no longer produces +entries in the agenda. The problem with this is, however, is that +then also the @emph{next} instance of the repeated entry will not be +active. Org mode deals with this in the following way: when you try +to mark such an entry DONE, using @kbd{C-c C-t}, it shifts the +base date of the repeating timestamp by the repeater interval, and +immediately sets the entry state back to TODO@footnote{In fact, the target state is taken from, in this sequence, the +@samp{REPEAT_TO_STATE} property, the variable @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state} if +it is a string, the previous TODO state if @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state} +is @code{t}, or the first state of the TODO state sequence.}. In the example +above, setting the state to DONE would actually switch the date like +this: + +@example +** TODO Pay the rent + DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue +1m> +@end example + +To mark a task with a repeater as DONE, use @kbd{C-- 1 C-c C-t}, +i.e., @code{org-todo} with a numeric prefix argument of @samp{-1}. + +@vindex org-log-repeat +A timestamp@footnote{You can change this using the option @code{org-log-repeat}, or the +@samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logrepeat}, @samp{lognoterepeat}, and @samp{nologrepeat}. +With @samp{lognoterepeat}, you will also be prompted for a note.} is added under the deadline, to keep a record that +you actually acted on the previous instance of this deadline. + +As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry is no longer +visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all future +instances will be visible. + +With the @samp{+1m} cookie, the date shift is always exactly one month. So +if you have not paid the rent for three months, marking this entry +DONE still keeps it as an overdue deadline. Depending on the task, +this may not be the best way to handle it. For example, if you forgot +to call your father for 3 weeks, it does not make sense to call him +3 times in a single day to make up for it. Finally, there are tasks +like changing batteries which should always repeat a certain time +@emph{after} the last time you did it. For these tasks, Org mode has +special repeaters @samp{++} and @samp{.+}. For example: + +@example +** TODO Call Father + DEADLINE: <2008-02-10 Sun ++1w> + Marking this DONE shifts the date by at least one week, but also + by as many weeks as it takes to get this date into the future. + However, it stays on a Sunday, even if you called and marked it + done on Saturday. + +** TODO Empty kitchen trash + DEADLINE: <2008-02-08 Fri 20:00 ++1d> + Marking this DONE shifts the date by at least one day, and also + by as many days as it takes to get the timestamp into the future. + Since there is a time in the timestamp, the next deadline in the + future will be on today's date if you complete the task before + 20:00. + +** TODO Check the batteries in the smoke detectors + DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue .+1m> + Marking this DONE will shift the date to one month after today. +@end example + +@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown +You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific +task. If the repeater is set for the scheduling information only, you +probably want the repeater to be ignored after the deadline. If so, +set the variable @code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown} to +@code{repeated-after-deadline}. However, any scheduling information +without a repeater is no longer relevant once the task is done, and +thus, removed upon repeating the task. If you want both scheduling +and deadline information to repeat after the same interval, set the +same repeater for both timestamps. + +An alternative to using a repeater is to create a number of copies of +a task subtree, with dates shifted in each copy. The command +@kbd{C-c C-x c} was created for this purpose; it is described in +@ref{Structure Editing}. + +@node Clocking Work Time +@section Clocking Work Time + +@cindex clocking time +@cindex time clocking + +Org mode allows you to clock the time you spend on specific tasks in +a project. When you start working on an item, you can start the +clock. When you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task +done, the clock is stopped and the corresponding time interval is +recorded. It also computes the total time spent on each +subtree@footnote{Clocking only works if all headings are indented with less +than 30 stars. This is a hard-coded limitation of @code{lmax} in +@code{org-clock-sum}.} of a project. And it remembers a history or tasks +recently clocked, to that you can jump quickly between a number of +tasks absorbing your time. + +To save the clock history across Emacs sessions, use: + +@lisp +(setq org-clock-persist 'history) +(org-clock-persistence-insinuate) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-clock-persist +When you clock into a new task after resuming Emacs, the incomplete +clock@footnote{To resume the clock under the assumption that you have worked +on this task while outside Emacs, use @samp{(setq org-clock-persist t)}.} is retrieved (see @ref{Resolving idle time (1)}) and you are +prompted about what to do with it. + +@menu +* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock. +* The clock table:: Detailed reports. +* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle. +@end menu + +@node Clocking commands +@subsection Clocking commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-i} (@code{org-clock-in}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-i +@findex org-clock-in +@vindex org-clock-into-drawer +@vindex org-clock-continuously +@cindex @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}, property +Start the clock on the current item (clock-in). This inserts the +CLOCK keyword together with a timestamp. If this is not the +first clocking of this item, the multiple CLOCK lines are wrapped +into a @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer (see also the variable +@code{org-clock-into-drawer}). You can also overrule the setting of +this variable for a subtree by setting a @samp{CLOCK_INTO_DRAWER} or +@samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property. When called with a @kbd{C-u} +prefix argument, select the task from a list of recently clocked +tasks. With two @kbd{C-u C-u} prefixes, clock into the task +at point and mark it as the default task; the default task is +always be available with letter @kbd{d} when selecting +a clocking task. With three @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} prefixes, +force continuous clocking by starting the clock when the last +clock stopped. + +@cindex @samp{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL}, property +@cindex @samp{LAST_REPEAT}, property +@vindex org-clock-mode-line-total +@vindex org-clock-in-prepare-hook +While the clock is running, Org shows the current clocking time +in the mode line, along with the title of the task. The clock +time shown is all time ever clocked for this task and its +children. If the task has an effort estimate (see @ref{Effort Estimates}), the mode line displays the current clocking time +against it@footnote{To add an effort estimate ``on the fly'', hook a function doing +this to @code{org-clock-in-prepare-hook}.}. If the task is a repeating one (see @ref{Repeated tasks}), show only the time since the last reset of the +task@footnote{The last reset of the task is recorded by the @samp{LAST_REPEAT} +property.}. You can exercise more control over show time with +the @samp{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL} property. It may have the values +@samp{current} to show only the current clocking instance, @samp{today} to +show all time clocked on this tasks today---see also the +variable @code{org-extend-today-until}, @code{all} to include all time, or +@code{auto} which is the default@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-clock-mode-line-total}.}. Clicking with +@kbd{mouse-1} onto the mode line entry pops up a menu with +clocking options. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-o} (@code{org-clock-out}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-o +@findex org-clock-out +@vindex org-log-note-clock-out +Stop the clock (clock-out). This inserts another timestamp at +the same location where the clock was last started. It also +directly computes the resulting time in inserts it after the time +range as @samp{=>HH:MM}. See the variable @code{org-log-note-clock-out} +for the possibility to record an additional note together with +the clock-out timestamp@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: +lognoteclock-out}.}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-x} (@code{org-clock-in-last}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-x +@findex org-clock-in-last +@vindex org-clock-continuously +Re-clock the last clocked task. With one @kbd{C-u} prefix +argument, select the task from the clock history. With two +@kbd{C-u} prefixes, force continuous clocking by starting +the clock when the last clock stopped. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-e} (@code{org-clock-modify-effort-estimate}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-e +@findex org-clock-modify-effort-estimate +Update the effort estimate for the current clock task. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{org-evaluate-time-range}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@kindex C-c C-y +@findex org-evaluate-time-range +Recompute the time interval after changing one of the timestamps. +This is only necessary if you edit the timestamps directly. If +you change them with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, the update is +automatic. + +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-clock-timestamps-up}) +@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-clock-timestamps-down}) +@kindex C-S-UP +@findex org-clock-timestamps-up +@kindex C-S-DOWN +@findex org-clock-timestamps-down +On CLOCK log lines, increase/decrease both timestamps so that the +clock duration keeps the same value. + +@item @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-timestamp-up}) +@itemx @kbd{S-M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-timestamp-down}) +@kindex S-M-UP +@findex org-clock-timestamp-up +@kindex S-M-DOWN +@findex org-clock-timestamp-down +On @samp{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease the timestamp at point +and the one of the previous, or the next, clock timestamp by the +same duration. For example, if you hit @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} to +increase a clocked-out timestamp by five minutes, then the +clocked-in timestamp of the next clock is increased by five +minutes. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo}) +@kindex C-c C-t +@findex org-todo +Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops +the clock if it is running in this same item. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-q} (@code{org-clock-cancel}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-q +@findex org-clock-cancel +Cancel the current clock. This is useful if a clock was started +by mistake, or if you ended up working on something else. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-j} (@code{org-clock-goto}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-j +@findex or-clock-goto +Jump to the headline of the currently clocked in task. With +a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, select the target task from +a list of recently clocked tasks. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-d} (@code{org-clock-display}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-d +@findex org-clock-display +@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change +Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer. +This puts overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total +time recorded under that heading, including the time of any +subheadings. You can use visibility cycling to study the tree, +but the overlays disappear when you change the buffer (see +variable @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}) or press @kbd{C-c C-c}. +@end table + +The @kbd{l} key may be used in the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}) to show which tasks have been worked on or closed during +a day. + +@strong{Important:} note that both @code{org-clock-out} and @code{org-clock-in-last} +can have a global keybinding and do not modify the window disposition. + +@node The clock table +@subsection The clock table + +@cindex clocktable, dynamic block +@cindex report, of clocked time + +Org mode can produce quite complex reports based on the time clocking +information. Such a report is called a @emph{clock table}, because it is +formatted as one or several Org tables. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} (@code{org-clock-report}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-r +@findex org-clock-report +Insert a dynamic block (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}) containing a clock +report as an Org mode table into the current file. When point is +at an existing clock table, just update it. When called with a +prefix argument, jump to the first clock report in the current +document and update it. The clock table includes archived trees. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update}) +@kindex C-c C-c +@kindex C-c C-x C-u +@findex org-dblock-update +Update dynamic block at point. Point needs to be in the @samp{BEGIN} +line of the dynamic block. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u} +@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u +Update all dynamic blocks (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}). This is useful +if you have several clock table blocks in a buffer. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-clocktable-try-shift}) +@kindex S-LEFT +@kindex S-RIGHT +@findex org-clocktable-try-shift +Shift the current @samp{:block} interval and update the table. Point +needs to be in the @samp{#+BEGIN: clocktable} line for this command. +If @samp{:block} is @samp{today}, it is shifted to @samp{today-1}, etc. +@end table + +Here is an example of the frame for a clock table as it is inserted +into the buffer with the @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} command: + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN clocktable} +@example +#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :emphasize nil :scope file +#+END: clocktable +@end example + +@vindex org-clocktable-defaults +The @samp{#+BEGIN} line and specify a number of options to define the +scope, structure, and formatting of the report. Defaults for all +these options can be configured in the variable +@code{org-clocktable-defaults}. + +First there are options that determine which clock entries are to +be selected: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{:maxlevel} +Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table. +Clocks at deeper levels are summed into the upper level. + +@item @samp{:scope} +The scope to consider. This can be any of the following: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{nil} +@tab the current buffer or narrowed region +@item @samp{file} +@tab the full current buffer +@item @samp{subtree} +@tab the subtree where the clocktable is located +@item @samp{treeN} +@tab the surrounding level N tree, for example @samp{tree3} +@item @samp{tree} +@tab the surrounding level 1 tree +@item @samp{agenda} +@tab all agenda files +@item @samp{("file" ...)} +@tab scan these files +@item @samp{FUNCTION} +@tab scan files returned by calling @var{FUNCTION} with no argument +@item @samp{file-with-archives} +@tab current file and its archives +@item @samp{agenda-with-archives} +@tab all agenda files, including archives +@end multitable + +@item @samp{:block} +The time block to consider. This block is specified either +absolutely, or relative to the current time and may be any of +these formats: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{2007-12-31} +@tab New year eve 2007 +@item @samp{2007-12} +@tab December 2007 +@item @samp{2007-W50} +@tab ISO-week 50 in 2007 +@item @samp{2007-Q2} +@tab 2nd quarter in 2007 +@item @samp{2007} +@tab the year 2007 +@item @samp{today}, @samp{yesterday}, @samp{today-N} +@tab a relative day +@item @samp{thisweek}, @samp{lastweek}, @samp{thisweek-N} +@tab a relative week +@item @samp{thismonth}, @samp{lastmonth}, @samp{thismonth-N} +@tab a relative month +@item @samp{thisyear}, @samp{lastyear}, @samp{thisyear-N} +@tab a relative year +@item @samp{untilnow}@footnote{When using @code{:step}, @code{untilnow} starts from the beginning of +2003, not the beginning of time.} +@tab all clocked time ever +@end multitable + +@vindex org-clock-display-default-range +When this option is not set, Org falls back to the value in +@code{org-clock-display-default-range}, which defaults to the current +year. + +Use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} or @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} to shift the time +interval. + +@item @samp{:tstart} +A time string specifying when to start considering times. +Relative times like @samp{"<-2w>"} can also be used. See @ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax. + +@item @samp{:tend} +A time string specifying when to stop considering times. +Relative times like @samp{"<now>"} can also be used. See @ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax. + +@item @samp{:wstart} +The starting day of the week. The default is 1 for Monday. + +@item @samp{:mstart} +The starting day of the month. The default is 1 for the first. + +@item @samp{:step} +Set to @code{week} or @code{day} to split the table into chunks. To use +this, @code{:block} or @code{:tstart}, @code{:tend} are needed. + +@item @samp{:stepskip0} +Do not show steps that have zero time. + +@item @samp{:fileskip0} +Do not show table sections from files which did not contribute. + +@item @samp{:match} +A tags match to select entries that should contribute. See +@ref{Matching tags and properties} for the match syntax. +@end table + +@findex org-clocktable-write-default +Then there are options that determine the formatting of the table. +There options are interpreted by the function +@code{org-clocktable-write-default}, but you can specify your own function +using the @samp{:formatter} parameter. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{:emphasize} +When @code{t}, emphasize level one and level two items. + +@item @samp{:lang} +Language@footnote{Language terms can be set through the variable +@code{org-clock-clocktable-language-setup}.} to use for descriptive cells like ``Task''. + +@item @samp{:link} +Link the item headlines in the table to their origins. + +@item @samp{:narrow} +An integer to limit the width of the headline column in the Org +table. If you write it like @samp{50!}, then the headline is also +shortened in export. + +@item @samp{:indent} +Indent each headline field according to its level. + +@item @samp{:tcolumns} +Number of columns to be used for times. If this is smaller than +@samp{:maxlevel}, lower levels are lumped into one column. + +@item @samp{:level} +Should a level number column be included? + +@item @samp{:sort} +A cons cell containing the column to sort and a sorting type. +E.g., @samp{:sort (1 . ?a)} sorts the first column alphabetically. + +@item @samp{:compact} +Abbreviation for @samp{:level nil :indent t :narrow 40! :tcolumns 1}. +All are overwritten except if there is an explicit @samp{:narrow}. + +@item @samp{:timestamp} +A timestamp for the entry, when available. Look for @samp{SCHEDULED}, +@samp{DEADLINE}, @samp{TIMESTAMP} and @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA} special properties +(see @ref{Special Properties}), in this order. + +@item @samp{:tags} +When this flag is non-@code{nil}, show the headline's tags. + +@item @samp{:properties} +List of properties shown in the table. Each property gets its +own column. + +@item @samp{:inherit-props} +When this flag is non-@code{nil}, the values for @samp{:properties} are +inherited. + +@item @samp{:formula} +Content of a @samp{TBLFM} keyword to be added and evaluated. As +a special case, @samp{:formula %} adds a column with % time. If you +do not specify a formula here, any existing formula below the +clock table survives updates and is evaluated. + +@item @samp{:formatter} +A function to format clock data and insert it into the buffer. +@end table + +To get a clock summary of the current level 1 tree, for the current +day, you could write: + +@example +#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :block today :scope tree1 :link t +#+END: clocktable +@end example + +@noindent +To use a specific time range you could write@footnote{Note that all parameters must be specified in a single +line---the line is broken here only to fit it into the manual.} + +@example +#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<2006-08-10 Thu 10:00>" + :tend "<2006-08-10 Thu 12:00>" +#+END: clocktable +@end example + +@noindent +A range starting a week ago and ending right now could be written as + +@example +#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<-1w>" :tend "<now>" +#+END: clocktable +@end example + +@noindent +A summary of the current subtree with % times would be + +@example +#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope subtree :link t :formula % +#+END: clocktable +@end example + +@noindent +A horizontally compact representation of everything clocked during +last week would be + +@example +#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope agenda :block lastweek :compact t +#+END: clocktable +@end example + +@node Resolving idle time +@subsection Resolving idle time and continuous clocking + + + +@anchor{Resolving idle time (1)} +@subsubheading Resolving idle time + +@cindex resolve idle time +@cindex idle, resolve, dangling + +If you clock in on a work item, and then walk away from your +computer---perhaps to take a phone call---you often need to +``resolve'' the time you were away by either subtracting it from the +current clock, or applying it to another one. + +@vindex org-clock-idle-time +@vindex org-clock-x11idle-program-name +By customizing the variable @code{org-clock-idle-time} to some integer, +such as 10 or 15, Emacs can alert you when you get back to your +computer after being idle for that many minutes@footnote{On computers using macOS, idleness is based on actual user +idleness, not just Emacs' idle time. For X11, you can install +a utility program @samp{x11idle.c}, available in the @samp{contrib/scripts/} +directory of the Org Git distribution, or install the xprintidle +package and set it to the variable @code{org-clock-x11idle-program-name} if +you are running Debian, to get the same general treatment of idleness. +On other systems, idle time refers to Emacs idle time only.}, and ask what +you want to do with the idle time. There will be a question waiting +for you when you get back, indicating how much idle time has passed +constantly updated with the current amount, as well as a set of +choices to correct the discrepancy: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{k} +@kindex k +To keep some or all of the minutes and stay clocked in, press +@kbd{k}. Org asks how many of the minutes to keep. Press +@kbd{@key{RET}} to keep them all, effectively changing nothing, or +enter a number to keep that many minutes. + +@item @kbd{K} +@kindex K +If you use the shift key and press @kbd{K}, it keeps however +many minutes you request and then immediately clock out of that +task. If you keep all of the minutes, this is the same as just +clocking out of the current task. + +@item @kbd{s} +@kindex s +To keep none of the minutes, use @kbd{s} to subtract all the +away time from the clock, and then check back in from the moment +you returned. + +@item @kbd{S} +@kindex S +To keep none of the minutes and just clock out at the start of +the away time, use the shift key and press @kbd{S}. +Remember that using shift always leave you clocked out, no matter +which option you choose. + +@item @kbd{C} +@kindex C +To cancel the clock altogether, use @kbd{C}. Note that if +instead of canceling you subtract the away time, and the +resulting clock amount is less than a minute, the clock is still +canceled rather than cluttering up the log with an empty entry. +@end table + +What if you subtracted those away minutes from the current clock, and +now want to apply them to a new clock? Simply clock in to any task +immediately after the subtraction. Org will notice that you have +subtracted time ``on the books'', so to speak, and will ask if you want +to apply those minutes to the next task you clock in on. + +There is one other instance when this clock resolution magic occurs. +Say you were clocked in and hacking away, and suddenly your cat chased +a mouse who scared a hamster that crashed into your UPS's power +button! You suddenly lose all your buffers, but thanks to auto-save +you still have your recent Org mode changes, including your last clock +in. + +If you restart Emacs and clock into any task, Org will notice that you +have a dangling clock which was never clocked out from your last +session. Using that clock's starting time as the beginning of the +unaccounted-for period, Org will ask how you want to resolve that +time. The logic and behavior is identical to dealing with away time +due to idleness; it is just happening due to a recovery event rather +than a set amount of idle time. + +You can also check all the files visited by your Org agenda for +dangling clocks at any time using @kbd{M-x org-resolve-clocks @key{RET}} (or @kbd{C-c C-x C-z}). + +@anchor{Continuous clocking} +@subsubheading Continuous clocking + +@cindex continuous clocking + +@vindex org-clock-continuously +You may want to start clocking from the time when you clocked out the +previous task. To enable this systematically, set +@code{org-clock-continuously} to non-@code{nil}. Each time you clock in, Org +retrieves the clock-out time of the last clocked entry for this +session, and start the new clock from there. + +If you only want this from time to time, use three universal prefix +arguments with @code{org-clock-in} and two @kbd{C-u C-u} with +@code{org-clock-in-last}. + +@node Effort Estimates +@section Effort Estimates + +@cindex effort estimates +@cindex @samp{EFFORT}, property +@vindex org-effort-property + +If you want to plan your work in a very detailed way, or if you need +to produce offers with quotations of the estimated work effort, you +may want to assign effort estimates to entries. If you are also +clocking your work, you may later want to compare the planned effort +with the actual working time, a great way to improve planning +estimates. Effort estimates are stored in a special property +@samp{EFFORT}. You can set the effort for an entry with the following +commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x e} (@code{org-set-effort}) +@kindex C-c C-x e +@findex org-set-effort +Set the effort estimate for the current entry. With a prefix +argument, set it to the next allowed value---see below. This +command is also accessible from the agenda with the @kbd{e} +key. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-e} (@code{org-clock-modify-effort-estimate}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-e +@findex org-clock-modify-effort-estimate +Modify the effort estimate of the item currently being clocked. +@end table + +Clearly the best way to work with effort estimates is through column +view (see @ref{Column View}). You should start by setting up discrete +values for effort estimates, and a @samp{COLUMNS} format that displays +these values together with clock sums---if you want to clock your +time. For a specific buffer you can use: + +@example +#+PROPERTY: Effort_ALL 0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 +#+COLUMNS: %40ITEM(Task) %17Effort(Estimated Effort)@{:@} %CLOCKSUM +@end example + +@noindent +@vindex org-global-properties +@vindex org-columns-default-format +or, even better, you can set up these values globally by customizing +the variables @code{org-global-properties} and +@code{org-columns-default-format}. In particular if you want to use this +setup also in the agenda, a global setup may be advised. + +The way to assign estimates to individual items is then to switch to +column mode, and to use @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} and @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} to +change the value. The values you enter are immediately summed up in +the hierarchy. In the column next to it, any clocked time is +displayed. + +@vindex org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum +If you switch to column view in the daily/weekly agenda, the effort +column summarizes the estimated work effort for each day@footnote{Please note the pitfalls of summing hierarchical data in +a flat list (see @ref{Agenda Column View}).}, and +you can use this to find space in your schedule. To get an overview +of the entire part of the day that is committed, you can set the +option @code{org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum}. The +appointments on a day that take place over a specified time interval +are then also added to the load estimate of the day. + +Effort estimates can be used in secondary agenda filtering that is +triggered with the @kbd{/} key in the agenda (see @ref{Agenda Commands}). If you have these estimates defined consistently, +two or three key presses narrow down the list to stuff that fits into +an available time slot. + +@node Timers +@section Taking Notes with a Relative Timer + +@cindex relative timer +@cindex countdown timer + +Org provides two types of timers. There is a relative timer that +counts up, which can be useful when taking notes during, for example, +a meeting or a video viewing. There is also a countdown timer. + +The relative and countdown are started with separate commands. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x 0} (@code{org-timer-start}) +@kindex C-c C-x 0 +@findex org-timer-start +Start or reset the relative timer. By default, the timer is set +to 0. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, prompt the user +for a starting offset. If there is a timer string at point, this +is taken as the default, providing a convenient way to restart +taking notes after a break in the process. When called with +a double prefix argument @kbd{C-u C-u}, change all timer +strings in the active region by a certain amount. This can be +used to fix timer strings if the timer was not started at exactly +the right moment. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x ;} (@code{org-timer-set-timer}) +@kindex C-c C-x ; +@findex org-timer-set-timer +@vindex org-timer-default-timer +Start a countdown timer. The user is prompted for a duration. +@code{org-timer-default-timer} sets the default countdown value. +Giving a numeric prefix argument overrides this default value. +This command is available as @kbd{;} in agenda buffers. +@end table + +Once started, relative and countdown timers are controlled with the +same commands. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x .} (@code{org-timer}) +@kindex C-c C-x . +@findex org-timer +Insert a relative time into the buffer. The first time you use +this, the timer starts. Using a prefix argument restarts it. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x -} (@code{org-timer-item}) +@kindex C-c C-x - +@findex org-timer-item +Insert a description list item with the current relative time. +With a prefix argument, first reset the timer to 0. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading}) +@kindex M-RET +@findex org-insert-heading +Once the timer list is started, you can also use +@kbd{M-@key{RET}} to insert new timer items. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x ,} (@code{org-timer-pause-or-continue}) +@kindex C-c C-x , +@findex org-timer-pause-or-continue +Pause the timer, or continue it if it is already paused. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x _} (@code{org-timer-stop}) +@kindex C-c C-x _ +@findex org-timer-stop +Stop the timer. After this, you can only start a new timer, not +continue the old one. This command also removes the timer from +the mode line. +@end table + +@node Capture Refile Archive +@chapter Capture, Refile, Archive + +@cindex capture + +An important part of any organization system is the ability to quickly +capture new ideas and tasks, and to associate reference material with +them. Org does this using a process called @emph{capture}. It also can +store files related to a task (@emph{attachments}) in a special directory. +Once in the system, tasks and projects need to be moved around. +Moving completed project trees to an archive file keeps the system +compact and fast. + +@menu +* Capture:: Capturing new stuff. +* Attachments:: Add files to tasks. +* RSS Feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds. +* Protocols:: External access to Emacs and Org. +* Refile and Copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another. +* Archiving:: What to do with finished products. +@end menu + +@node Capture +@section Capture + +@cindex capture + +Capture lets you quickly store notes with little interruption of your +work flow. Org's method for capturing new items is heavily inspired +by John Wiegley's excellent Remember package. + +@menu +* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored. +* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture. +* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types. +@end menu + +@node Setting up capture +@subsection Setting up capture + +The following customization sets a default target file for notes. + +@vindex org-default-notes-file +@lisp +(setq org-default-notes-file (concat org-directory "/notes.org")) +@end lisp + +You may also define a global key for capturing new material (see +@ref{Activation}). + +@node Using capture +@subsection Using capture + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-capture} (@code{org-capture}) +@findex org-capture +@cindex date tree +Display the capture templates menu. If you have templates +defined (see @ref{Capture templates}), it offers these templates for +selection or use a new Org outline node as the default template. +It inserts the template into the target file and switch to an +indirect buffer narrowed to this new node. You may then insert +the information you want. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-capture-finalize}) +@kindex C-c C-c @r{(Capture buffer)} +@findex org-capture-finalize +Once you have finished entering information into the capture +buffer, @kbd{C-c C-c} returns you to the window +configuration before the capture process, so that you can resume +your work without further distraction. When called with a prefix +argument, finalize and then jump to the captured item. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-capture-refile}) +@kindex C-c C-w @r{(Capture buffer)} +@findex org-capture-refile +Finalize the capture process by refiling the note to a different +place (see @ref{Refile and Copy}). Please realize that this is a +normal refiling command that will be executed---so point position +at the moment you run this command is important. If you have +inserted a tree with a parent and children, first move point back +to the parent. Any prefix argument given to this command is +passed on to the @code{org-refile} command. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{org-capture-kill}) +@kindex C-c C-k @r{(Capture buffer)} +@findex org-capture-kill +Abort the capture process and return to the previous state. +@end table + +@kindex k c @r{(Agenda)} +You can also call @code{org-capture} in a special way from the agenda, +using the @kbd{k c} key combination. With this access, any +timestamps inserted by the selected capture template defaults to the +date at point in the agenda, rather than to the current date. + +To find the locations of the last stored capture, use @code{org-capture} +with prefix commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-u M-x org-capture} +Visit the target location of a capture template. You get to +select the template in the usual way. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u M-x org-capture} +Visit the last stored capture item in its buffer. +@end table + +@vindex org-capture-bookmark +@vindex org-capture-last-stored +You can also jump to the bookmark @code{org-capture-last-stored}, which is +automatically created unless you set @code{org-capture-bookmark} to @code{nil}. + +To insert the capture at point in an Org buffer, call @code{org-capture} +with a @kbd{C-0} prefix argument. + +@node Capture templates +@subsection Capture templates + +@cindex templates, for Capture + +You can use templates for different types of capture items, and for +different target locations. The easiest way to create such templates +is through the customize interface. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C} +@kindex C @r{(Capture menu} +@vindex org-capture-templates +Customize the variable @code{org-capture-templates}. +@end table + +Before we give the formal description of template definitions, let's +look at an example. Say you would like to use one template to create +general TODO entries, and you want to put these entries under the +heading @samp{Tasks} in your file @samp{~/org/gtd.org}. Also, a date tree in +the file @samp{journal.org} should capture journal entries. A possible +configuration would look like: + +@lisp +(setq org-capture-templates + '(("t" "Todo" entry (file+headline "~/org/gtd.org" "Tasks") + "* TODO %?\n %i\n %a") + ("j" "Journal" entry (file+datetree "~/org/journal.org") + "* %?\nEntered on %U\n %i\n %a"))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +If you then press @kbd{t} from the capture menu, Org will prepare +the template for you like this: + +@example +* TODO + [[file:LINK TO WHERE YOU INITIATED CAPTURE]] +@end example + +@noindent +During expansion of the template, @samp{%a} has been replaced by a link to +the location from where you called the capture command. This can be +extremely useful for deriving tasks from emails, for example. You +fill in the task definition, press @kbd{C-c C-c} and Org returns +you to the same place where you started the capture process. + +To define special keys to capture to a particular template without +going through the interactive template selection, you can create your +key binding like this: + +@lisp +(define-key global-map "\C-cx" + (lambda () (interactive) (org-capture nil "x"))) +@end lisp + +@menu +* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry. +* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context. +* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context. +@end menu + +@node Template elements +@subsubsection Template elements + +Now lets look at the elements of a template definition. Each entry in +@code{org-capture-templates} is a list with the following items: + +@table @asis +@item keys +The keys that selects the template, as a string, characters only, +for example @samp{"a"}, for a template to be selected with a single +key, or @samp{"bt"} for selection with two keys. When using several +keys, keys using the same prefix key must be sequential in the +list and preceded by a 2-element entry explaining the prefix key, +for example: + +@lisp +("b" "Templates for marking stuff to buy") +@end lisp + +If you do not define a template for the @kbd{C} key, this +key opens the Customize buffer for this complex variable. + +@item description +A short string describing the template, shown during selection. + +@item type +The type of entry, a symbol. Valid values are: + +@table @asis +@item @code{entry} +An Org mode node, with a headline. Will be filed as the child +of the target entry or as a top-level entry. The target file +should be an Org file. + +@item @code{item} +A plain list item, placed in the first plain list at the +target location. Again the target file should be an Org +file. + +@item @code{checkitem} +A checkbox item. This only differs from the plain list item +by the default template. + +@item @code{table-line} +A new line in the first table at the target location. Where +exactly the line will be inserted depends on the properties +@code{:prepend} and @code{:table-line-pos} (see below). + +@item @code{plain} +Text to be inserted as it is. +@end table + +@item target +@vindex org-default-notes-file +@vindex org-directory +Specification of where the captured item should be placed. In +Org files, targets usually define a node. Entries will become +children of this node. Other types will be added to the table or +list in the body of this node. Most target specifications +contain a file name. If that file name is the empty string, it +defaults to @code{org-default-notes-file}. A file can also be given +as a variable or as a function called with no argument. When an +absolute path is not specified for a target, it is taken as +relative to @code{org-directory}. + +Valid values are: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{(file "path/to/file")} +Text will be placed at the beginning or end of that file. + +@item @samp{(id "id of existing org entry")} +Filing as child of this entry, or in the body of the entry. + +@item @samp{(file+headline "filename" "node headline")} +Fast configuration if the target heading is unique in the file. + +@item @samp{(file+olp "filename" "Level 1 heading" "Level 2" ...)} +For non-unique headings, the full path is safer. + +@item @samp{(file+regexp "filename" "regexp to find location")} +Use a regular expression to position point. + +@item @samp{(file+olp+datetree "filename" [ "Level 1 heading" ...])} +This target@footnote{Org used to offer four different targets for date/week tree +capture. Now, Org automatically translates these to use +@code{file+olp+datetree}, applying the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type} +properties. Please rewrite your date/week-tree targets using +@code{file+olp+datetree} since the older targets are now deprecated.} creates a heading in a date tree@footnote{A date tree is an outline structure with years on the highest +level, months or ISO weeks as sublevels and then dates on the lowest +level. Tags are allowed in the tree structure.} for +today's date. If the optional outline path is given, the tree +will be built under the node it is pointing to, instead of at +top level. Check out the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type} +properties below for additional options. + +@item @samp{(file+function "filename" function-finding-location)} +A function to find the right location in the file. + +@item @samp{(clock)} +File to the entry that is currently being clocked. + +@item @samp{(function function-finding-location)} +Most general way: write your own function which both visits the +file and moves point to the right location. +@end table + +@item template +The template for creating the capture item. If you leave this +empty, an appropriate default template will be used. Otherwise +this is a string with escape codes, which will be replaced +depending on time and context of the capture call. The string +with escapes may be loaded from a template file, using the +special syntax @samp{(file "template filename")}. See below for more +details. + +@item properties +The rest of the entry is a property list of additional options. +Recognized properties are: + +@table @asis +@item @code{:prepend} +Normally new captured information will be appended at the +target location (last child, last table line, last list item, +@dots{}). Setting this property changes that. + +@item @code{:immediate-finish} +When set, do not offer to edit the information, just file it +away immediately. This makes sense if the template only needs +information that can be added automatically. + +@item @code{:empty-lines} +Set this to the number of lines to insert before and after the +new item. Default 0, and the only other common value is 1. + +@item @code{:clock-in} +Start the clock in this item. + +@item @code{:clock-keep} +Keep the clock running when filing the captured entry. + +@item @code{:clock-resume} +If starting the capture interrupted a clock, restart that clock +when finished with the capture. Note that @code{:clock-keep} has +precedence over @code{:clock-resume}. When setting both to +non-@code{nil}, the current clock will run and the previous one will +not be resumed. + +@item @code{:time-prompt} +Prompt for a date/time to be used for date/week trees and when +filling the template. Without this property, capture uses the +current date and time. Even if this property has not been set, +you can force the same behavior by calling @code{org-capture} with +a @kbd{C-1} prefix argument. + +@item @code{:tree-type} +When @code{week}, make a week tree instead of the month tree, i.e., +place the headings for each day under a heading with the +current ISO week. + +@item @code{:unnarrowed} +Do not narrow the target buffer, simply show the full buffer. Default +is to narrow it so that you only see the new material. + +@item @code{:table-line-pos} +Specification of the location in the table where the new line +should be inserted. It should be a string like @samp{II-3} meaning +that the new line should become the third line before the +second horizontal separator line. + +@item @code{:kill-buffer} +If the target file was not yet visited when capture was invoked, kill +the buffer again after capture is completed. + +@item @code{:no-save} +Do not save the target file after finishing the capture. +@end table +@end table + +@node Template expansion +@subsubsection Template expansion + +In the template itself, special ``%-escapes''@footnote{If you need one of these sequences literally, escape the @samp{%} +with a backslash.} allow dynamic +insertion of content. The templates are expanded in the order given +here: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{%[FILE]} +Insert the contents of the file given by @var{FILE}. + +@item @samp{%(EXP)} +Evaluate Elisp expression @var{EXP} and replace it with the +result. The @var{EXP} form must return a string. Only +placeholders pre-existing within the template, or introduced with +@samp{%[file]}, are expanded this way. Since this happens after +expanding non-interactive ``%-escapes'', those can be used to fill +the expression. + +@item @samp{%<FORMAT>} +The result of format-time-string on the @var{FORMAT} +specification. + +@item @samp{%t} +Timestamp, date only. + +@item @samp{%T} +Timestamp, with date and time. + +@item @samp{%u}, @samp{%U} +Like @samp{%t}, @samp{%T} above, but inactive timestamps. + +@item @samp{%i} +Initial content, the region when capture is called while the +region is active. If there is text before @samp{%i} on the same line, +such as indentation, and @samp{%i} is not inside a @samp{%(exp)} form, that +prefix is added before every line in the inserted text. + +@item @samp{%a} +Annotation, normally the link created with @code{org-store-link}. + +@item @samp{%A} +Like @samp{%a}, but prompt for the description part. + +@item @samp{%l} +Like @samp{%a}, but only insert the literal link. + +@item @samp{%c} +Current kill ring head. + +@item @samp{%x} +Content of the X clipboard. + +@item @samp{%k} +Title of the currently clocked task. + +@item @samp{%K} +Link to the currently clocked task. + +@item @samp{%n} +User name (taken from @code{user-full-name}). + +@item @samp{%f} +File visited by current buffer when org-capture was called. + +@item @samp{%F} +Full path of the file or directory visited by current buffer. + +@item @samp{%:keyword} +Specific information for certain link types, see below. + +@item @samp{%^g} +Prompt for tags, with completion on tags in target file. + +@item @samp{%^G} +Prompt for tags, with completion all tags in all agenda files. + +@item @samp{%^t} +Like @samp{%t}, but prompt for date. Similarly @samp{%^T}, @samp{%^u}, @samp{%^U}. You may +define a prompt like @samp{%^@{Birthday@}t}. + +@item @samp{%^C} +Interactive selection of which kill or clip to use. + +@item @samp{%^L} +Like @samp{%^C}, but insert as link. + +@item @samp{%^@{PROP@}p} +Prompt the user for a value for property @var{PROP}. + +@item @samp{%^@{PROMPT@}} +Prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it. +You may specify a default value and a completion table with +@samp{%^@{prompt|default|completion2|completion3...@}}. The arrow keys +access a prompt-specific history. + +@item @samp{%\N} +Insert the text entered at the @var{N}th @samp{%^@{PROMPT@}}, where +@var{N} is a number, starting from 1. + +@item @samp{%?} +After completing the template, position point here. +@end table + +@vindex org-store-link-props +For specific link types, the following keywords are defined@footnote{If you define your own link types (see @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}), any property you store with @code{org-store-link-props} can be +accessed in capture templates in a similar way.}: + +@vindex org-from-is-user-regexp +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@headitem Link type +@tab Available keywords +@item bbdb +@tab @samp{%:name}, @samp{%:company} +@item irc +@tab @samp{%:server}, @samp{%:port}, @samp{%:nick} +@item mh, rmail +@tab @samp{%:type}, @samp{%:subject}, @samp{%:message-id} +@item +@tab @samp{%:from}, @samp{%:fromname}, @samp{%:fromaddress} +@item +@tab @samp{%:to}, @samp{%:toname}, @samp{%:toaddress} +@item +@tab @samp{%:date} (message date header field) +@item +@tab @samp{%:date-timestamp} (date as active timestamp) +@item +@tab @samp{%:date-timestamp-inactive} (date as inactive timestamp) +@item +@tab @samp{%:fromto} (either ``to NAME'' or ``from NAME'')@footnote{This is always the other, not the user. See the variable +@code{org-from-is-user-regexp}.} +@item gnus +@tab @samp{%:group}, for messages also all email fields +@item w3, w3m +@tab @samp{%:url} +@item info +@tab @samp{%:file}, @samp{%:node} +@item calendar +@tab @samp{%:date} +@item org-protocol +@tab @samp{%:link}, @samp{%:description}, @samp{%:annotation} +@end multitable + +@node Templates in contexts +@subsubsection Templates in contexts + +@vindex org-capture-templates-contexts +To control whether a capture template should be accessible from +a specific context, you can customize +@code{org-capture-templates-contexts}. Let's say, for example, that you +have a capture template ``p'' for storing Gnus emails containing +patches. Then you would configure this option like this: + +@lisp +(setq org-capture-templates-contexts + '(("p" (in-mode . "message-mode")))) +@end lisp + +You can also tell that the command key @kbd{p} should refer to +another template. In that case, add this command key like this: + +@lisp +(setq org-capture-templates-contexts + '(("p" "q" (in-mode . "message-mode")))) +@end lisp + +See the docstring of the variable for more information. + +@node Attachments +@section Attachments + +@cindex attachments +@vindex org-attach-directory + +It is often useful to associate reference material with an outline +node/task. Small chunks of plain text can simply be stored in the +subtree of a project. Hyperlinks (see @ref{Hyperlinks}) can establish +associations with files that live elsewhere on your computer or in the +cloud, like emails or source code files belonging to a project. +Another method is @emph{attachments}, which are files located in +a directory belonging to an outline node. Org uses directories named +by the unique ID of each entry. These directories are located in the +@samp{data/} directory which lives in the same directory where your Org +file lives@footnote{If you move entries or Org files from one directory to +another, you may want to configure @code{org-attach-directory} to contain +an absolute path.}. If you initialize this directory with @samp{git init}, +Org automatically commits changes when it sees them. The attachment +system has been contributed to Org by John Wiegley. + +In cases where it seems better to do so, you can attach a directory of +your choice to an entry. You can also make children inherit the +attachment directory from a parent, so that an entire subtree uses the +same attached directory. + +The following commands deal with attachments: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{org-attach}) +@kindex C-c C-a +@findex org-attach +The dispatcher for commands related to the attachment system. +After these keys, a list of commands is displayed and you must +press an additional key to select a command: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{a} (@code{org-attach-attach}) +@kindex C-c C-a a +@findex org-attach-attach +@vindex org-attach-method +Select a file and move it into the task's attachment +directory. The file is copied, moved, or linked, depending +on @code{org-attach-method}. Note that hard links are not +supported on all systems. + +@item @kbd{c}/@kbd{m}/@kbd{l} +@kindex C-c C-a c +@kindex C-c C-a m +@kindex C-c C-a l +Attach a file using the copy/move/link method. Note that +hard links are not supported on all systems. + +@item @kbd{n} (@code{org-attach-new}) +@kindex C-c C-a n +@findex org-attach-new +Create a new attachment as an Emacs buffer. + +@item @kbd{z} (@code{org-attach-sync}) +@kindex C-c C-a z +@findex org-attach-sync +Synchronize the current task with its attachment directory, in case +you added attachments yourself. + +@item @kbd{o} (@code{org-attach-open}) +@kindex C-c C-a o +@findex org-attach-open +@vindex org-file-apps +Open current task's attachment. If there is more than one, +prompt for a file name first. Opening follows the rules set +by @code{org-file-apps}. For more details, see the information +on following hyperlinks (see @ref{Handling Links}). + +@item @kbd{O} (@code{org-attach-open-in-emacs}) +@kindex C-c C-a O +@findex org-attach-open-in-emacs +Also open the attachment, but force opening the file in +Emacs. + +@item @kbd{f} (@code{org-attach-reveal}) +@kindex C-c C-a f +@findex org-attach-reveal +Open the current task's attachment directory. + +@item @kbd{F} (@code{org-attach-reveal-in-emacs}) +@kindex C-c C-a F +@findex org-attach-reveal-in-emacs +Also open the directory, but force using Dired in Emacs. + +@item @kbd{d} (@code{org-attach-delete-one}) +@kindex C-c C-a d +Select and delete a single attachment. + +@item @kbd{D} (@code{org-attach-delete-all}) +@kindex C-c C-a D +Delete all of a task's attachments. A safer way is to open +the directory in Dired and delete from there. + +@item @kbd{s} (@code{org-attach-set-directory}) +@kindex C-c C-a s +@cindex @samp{ATTACH_DIR}, property +Set a specific directory as the entry's attachment +directory. This works by putting the directory path into +the @samp{ATTACH_DIR} property. + +@item @kbd{i} (@code{org-attach-set-inherit}) +@kindex C-c C-a i +@cindex @samp{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT}, property +Set the @samp{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT} property, so that children use +the same directory for attachments as the parent does. +@end table +@end table + +@cindex attach from Dired +@findex org-attach-dired-to-subtree +It is possible to attach files to a subtree from a Dired buffer. To +use this feature, have one window in Dired mode containing the file(s) +to be attached and another window with point in the subtree that shall +get the attachments. In the Dired window, with point on a file, +@kbd{M-x org-attach-dired-to-subtree} attaches the file to the +subtree using the attachment method set by variable +@code{org-attach-method}. When files are marked in the Dired window then +all marked files get attached. + +Add the following lines to the Emacs init file to have @kbd{C-c C-x a} attach files in Dired buffers. + +@lisp +(add-hook 'dired-mode-hook + (lambda () + (define-key dired-mode-map + (kbd "C-c C-x a") + #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree)))) +@end lisp + +The following code shows how to bind the previous command with +a specific attachment method. + +@lisp +(add-hook 'dired-mode-hook + (lambda () + (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x c") + (lambda () + (interactive) + (let ((org-attach-method 'cp)) + (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree)))))) +@end lisp + +@node RSS Feeds +@section RSS Feeds + +@cindex RSS feeds +@cindex Atom feeds + +Org can add and change entries based on information found in RSS feeds +and Atom feeds. You could use this to make a task out of each new +podcast in a podcast feed. Or you could use a phone-based +note-creating service on the web to import tasks into Org. To access +feeds, configure the variable @code{org-feed-alist}. The docstring of this +variable has detailed information. With the following + +@lisp +(setq org-feed-alist + '(("Slashdot" + "http://rss.slashdot.org/Slashdot/slashdot" + "~/txt/org/feeds.org" "Slashdot Entries"))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +new items from the feed provided by @samp{rss.slashdot.org} result in new +entries in the file @samp{~/org/feeds.org} under the heading @samp{Slashdot +Entries}, whenever the following command is used: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x g} (@code{org-feed-update-all}) +@kindex C-c C-x g +Collect items from the feeds configured in @code{org-feed-alist} and +act upon them. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x G} (@code{org-feed-goto-inbox}) +@kindex C-c C-x G +Prompt for a feed name and go to the inbox configured for this feed. +@end table + +Under the same headline, Org creates a drawer @samp{FEEDSTATUS} in which it +stores information about the status of items in the feed, to avoid +adding the same item several times. + +For more information, including how to read atom feeds, see +@samp{org-feed.el} and the docstring of @code{org-feed-alist}. + +@node Protocols +@section Protocols for External Access + +@cindex protocols, for external access + +Org protocol is a means to trigger custom actions in Emacs from +external applications. Any application that supports calling external +programs with an URL as argument may be used with this functionality. +For example, you can configure bookmarks in your web browser to send +a link to the current page to Org and create a note from it using +capture (see @ref{Capture}). You can also create a bookmark that tells +Emacs to open the local source file of a remote website you are +browsing. + +@cindex Org protocol, set-up +@cindex Installing Org protocol +In order to use Org protocol from an application, you need to register +@samp{org-protocol://} as a valid scheme-handler. External calls are +passed to Emacs through the @samp{emacsclient} command, so you also need to +ensure an Emacs server is running. More precisely, when the +application calls + +@example +emacsclient org-protocol://PROTOCOL?key1=val1&key2=val2 +@end example + + +@noindent +Emacs calls the handler associated to @var{PROTOCOL} with +argument @samp{(:key1 val1 :key2 val2)}. + +@cindex protocol, new protocol +@cindex defining new protocols +Org protocol comes with three predefined protocols, detailed in the +following sections. Configure @code{org-protocol-protocol-alist} to define +your own. + +@menu +* @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring. +* @code{capture} protocol:: Fill a buffer with external information. +* @code{open-source} protocol:: Edit published contents. +@end menu + +@node @code{store-link} protocol +@subsection @code{store-link} protocol + +@cindex store-link protocol +@cindex protocol, store-link + +Using @code{store-link} handler, you can copy links, insertable through +@kbd{M-x org-insert-link} or yanking thereafter. More precisely, +the command + +@example +emacsclient org-protocol://store-link?url=URL&title=TITLE +@end example + + +@noindent +stores the following link: + +@example +[[URL][TITLE]] +@end example + + +In addition, @var{URL} is pushed on the kill-ring for yanking. +You need to encode @var{URL} and @var{TITLE} if they contain +slashes, and probably quote those for the shell. + +To use this feature from a browser, add a bookmark with an arbitrary +name, e.g., @samp{Org: store-link} and enter this as @emph{Location}: + +@example +javascript:location.href='org-protocol://store-link?url='+ + encodeURIComponent(location.href); +@end example + +@node @code{capture} protocol +@subsection @code{capture} protocol + +@cindex capture protocol +@cindex protocol, capture + +Activating ``capture'' handler pops up a @samp{Capture} buffer and fills the +capture template associated to the @samp{X} key with them. + +@example +emacsclient org-protocol://capture?template=X?url=URL?title=TITLE?body=BODY +@end example + + +To use this feature, add a bookmark with an arbitrary name, e.g., +@samp{Org: capture}, and enter this as @samp{Location}: + +@example +javascript:location.href='org-protocol://capture?template=x'+ + '&url='+encodeURIComponent(window.location.href)+ + '&title='+encodeURIComponent(document.title)+ + '&body='+encodeURIComponent(window.getSelection()); +@end example + +@vindex org-protocol-default-template-key +The result depends on the capture template used, which is set in the +bookmark itself, as in the example above, or in +@code{org-protocol-default-template-key}. + +The following template placeholders are available: + +@example +%:link The URL +%:description The webpage title +%:annotation Equivalent to [[%:link][%:description]] +%i The selected text +@end example + +@node @code{open-source} protocol +@subsection @code{open-source} protocol + +@cindex open-source protocol +@cindex protocol, open-source + +The @code{open-source} handler is designed to help with editing local +sources when reading a document. To that effect, you can use +a bookmark with the following location: + +@example +javascript:location.href='org-protocol://open-source?&url='+ + encodeURIComponent(location.href) +@end example + +@vindex org-protocol-project-alist +The variable @code{org-protocol-project-alist} maps URLs to local file +names, by stripping URL parameters from the end and replacing the +@code{:base-url} with @code{:working-directory} and @code{:online-suffix} with +@code{:working-suffix}. For example, assuming you own a local copy of +@samp{https://orgmode.org/worg/} contents at @samp{/home/user/worg}, you can set +@code{org-protocol-project-alist} to the following + +@lisp +(setq org-protocol-project-alist + '(("Worg" + :base-url "https://orgmode.org/worg/" + :working-directory "/home/user/worg/" + :online-suffix ".html" + :working-suffix ".org"))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +If you are now browsing +@samp{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/org-protocol.html} and find +a typo or have an idea about how to enhance the documentation, simply +click the bookmark and start editing. + +@cindex rewritten URL in open-source protocol +@cindex protocol, open-source rewritten URL +However, such mapping may not yield the desired results. Suppose you +maintain an online store located at @samp{http://example.com/}. The local +sources reside in @samp{/home/user/example/}. It is common practice to +serve all products in such a store through one file and rewrite URLs +that do not match an existing file on the server. That way, a request +to @samp{http://example.com/print/posters.html} might be rewritten on the +server to something like +@samp{http://example.com/shop/products.php/posters.html.php}. The +@code{open-source} handler probably cannot find a file named +@samp{/home/user/example/print/posters.html.php} and fails. + +Such an entry in @code{org-protocol-project-alist} may hold an additional +property @code{:rewrites}. This property is a list of cons cells, each of +which maps a regular expression to a path relative to the +@code{:working-directory}. + +Now map the URL to the path @samp{/home/user/example/products.php} by +adding @code{:rewrites} rules like this: + +@lisp +(setq org-protocol-project-alist + '(("example.com" + :base-url "http://example.com/" + :working-directory "/home/user/example/" + :online-suffix ".php" + :working-suffix ".php" + :rewrites (("example.com/print/" . "products.php") + ("example.com/$" . "index.php"))))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +Since @samp{example.com/$} is used as a regular expression, it maps +@samp{http://example.com/}, @samp{https://example.com}, +@samp{http://www.example.com/} and similar to +@samp{/home/user/example/index.php}. + +The @code{:rewrites} rules are searched as a last resort if and only if no +existing file name is matched. + +@cindex protocol, open-source, set-up mapping +@cindex mappings in open-source protocol +@findex org-protocol-create +@findex org-protocol-create-for-org +Two functions can help you filling @code{org-protocol-project-alist} with +valid contents: @code{org-protocol-create} and +@code{org-protocol-create-for-org}. The latter is of use if you're editing +an Org file that is part of a publishing project. + +@node Refile and Copy +@section Refile and Copy + +@cindex refiling notes +@cindex copying notes + +When reviewing the captured data, you may want to refile or to copy +some of the entries into a different list, for example into a project. +Cutting, finding the right location, and then pasting the note is +cumbersome. To simplify this process, you can use the following +special command: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c M-w} (@code{org-copy}) +@kindex C-c M-w +@findex org-copy +Copying works like refiling, except that the original note is not +deleted. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile}) +@kindex C-c C-w +@findex org-refile +@vindex org-reverse-note-order +@vindex org-refile-targets +@vindex org-refile-use-outline-path +@vindex org-outline-path-complete-in-steps +@vindex org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes +@vindex org-log-refile +Refile the entry or region at point. This command offers +possible locations for refiling the entry and lets you select one +with completion. The item (or all items in the region) is filed +below the target heading as a subitem. Depending on +@code{org-reverse-note-order}, it is either the first or last subitem. + +By default, all level 1 headlines in the current buffer are +considered to be targets, but you can have more complex +definitions across a number of files. See the variable +@code{org-refile-targets} for details. If you would like to select +a location via a file-path-like completion along the outline +path, see the variables @code{org-refile-use-outline-path} and +@code{org-outline-path-complete-in-steps}. If you would like to be +able to create new nodes as new parents for refiling on the fly, +check the variable @code{org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes}. +When the variable @code{org-log-refile}@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logrefile}, +@samp{lognoterefile}, and @samp{nologrefile}.} is set, a timestamp or +a note is recorded whenever an entry is refiled. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-w} +@kindex C-u C-c C-w +Use the refile interface to jump to a heading. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile-goto-last-stored}) +@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-w +@findex org-refile-goto-last-stored +Jump to the location where @code{org-refile} last moved a tree to. + +@item @kbd{C-2 C-c C-w} +@kindex C-2 C-c C-w +Refile as the child of the item currently being clocked. + +@item @kbd{C-3 C-c C-w} +@kindex C-3 C-c C-w +@vindex org-refile-keep +Refile and keep the entry in place. Also see @code{org-refile-keep} +to make this the default behavior, and beware that this may +result in duplicated @samp{ID} properties. + +@item @kbd{C-0 C-c C-w} or @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile-cache-clear}) +@kindex C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w +@kindex C-0 C-c C-w +@findex org-refile-cache-clear +@vindex org-refile-use-cache +Clear the target cache. Caching of refile targets can be turned +on by setting @code{org-refile-use-cache}. To make the command see +new possible targets, you have to clear the cache with this +command. +@end table + +@node Archiving +@section Archiving + +@cindex archiving + +When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want to +move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the +agenda. Archiving is important to keep your working files compact and +global searches like the construction of agenda views fast. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-a} (@code{org-archive-subtree-default}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-a +@findex org-archive-subtree-default +@vindex org-archive-default-command +Archive the current entry using the command specified in the +variable @code{org-archive-default-command}. +@end table + +@menu +* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file. +* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file. +@end menu + +@node Moving subtrees +@subsection Moving a tree to an archive file + +@cindex external archiving + +The most common archiving action is to move a project tree to another +file, the archive file. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-s} or short @kbd{C-c $} (@code{org-archive-subtree}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-s +@kindex C-c $ +@findex org-archive-subtree +@vindex org-archive-location +Archive the subtree starting at point position to the location +given by @code{org-archive-location}. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-s} +@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-s +Check if any direct children of the current headline could be +moved to the archive. To do this, check each subtree for open +TODO entries. If none is found, the command offers to move it to +the archive location. If point is @emph{not} on a headline when this +command is invoked, check level 1 trees. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s} +@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s +As above, but check subtree for timestamps instead of TODO +entries. The command offers to archive the subtree if it @emph{does} +contain a timestamp, and that timestamp is in the past. +@end table + +@cindex archive locations +The default archive location is a file in the same directory as the +current file, with the name derived by appending @samp{_archive} to the +current file name. You can also choose what heading to file archived +items under, with the possibility to add them to a datetree in a file. +For information and examples on how to specify the file and the +heading, see the documentation string of the variable +@code{org-archive-location}. + +There is also an in-buffer option for setting this variable, for +example: + +@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, keyword +@example +#+ARCHIVE: %s_done:: +@end example + + +@cindex ARCHIVE, property +If you would like to have a special archive location for a single +entry or a (sub)tree, give the entry an @samp{ARCHIVE} property with the +location as the value (see @ref{Properties and Columns}). + +@vindex org-archive-save-context-info +When a subtree is moved, it receives a number of special properties +that record context information like the file from where the entry +came, its outline path the archiving time etc. Configure the variable +@code{org-archive-save-context-info} to adjust the amount of information +added. + +@node Internal archiving +@subsection Internal archiving + +@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, tag +If you want to just switch off---for agenda views---certain subtrees +without moving them to a different file, you can use the @samp{ARCHIVE} +tag. + +A headline that is marked with the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag (see @ref{Tags}) stays at +its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way: + +@itemize +@item +@vindex org-cycle-open-archived-trees +It does not open when you attempt to do so with a visibility cycling +command (see @ref{Visibility Cycling}). You can force cycling archived +subtrees with @kbd{C-@key{TAB}}, or by setting the option +@code{org-cycle-open-archived-trees}. Also normal outline commands, like +@code{outline-show-all}, open archived subtrees. + +@item +@vindex org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees +During sparse tree construction (see @ref{Sparse Trees}), matches in +archived subtrees are not exposed, unless you configure the option +@code{org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees}. + +@item +@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees +During agenda view construction (see @ref{Agenda Views}), the content of +archived trees is ignored unless you configure the option +@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees}, in which case these trees are +always included. In the agenda you can press @kbd{v a} to get +archives temporarily included. + +@item +@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees +Archived trees are not exported (see @ref{Exporting}), only the headline +is. Configure the details using the variable +@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}. + +@item +@vindex org-columns-skip-archived-trees +Archived trees are excluded from column view unless the variable +@code{org-columns-skip-archived-trees} is configured to @code{nil}. +@end itemize + +The following commands help manage the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x a} (@code{org-toggle-archive-tag}) +@kindex C-c C-x a +@findex org-toggle-archive-tag +Toggle the archive tag for the current headline. When the tag is +set, the headline changes to a shadowed face, and the subtree +below it is hidden. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x a} +@kindex C-u C-c C-x a +Check if any direct children of the current headline should be +archived. To do this, check each subtree for open TODO entries. +If none is found, the command offers to set the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag for +the child. If point is @emph{not} on a headline when this command is +invoked, check the level 1 trees. + +@item @kbd{C-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-force-cycle-archived}) +@kindex C-TAB +Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with @samp{ARCHIVE}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x A} (@code{org-archive-to-archive-sibling}) +@kindex C-c C-x A +@findex org-archive-to-archive-sibling +Move the current entry to the @emph{Archive Sibling}. This is +a sibling of the entry with the heading @samp{Archive} and the archive +tag. The entry becomes a child of that sibling and in this way +retains a lot of its original context, including inherited tags +and approximate position in the outline. +@end table + +@node Agenda Views +@chapter Agenda Views + +@cindex agenda views + +Due to the way Org works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and tagged +headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of +files. To get an overview of open action items, or of events that are +important for a particular date, this information must be collected, +sorted and displayed in an organized way. + +Org can select items based on various criteria and display them in +a separate buffer. Seven different view types are provided: + +@itemize +@item +an @emph{agenda} that is like a calendar and shows information for +specific dates, + +@item +a @emph{TODO list} that covers all unfinished action items, + +@item +a @emph{match view}, showings headlines based on the tags, properties, +and TODO state associated with them, + +@item +a @emph{text search view} that shows all entries from multiple files that +contain specified keywords, + +@item +a @emph{stuck projects view} showing projects that currently do not move +along, and + +@item +@emph{custom views} that are special searches and combinations of +different views. +@end itemize + +The extracted information is displayed in a special @emph{agenda buffer}. +This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the +corresponding locations in the original Org files, and even to edit +these files remotely. + +@vindex org-agenda-skip-comment-trees +@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees +@cindex commented entries, in agenda views +@cindex archived entries, in agenda views +By default, the report ignores commented (see @ref{Comment Lines}) and +archived (see @ref{Internal archiving}) entries. You can override this by +setting @code{org-agenda-skip-comment-trees} and +@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees} to @code{nil}. + +@vindex org-agenda-window-setup +@vindex org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit +Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether +the window configuration is restored when the agenda exits: +@code{org-agenda-window-setup} and @code{org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit}. + +@menu +* Agenda Files:: Files being searched for agenda information. +* Agenda Dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views. +* Built-in Agenda Views:: What is available out of the box? +* Presentation and Sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display. +* Agenda Commands:: Remote editing of Org trees. +* Custom Agenda Views:: Defining special searches and views. +* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing a view to a file. +* Agenda Column View:: Using column view for collected entries. +@end menu + +@node Agenda Files +@section Agenda Files + +@cindex agenda files +@cindex files for agenda + +@vindex org-agenda-files +The information to be shown is normally collected from all @emph{agenda +files}, the files listed in the variable @code{org-agenda-files}@footnote{If the value of that variable is not a list, but a single file +name, then the list of agenda files in maintained in that external +file.}. +If a directory is part of this list, all files with the extension +@samp{.org} in this directory are part of the list. + +Thus, even if you only work with a single Org file, that file should +be put into the list@footnote{When using the dispatcher, pressing @kbd{<} before +selecting a command actually limits the command to the current file, +and ignores @code{org-agenda-files} until the next dispatcher command.}. You can customize @code{org-agenda-files}, +but the easiest way to maintain it is through the following commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c [} (@code{org-agenda-file-to-front}) +@kindex C-c [ +@findex org-agenda-file-to-front +@cindex files, adding to agenda list +Add current file to the list of agenda files. The file is added +to the front of the list. If it was already in the list, it is +moved to the front. With a prefix argument, file is added/moved +to the end. + +@item @kbd{C-c ]} (@code{org-remove-file}) +@kindex C-c ] +@findex org-remove-file +Remove current file from the list of agenda files. + +@item @kbd{C-'} +@itemx @kbd{C-,} (@code{org-cycle-agenda-files}) +@kindex C-' +@kindex C-, +@findex org-cycle-agenda-files +@cindex cycling, of agenda files +Cycle through agenda file list, visiting one file after the other. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-switchb} +@findex org-switchb +Command to use an iswitchb-like interface to switch to and +between Org buffers. +@end table + +@noindent +The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used to +visit any of them. + +If you would like to focus the agenda temporarily on a file not in +this list, or on just one file in the list, or even on only a subtree +in a file, then this can be done in different ways. For a single +agenda command, you may press @kbd{<} once or several times in +the dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). To restrict the agenda +scope for an extended period, use the following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x <} (@code{org-agenda-set-restriction-lock}) +@kindex C-c C-x < +@findex org-agenda-set-restriction-lock +Restrict the agenda to the current subtree. If there already is +a restriction at point, remove it. When called with a universal +prefix argument or with point before the first headline in +a file, set the agenda scope to the entire file. This +restriction remains in effect until removed with @kbd{C-c C-x >}, or by typing either @kbd{<} or @kbd{>} in the +agenda dispatcher. If there is a window displaying an agenda +view, the new restriction takes effect immediately. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x >} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}) +@kindex C-c C-x > +@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock +Remove the restriction created by @kbd{C-c C-x <}. +@end table + +When working with Speedbar, you can use the following commands in the +Speedbar frame: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction}) +@findex org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction +Restrict the agenda to the item---either an Org file or a subtree +in such a file---at point in the Speedbar frame. If agenda is +already restricted there, remove the restriction. If there is +a window displaying an agenda view, the new restriction takes +effect immediately. + +@item @kbd{>} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}) +@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock +Remove the restriction. +@end table + +@node Agenda Dispatcher +@section The Agenda Dispatcher + +@cindex agenda dispatcher +@cindex dispatching agenda commands + +The views are created through a dispatcher, accessible with @kbd{M-x org-agenda}, or, better, bound to a global key (see @ref{Activation}). +It displays a menu from which an additional letter is required to +execute a command. The dispatcher offers the following default +commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{a} +Create the calendar-like agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}). + +@item @kbd{t} or @kbd{T} +Create a list of all TODO items (see @ref{Global TODO list}). + +@item @kbd{m} or @kbd{M} +Create a list of headlines matching a given expression (see +@ref{Matching tags and properties}). + +@item @kbd{s} +@kindex s @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +Create a list of entries selected by a boolean expression of +keywords and/or regular expressions that must or must not occur +in the entry. + +@item @kbd{/} +@kindex / @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files +Search for a regular expression in all agenda files and +additionally in the files listed in +@code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}. This uses the Emacs +command @code{multi-occur}. A prefix argument can be used to specify +the number of context lines for each match, default is +@enumerate +@item +@end enumerate + +@item @kbd{#} or @kbd{!} +Create a list of stuck projects (see @ref{Stuck projects}). + +@item @kbd{<} +@kindex < @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer@footnote{For backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{1} to +restrict to the current buffer.}. After +pressing @kbd{<}, you still need to press the character +selecting the command. + +@item @kbd{< <} +@kindex < < @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda +command to the region. Otherwise, restrict it to the current +subtree@footnote{For backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{0} to +restrict to the current region/subtree.}. After pressing @kbd{< <}, you still need to +press the character selecting the command. + +@item @kbd{*} +@kindex * @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@vindex org-agenda-sticky +@findex org-toggle-sticky-agenda +Toggle sticky agenda views. By default, Org maintains only +a single agenda buffer and rebuilds it each time you change the +view, to make sure everything is always up to date. If you +switch between views often and the build time bothers you, you +can turn on sticky agenda buffers (make this the default by +customizing the variable @code{org-agenda-sticky}). With sticky +agendas, the dispatcher only switches to the selected view, you +need to update it by hand with @kbd{r} or @kbd{g}. You +can toggle sticky agenda view any time with +@code{org-toggle-sticky-agenda}. +@end table + +You can also define custom commands that are accessible through the +dispatcher, just like the default commands. This includes the +possibility to create extended agenda buffers that contain several +blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list +and a number of special tags matches. See @ref{Custom Agenda Views}. + +@node Built-in Agenda Views +@section The Built-in Agenda Views + +In this section we describe the built-in views. + +@menu +* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks. +* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items. +* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search. +* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text. +* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review. +@end menu + +@node Weekly/daily agenda +@subsection Weekly/daily agenda + +@cindex agenda +@cindex weekly agenda +@cindex daily agenda + +The purpose of the weekly/daily @emph{agenda} is to act like a page of +a paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda a} (@code{org-agenda-list}) +@kindex a @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-agenda-list +@cindex org-agenda, command +Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of Org files. +The agenda shows the entries for each day. With a numeric prefix +argument@footnote{For backward compatibility, the universal prefix argument +@kbd{C-u} causes all TODO entries to be listed before the agenda. +This feature is deprecated, use the dedicated TODO list, or a block +agenda instead (see @ref{Block agenda}).}---like @kbd{C-u 2 1 M-x org-agenda a}---you +may set the number of days to be displayed. +@end table + +@vindex org-agenda-span +@vindex org-agenda-start-day +@vindex org-agenda-start-on-weekday +The default number of days displayed in the agenda is set by the +variable @code{org-agenda-span}. This variable can be set to any number of +days you want to see by default in the agenda, or to a span name, such +a @code{day}, @code{week}, @code{month} or @code{year}. For weekly agendas, the default +is to start on the previous Monday (see +@code{org-agenda-start-on-weekday}). You can also set the start date using +a date shift: @samp{(setq org-agenda-start-day "+10d")} starts the agenda +ten days from today in the future. + +Remote editing from the agenda buffer means, for example, that you can +change the dates of deadlines and appointments from the agenda buffer. +The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in @ref{Agenda Commands}. + +@anchor{Calendar/Diary integration} +@subsubheading Calendar/Diary integration + +@cindex calendar integration +@cindex diary integration + +Emacs contains the calendar and diary by Edward@tie{}M@.@tie{}Reingold. The +calendar displays a three-month calendar with holidays from different +countries and cultures. The diary allows you to keep track of +anniversaries, lunar phases, sunrise/set, recurrent appointments +(weekly, monthly) and more. In this way, it is quite complementary to +Org. It can be very useful to combine output from Org with the diary. + +In order to include entries from the Emacs diary into Org mode's +agenda, you only need to customize the variable + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-include-diary t) +@end lisp + +@noindent +After that, everything happens automatically. All diary entries +including holidays, anniversaries, etc., are included in the agenda +buffer created by Org mode. @kbd{@key{SPC}}, @kbd{@key{TAB}}, and +@kbd{@key{RET}} can be used from the agenda buffer to jump to the diary +file in order to edit existing diary entries. The @kbd{i} +command to insert new entries for the current date works in the agenda +buffer, as well as the commands @kbd{S}, @kbd{M}, and +@kbd{C} to display Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to +convert to other calendars, respectively. @kbd{c} can be used to +switch back and forth between calendar and agenda. + +If you are using the diary only for S-exp entries and holidays, it is +faster to not use the above setting, but instead to copy or even move +the entries into an Org file. Org mode evaluates diary-style sexp +entries, and does it faster because there is no overhead for first +creating the diary display. Note that the sexp entries must start at +the left margin, no whitespace is allowed before them, as seen in the +following segment of an Org file:@footnote{The variable @code{org-anniversary} used in the example is just +like @code{diary-anniversary}, but the argument order is always according +to ISO and therefore independent of the value of +@code{calendar-date-style}.} + +@example +* Holidays + :PROPERTIES: + :CATEGORY: Holiday + :END: +%%(org-calendar-holiday) ; special function for holiday names + +* Birthdays + :PROPERTIES: + :CATEGORY: Ann + :END: +%%(org-anniversary 1956 5 14) Arthur Dent is %d years old +%%(org-anniversary 1869 10 2) Mahatma Gandhi would be %d years old +@end example + +@anchor{Anniversaries from BBDB} +@subsubheading Anniversaries from BBDB + +@cindex BBDB, anniversaries +@cindex anniversaries, from BBDB + +@findex org-bbdb-anniversaries +If you are using the Insidious Big Brother Database to store your +contacts, you very likely prefer to store anniversaries in BBDB rather +than in a separate Org or diary file. Org supports this and can show +BBDB anniversaries as part of the agenda. All you need to do is to +add the following to one of your agenda files: + +@example +* Anniversaries + :PROPERTIES: + :CATEGORY: Anniv + :END: +%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries) +@end example + +You can then go ahead and define anniversaries for a BBDB record. +Basically, you need a field named @samp{anniversary} for the BBDB record +which contains the date in the format @samp{YYYY-MM-DD} or @samp{MM-DD}, +followed by a space and the class of the anniversary (@samp{birthday}, +@samp{wedding}, or a format string). If you omit the class, it defaults to +@samp{birthday}. Here are a few examples, the header for the file +@samp{org-bbdb.el} contains more detailed information. + +@example +1973-06-22 +06-22 +1955-08-02 wedding +2008-04-14 %s released version 6.01 of Org mode, %d years ago +@end example + +After a change to BBDB, or for the first agenda display during an +Emacs session, the agenda display suffers a short delay as Org updates +its hash with anniversaries. However, from then on things will be +very fast, much faster in fact than a long list of +@samp{%%(diary-anniversary)} entries in an Org or Diary file. + +@findex org-bbdb-anniversaries-future +If you would like to see upcoming anniversaries with a bit of +forewarning, you can use the following instead: + +@example +* Anniversaries + :PROPERTIES: + :CATEGORY: Anniv + :END: +%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries-future 3) +@end example + +That will give you three days' warning: on the anniversary date itself +and the two days prior. The argument is optional: if omitted, it +defaults to 7. + +@anchor{Appointment reminders} +@subsubheading Appointment reminders + +@cindex @file{appt.el} +@cindex appointment reminders +@cindex appointment +@cindex reminders + +@cindex APPT_WARNTIME, keyword +Org can interact with Emacs appointments notification facility. To +add the appointments of your agenda files, use the command +@code{org-agenda-to-appt}. This command lets you filter through the list +of your appointments and add only those belonging to a specific +category or matching a regular expression. It also reads +a @samp{APPT_WARNTIME} property which overrides the value of +@code{appt-message-warning-time} for this appointment. See the docstring +for details. + +@node Global TODO list +@subsection The global TODO list + +@cindex global TODO list +@cindex TODO list, global + +The global TODO list contains all unfinished TODO items formatted and +collected into a single place. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda t} (@code{org-todo-list}) +@kindex t @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-todo-list +Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all +agenda files (see @ref{Agenda Views}) into a single buffer. By +default, this lists items with a state the is not a DONE state. +The buffer is in @code{agenda-mode}, so there are commands to examine +and manipulate the TODO entries directly from that buffer (see +@ref{Agenda Commands}). + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda T} (@code{org-todo-list}) +@kindex T @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-todo-list +@cindex TODO keyword matching +@vindex org-todo-keywords +Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword. +You can also do this by specifying a prefix argument to +@kbd{t}. You are prompted for a keyword, and you may also +specify several keywords by separating them with @samp{|} as the +boolean OR operator. With a numeric prefix, the Nth keyword in +@code{org-todo-keywords} is selected. + +@kindex r +The @kbd{r} key in the agenda buffer regenerates it, and you +can give a prefix argument to this command to change the selected +TODO keyword, for example @kbd{3 r}. If you often need +a search for a specific keyword, define a custom command for it +(see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). + +Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of +a tags search (see @ref{Tag Searches}). +@end table + +Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of +a TODO entry with a single key press. The commands available in the +TODO list are described in @ref{Agenda Commands}. + +@cindex sublevels, inclusion into TODO list +Normally the global TODO list simply shows all headlines with TODO +keywords. This list can become very long. There are two ways to keep +it more compact: + +@itemize +@item +@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled +@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines +@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp +@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date +Some people view a TODO item that has been @emph{scheduled} for execution +or have a @emph{deadline} (see @ref{Timestamps}) as +no longer @emph{open}. Configure the variables +@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled}, +@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines}, +@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp} and/or +@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date} to exclude such items from the +global TODO list. + +@item +@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels +TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks. +In such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO +headline and omit the sublevels from the global list. Configure the +variable @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels} to get this behavior. +@end itemize + +@node Matching tags and properties +@subsection Matching tags and properties + +@cindex matching, of tags +@cindex matching, of properties +@cindex tags view +@cindex match view + +If headlines in the agenda files are marked with @emph{tags} (see @ref{Tags}), +or have properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}), you can select +headlines based on this metadata and collect them into an agenda +buffer. The match syntax described here also applies when creating +sparse trees with @kbd{C-c / m}. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m} (@code{org-tags-view}) +@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-tags-view +Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags. +The command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean +logic expression with tags, like @samp{+work+urgent-withboss} or +@samp{work|home} (see @ref{Tags}). If you often need a specific search, +define a custom command for it (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view}) +@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-tags-view +@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels +@vindex org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options +Like @kbd{m}, but only select headlines that are also TODO +items and force checking subitems (see the variable +@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). To exclude scheduled/deadline +items, see the variable +@code{org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options}. Matching specific +TODO keywords together with a tags match is also possible, see +@ref{Tag Searches}. +@end table + +The commands available in the tags list are described in @ref{Agenda Commands}. + +@cindex boolean logic, for agenda searches +A search string can use Boolean operators @samp{&} for AND and @samp{|} for OR@. +@samp{&} binds more strongly than @samp{|}. Parentheses are currently not +implemented. Each element in the search is either a tag, a regular +expression matching tags, or an expression like @samp{PROPERTY OPERATOR +VALUE} with a comparison operator, accessing a property value. Each +element may be preceded by @samp{-} to select against it, and @samp{+} is +syntactic sugar for positive selection. The AND operator @samp{&} is +optional when @samp{+} or @samp{-} is present. Here are some examples, using +only tags. + +@table @asis +@item @code{+work-boss} +Select headlines tagged @samp{work}, but discard those also tagged +@samp{boss}. + +@item @code{work|laptop} +Selects lines tagged @samp{work} or @samp{laptop}. + +@item @code{work|laptop+night} +Like before, but require the @samp{laptop} lines to be tagged +also @samp{night}. +@end table + +@cindex regular expressions, with tags search +Instead of a tag, you may also specify a regular expression enclosed +in curly braces. For example, @samp{work+@{^boss.*@}} matches headlines that +contain the tag @samp{:work:} and any tag @emph{starting} with @samp{boss}. + +@cindex group tags, as regular expressions +Group tags (see @ref{Tag Hierarchy}) are expanded as regular expressions. +E.g., if @samp{work} is a group tag for the group @samp{:work:lab:conf:}, then +searching for @samp{work} also searches for @samp{@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}} and +searching for @samp{-work} searches for all headlines but those with one of +the tags in the group (i.e., @samp{-@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}). + +@cindex TODO keyword matching, with tags search +@cindex level, for tags/property match +@cindex category, for tags/property match +@vindex org-odd-levels-only +You may also test for properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) at the +same time as matching tags. The properties may be real properties, or +special properties that represent other metadata (see @ref{Special Properties}). For example, the property @samp{TODO} represents the TODO +keyword of the entry. Or, the property @samp{LEVEL} represents the level +of an entry. So searching @samp{+LEVEL=3+boss-TODO="DONE"} lists all level +three headlines that have the tag @samp{boss} and are @emph{not} marked with the +TODO keyword @samp{DONE}. In buffers with @code{org-odd-levels-only} set, +@samp{LEVEL} does not count the number of stars, but @samp{LEVEL=2} corresponds +to 3 stars etc. + +Here are more examples: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{work+TODO="WAITING"} +Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO keyword +@samp{WAITING}. + +@item @samp{work+TODO="WAITING"|home+TODO="WAITING"} +Waiting tasks both at work and at home. +@end table + +When matching properties, a number of different operators can be used +to test the value of a property. Here is a complex example: + +@example ++work-boss+PRIORITY="A"+Coffee="unlimited"+Effort<2 + +With=@{Sarah|Denny@}+SCHEDULED>="<2008-10-11>" +@end example + +@noindent +The type of comparison depends on how the comparison value is written: + +@itemize +@item +If the comparison value is a plain number, a numerical comparison is +done, and the allowed operators are @samp{<}, @samp{=}, @samp{>}, @samp{<=}, @samp{>=}, and +@samp{<>}. + +@item +If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes, a string +comparison is done, and the same operators are allowed. + +@item +If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes @emph{and} angular +brackets (like @samp{DEADLINE<="<2008-12-24 18:30>"}), both values are +assumed to be date/time specifications in the standard Org way, and +the comparison is done accordingly. Valid values also include +@samp{"<now>"} for now (including time), @samp{"<today>"}, and @samp{"<tomorrow>"} +for these days at 0:00 hours, i.e., without a time specification. +You can also use strings like @samp{"<+5d>"} or @samp{"<-2m>"} with units @samp{d}, +@samp{w}, @samp{m}, and @samp{y} for day, week, month, and year, respectively. + +@item +If the comparison value is enclosed in curly braces, a regexp match +is performed, with @samp{=} meaning that the regexp matches the property +value, and @samp{<>} meaning that it does not match. +@end itemize + +So the search string in the example finds entries tagged @samp{work} but +not @samp{boss}, which also have a priority value @samp{A}, a @samp{Coffee} property +with the value @samp{unlimited}, an @samp{EFFORT} property that is numerically +smaller than 2, a @samp{With} property that is matched by the regular +expression @samp{Sarah|Denny}, and that are scheduled on or after October +11, 2008. + +You can configure Org mode to use property inheritance during +a search, but beware that this can slow down searches considerably. +See @ref{Property Inheritance}, for details. + +For backward compatibility, and also for typing speed, there is also +a different way to test TODO states in a search. For this, terminate +the tags/property part of the search string (which may include several +terms connected with @samp{|}) with a @samp{/} and then specify a Boolean +expression just for TODO keywords. The syntax is then similar to that +for tags, but should be applied with care: for example, a positive +selection on several TODO keywords cannot meaningfully be combined +with boolean AND@. However, @emph{negative selection} combined with AND can +be meaningful. To make sure that only lines are checked that actually +have any TODO keyword (resulting in a speed-up), use @kbd{M-x org-agenda M}, or equivalently start the TODO part after the slash +with @samp{!}. Using @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} or @samp{/!} does not match +TODO keywords in a DONE state. Examples: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{work/WAITING} +Same as @samp{work+TODO="WAITING"}. + +@item @samp{work/!-WAITING-NEXT} +Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines that are neither @samp{WAITING} nor +@samp{NEXT}. + +@item @samp{work/!+WAITING|+NEXT} +Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines that are either @samp{WAITING} or +@samp{NEXT}. +@end table + +@node Search view +@subsection Search view + +@cindex search view +@cindex text search +@cindex searching, for text + +This agenda view is a general text search facility for Org mode +entries. It is particularly useful to find notes. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda s} (@code{org-search-view}) +@kindex s @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-search-view +This is a special search that lets you select entries by matching +a substring or specific words using a boolean logic. +@end table + +For example, the search string @samp{computer equipment} matches entries +that contain @samp{computer equipment} as a substring, even if the two +words are separated by more space or a line break. + +Search view can also search for specific keywords in the entry, using +Boolean logic. The search string @samp{+computer ++wifi -ethernet -@{8\.11[bg]@}} matches note entries that contain the +keywords @samp{computer} and @samp{wifi}, but not the keyword @samp{ethernet}, and +which are also not matched by the regular expression @samp{8\.11[bg]}, +meaning to exclude both @samp{8.11b} and @samp{8.11g}. The first @samp{+} is +necessary to turn on boolean search, other @samp{+} characters are +optional. For more details, see the docstring of the command +@code{org-search-view}. + +You can incrementally adjust a boolean search with the following keys + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.6 +@item @kbd{[} +@tab Add a positive search word +@item @kbd{]} +@tab Add a negative search word +@item @kbd{@{} +@tab Add a positive regular expression +@item @kbd{@}} +@tab Add a negative regular expression +@end multitable + +@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files +Note that in addition to the agenda files, this command also searches +the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}. + +@node Stuck projects +@subsection Stuck projects + +@pindex GTD, Getting Things Done + +If you are following a system like David Allen's GTD to organize your +work, one of the ``duties'' you have is a regular review to make sure +that all projects move along. A @emph{stuck} project is a project that has +no defined next actions, so it never shows up in the TODO lists Org +mode produces. During the review, you need to identify such projects +and define next actions for them. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda #} (@code{org-agenda-list-stuck-projects}) +@kindex # @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-agenda-list-stuck-projects +List projects that are stuck. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda !} +@kindex ! @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@vindex org-stuck-projects +Customize the variable @code{org-stuck-projects} to define what +a stuck project is and how to find it. +@end table + +You almost certainly need to configure this view before it works for +you. The built-in default assumes that all your projects are level-2 +headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least one +entry marked with a TODO keyword @samp{TODO} or @samp{NEXT} or @samp{NEXTACTION}. + +Let's assume that you, in your own way of using Org mode, identify +projects with a tag @samp{:PROJECT:}, and that you use a TODO keyword +@samp{MAYBE} to indicate a project that should not be considered yet. +Let's further assume that the TODO keyword @samp{DONE} marks finished +projects, and that @samp{NEXT} and @samp{TODO} indicate next actions. The tag +@samp{:@@shop:} indicates shopping and is a next action even without the +NEXT tag. Finally, if the project contains the special word @samp{IGNORE} +anywhere, it should not be listed either. In this case you would +start by identifying eligible projects with a tags/TODO match (see +@ref{Tag Searches}) @samp{+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE}, and then check for @samp{TODO}, +@samp{NEXT}, @samp{@@shop}, and @samp{IGNORE} in the subtree to identify projects that +are not stuck. The correct customization for this is: + +@lisp +(setq org-stuck-projects + '("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@@shop") + "\\<IGNORE\\>")) +@end lisp + +Note that if a project is identified as non-stuck, the subtree of this +entry is searched for stuck projects. + +@node Presentation and Sorting +@section Presentation and Sorting + +@cindex presentation, of agenda items + +@vindex org-agenda-prefix-format +@vindex org-agenda-tags-column +Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org mode visually prepares +the items and sorts them. Each item occupies a single line. The line +starts with a @emph{prefix} that contains the @emph{category} (see @ref{Categories}) +of the item and other important information. You can customize in +which column tags are displayed through @code{org-agenda-tags-column}. You +can also customize the prefix using the option +@code{org-agenda-prefix-format}. This prefix is followed by a cleaned-up +version of the outline headline associated with the item. + +@menu +* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal. +* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time. +* Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things. +* Filtering/limiting agenda times:: Dynamically narrow the agenda. +@end menu + +@node Categories +@subsection Categories + +@cindex category +@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, keyword + +The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item. By +default, the category is simply derived from the file name, but you +can also specify it with a special line in the buffer, like +this: + +@example +#+CATEGORY: Thesis +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, property +If you would like to have a special category for a single entry or +a (sub)tree, give the entry a @samp{CATEGORY} property with the special +category you want to apply as the value. + +The display in the agenda buffer looks best if the category is not +longer than 10 characters. + +@vindex org-agenda-category-icon-alist +You can set up icons for category by customizing the +@code{org-agenda-category-icon-alist} variable. + +@node Time-of-day specifications +@subsection Time-of-day specifications + +@cindex time-of-day specification + +Org mode checks each agenda item for a time-of-day specification. The +time can be part of the timestamp that triggered inclusion into the +agenda, for example + +@example +<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00> +@end example + + +@noindent +Time ranges can be specified with two timestamps: + +@example +<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15> +@end example + + +@vindex org-agenda-search-headline-for-time +In the headline of the entry itself, a time(range)---like @samp{12:45} or +a @samp{8:30-1pm}---may also appear as plain text@footnote{You can, however, disable this by setting +@code{org-agenda-search-headline-for-time} variable to a @code{nil} value.}. + +If the agenda integrates the Emacs diary (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}), +time specifications in diary entries are recognized as well. + +For agenda display, Org mode extracts the time and displays it in +a standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix. The example times in +the previous paragraphs would end up in the agenda like this: + +@example + 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer +12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub +19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem +20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge +@end example + +@cindex time grid +If the agenda is in single-day mode, or for the display of today, the +timed entries are embedded in a time grid, like + +@example + 8:00...... ------------------ + 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer +10:00...... ------------------ +12:00...... ------------------ +12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub +14:00...... ------------------ +16:00...... ------------------ +18:00...... ------------------ +19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem +20:00...... ------------------ +20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge +@end example + +@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid +@vindex org-agenda-time-grid +The time grid can be turned on and off with the variable +@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid}, and can be configured with +@code{org-agenda-time-grid}. + +@node Sorting of agenda items +@subsection Sorting of agenda items + +@cindex sorting, of agenda items +@cindex priorities, of agenda items + +Before being inserted into a view, the items are sorted. How this is +done depends on the type of view. + +@itemize +@item +@vindex org-agenda-files +For the daily/weekly agenda, the items for each day are sorted. The +default order is to first collect all items containing an explicit +time-of-day specification. These entries are shown at the beginning +of the list, as a @emph{schedule} for the day. After that, items remain +grouped in categories, in the sequence given by @code{org-agenda-files}. +Within each category, items are sorted by priority (see +@ref{Priorities}), which is composed of the base priority (2000 for +priority @samp{A}, 1000 for @samp{B}, and 0 for @samp{C}), plus additional +increments for overdue scheduled or deadline items. + +@item +For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but +within each category, sorting takes place according to priority (see +@ref{Priorities}). The priority used for sorting derives from the +priority cookie, with additions depending on how close an item is to +its due or scheduled date. + +@item +For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in +the sequence in which they are found in the agenda files. +@end itemize + +@vindex org-agenda-sorting-strategy +Sorting can be customized using the variable +@code{org-agenda-sorting-strategy}, and may also include criteria based on +the estimated effort of an entry (see @ref{Effort Estimates}). + +@node Filtering/limiting agenda times +@subsection Filtering/limiting agenda times + +Agenda built-in or customized commands are statically defined. Agenda +filters and limits provide two ways of dynamically narrowing down the +list of agenda entries: @emph{filters} and @emph{limits}. Filters only act on +the display of the items, while limits take effect before the list of +agenda entries is built. Filters are more often used interactively, +while limits are mostly useful when defined as local variables within +custom agenda commands. + +@anchor{Filtering in the agenda} +@subsubheading Filtering in the agenda + +@cindex agenda filtering +@cindex filtering entries, in agenda +@cindex tag filtering, in agenda +@cindex category filtering, in agenda +@cindex top headline filtering, in agenda +@cindex effort filtering, in agenda +@cindex query editing, in agenda + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{/} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-tag}) +@findex org-agenda-filter-by-tag +@vindex org-agenda-tag-filter-preset +Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag and/or effort +estimates. The difference between this and a custom agenda +command is that filtering is very fast, so that you can switch +quickly between different filters without having to recreate the +agenda.@footnote{Custom commands can preset a filter by binding the variable +@code{org-agenda-tag-filter-preset} as an option. This filter is then +applied to the view and persists as a basic filter through refreshes +and more secondary filtering. The filter is a global property of the +entire agenda view---in a block agenda, you should only set this in +the global options section, not in the section of an individual block.} + +You are prompted for a tag selection letter; @kbd{@key{SPC}} means +any tag at all. Pressing @kbd{@key{TAB}} at that prompt offers +completion to select a tag, including any tags that do not have +a selection character. The command then hides all entries that +do not contain or inherit this tag. When called with prefix +argument, remove the entries that @emph{do} have the tag. A second +@kbd{/} at the prompt turns off the filter and shows any +hidden entries. Pressing @kbd{+} or @kbd{-} switches +between filtering and excluding the next tag. + +@vindex org-agenda-auto-exclude-function +Org also supports automatic, context-aware tag filtering. If the +variable @code{org-agenda-auto-exclude-function} is set to +a user-defined function, that function can decide which tags +should be excluded from the agenda automatically. Once this is +set, the @kbd{/} command then accepts @kbd{@key{RET}} as +a sub-option key and runs the auto exclusion logic. For example, +let's say you use a @samp{Net} tag to identify tasks which need +network access, an @samp{Errand} tag for errands in town, and a @samp{Call} +tag for making phone calls. You could auto-exclude these tags +based on the availability of the Internet, and outside of +business hours, with something like this: + +@lisp +(defun org-my-auto-exclude-function (tag) + (and (cond + ((string= tag "Net") + (/= 0 (call-process "/sbin/ping" nil nil nil + "-c1" "-q" "-t1" "mail.gnu.org"))) + ((or (string= tag "Errand") (string= tag "Call")) + (let ((hour (nth 2 (decode-time)))) + (or (< hour 8) (> hour 21))))) + (concat "-" tag))) + +(setq org-agenda-auto-exclude-function 'org-my-auto-exclude-function) +@end lisp + +@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-category}) +@findex org-agenda-filter-by-category +Filter the current agenda view with respect to the category of +the item at point. Pressing @kbd{<} another time removes +this filter. When called with a prefix argument exclude the +category of the item at point from the agenda. + +@vindex org-agenda-category-filter-preset +You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the +option @code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset}. See @ref{Setting options}. + +@item @kbd{^} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline}) +@findex org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline +Filter the current agenda view and only display the siblings and +the parent headline of the one at point. + +@item @kbd{=} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-regexp}) +@findex org-agenda-filter-by-regexp +Filter the agenda view by a regular expression: only show agenda +entries matching the regular expression the user entered. When +called with a prefix argument, it filters @emph{out} entries matching +the regexp. Called in a regexp-filtered agenda view, remove the +filter, unless there are two universal prefix arguments, in which +case filters are cumulated. + +@vindex org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset +You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the +option @code{org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset}. See @ref{Setting options}. + +@item @kbd{_} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-effort}) +@findex org-agenda-filter-by-effort +Filter the agenda view with respect to effort estimates. You +first need to set up allowed efforts globally, for example + +@lisp +(setq org-global-properties + '(("Effort_ALL". "0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00"))) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high +You can then filter for an effort by first typing an operator, +one of @kbd{<}, @kbd{>} and @kbd{=}, and then the +one-digit index of an effort estimate in your array of allowed +values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value. The filter then +restricts to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal, or +larger-or-equal than the selected value. For application of the +operator, entries without a defined effort are treated according +to the value of @code{org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high}. + +When called with a prefix argument, it removes entries matching +the condition. With two universal prefix arguments, it clears +effort filters, which can be accumulated. + +@vindex org-agenda-effort-filter-preset +You can add a filter preset in custom agenda commands through the +option @code{org-agenda-effort-filter-preset}. See @ref{Setting options}. + +@item @kbd{|} (@code{org-agenda-filter-remove-all}) +Remove all filters in the current agenda view. +@end table + +@anchor{Setting limits for the agenda} +@subsubheading Setting limits for the agenda + +@cindex limits, in agenda + +Here is a list of options that you can set, either globally, or +locally in your custom agenda views (see @ref{Custom Agenda Views}). + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-agenda-max-entries} +@vindex org-agenda-max-entries +Limit the number of entries. + +@item @code{org-agenda-max-effort} +@vindex org-agenda-max-effort +Limit the duration of accumulated efforts (as minutes). + +@item @code{org-agenda-max-todos} +@vindex org-agenda-max-todos +Limit the number of entries with TODO keywords. + +@item @code{org-agenda-max-tags} +@vindex org-agenda-max-tags +Limit the number of tagged entries. +@end table + +When set to a positive integer, each option excludes entries from +other categories: for example, @samp{(setq org-agenda-max-effort 100)} +limits the agenda to 100 minutes of effort and exclude any entry that +has no effort property. If you want to include entries with no effort +property, use a negative value for @code{org-agenda-max-effort}. One +useful setup is to use @code{org-agenda-max-entries} locally in a custom +command. For example, this custom command displays the next five +entries with a @samp{NEXT} TODO keyword. + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("n" todo "NEXT" + ((org-agenda-max-entries 5))))) +@end lisp + +Once you mark one of these five entry as DONE, rebuilding the agenda +will again the next five entries again, including the first entry that +was excluded so far. + +You can also dynamically set temporary limits, which are lost when +rebuilding the agenda: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{~} (@code{org-agenda-limit-interactively}) +@findex org-agenda-limit-interactively +This prompts for the type of limit to apply and its value. +@end table + +@node Agenda Commands +@section Commands in the Agenda Buffer + +@cindex commands, in agenda buffer + +Entries in the agenda buffer are linked back to the Org file or diary +file where they originate. You are not allowed to edit the agenda +buffer itself, but commands are provided to show and jump to the +original entry location, and to edit the Org files ``remotely'' from the +agenda buffer. In this way, all information is stored only once, +removing the risk that your agenda and note files may diverge. + +Some commands can be executed with mouse clicks on agenda lines. For +the other commands, point needs to be in the desired line. + +@anchor{Motion (1)} +@subheading Motion + +@cindex motion commands in agenda + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{n} (@code{org-agenda-next-line}) +@kindex n +@findex org-agenda-next-line +Next line (same as @kbd{@key{DOWN}} and @kbd{C-n}). + +@item @kbd{p} (@code{org-agenda-previous-line}) +@kindex p +@findex org-agenda-previous-line +Previous line (same as @kbd{@key{UP}} and @kbd{C-p}). +@end table + +@anchor{View/Go to Org file} +@subheading View/Go to Org file + +@cindex view file commands in agenda + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{@key{SPC}} or @kbd{mouse-3} (@code{org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up}) +@kindex SPC +@kindex mouse-3 +@findex org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up +Display the original location of the item in another window. +With a prefix argument, make sure that drawers stay folded. + +@item @kbd{L} (@code{org-agenda-recenter}) +@findex org-agenda-recenter +Display original location and recenter that window. + +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{mouse-2} (@code{org-agenda-goto}) +@kindex TAB +@kindex mouse-2 +@findex org-agenda-goto +Go to the original location of the item in another window. + +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} (@code{org-agenda-switch-to}) +@kindex RET +@findex org-agenda-switch-to +Go to the original location of the item and delete other windows. + +@item @kbd{F} (@code{org-agenda-follow-mode}) +@kindex F +@findex org-agenda-follow-mode +@vindex org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode +Toggle Follow mode. In Follow mode, as you move point through +the agenda buffer, the other window always shows the +corresponding location in the Org file. The initial setting for +this mode in new agenda buffers can be set with the variable +@code{org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x b} (@code{org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer}) +@kindex C-c C-x b +@findex org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer +Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect +buffer. With a numeric prefix argument N, go up to level N and +then take that tree. If N is negative, go up that many levels. +With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the previously used +indirect buffer. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-agenda-open-link}) +@kindex C-c C-o +@findex org-agenda-open-link +Follow a link in the entry. This offers a selection of any links +in the text belonging to the referenced Org node. If there is +only one link, follow it without a selection prompt. +@end table + +@anchor{Change display} +@subheading Change display + +@cindex change agenda display +@cindex display changing, in agenda + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{A} +@kindex A +Interactively select another agenda view and append it to the +current view. + +@item @kbd{o} +@kindex o +Delete other windows. + +@item @kbd{v d} or short @kbd{d} (@code{org-agenda-day-view}) +@kindex v d +@kindex d +@findex org-agenda-day-view +Switch to day view. When switching to day view, this setting +becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. A numeric +prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of +the year. For example, @kbd{32 d} jumps to February 1st. +When setting day view, a year may be encoded in the prefix +argument as well. For example, @kbd{200712 d} jumps to +January 12, 2007. If such a year specification has only one or +two digits, it is expanded into one of the 30 next years or the +last 69 years. + +@item @kbd{v w} or short @kbd{w} (@code{org-agenda-week-view}) +@kindex v w +@kindex w +@findex org-agenda-week-view +Switch to week view. When switching week view, this setting +becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. A numeric +prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of +the ISO week. For example @kbd{9 w} to ISO week number 9. +When setting week view, a year may be encoded in the prefix +argument as well. For example, @kbd{200712 w} jumps to week +12 in 2007. If such a year specification has only one or two +digits, it is expanded into one of the 30 next years or the last +69 years. + +@item @kbd{v m} (@code{org-agenda-month-view}) +@kindex v m +@findex org-agenda-month-view +Switch to month view. Because month views are slow to create, +they do not become the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. +A numeric prefix argument may be used to jump directly to +a specific day of the month. When setting month view, a year may +be encoded in the prefix argument as well. For example, +@kbd{200712 m} jumps to December, 2007. If such a year +specification has only one or two digits, it is expanded into one +of the 30 next years or the last 69 years. + +@item @kbd{v y} (@code{org-agenda-year-view}) +@kindex v y +@findex org-agenda-year-view +Switch to year view. Because year views are slow to create, they +do not become the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. +A numeric prefix argument may be used to jump directly to +a specific day of the year. + +@item @kbd{v @key{SPC}} (@code{org-agenda-reset-view}) +@kindex v SPC +@findex org-agenda-reset-view +@vindex org-agenda-span +Reset the current view to @code{org-agenda-span}. + +@item @kbd{f} (@code{org-agenda-later}) +@kindex f +@findex org-agenda-later +Go forward in time to display the span following the current one. +For example, if the display covers a week, switch to the +following week. With a prefix argument, repeat that many times. + +@item @kbd{b} (@code{org-agenda-earlier}) +@kindex b +@findex org-agenda-earlier +Go backward in time to display earlier dates. + +@item @kbd{.} (@code{org-agenda-goto-today}) +@kindex . +@findex org-agenda-goto-today +Go to today. + +@item @kbd{j} (@code{org-agenda-goto-date}) +@kindex j +@findex org-agenda-goto-date +Prompt for a date and go there. + +@item @kbd{J} (@code{org-agenda-clock-goto}) +@kindex J +@findex org-agenda-clock-goto +Go to the currently clocked-in task @emph{in the agenda buffer}. + +@item @kbd{D} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-diary}) +@kindex D +@findex org-agenda-toggle-diary +Toggle the inclusion of diary entries. See @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}. + +@item @kbd{v l} or @kbd{v L} or short @kbd{l} (@code{org-agenda-log-mode}) +@kindex v l +@kindex l +@kindex v L +@findex org-agenda-log-mode +@vindex org-log-done +@vindex org-agenda-log-mode-items +Toggle Logbook mode. In Logbook mode, entries that were marked +DONE while logging was on (see the variable @code{org-log-done}) are +shown in the agenda, as are entries that have been clocked on +that day. You can configure the entry types that should be +included in log mode using the variable +@code{org-agenda-log-mode-items}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} +prefix, show all possible logbook entries, including state +changes. When called with two prefix arguments @kbd{C-u C-u}, show only logging information, nothing else. @kbd{v L} is equivalent to @kbd{C-u v l}. + +@item @kbd{v [} or short @kbd{[} (@code{org-agenda-manipulate-query-add}) +@kindex v [ +@kindex [ +@findex org-agenda-manipulate-query-add +Include inactive timestamps into the current view. Only for +weekly/daily agenda. + +@item @kbd{v a} (@code{org-agenda-archives-mode}) +@kindex v a +@findex org-agenda-archives-mode +Toggle Archives mode. In Archives mode, trees that are archived +(see @ref{Internal archiving}) are also scanned when producing the +agenda. To exit archives mode, press @kbd{v a} again. + +@item @kbd{v A} +@kindex v A +Toggle Archives mode. Include all archive files as well. + +@item @kbd{v R} or short @kbd{R} (@code{org-agenda-clockreport-mode}) +@kindex v R +@kindex R +@findex org-agenda-clockreport-mode +@vindex org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode +@vindex org-clock-report-include-clocking-task +Toggle Clockreport mode. In Clockreport mode, the daily/weekly +agenda always shows a table with the clocked times for the time +span and file scope covered by the current agenda view. The +initial setting for this mode in new agenda buffers can be set +with the variable @code{org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode}. By +using a prefix argument when toggling this mode (i.e., @kbd{C-u R}), the clock table does not show contributions from entries +that are hidden by agenda filtering@footnote{Only tags filtering is respected here, effort filtering is +ignored.}. See also the +variable @code{org-clock-report-include-clocking-task}. + +@item @kbd{v c} +@kindex v c +@vindex org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks +Show overlapping clock entries, clocking gaps, and other clocking +problems in the current agenda range. You can then visit +clocking lines and fix them manually. See the variable +@code{org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks} for information on how to +customize the definition of what constituted a clocking problem. +To return to normal agenda display, press @kbd{l} to exit +Logbook mode. + +@item @kbd{v E} or short @kbd{E} (@code{org-agenda-entry-text-mode}) +@kindex v E +@kindex E +@findex org-agenda-entry-text-mode +@vindex org-agenda-start-with-entry-text-mode +@vindex org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines +Toggle entry text mode. In entry text mode, a number of lines +from the Org outline node referenced by an agenda line are +displayed below the line. The maximum number of lines is given +by the variable @code{org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines}. Calling this +command with a numeric prefix argument temporarily modifies that +number to the prefix value. + +@item @kbd{G} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-time-grid}) +@kindex G +@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid +@vindex org-agenda-time-grid +Toggle the time grid on and off. See also the variables +@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid} and @code{org-agenda-time-grid}. + +@item @kbd{r} (@code{org-agenda-redo}) +@itemx @kbd{g} +@kindex r +@kindex g +@findex org-agenda-redo +Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes +after modification of the timestamps of items with +@kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}. When the +buffer is the global TODO list, a prefix argument is interpreted +to create a selective list for a specific TODO keyword. + +@item @kbd{C-x C-s} or short @kbd{s} (@code{org-save-all-org-buffers}) +@kindex C-x C-s +@findex org-save-all-org-buffers +@kindex s +Save all Org buffers in the current Emacs session, and also the +locations of IDs. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-agenda-columns}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-c +@findex org-agenda-columns +@vindex org-columns-default-format +Invoke column view (see @ref{Column View}) in the agenda buffer. The +column view format is taken from the entry at point, or, if there +is no entry at point, from the first entry in the agenda view. +So whatever the format for that entry would be in the original +buffer (taken from a property, from a @samp{COLUMNS} keyword, or from +the default variable @code{org-columns-default-format}) is used in the +agenda. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x >} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}) +@kindex C-c C-x > +@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock +Remove the restriction lock on the agenda, if it is currently +restricted to a file or subtree (see @ref{Agenda Files}). + +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-agenda-drag-line-backward}) +@kindex M-UP +@findex org-agenda-drag-line-backward +Drag the line at point backward one line. With a numeric prefix +argument, drag backward by that many lines. + +Moving agenda lines does not persist after an agenda refresh and +does not modify the contributing Org files. + +@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-agenda-drag-line-forward}) +@kindex M-DOWN +@findex org-agenda-drag-line-forward +Drag the line at point forward one line. With a numeric prefix +argument, drag forward by that many lines. +@end table + +@anchor{Remote editing} +@subheading Remote editing + +@cindex remote editing, from agenda + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{0--9} +Digit argument. + +@item @kbd{C-_} (@code{org-agenda-undo}) +@kindex C-_ +@findex org-agenda-undo +@cindex undoing remote-editing events +@cindex remote editing, undo +Undo a change due to a remote editing command. The change is +undone both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer. + +@item @kbd{t} (@code{org-agenda-todo}) +@kindex t +@findex org-agenda-todo +Change the TODO state of the item, both in the agenda and in the +original Org file. + +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-agenda-todo-nextset}) +@kindex C-S-RIGHT +@findex org-agenda-todo-nextset +Switch to the next set of TODO keywords. + +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}, @code{org-agenda-todo-previousset} +@kindex C-S-LEFT +Switch to the previous set of TODO keywords. + +@item @kbd{C-k} (@code{org-agenda-kill}) +@kindex C-k +@findex org-agenda-kill +@vindex org-agenda-confirm-kill +Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree +belonging to it in the original Org file. If the text to be +deleted remotely is longer than one line, the kill needs to be +confirmed by the user. See variable @code{org-agenda-confirm-kill}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-agenda-refile}) +@kindex C-c C-w +@findex org-agenda-refile +Refile the entry at point. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-a} or short @kbd{a} (@code{org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-a +@kindex a +@findex org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation +@vindex org-archive-default-command +Archive the subtree corresponding to the entry at point using the +default archiving command set in @code{org-archive-default-command}. +When using the @kbd{a} key, confirmation is required. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x a} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag}) +@kindex C-c C-x a +@findex org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag +Toggle the archive tag (see @ref{Internal archiving}) for the current +headline. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x A} (@code{org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling}) +@kindex C-c C-x A +@findex org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling +Move the subtree corresponding to the current entry to its +@emph{archive sibling}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-s} or short @kbd{$} (@code{org-agenda-archive}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-s +@kindex $ +@findex org-agenda-archive +Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline. This +means the entry is moved to the configured archive location, most +likely a different file. + +@item @kbd{T} (@code{org-agenda-show-tags}) +@kindex T +@findex org-agenda-show-tags +@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags +Show all tags associated with the current item. This is useful +if you have turned off @code{org-agenda-show-inherited-tags}, but +still want to see all tags of a headline occasionally. + +@item @kbd{:} (@code{org-agenda-set-tags}) +@kindex : +@findex org-agenda-set-tags +Set tags for the current headline. If there is an active region +in the agenda, change a tag for all headings in the region. + +@item @kbd{,} (@code{org-agenda-priority}) +@kindex , +@findex org-agenda-priority +Set the priority for the current item. Org mode prompts for the +priority character. If you reply with @kbd{@key{SPC}}, the +priority cookie is removed from the entry. + +@item @kbd{P} (@code{org-agenda-show-priority}) +@kindex P +@findex org-agenda-show-priority +Display weighted priority of current item. + +@item @kbd{+} or @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-agenda-priority-up}) +@kindex + +@kindex S-UP +@findex org-agenda-priority-up +Increase the priority of the current item. The priority is +changed in the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted. +Use the @kbd{r} key for this. + +@item @kbd{-} or @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-agenda-priority-down}) +@kindex - +@kindex S-DOWN +@findex org-agenda-priority-down +Decrease the priority of the current item. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-z} or short @kbd{z} (@code{org-agenda-add-note}) +@kindex z +@kindex C-c C-z +@findex org-agenda-add-note +@vindex org-log-into-drawer +Add a note to the entry. This note is recorded, and then filed +to the same location where state change notes are put. Depending +on @code{org-log-into-drawer}, this may be inside a drawer. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{org-attach}) +@kindex C-c C-a +@findex org-attach +Dispatcher for all command related to attachments. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{org-agenda-schedule}) +@kindex C-c C-s +@findex org-agenda-schedule +Schedule this item. With a prefix argument, remove the +scheduling timestamp + +@item @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{org-agenda-deadline}) +@kindex C-c C-d +@findex org-agenda-deadline +Set a deadline for this item. With a prefix argument, remove the +deadline. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-agenda-do-date-later}) +@kindex S-RIGHT +@findex org-agenda-do-date-later +Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day +into the future. If the date is in the past, the first call to +this command moves it to today. With a numeric prefix argument, +change it by that many days. For example, @kbd{3 6 5 S-@key{RIGHT}} changes it by a year. With a @kbd{C-u} +prefix, change the time by one hour. If you immediately repeat +the command, it will continue to change hours even without the +prefix argument. With a double @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix, do the +same for changing minutes. The stamp is changed in the original +Org file, but the change is not directly reflected in the agenda +buffer. Use @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} to update the buffer. + +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-agenda-do-date-earlier}) +@kindex S-LEFT +@findex org-agenda-do-date-earlier +Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day +into the past. + +@item @kbd{>} (@code{org-agenda-date-prompt}) +@kindex > +@findex org-agenda-date-prompt +Change the timestamp associated with the current line. The key +@kbd{>} has been chosen, because it is the same as +@kbd{S-.} on my keyboard. + +@item @kbd{I} (@code{org-agenda-clock-in}) +@kindex I +@findex org-agenda-clock-in +Start the clock on the current item. If a clock is running +already, it is stopped first. + +@item @kbd{O} (@code{org-agenda-clock-out}) +@kindex O +@findex org-agenda-clock-out +Stop the previously started clock. + +@item @kbd{X} (@code{org-agenda-clock-cancel}) +@kindex X +@findex org-agenda-clock-cancel +Cancel the currently running clock. + +@item @kbd{J} (@code{org-agenda-clock-goto}) +@kindex J +@findex org-agenda-clock-goto +Jump to the running clock in another window. + +@item @kbd{k} (@code{org-agenda-capture}) +@kindex k +@findex org-agenda-capture +@cindex capturing, from agenda +@vindex org-capture-use-agenda-date +Like @code{org-capture}, but use the date at point as the default date +for the capture template. See @code{org-capture-use-agenda-date} to +make this the default behavior of @code{org-capture}. +@end table + +@anchor{Bulk remote editing selected entries} +@subheading Bulk remote editing selected entries + +@cindex remote editing, bulk, from agenda +@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{m} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark}) +@kindex m +@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark + +Mark the entry at point for bulk action. If there is an active +region in the agenda, mark the entries in the region. With +numeric prefix argument, mark that many successive entries. + +@item @kbd{*} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark-all}) +@kindex * +@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark-all + +Mark all visible agenda entries for bulk action. + +@item @kbd{u} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-unmark}) +@kindex u +@findex org-agenda-bulk-unmark + +Unmark entry for bulk action. + +@item @kbd{U} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks}) +@kindex U +@findex org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks + +Unmark all marked entries for bulk action. + +@item @kbd{M-m} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-toggle}) +@kindex M-m +@findex org-agenda-bulk-toggle + +Toggle mark of the entry at point for bulk action. + +@item @kbd{M-*} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all}) +@kindex M-* +@findex org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all + +Mark entries matching a regular expression for bulk action. + +@item @kbd{%} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp}) +@kindex % +@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp + +Mark entries matching a regular expression for bulk action. + +@item @kbd{B} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-action}) +@kindex B +@findex org-agenda-bulk-action +@vindex org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks + +Bulk action: act on all marked entries in the agenda. This +prompts for another key to select the action to be applied. The +prefix argument to @kbd{B} is passed through to the +@kbd{s} and @kbd{d} commands, to bulk-remove these +special timestamps. By default, marks are removed after the +bulk. If you want them to persist, set +@code{org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks} to @code{t} or hit @kbd{p} at +the prompt. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{*} +Toggle persistent marks. + +@item @kbd{$} +Archive all selected entries. + +@item @kbd{A} +Archive entries by moving them to their respective archive +siblings. + +@item @kbd{t} +Change TODO state. This prompts for a single TODO keyword and +changes the state of all selected entries, bypassing blocking +and suppressing logging notes---but not timestamps. + +@item @kbd{+} +Add a tag to all selected entries. + +@item @kbd{-} +Remove a tag from all selected entries. + +@item @kbd{s} +Schedule all items to a new date. To shift existing schedule +dates by a fixed number of days, use something starting with +double plus at the prompt, for example @samp{++8d} or @samp{++2w}. + +@item @kbd{d} +Set deadline to a specific date. + +@item @kbd{r} +Prompt for a single refile target and move all entries. The +entries are no longer in the agenda; refresh (@kbd{g}) to +bring them back. + +@item @kbd{S} +Reschedule randomly into the coming N days. N is prompted for. +With a prefix argument (@kbd{C-u B S}), scatter only +across weekdays. + +@item @kbd{f} +@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions +Apply a function@footnote{You can also create persistent custom functions through +@code{org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions}.} to marked entries. For example, the +function below sets the @samp{CATEGORY} property of the entries to +@samp{web}. + +@lisp +(defun set-category () + (interactive "P") + (let ((marker (or (org-get-at-bol 'org-hd-marker) + (org-agenda-error)))) + (org-with-point-at marker + (org-back-to-heading t) + (org-set-property "CATEGORY" "web")))) +@end lisp +@end table +@end table + +@anchor{Calendar commands} +@subheading Calendar commands + +@cindex calendar commands, from agenda + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{c} (@code{org-agenda-goto-calendar}) +@kindex c +@findex org-agenda-goto-calendar +Open the Emacs calendar and go to the date at point in the +agenda. + +@item @kbd{c} (@code{org-calendar-goto-agenda}) +@kindex c +@findex org-calendar-goto-agenda +When in the calendar, compute and show the Org agenda for the +date at point. + +@item @kbd{i} (@code{org-agenda-diary-entry}) +@kindex i +@findex org-agenda-diary-entry + +@cindex diary entries, creating from agenda +Insert a new entry into the diary, using the date at point and +(for block entries) the date at the mark. This adds to the Emacs +diary file@footnote{This file is parsed for the agenda when +@code{org-agenda-include-diary} is set.}, in a way similar to the @kbd{i} command +in the calendar. The diary file pops up in another window, where +you can add the entry. + +@vindex org-agenda-diary-file +If you configure @code{org-agenda-diary-file} to point to an Org file, +Org creates entries in that file instead. Most entries are +stored in a date-based outline tree that will later make it easy +to archive appointments from previous months/years. The tree is +built under an entry with a @samp{DATE_TREE} property, or else with +years as top-level entries. Emacs prompts you for the entry +text---if you specify it, the entry is created in +@code{org-agenda-diary-file} without further interaction. If you +directly press @kbd{@key{RET}} at the prompt without typing text, +the target file is shown in another window for you to finish the +entry there. See also the @kbd{k r} command. + +@item @kbd{M} (@code{org-agenda-phases-of-moon}) +@kindex M +@findex org-agenda-phases-of-moon +Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current +date. + +@item @kbd{S} (@code{org-agenda-sunrise-sunset}) +@kindex S +@findex org-agenda-sunrise-sunset +Show sunrise and sunset times. The geographical location must be +set with calendar variables, see the documentation for the Emacs +calendar. + +@item @kbd{C} (@code{org-agenda-convert-date}) +@kindex C +@findex org-agenda-convert-date +Convert the date at point into many other cultural and historic +calendars. + +@item @kbd{H} (@code{org-agenda-holidays}) +@kindex H +@findex org-agenda-holidays +Show holidays for three months around point date. +@end table + +@anchor{Quit and exit} +@subheading Quit and exit + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{q} (@code{org-agenda-quit}) +@kindex q +@findex org-agenda-quit + +Quit agenda, remove the agenda buffer. + +@item @kbd{x} (@code{org-agenda-exit}) +@kindex x +@findex org-agenda-exit + +@cindex agenda files, removing buffers +Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by +Emacs for the compilation of the agenda. Buffers created by the +user to visit Org files are not removed. +@end table + +@node Custom Agenda Views +@section Custom Agenda Views + +@cindex custom agenda views +@cindex agenda views, custom + +Custom agenda commands serve two purposes: to store and quickly access +frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special +composite agenda buffers. Custom agenda commands are accessible +through the dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}), just like the +default commands. + +@menu +* Storing searches:: Type once, use often. +* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer. +* Setting options:: Changing the rules. +@end menu + +@node Storing searches +@subsection Storing searches + +The first application of custom searches is the definition of keyboard +shortcuts for frequently used searches, either creating an agenda +buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the +current buffer). + +@kindex C @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands +@cindex agenda views, main example +@cindex agenda, as an agenda views +@cindex agenda*, as an agenda views +@cindex tags, as an agenda view +@cindex todo, as an agenda view +@cindex tags-todo +@cindex todo-tree +@cindex occur-tree +@cindex tags-tree +Custom commands are configured in the variable +@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. You can customize this variable, for +example by pressing @kbd{C} from the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). You can also directly set it with Emacs Lisp in +the Emacs init file. The following example contains all valid agenda +views: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("x" agenda) + ("y" agenda*) + ("w" todo "WAITING") + ("W" todo-tree "WAITING") + ("u" tags "+boss-urgent") + ("v" tags-todo "+boss-urgent") + ("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent") + ("f" occur-tree "\\<FIXME\\>") + ("h" . "HOME+Name tags searches") ;description for "h" prefix + ("hl" tags "+home+Lisa") + ("hp" tags "+home+Peter") + ("hk" tags "+home+Kim"))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +The initial string in each entry defines the keys you have to press +after the dispatcher command in order to access the command. Usually +this will be just a single character, but if you have many similar +commands, you can also define two-letter combinations where the first +character is the same in several combinations and serves as a prefix +key@footnote{You can provide a description for a prefix key by inserting +a cons cell with the prefix and the description.}. The second parameter is the search type, followed by the +string or regular expression to be used for the matching. The example +above will therefore define: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{x} +as a global search for agenda entries planned@footnote{@emph{Planned} means here that these entries have some planning +information attached to them, like a time-stamp, a scheduled or +a deadline string. See @code{org-agenda-entry-types} on how to set what +planning information is taken into account.} this +week/day. + +@item @kbd{y} +as the same search, but only for entries with an hour +specification like @samp{[h]h:mm}---think of them as appointments. + +@item @kbd{w} +as a global search for TODO entries with @samp{WAITING} as the TODO +keyword. + +@item @kbd{W} +as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying +the results as a sparse tree. + +@item @kbd{u} +as a global tags search for headlines tagged @samp{boss} but not +@samp{urgent}. + +@item @kbd{v} +The same search, but limiting it to headlines that are also TODO +items. + +@item @kbd{U} +as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying +the result as a sparse tree. + +@item @kbd{f} +to create a sparse tree (again, current buffer only) with all +entries containing the word @samp{FIXME}. + +@item @kbd{h} +as a prefix command for a @samp{HOME} tags search where you have to +press an additional key (@kbd{l}, @kbd{p} or +@kbd{k}) to select a name (Lisa, Peter, or Kim) as +additional tag to match. +@end table + +Note that @code{*-tree} agenda views need to be called from an Org buffer +as they operate on the current buffer only. + +@node Block agenda +@subsection Block agenda + +@cindex block agenda +@cindex agenda, with block views + +Another possibility is the construction of agenda views that comprise +the results of @emph{several} commands, each of which creates a block in +the agenda buffer. The available commands include @code{agenda} for the +daily or weekly agenda (as created with @kbd{a}) , @code{alltodo} for +the global TODO list (as constructed with @kbd{t}), and the +matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and @code{tags-todo}. +Here are two examples: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks" + ((agenda "") + (tags-todo "home") + (tags "garden"))) + ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks" + ((agenda "") + (tags-todo "work") + (tags "office"))))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +This defines @kbd{h} to create a multi-block view for stuff you +need to attend to at home. The resulting agenda buffer contains your +agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag @samp{home}, +and also all lines tagged with @samp{garden}. Finally the command +@kbd{o} provides a similar view for office tasks. + +@node Setting options +@subsection Setting options for custom commands + +@cindex options, for custom agenda views + +@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands +Org mode contains a number of variables regulating agenda construction +and display. The global variables define the behavior for all agenda +commands, including the custom commands. However, if you want to +change some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so. +Setting options requires inserting a list of variable names and values +at the right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. For example: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("w" todo "WAITING" + ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down)) + (org-agenda-prefix-format " Mixed: "))) + ("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent" + ((org-show-context-detail 'minimal))) + ("N" search "" + ((org-agenda-files '("~org/notes.org")) + (org-agenda-text-search-extra-files nil))))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +Now the @kbd{w} command sorts the collected entries only by +priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say @samp{Mixed:} +instead of giving the category of the entry. The sparse tags tree of +@kbd{U} now turns out ultra-compact, because neither the headline +hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match are +shown. The command @kbd{N} does a text search limited to only +a single file. + +For command sets creating a block agenda, @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} +has two separate spots for setting options. You can add options that +should be valid for just a single command in the set, and options that +should be valid for all commands in the set. The former are just +added to the command entry; the latter must come after the list of +command entries. Going back to the block agenda example (see @ref{Block agenda}), let's change the sorting strategy for the @kbd{h} +commands to @code{priority-down}, but let's sort the results for @samp{garden} +tags query in the opposite order, @code{priority-up}. This would look like +this: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks" + ((agenda) + (tags-todo "home") + (tags "garden" + ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-up))))) + ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down)))) + ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks" + ((agenda) + (tags-todo "work") + (tags "office"))))) +@end lisp + +As you see, the values and parentheses setting is a little complex. +When in doubt, use the customize interface to set this variable---it +fully supports its structure. Just one caveat: when setting options +in this interface, the @emph{values} are just Lisp expressions. So if the +value is a string, you need to add the double-quotes around the value +yourself. + +@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts +To control whether an agenda command should be accessible from +a specific context, you can customize +@code{org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts}. Let's say for example that you +have an agenda command @kbd{o} displaying a view that you only +need when reading emails. Then you would configure this option like +this: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts + '(("o" (in-mode . "message-mode")))) +@end lisp + +You can also tell that the command key @kbd{o} should refer to +another command key @kbd{r}. In that case, add this command key +like this: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts + '(("o" "r" (in-mode . "message-mode")))) +@end lisp + +See the docstring of the variable for more information. + +@node Exporting Agenda Views +@section Exporting Agenda Views + +@cindex agenda views, exporting + +If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have +a printed version of some agenda views to carry around. Org mode can +export custom agenda views as plain text, HTML@footnote{For HTML you need to install Hrvoje Niksic's @samp{htmlize.el} +from @uref{https://github.com/hniksic/emacs-htmlize, Hrvoje Niksic's repository}.}, Postscript, +PDF@footnote{To create PDF output, the Ghostscript ps2pdf utility must be +installed on the system. Selecting a PDF file also creates the +postscript file.}, and iCalendar files. If you want to do this only +occasionally, use the following command: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{org-agenda-write}) +@kindex C-x C-w +@findex org-agenda-write +@cindex exporting agenda views +@cindex agenda views, exporting + +@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings +Write the agenda view to a file. +@end table + +If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can +associate any custom agenda command with a list of output file +names@footnote{If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda or +the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for +them in order to be able to specify file names.}. Here is an example that first defines custom commands +for the agenda and the global TODO list, together with a number of +files to which to export them. Then we define two block agenda +commands and specify file names for them as well. File names can be +relative to the current working directory, or absolute. + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("X" agenda "" nil ("agenda.html" "agenda.ps")) + ("Y" alltodo "" nil ("todo.html" "todo.txt" "todo.ps")) + ("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks" + ((agenda "") + (tags-todo "home") + (tags "garden")) + nil + ("~/views/home.html")) + ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks" + ((agenda) + (tags-todo "work") + (tags "office")) + nil + ("~/views/office.ps" "~/calendars/office.ics")))) +@end lisp + +The extension of the file name determines the type of export. If it +is @samp{.html}, Org mode uses the htmlize package to convert the buffer to +HTML and save it to this file name. If the extension is @samp{.ps}, +@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} is used to produce Postscript output. If +the extension is @samp{.ics}, iCalendar export is run export over all files +that were used to construct the agenda, and limit the export to +entries listed in the agenda. Any other extension produces a plain +ASCII file. + +The export files are @emph{not} created when you use one of those +commands interactively because this might use too much overhead. +Instead, there is a special command to produce @emph{all} specified +files in one step: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{e} (@code{org-store-agenda-views}) +@kindex e @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +@findex org-store-agenda-views +Export all agenda views that have export file names associated +with them. +@end table + +You can use the options section of the custom agenda commands to also +set options for the export commands. For example: + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-custom-commands + '(("X" agenda "" + ((ps-number-of-columns 2) + (ps-landscape-mode t) + (org-agenda-prefix-format " [ ] ") + (org-agenda-with-colors nil) + (org-agenda-remove-tags t)) + ("theagenda.ps")))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings +This command sets two options for the Postscript exporter, to make it +print in two columns in landscape format---the resulting page can be +cut in two and then used in a paper agenda. The remaining settings +modify the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information, +and instead include a checkbox to check off items. We also remove the +tags to make the lines compact, and we do not want to use colors for +the black-and-white printer. Settings specified in +@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} also apply, e.g., + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-exporter-settings + '((ps-number-of-columns 2) + (ps-landscape-mode t) + (org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines 5) + (htmlize-output-type 'css))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +but the settings in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} take precedence. + +From the command line you may also use: + +@example +emacs -eval (org-batch-store-agenda-views) -kill +@end example + +@noindent +or, if you need to modify some parameters@footnote{Quoting depends on the system you use, please check the FAQ +for examples.} + +@example +emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views \ + org-agenda-span (quote month) \ + org-agenda-start-day "2007-11-01" \ + org-agenda-include-diary nil \ + org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \ + -kill +@end example + +@noindent +which creates the agenda views restricted to the file +@samp{~/org/project.org}, without diary entries and with a 30-day extent. + +You can also extract agenda information in a way that allows further +processing by other programs. See @ref{Extracting Agenda Information}, for +more information. + +@node Agenda Column View +@section Using Column View in the Agenda + +@cindex column view, in agenda +@cindex agenda, column view + +Column view (see @ref{Column View}) is normally used to view and edit +properties embedded in the hierarchical structure of an Org file. It +can be quite useful to use column view also from the agenda, where +entries are collected by certain criteria. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-agenda-columns}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-c +@findex org-agenda-columns + +Turn on column view in the agenda. +@end table + +To understand how to use this properly, it is important to realize +that the entries in the agenda are no longer in their proper outline +environment. This causes the following issues: + +@enumerate +@item +@vindex org-columns-default-format +@vindex org-overriding-columns-format +Org needs to make a decision which columns format to use. Since +the entries in the agenda are collected from different files, and +different files may have different columns formats, this is +a non-trivial problem. Org first checks if the variable +@code{org-agenda-overriding-columns-format} is currently set, and if so, +takes the format from there. Otherwise it takes the format +associated with the first item in the agenda, or, if that item does +not have a specific format (defined in a property, or in its file), +it uses @code{org-columns-default-format}. + +@item +@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM}, special property +If any of the columns has a summary type defined (see @ref{Column attributes}), turning on column view in the agenda visits all +relevant agenda files and make sure that the computations of this +property are up to date. This is also true for the special +@samp{CLOCKSUM} property. Org then sums the values displayed in the +agenda. In the daily/weekly agenda, the sums cover a single day; +in all other views they cover the entire block. + +It is important to realize that the agenda may show the same entry +@emph{twice}---for example as scheduled and as a deadline---and it may +show two entries from the same hierarchy (for example a @emph{parent} +and its @emph{child}). In these cases, the summation in the agenda +leads to incorrect results because some values count double. + +@item +When the column view in the agenda shows the @samp{CLOCKSUM} property, +that is always the entire clocked time for this item. So even in +the daily/weekly agenda, the clocksum listed in column view may +originate from times outside the current view. This has the +advantage that you can compare these values with a column listing +the planned total effort for a task---one of the major +applications for column view in the agenda. If you want +information about clocked time in the displayed period use clock +table mode (press @kbd{R} in the agenda). + +@item +@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}, special property +When the column view in the agenda shows the @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} property, +that is always today's clocked time for this item. So even in the +weekly agenda, the clocksum listed in column view only originates +from today. This lets you compare the time you spent on a task for +today, with the time already spent---via @samp{CLOCKSUM}---and with +the planned total effort for it. +@end enumerate + +@node Markup for Rich Contents +@chapter Markup for Rich Contents + +Org is primarily about organizing and searching through your +plain-text notes. However, it also provides a lightweight yet robust +markup language for rich text formatting and more. For instance, you +may want to center or emphasize text. Or you may need to insert +a formula or image in your writing. Org offers syntax for all of this +and more. Used in conjunction with the export framework (see +@ref{Exporting}), you can author beautiful documents in Org---like the fine +manual you are currently reading. + +@menu +* Paragraphs:: The basic unit of text. +* Emphasis and Monospace:: Bold, italic, etc. +* Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text. +* Special Symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols. +* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents. +* Literal Examples:: Source code examples with special formatting. +* Images:: Display an image. +* Captions:: Describe tables, images... +* Horizontal Rules:: Make a line. +@end menu + +@node Paragraphs +@section Paragraphs + +@cindex paragraphs, markup rules +Paragraphs are separated by at least one empty line. If you need to +enforce a line break within a paragraph, use @samp{\\} at the end of +a line. + +@cindex line breaks, markup rules +To preserve the line breaks, indentation and blank lines in a region, +but otherwise use normal formatting, you can use this construct, which +can also be used to format poetry. + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_VERSE} +@cindex verse blocks +@example +#+BEGIN_VERSE + Great clouds overhead + Tiny black birds rise and fall + Snow covers Emacs + + ---AlexSchroeder +#+END_VERSE +@end example + +When quoting a passage from another document, it is customary to +format this as a paragraph that is indented on both the left and the +right margin. You can include quotations in Org documents like this: + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_QUOTE} +@cindex quote blocks +@example +#+BEGIN_QUOTE +Everything should be made as simple as possible, +but not any simpler ---Albert Einstein +#+END_QUOTE +@end example + +If you would like to center some text, do it like this: + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_CENTER} +@cindex center blocks +@example +#+BEGIN_CENTER +Everything should be made as simple as possible, \\ +but not any simpler +#+END_CENTER +@end example + +@node Emphasis and Monospace +@section Emphasis and Monospace + +@cindex underlined text, markup rules +@cindex bold text, markup rules +@cindex italic text, markup rules +@cindex verbatim text, markup rules +@cindex code text, markup rules +@cindex strike-through text, markup rules + +You can make words @samp{*bold*}, @samp{/italic/}, @samp{_underlined_}, @samp{=verbatim=} +and @samp{~code~}, and, if you must, @samp{+strike-through+}. Text in the code +and verbatim string is not processed for Org mode specific syntax; it +is exported verbatim. + +@vindex org-fontify-emphasized-text +To turn off fontification for marked up text, you can set +@code{org-fontify-emphasized-text} to @code{nil}. To narrow down the list of +available markup syntax, you can customize @code{org-emphasis-alist}. + +@node Subscripts and Superscripts +@section Subscripts and Superscripts + +@cindex subscript +@cindex superscript + +@samp{^} and @samp{_} are used to indicate super- and subscripts. To increase +the readability of ASCII text, it is not necessary, but OK, to +surround multi-character sub- and superscripts with curly braces. For +example + +@example +The radius of the sun is R_sun = 6.96 x 10^8 m. On the other hand, +the radius of Alpha Centauri is R_@{Alpha Centauri@} = 1.28 x R_@{sun@}. +@end example + +@vindex org-use-sub-superscripts +If you write a text where the underscore is often used in a different +context, Org's convention to always interpret these as subscripts can +get in your way. Configure the variable @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} to +change this convention. For example, when setting this variable to +@code{@{@}}, @samp{a_b} is not interpreted as a subscript, but @samp{a_@{b@}} is. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x \} (@code{org-toggle-pretty-entities}) +@kindex C-c C-x \ +@findex org-toggle-pretty-entities +This command formats sub- and superscripts in a WYSIWYM way. +@end table + +@node Special Symbols +@section Special Symbols + +@cindex math symbols +@cindex special symbols +@cindex entities + +You can use @LaTeX{}-like syntax to insert special symbols---named +entities---like @samp{\alpha} to indicate the Greek letter, or @samp{\to} to indicate +an arrow. Completion for these symbols is available, just type @samp{\} +and maybe a few letters, and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to see possible +completions. If you need such a symbol inside a word, terminate it +with a pair of curly brackets. For example + +@example +Pro tip: Given a circle \Gamma of diameter d, the length of its +circumference is \pi@{@}d. +@end example + +@findex org-entities-help +@vindex org-entities-user +A large number of entities is provided, with names taken from both +HTML and @LaTeX{}; you can comfortably browse the complete list from +a dedicated buffer using the command @code{org-entities-help}. It is also +possible to provide your own special symbols in the variable +@code{org-entities-user}. + +During export, these symbols are transformed into the native format of +the exporter back-end. Strings like @samp{\alpha} are exported as @samp{α} in +the HTML output, and as @samp{\(\alpha\)} in the @LaTeX{} output. Similarly, @samp{\nbsp} +becomes @samp{ } in HTML and @samp{~} in @LaTeX{}. + +@cindex special symbols, in-buffer display +If you would like to see entities displayed as UTF-8 characters, use +the following command@footnote{You can turn this on by default by setting the variable +@code{org-pretty-entities}, or on a per-file base with the @samp{STARTUP} option +@samp{entitiespretty}.}: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x \} (@code{org-toggle-pretty-entities}) +@kindex C-c C-x \ +@findex org-toggle-pretty-entities + +Toggle display of entities as UTF-8 characters. This does not +change the buffer content which remains plain ASCII, but it +overlays the UTF-8 character for display purposes only. +@end table + +@cindex shy hyphen, special symbol +@cindex dash, special symbol +@cindex ellipsis, special symbol +In addition to regular entities defined above, Org exports in +a special way@footnote{This behavior can be disabled with @samp{-} export setting (see +@ref{Export Settings}).} the following commonly used character +combinations: @samp{\-} is treated as a shy hyphen, @samp{--} and @samp{---} are +converted into dashes, and @samp{...} becomes a compact set of dots. + +@node Embedded @LaTeX{} +@section Embedded @LaTeX{} + +@cindex @TeX{} interpretation +@cindex @LaTeX{} interpretation + +Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking. +Exceptions include scientific notes, which often require mathematical +symbols and the occasional formula. @LaTeX{}@footnote{@LaTeX{} is a macro system based on Donald@tie{}E@.@tie{}Knuth's @TeX{} +system. Many of the features described here as ``@LaTeX{}'' are really +from @TeX{}, but for simplicity I am blurring this distinction.} is widely used to +typeset scientific documents. Org mode supports embedding @LaTeX{} code +into its files, because many academics are used to writing and reading +@LaTeX{} source code, and because it can be readily processed to produce +pretty output for a number of export back-ends. + +@menu +* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy. +* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like? +* CD@LaTeX{} mode:: Speed up entering of formulas. +@end menu + +@node @LaTeX{} fragments +@subsection @LaTeX{} fragments + +@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments + +@vindex org-format-latex-header +Org mode can contain @LaTeX{} math fragments, and it supports ways to +process these for several export back-ends. When exporting to @LaTeX{}, +the code is left as it is. When exporting to HTML, Org can use either +@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax} (see @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}) or transcode the math +into images (see @ref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}). + +@LaTeX{} fragments do not need any special marking at all. The following +snippets are identified as @LaTeX{} source code: + +@itemize +@item +Environments of any kind@footnote{When MathJax is used, only the environments recognized by +MathJax are processed. When dvipng, dvisvgm, or ImageMagick suite is +used to create images, any @LaTeX{} environment is handled.}. The only requirement is that the +@samp{\begin} statement appears on a new line, preceded by only +whitespace. + +@item +Text within the usual @LaTeX{} math delimiters. To avoid conflicts +with currency specifications, single @samp{$} characters are only +recognized as math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at most +two line breaks, is directly attached to the @samp{$} characters with no +whitespace in between, and if the closing @samp{$} is followed by +whitespace, punctuation or a dash. For the other delimiters, there +is no such restriction, so when in doubt, use @samp{\(...\)} as inline +math delimiters. +@end itemize + +@noindent +For example: + +@example +\begin@{equation@} % arbitrary environments, +x=\sqrt@{b@} % even tables, figures +\end@{equation@} % etc + +If $a^2=b$ and \( b=2 \), then the solution must be +either $$ a=+\sqrt@{2@} $$ or \[ a=-\sqrt@{2@} \]. +@end example + +@vindex org-export-with-latex +@LaTeX{} processing can be configured with the variable +@code{org-export-with-latex}. The default setting is @code{t} which means +MathJax for HTML, and no processing for ASCII and @LaTeX{} back-ends. +You can also set this variable on a per-file basis using one of these +lines: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:t} +@tab Do the right thing automatically (MathJax) +@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:nil} +@tab Do not process @LaTeX{} fragments at all +@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:verbatim} +@tab Verbatim export, for jsMath or so +@end multitable + +@node Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments +@subsection Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments + +@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments, preview + +@vindex org-preview-latex-default-process +If you have a working @LaTeX{} installation and @samp{dvipng}, @samp{dvisvgm} or +@samp{convert} installed@footnote{These are respectively available at +@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/}, @uref{http://dvisvgm.bplaced.net/} +and from the ImageMagick suite. Choose the converter by setting the +variable @code{org-preview-latex-default-process} accordingly.}, @LaTeX{} fragments can be processed to +produce images of the typeset expressions to be used for inclusion +while exporting to HTML (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}), or for inline +previewing within Org mode. + +@vindex org-format-latex-options +@vindex org-format-latex-header +You can customize the variables @code{org-format-latex-options} and +@code{org-format-latex-header} to influence some aspects of the preview. +In particular, the @code{:scale} (and for HTML export, @code{:html-scale}) +property of the former can be used to adjust the size of the preview +images. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-l} (@code{org-toggle-latex-fragment}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-l +@findex org-toggle-latex-fragment + +Produce a preview image of the @LaTeX{} fragment at point and +overlay it over the source code. If there is no fragment at +point, process all fragments in the current entry (between two +headlines). When called with a prefix argument, process the +entire subtree. When called with two prefix arguments, or when +point is before the first headline, process the entire buffer. +@end table + +@vindex org-startup-with-latex-preview +You can turn on the previewing of all @LaTeX{} fragments in a file with + +@example +#+STARTUP: latexpreview +@end example + + +To disable it, simply use + +@example +#+STARTUP: nolatexpreview +@end example + +@node CD@LaTeX{} mode +@subsection Using CD@LaTeX{} to enter math + +@cindex CD@LaTeX{} + +CD@LaTeX{} mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with +a major @LaTeX{} mode like AUC@TeX{} in order to speed-up insertion of +environments and math templates. Inside Org mode, you can make use of +some of the features of CD@LaTeX{} mode. You need to install +@samp{cdlatex.el} and @samp{texmathp.el} (the latter comes also with AUC@TeX{}) +from @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/cdlatex}. Do not use +CD@LaTeX{} mode itself under Org mode, but use the light version +@code{org-cdlatex-mode} that comes as part of Org mode. Turn it on for the +current buffer with @kbd{M-x org-cdlatex-mode}, or for all Org +files with + +@lisp +(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-org-cdlatex) +@end lisp + +When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for +more details see the documentation of CD@LaTeX{} mode): + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c @{} +@kindex C-c @{ + +Insert an environment template. + +@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} +@kindex TAB + +The @kbd{@key{TAB}} key expands the template if point is inside +a @LaTeX{} fragment@footnote{Org mode has a method to test if point is inside such +a fragment, see the documentation of the function +@code{org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p}.}. For example, @kbd{@key{TAB}} expands +@samp{fr} to @samp{\frac@{@}@{@}} and position point correctly inside the first +brace. Another @kbd{@key{TAB}} gets you into the second brace. + +Even outside fragments, @kbd{@key{TAB}} expands environment +abbreviations at the beginning of a line. For example, if you +write @samp{equ} at the beginning of a line and press @kbd{@key{TAB}}, +this abbreviation is expanded to an @samp{equation} environment. To +get a list of all abbreviations, type @kbd{M-x cdlatex-command-help}. + +@item @kbd{^} +@itemx @kbd{_} +@kindex _ +@kindex ^ +@vindex cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts + +Pressing @kbd{_} and @kbd{^} inside a @LaTeX{} fragment +inserts these characters together with a pair of braces. If you +use @kbd{@key{TAB}} to move out of the braces, and if the braces +surround only a single character or macro, they are removed again +(depending on the variable @code{cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts}). + +@item @kbd{`} +@kindex ` + +Pressing the backquote followed by a character inserts math +macros, also outside @LaTeX{} fragments. If you wait more than 1.5 +seconds after the backquote, a help window pops up. + +@item @kbd{'} +@kindex ' + +Pressing the single-quote followed by another character modifies +the symbol before point with an accent or a font. If you wait +more than 1.5 seconds after the single-quote, a help window pops +up. Character modification works only inside @LaTeX{} fragments; +outside the quote is normal. +@end table + +@node Literal Examples +@section Literal Examples + +@cindex literal examples, markup rules +@cindex code line references, markup rules + +You can include literal examples that should not be subjected to +markup. Such examples are typeset in monospace, so this is well +suited for source code and similar examples. + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXAMPLE} +@cindex example block +@example +#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE + Some example from a text file. +#+END_EXAMPLE +@end example + +Note that such blocks may be @emph{indented} in order to align nicely with +indented text and in particular with plain list structure (see +@ref{Plain Lists}). For simplicity when using small examples, you can +also start the example lines with a colon followed by a space. There +may also be additional whitespace before the colon: + +@example +Here is an example + : Some example from a text file. +@end example + +@cindex formatting source code, markup rules +@vindex org-latex-listings +If the example is source code from a programming language, or any +other text that can be marked up by Font Lock in Emacs, you can ask +for the example to look like the fontified Emacs buffer@footnote{This works automatically for the HTML backend (it requires +version 1.34 of the @samp{htmlize.el} package, which you need to install). +Fontified code chunks in @LaTeX{} can be achieved using either the +@uref{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings, listings} package or the @uref{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/minted, minted} package. Refer to +@code{org-export-latex-listings} for details.}. This +is done with the code block, where you also need to specify the name +of the major mode that should be used to fontify the example@footnote{Source code in code blocks may also be evaluated either +interactively or on export. See @ref{Working with Source Code} for more +information on evaluating code blocks.}, +see @ref{Structure Templates} for shortcuts to easily insert code blocks. + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_SRC} +@cindex source block +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + (defun org-xor (a b) + "Exclusive or." + (if a (not b) b)) + #+END_SRC +@end example + +Both in @samp{example} and in @samp{src} snippets, you can add a @samp{-n} switch to +the end of the @samp{#+BEGIN} line, to get the lines of the example +numbered. The @samp{-n} takes an optional numeric argument specifying the +starting line number of the block. If you use a @samp{+n} switch, the +numbering from the previous numbered snippet is continued in the +current one. The @samp{+n} switch can also take a numeric argument. This +adds the value of the argument to the last line of the previous block +to determine the starting line number. + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n 20 + ;; This exports with line number 20. + (message "This is line 21") +#+END_SRC + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp +n 10 + ;; This is listed as line 31. + (message "This is line 32") +#+END_SRC +@end example + +In literal examples, Org interprets strings like @samp{(ref:name)} as +labels, and use them as targets for special hyperlinks like +@samp{[[(name)]]}---i.e., the reference name enclosed in single parenthesis. +In HTML, hovering the mouse over such a link remote-highlights the +corresponding code line, which is kind of cool. + +You can also add a @samp{-r} switch which @emph{removes} the labels from the +source code@footnote{Adding @samp{-k} to @samp{-n -r} @emph{keeps} the labels in the source code +while using line numbers for the links, which might be useful to +explain those in an Org mode example code.}. With the @samp{-n} switch, links to these references +are labeled by the line numbers from the code listing. Otherwise +links use the labels with no parentheses. Here is an example: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n -r + (save-excursion (ref:sc) + (goto-char (point-min)) (ref:jump) +#+END_SRC +In line [[(sc)]] we remember the current position. [[(jump)][Line (jump)]] +jumps to point-min. +@end example + +@cindex indentation, in source blocks +Finally, you can use @samp{-i} to preserve the indentation of a specific +code block (see @ref{Editing Source Code}). + +@vindex org-coderef-label-format +If the syntax for the label format conflicts with the language syntax, +use a @samp{-l} switch to change the format, for example + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC pascal -n -r -l "((%s))" +@end example + + +@noindent +See also the variable @code{org-coderef-label-format}. + +HTML export also allows examples to be published as text areas (see +@ref{Text areas in HTML export}). + +Because the @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} patterns need to be added so often, +a shortcut is provided (see @ref{Structure Templates}). + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit-special}) +@kindex C-c ' +@findex org-edit-special +Edit the source code example at point in its native mode. This +works by switching to a temporary buffer with the source code. +You need to exit by pressing @kbd{C-c '} again@footnote{Upon exit, lines starting with @samp{*}, @samp{,*}, @samp{#+} and @samp{,#+} get +a comma prepended, to keep them from being interpreted by Org as +outline nodes or special syntax. These commas are stripped when +editing with @kbd{C-c '}, and also before export.}. The +edited version then replaces the old version in the Org buffer. +Fixed-width regions---where each line starts with a colon +followed by a space---are edited using @code{artist-mode}@footnote{You may select a different-mode with the variable +@code{org-edit-fixed-width-region-mode}.} to +allow creating ASCII drawings easily. Using this command in an +empty line creates a new fixed-width region. +@end table + +@cindex storing link, in a source code buffer +Calling @code{org-store-link} (see @ref{Handling Links}) while editing a source +code example in a temporary buffer created with @kbd{C-c '} +prompts for a label. Make sure that it is unique in the current +buffer, and insert it with the proper formatting like @samp{(ref:label)} at +the end of the current line. Then the label is stored as a link +@samp{(label)}, for retrieval with @kbd{C-c C-l}. + +@node Images +@section Images + +@cindex inlining images +@cindex images, markup rules +An image is a link to an image file@footnote{What Emacs considers to be an image depends on +@code{image-file-name-extensions} and @code{image-file-name-regexps}.} that does not have +a description part, for example + +@example +./img/cat.jpg +@end example + + +If you wish to define a caption for the image (see @ref{Captions}) and +maybe a label for internal cross references (see @ref{Internal Links}), +make sure that the link is on a line by itself and precede it with +@samp{CAPTION} and @samp{NAME} keywords as follows: + +@example +#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next figure link (or table) +#+NAME: fig:SED-HR4049 +[[./img/a.jpg]] +@end example + +@noindent +Such images can be displayed within the buffer with the following +command: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-v} (@code{org-toggle-inline-images}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-v +@findex org-toggle-inline-images +@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images +Toggle the inline display of linked images. When called with +a prefix argument, also display images that do have a link +description. You can ask for inline images to be displayed at +startup by configuring the variable +@code{org-startup-with-inline-images}@footnote{The variable @code{org-startup-with-inline-images} can be set +within a buffer with the @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{inlineimages} and +@samp{noinlineimages}.}. +@end table + +@node Captions +@section Captions + +@cindex captions, markup rules +@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword + +You can assign a caption to a specific part of a document by inserting +a @samp{CAPTION} keyword immediately before it: + +@example +#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next table (or link) +| ... | ... | +|-----+-----| +@end example + +Optionally, the caption can take the form: + +@example +#+CAPTION[Short caption]: Longer caption. +@end example + + +Even though images and tables are prominent examples of captioned +structures, the same caption mechanism can apply to many +others---e.g., @LaTeX{} equations, source code blocks. Depending on the +export back-end, those may or may not be handled. + +@node Horizontal Rules +@section Horizontal Rules + +@cindex horizontal rules, markup rules +A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, is exported +as a horizontal line. + +@node Exporting +@chapter Exporting + +@cindex exporting + +At some point you might want to print your notes, publish them on the +web, or share them with people not using Org. Org can convert and +export documents to a variety of other formats while retaining as much +structure (see @ref{Document Structure}) and markup (see @ref{Markup for Rich Contents}) as possible. + +@cindex export back-end +The libraries responsible for translating Org files to other formats +are called @emph{back-ends}. Org ships with support for the following +back-ends: + +@itemize +@item +@emph{ascii} (ASCII format) +@item +@emph{beamer} (@LaTeX{} Beamer format) +@item +@emph{html} (HTML format) +@item +@emph{icalendar} (iCalendar format) +@item +@emph{latex} (@LaTeX{} format) +@item +@emph{md} (Markdown format) +@item +@emph{odt} (OpenDocument Text format) +@item +@emph{org} (Org format) +@item +@emph{texinfo} (Texinfo format) +@item +@emph{man} (Man page format) +@end itemize + +Users can install libraries for additional formats from the Emacs +packaging system. For easy discovery, these packages have a common +naming scheme: @code{ox-NAME}, where @var{NAME} is a format. For +example, @code{ox-koma-letter} for @emph{koma-letter} back-end. More libraries +can be found in the @samp{contrib/} directory (see @ref{Installation}). + +@vindex org-export-backends +Org only loads back-ends for the following formats by default: ASCII, +HTML, iCalendar, @LaTeX{}, and ODT@. Additional back-ends can be loaded +in either of two ways: by configuring the @code{org-export-backends} +variable, or by requiring libraries in the Emacs init file. For +example, to load the Markdown back-end, add this to your Emacs config: + +@lisp +(require 'ox-md) +@end lisp + +@menu +* The Export Dispatcher:: The main interface. +* Export Settings:: Common export settings. +* Table of Contents:: The if and where of the table of contents. +* Include Files:: Include additional files into a document. +* Macro Replacement:: Use macros to create templates. +* Comment Lines:: What will not be exported. +* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding. +* Beamer Export:: +* HTML Export:: Exporting to HTML. +* @LaTeX{} Export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{} and processing to PDF. +* Markdown Export:: Exporting to Markdown. +* OpenDocument Text Export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text. +* Org Export:: Exporting to Org. +* Texinfo Export:: Exporting to Texinfo. +* iCalendar Export:: Exporting to iCalendar. +* Other Built-in Back-ends:: Exporting to a man page. +* Advanced Export Configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output. +* Export in Foreign Buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax. +@end menu + +@node The Export Dispatcher +@section The Export Dispatcher + +@cindex dispatcher, for export commands +@cindex export, dispatcher + +The export dispatcher is the main interface for Org's exports. +A hierarchical menu presents the currently configured export formats. +Options are shown as easy toggle switches on the same screen. + +@vindex org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui +Org also has a minimal prompt interface for the export dispatcher. +When the variable @code{org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui} is set to +a non-@code{nil} value, Org prompts in the minibuffer. To switch back to +the hierarchical menu, press @kbd{?}. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{org-export}) +@kindex C-c C-e +@findex org-export + +Invokes the export dispatcher interface. The options show +default settings. The @kbd{C-u} prefix argument preserves +options from the previous export, including any sub-tree +selections. +@end table + +Org exports the entire buffer by default. If the Org buffer has an +active region, then Org exports just that region. + +Within the dispatcher interface, the following key combinations can +further alter what is exported, and how. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-a} +@kindex C-c C-e C-a + +Toggle asynchronous export. Asynchronous export uses an external +Emacs process with a specially configured initialization file to +complete the exporting process in the background, without tying-up +Emacs. This is particularly useful when exporting long documents. + +Output from an asynchronous export is saved on the @emph{export +stack}. To view this stack, call the export dispatcher with +a double @kbd{C-u} prefix argument. If already in the +export dispatcher menu, @kbd{&} displays the stack. + +@vindex org-export-in-background +You can make asynchronous export the default by setting +@code{org-export-in-background}. + +@vindex org-export-async-init-file +You can set the initialization file used by the background process +by setting @code{org-export-async-init-file}. + +@item @kbd{C-b} +@kindex C-c C-e C-b + +Toggle body-only export. Useful for excluding headers and +footers in the export. Affects only those back-end formats that +have sections like @samp{<head>...</head>} in HTML@. + +@item @kbd{C-s} +@kindex C-c C-e C-s + +Toggle sub-tree export. When turned on, Org exports only the +sub-tree starting from point position at the time the export +dispatcher was invoked. Org uses the top heading of this +sub-tree as the document's title. If point is not on a heading, +Org uses the nearest enclosing header. If point is in the +document preamble, Org signals an error and aborts export. + +@vindex org-export-initial-scope +To make sub-tree export the default, customize the variable +@code{org-export-initial-scope}. + +@item @kbd{C-v} +@kindex C-c C-e C-v + +Toggle visible-only export. This is useful for exporting only certain +parts of an Org document by adjusting the visibility +of particular headings. +@end table + +@node Export Settings +@section Export Settings + +@cindex options, for export +@cindex Export, settings + +@cindex @samp{OPTIONS}, keyword +Export options can be set: globally with variables; for an individual +file by making variables buffer-local with in-buffer settings (see +@ref{In-buffer Settings}); by setting individual keywords or +specifying them in compact form with the @samp{OPTIONS} keyword; or for +a tree by setting properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}). Options +set at a specific level override options set at a more general level. + +@cindex @samp{SETUPFILE}, keyword +In-buffer settings may appear anywhere in the file, either directly or +indirectly through a file included using @samp{#+SETUPFILE: filename or +URL} syntax. Option keyword sets tailored to a particular back-end +can be inserted from the export dispatcher (see @ref{The Export Dispatcher}) using the @samp{Insert template} command by pressing +@kbd{#}. To insert keywords individually, a good way to make +sure the keyword is correct is to type @samp{#+} and then to use +@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows. +Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead.} for completion. + +The export keywords available for every back-end, and their equivalent +global variables, include: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{AUTHOR} +@cindex @samp{AUTHOR}, keyword +@vindex user-full-name +The document author (@code{user-full-name}). + +@item @samp{CREATOR} +@cindex @samp{CREATOR}, keyword +@vindex org-expot-creator-string +Entity responsible for output generation +(@code{org-export-creator-string}). + +@item @samp{DATE} +@cindex @samp{DATE}, keyword +@vindex org-export-date-timestamp-format +A date or a time-stamp@footnote{The variable @code{org-export-date-timestamp-format} defines how +this timestamp are exported.}. + +@item @samp{EMAIL} +@cindex @samp{EMAIL}, keyword +@vindex user-mail-address +The email address (@code{user-mail-address}). + +@item @samp{LANGUAGE} +@cindex @samp{LANGUAGE}, keyword +@vindex org-export-default-language +Language to use for translating certain strings +(@code{org-export-default-language}). With @samp{#+LANGUAGE: fr}, for +example, Org translates @samp{Table of contents} to the French @samp{Table + des matières}@footnote{For export to @LaTeX{} format---or @LaTeX{}-related formats such as +Beamer---, the @samp{org-latex-package-alist} variable needs further +configuration. See @ref{@LaTeX{} specific export settings}.}. + +@item @samp{SELECT_TAGS} +@cindex @samp{SELECT_TAGS}, keyword +@vindex org-export-select-tags +The default value is @samp{("export")}. When a tree is tagged with +@samp{export} (@code{org-export-select-tags}), Org selects that tree and +its sub-trees for export. Org excludes trees with @samp{noexport} +tags, see below. When selectively exporting files with @samp{export} +tags set, Org does not export any text that appears before the +first headline. + +@item @samp{EXCLUDE_TAGS} +@cindex @samp{EXCLUDE_TAGS}, keyword +@vindex org-export-exclude-tags +The default value is @samp{("noexport")}. When a tree is tagged with +@samp{noexport} (@code{org-export-exclude-tags}), Org excludes that tree +and its sub-trees from export. Entries tagged with @samp{noexport} +are unconditionally excluded from the export, even if they have +an @samp{export} tag. Even if a sub-tree is not exported, Org +executes any code blocks contained there. + +@item @samp{TITLE} +@cindex @samp{TITLE}, keyword +@cindex document title +Org displays this title. For long titles, use multiple @samp{#+TITLE} +lines. + +@item @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} +@cindex @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}, keyword +The name of the output file to be generated. Otherwise, Org +generates the file name based on the buffer name and the +extension based on the back-end format. +@end table + +The @samp{OPTIONS} keyword is a compact form. To configure multiple +options, use several @samp{OPTIONS} lines. @samp{OPTIONS} recognizes the +following arguments. + +@table @asis +@item @code{'} +@vindex org-export-with-smart-quotes +Toggle smart quotes (@code{org-export-with-smart-quotes}). Depending +on the language used, when activated, Org treats pairs of double +quotes as primary quotes, pairs of single quotes as secondary +quotes, and single quote marks as apostrophes. + +@item @code{*} +@vindex org-export-with-emphasize +Toggle emphasized text (@code{org-export-with-emphasize}). + +@item @code{-} +@vindex org-export-with-special-strings +Toggle conversion of special strings +(@code{org-export-with-special-strings}). + +@item @code{:} +@vindex org-export-with-fixed-width +Toggle fixed-width sections (@code{org-export-with-fixed-width}). + +@item @code{<} +@vindex org-export-with-timestamps +Toggle inclusion of time/date active/inactive stamps +(@code{org-export-with-timestamps}). + +@item @code{\n} +@vindex org-export-preserve-breaks +Toggles whether to preserve line breaks +(@code{org-export-preserve-breaks}). + +@item @code{^} +@vindex org-export-with-sub-superscripts +Toggle @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts. If you write +@samp{^:@{@}}, @samp{a_@{b@}} is interpreted, but the simple @samp{a_b} is left as +it is (@code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}). + +@item @code{arch} +@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees +Configure how archived trees are exported. When set to +@code{headline}, the export process skips the contents and processes +only the headlines (@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}). + +@item @code{author} +@vindex org-export-with-author +Toggle inclusion of author name into exported file +(@code{org-export-with-author}). + +@item @code{broken-links} +@vindex org-export-with-broken-links +Toggles if Org should continue exporting upon finding a broken +internal link. When set to @code{mark}, Org clearly marks the problem +link in the output (@code{org-export-with-broken-links}). + +@item @code{c} +@vindex org-export-with-clocks +Toggle inclusion of CLOCK keywords (@code{org-export-with-clocks}). + +@item @code{creator} +@vindex org-export-with-creator +Toggle inclusion of creator information in the exported file +(@code{org-export-with-creator}). + +@item @code{d} +@vindex org-export-with-drawers +Toggles inclusion of drawers, or list of drawers to include, or +list of drawers to exclude (@code{org-export-with-drawers}). + +@item @code{date} +@vindex org-export-with-date +Toggle inclusion of a date into exported file +(@code{org-export-with-date}). + +@item @code{e} +@vindex org-export-with-entities +Toggle inclusion of entities (@code{org-export-with-entities}). + +@item @code{email} +@vindex org-export-with-email +Toggle inclusion of the author's e-mail into exported file +(@code{org-export-with-email}). + +@item @code{f} +@vindex org-export-with-footnotes +Toggle the inclusion of footnotes (@code{org-export-with-footnotes}). + +@item @code{H} +@vindex org-export-headline-levels +Set the number of headline levels for export +(@code{org-export-headline-levels}). Below that level, headlines are +treated differently. In most back-ends, they become list items. + +@item @code{inline} +@vindex org-export-with-inlinetasks +Toggle inclusion of inlinetasks (@code{org-export-with-inlinetasks}). + +@item @code{num} +@vindex org-export-with-section-numbers +@cindex @samp{UNNUMBERED}, property +Toggle section-numbers (@code{org-export-with-section-numbers}). When +set to number N, Org numbers only those headlines at level N or +above. Set @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to non-@code{nil} to disable +numbering of heading and subheadings entirely. Moreover, when +the value is @samp{notoc} the headline, and all its children, do not +appear in the table of contents either (see @ref{Table of Contents}). + +@item @code{p} +@vindex org-export-with-planning +Toggle export of planning information +(@code{org-export-with-planning}). ``Planning information'' comes from +lines located right after the headline and contain any +combination of these cookies: @samp{SCHEDULED}, @samp{DEADLINE}, or +@samp{CLOSED}. + +@item @code{pri} +@vindex org-export-with-priority +Toggle inclusion of priority cookies +(@code{org-export-with-priority}). + +@item @code{prop} +@vindex org-export-with-properties +Toggle inclusion of property drawers, or list the properties to +include (@code{org-export-with-properties}). + +@item @code{stat} +@vindex org-export-with-statistics-cookies +Toggle inclusion of statistics cookies +(@code{org-export-with-statistics-cookies}). + +@item @code{tags} +@vindex org-export-with-tags +Toggle inclusion of tags, may also be @code{not-in-toc} +(@code{org-export-with-tags}). + +@item @code{tasks} +@vindex org-export-with-tasks +Toggle inclusion of tasks (TODO items); or @code{nil} to remove all +tasks; or @code{todo} to remove DONE tasks; or list the keywords to +keep (@code{org-export-with-tasks}). + +@item @code{tex} +@vindex org-export-with-latex +@code{nil} does not export; @code{t} exports; @code{verbatim} keeps everything +in verbatim (@code{org-export-with-latex}). + +@item @code{timestamp} +@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file +Toggle inclusion of the creation time in the exported file +(@code{org-export-time-stamp-file}). + +@item @code{title} +@vindex org-export-with-title +Toggle inclusion of title (@code{org-export-with-title}). + +@item @code{toc} +@vindex org-export-with-toc +Toggle inclusion of the table of contents, or set the level limit +(@code{org-export-with-toc}). + +@item @code{todo} +@vindex org-export-with-todo-keywords +Toggle inclusion of TODO keywords into exported text +(@code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}). + +@item @code{|} +@vindex org-export-with-tables +Toggle inclusion of tables (@code{org-export-with-tables}). +@end table + +When exporting sub-trees, special node properties can override the +above keywords. These properties have an @samp{EXPORT_} prefix. For +example, @samp{DATE} becomes, @samp{EXPORT_DATE} when used for a specific +sub-tree. Except for @samp{SETUPFILE}, all other keywords listed above +have an @samp{EXPORT_} equivalent. + +@cindex @samp{BIND}, keyword +@vindex org-export-allow-bind-keywords +If @code{org-export-allow-bind-keywords} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs variables can +become buffer-local during export by using the @samp{BIND} keyword. Its +syntax is @samp{#+BIND: variable value}. This is particularly useful for +in-buffer settings that cannot be changed using keywords. + +@node Table of Contents +@section Table of Contents + +@cindex table of contents +@cindex list of tables +@cindex list of listings + +@cindex @samp{toc}, in @samp{OPTIONS} keyword +@vindex org-export-with-toc +The table of contents includes all headlines in the document. Its +depth is therefore the same as the headline levels in the file. If +you need to use a different depth, or turn it off entirely, set the +@code{org-export-with-toc} variable accordingly. You can achieve the same +on a per file basis, using the following @samp{toc} item in @samp{OPTIONS} +keyword: + +@example +#+OPTIONS: toc:2 (only include two levels in TOC) +#+OPTIONS: toc:nil (no default TOC at all) +@end example + +@cindex excluding entries from table of contents +@cindex table of contents, exclude entries +Org includes both numbered and unnumbered headlines in the table of +contents@footnote{At the moment, some export back-ends do not obey this +specification. For example, @LaTeX{} export excludes every unnumbered +headline from the table of contents.}. If you need to exclude an unnumbered headline, +along with all its children, set the @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to @samp{notoc} +value. + +@example +* Subtree not numbered, not in table of contents either + :PROPERTIES: + :UNNUMBERED: notoc + :END: +@end example + +@cindex @samp{TOC}, keyword +Org normally inserts the table of contents directly before the first +headline of the file. To move the table of contents to a different +location, first turn off the default with @code{org-export-with-toc} +variable or with @samp{#+OPTIONS: toc:nil}. Then insert @samp{#+TOC: headlines +N} at the desired location(s). + +@example +#+OPTIONS: toc:nil +... +#+TOC: headlines 2 +@end example + +To adjust the table of contents depth for a specific section of the +Org document, append an additional @samp{local} parameter. This parameter +becomes a relative depth for the current level. The following example +inserts a local table of contents, with direct children only. + +@example +* Section +#+TOC: headlines 1 local +@end example + +Note that for this feature to work properly in @LaTeX{} export, the Org +file requires the inclusion of the titletoc package. Because of +compatibility issues, titletoc has to be loaded @emph{before} hyperref. +Customize the @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} variable. + +Use the @samp{TOC} keyword to generate list of tables---respectively, all +listings---with captions. + +@example +#+TOC: listings +#+TOC: tables +@end example + +@cindex @samp{ALT_TITLE}, property +Normally Org uses the headline for its entry in the table of contents. +But with @samp{ALT_TITLE} property, a different entry can be specified for +the table of contents. + +@node Include Files +@section Include Files + +@cindex include files, during export +@cindex export, include files +@cindex @samp{INCLUDE}, keyword + +During export, you can include the content of another file. For +example, to include your @samp{.emacs} file, you could use: + +@example +#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" src emacs-lisp +@end example + + +@noindent +The first parameter is the file name to include. The optional second +parameter specifies the block type: @samp{example}, @samp{export} or @samp{src}. The +optional third parameter specifies the source code language to use for +formatting the contents. This is relevant to both @samp{export} and @samp{src} +block types. + +If an included file is specified as having a markup language, Org +neither checks for valid syntax nor changes the contents in any way. +For example and source blocks, Org code-escapes the contents before +inclusion. + +@cindex @samp{minlevel}, include +If an included file is not specified as having any markup language, +Org assumes it be in Org format and proceeds as usual with a few +exceptions. Org makes the footnote labels (see @ref{Creating Footnotes}) +in the included file local to that file. The contents of the included +file belong to the same structure---headline, item---containing the +@samp{INCLUDE} keyword. In particular, headlines within the file become +children of the current section. That behavior can be changed by +providing an additional keyword parameter, @samp{:minlevel}. It shifts the +headlines in the included file to become the lowest level. For +example, this syntax makes the included file a sibling of the current +top-level headline: + +@example +#+INCLUDE: "~/my-book/chapter2.org" :minlevel 1 +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{lines}, include +Inclusion of only portions of files are specified using ranges +parameter with @samp{:lines} keyword. The line at the upper end of the +range will not be included. The start and/or the end of the range may +be omitted to use the obvious defaults. + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "5-10"} +@tab Include lines 5 to 10, 10 excluded +@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "-10"} +@tab Include lines 1 to 10, 10 excluded +@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "10-"} +@tab Include lines from 10 to EOF +@end multitable + +Inclusions may specify a file-link to extract an object matched by +@code{org-link-search}@footnote{Note that @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline} is +locally bound to non-@code{nil}. Therefore, @code{org-link-search} only matches +headlines and named elements.} (see @ref{Search Options}). The +ranges for @samp{:lines} keyword are relative to the requested element. +Therefore, + +@example +#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::*conclusion" :lines 1-20 +@end example + + +@noindent +includes the first 20 lines of the headline named @samp{conclusion}. + +@cindex @samp{only-contents}, include +To extract only the contents of the matched object, set +@samp{:only-contents} property to non-@code{nil}. This omits any planning lines +or property drawers. For example, to include the body of the heading +with the custom ID @samp{theory}, you can use + +@example +#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::#theory" :only-contents t +@end example + + +The following command allows navigating back and forth to the included +document: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit~special}) +@kindex C-c ' +@findex org-edit-special + +Visit the included file at point. +@end table + +@node Macro Replacement +@section Macro Replacement + +@cindex macro replacement, during export +@cindex @samp{MACRO}, keyword + +@vindex org-export-global-macros +Macros replace text snippets during export. Macros are defined +globally in @code{org-export-global-macros}, or document-wise with the +following syntax: + +@example +#+MACRO: name replacement text; $1, $2 are arguments +@end example + + +@noindent +which can be referenced using @samp{@{@{@{name(arg1, arg2)@}@}@}}@footnote{Since commas separate the arguments, commas within arguments +have to be escaped with the backslash character. So only those +backslash characters before a comma need escaping with another +backslash character.}. For +example + +@example +#+MACRO: poem The rose is $1, The violet's $2. Life's ordered: Org assists you. +@{@{@{poem(red,blue)@}@}@} +@end example + +@noindent +becomes + +@example +The rose is red, The violet's blue. Life's ordered: Org assists you. +@end example + + +As a special case, Org parses any replacement text starting with +@samp{(eval} as an Emacs Lisp expression and evaluates it accordingly. +Within such templates, arguments become strings. Thus, the following +macro + +@example +#+MACRO: gnucheck (eval (concat "GNU/" (capitalize $1))) +@end example + + +@noindent +turns @samp{@{@{@{gnucheck(linux)@}@}@}} into @samp{GNU/Linux} during export. + +Org recognizes macro references in following Org markup areas: +paragraphs, headlines, verse blocks, tables cells and lists. Org also +recognizes macro references in keywords, such as @samp{CAPTION}, @samp{TITLE}, +@samp{AUTHOR}, @samp{DATE}, and for some back-end specific export options. + +Org comes with following pre-defined macros: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{@{@{@{keyword(NAME)@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{title@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{author@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{email@}@}@}} +@cindex @samp{keyword}, macro +@cindex @samp{title}, macro +@cindex @samp{author}, macro +@cindex @samp{email}, macro +The @samp{keyword} macro collects all values from @var{NAME} +keywords throughout the buffer, separated with white space. +@samp{title}, @samp{author} and @samp{email} macros are shortcuts for, +respectively, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(TITLE)@}@}@}}, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(AUTHOR)@}@}@}} and +@samp{@{@{@{keyword(EMAIL)@}@}@}}. + +@item @samp{@{@{@{date@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{date(FORMAT)@}@}@}} +@cindex @samp{date}, macro +This macro refers to the @samp{DATE} keyword. @var{FORMAT} is an +optional argument to the @samp{date} macro that is used only if @samp{DATE} +is a single timestamp. @var{FORMAT} should be a format +string understood by @code{format-time-string}. + +@item @samp{@{@{@{time(FORMAT)@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{modification-time(FORMAT, VC)@}@}@}} +@cindex @samp{time}, macro +@cindex @samp{modification-time}, macro +These macros refer to the document's date and time of export and +date and time of modification. @var{FORMAT} is a string +understood by @code{format-time-string}. If the second argument to +the @code{modification-time} macro is non-@code{nil}, Org uses @samp{vc.el} to +retrieve the document's modification time from the version +control system. Otherwise Org reads the file attributes. + +@item @samp{@{@{@{input-file@}@}@}} +@cindex @samp{input-file}, macro +This macro refers to the filename of the exported file. + +@item @samp{@{@{@{property(PROPERTY-NAME)@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{property(PROPERTY-NAME, SEARCH OPTION)@}@}@}} +@cindex @samp{property}, macro +This macro returns the value of property @var{PROPERTY-NAME} +in the current entry. If @var{SEARCH-OPTION} (see @ref{Search Options}) refers to a remote entry, use it instead. + +@item @samp{@{@{@{n@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{n(NAME)@}@}@}} +@itemx @samp{@{@{@{n(NAME, ACTION)@}@}@}} +@cindex @samp{n}, macro +@cindex counter, macro +This macro implements custom counters by returning the number of +times the macro has been expanded so far while exporting the +buffer. You can create more than one counter using different +@var{NAME} values. If @var{ACTION} is @samp{-}, previous +value of the counter is held, i.e., the specified counter is not +incremented. If the value is a number, the specified counter is +set to that value. If it is any other non-empty string, the +specified counter is reset to 1. You may leave @var{NAME} +empty to reset the default counter. +@end table + +@cindex @samp{results}, macro +Moreover, inline source blocks (see @ref{Structure of Code Blocks}) use the +special @samp{results} macro to mark their output. As such, you are +advised against re-defining it, unless you know what you are doing. + +@vindex org-hide-macro-markers +The surrounding brackets can be made invisible by setting +@code{org-hide-macro-markers} to a non-@code{nil} value. + +Org expands macros at the very beginning of the export process. + +@node Comment Lines +@section Comment Lines + +@cindex exporting, not + +@cindex comment lines +Lines starting with zero or more whitespace characters followed by one +@samp{#} and a whitespace are treated as comments and, as such, are not +exported. + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_COMMENT} +@cindex comment block +Likewise, regions surrounded by @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_COMMENT} +are not exported. + +@cindex comment trees +Finally, a @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry, but after +any other keyword or priority cookie, comments out the entire subtree. +In this case, the subtree is not exported and no code block within it +is executed either@footnote{For a less drastic behavior, consider using a select tag (see +@ref{Export Settings}) instead.}. The command below helps changing the +comment status of a headline. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c ;} (@code{org-toggle-comment}) +@kindex C-c ; +@findex org-toggle-comment + +Toggle the @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry. +@end table + +@node ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export +@section ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export + +@cindex ASCII export +@cindex Latin-1 export +@cindex UTF-8 export + +ASCII export produces an output file containing only plain ASCII +characters. This is the simplest and most direct text output. It +does not contain any Org markup. Latin-1 and UTF-8 export use +additional characters and symbols available in these encoding +standards. All three of these export formats offer the most basic of +text output for maximum portability. + +@vindex org-ascii-text-width +On export, Org fills and justifies text according to the text width +set in @code{org-ascii-text-width}. + +@vindex org-ascii-links-to-notes +Org exports links using a footnote-like style where the descriptive +part is in the text and the link is in a note before the next heading. +See the variable @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes} for details. + +@anchor{ASCII export commands} +@subheading ASCII export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e t a} (@code{org-ascii-export-to-ascii}) +@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t l} +@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t u} +@kindex C-c C-e t a +@kindex C-c C-e t l +@kindex C-c C-e t u +@findex org-ascii-export-to-ascii + +Export as an ASCII file with a @samp{.txt} extension. For +@samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.txt}, overwriting without +warning. For @samp{myfile.txt}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.txt.txt} in +order to prevent data loss. +@end table + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e t A} (@code{org-ascii-export-to-ascii}) +@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t L} +@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t U} +@kindex C-c C-e t A +@kindex C-c C-e t L +@kindex C-c C-e t U +@findex org-ascii-export-to-ascii + +Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file. +@end table + +@anchor{ASCII specific export settings} +@subheading ASCII specific export settings + +The ASCII export back-end has one extra keyword for customizing ASCII +output. Setting this keyword works similar to the general options +(see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{SUBTITLE} +@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword +The document subtitle. For long subtitles, use multiple +@samp{#+SUBTITLE} lines in the Org file. Org prints them on one +continuous line, wrapping into multiple lines if necessary. +@end table + +@anchor{Header and sectioning structure} +@subheading Header and sectioning structure + +Org converts the first three outline levels into headlines for ASCII +export. The remaining levels are turned into lists. To change this +cut-off point where levels become lists, see @ref{Export Settings}. + +@anchor{Quoting ASCII text} +@subheading Quoting ASCII text + +To insert text within the Org file by the ASCII back-end, use one the +following constructs, inline, keyword, or export block: + +@cindex @samp{ASCII}, keyword +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT ascii} +@example +Inline text @@@@ascii:and additional text@@@@ within a paragraph. + +#+ASCII: Some text + +#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii +Org exports text in this block only when using ASCII back-end. +#+END_EXPORT +@end example + +@anchor{ASCII specific attributes} +@subheading ASCII specific attributes + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_ASCII}, keyword +@cindex horizontal rules, in ASCII export + +ASCII back-end recognizes only one attribute, @samp{:width}, which +specifies the width of a horizontal rule in number of characters. The +keyword and syntax for specifying widths is: + +@example +#+ATTR_ASCII: :width 10 +----- +@end example + +@anchor{ASCII special blocks} +@subheading ASCII special blocks + +@cindex special blocks, in ASCII export +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_JUSTIFYLEFT} +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_JUSTIFYRIGHT} + +Besides @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER} blocks (see @ref{Paragraphs}), ASCII back-end has +these two left and right justification blocks: + +@example +#+BEGIN_JUSTIFYLEFT +It's just a jump to the left... +#+END_JUSTIFYLEFT + +#+BEGIN_JUSTIFYRIGHT +...and then a step to the right. +#+END_JUSTIFYRIGHT +@end example + +@node Beamer Export +@section Beamer Export + +@cindex Beamer export + +Org uses Beamer export to convert an Org file tree structure into +high-quality interactive slides for presentations. Beamer is a @LaTeX{} +document class for creating presentations in PDF, HTML, and other +popular display formats. + +@menu +* Beamer export commands:: For creating Beamer documents. +* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export. +* Frames and Blocks in Beamer:: For composing Beamer slides. +* Beamer specific syntax:: For using in Org documents. +* Editing support:: Editing support. +* A Beamer example:: A complete presentation. +@end menu + +@node Beamer export commands +@subsection Beamer export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l b} (@code{org-beamer-export-to-latex}) +@kindex C-c C-e l b +@findex org-beamer-export-to-latex + +Export as @LaTeX{} file with a @samp{.tex} extension. For @samp{myfile.org}, +Org exports to @samp{myfile.tex}, overwriting without warning. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l B} (@code{org-beamer-export-as-latex}) +@kindex C-c C-e l B +@findex org-beamer-export-as-latex + +Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l P} (@code{org-beamer-export-to-pdf}) +@kindex C-c C-e l P +@findex org-beamer-export-to-pdf + +Export as @LaTeX{} file and then convert it to PDF format. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l O} +@kindex C-c C-e l O + +Export as @LaTeX{} file, convert it to PDF format, and then open the +PDF file. +@end table + +@node Beamer specific export settings +@subsection Beamer specific export settings + +Beamer export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing +Beamer output. These keywords work similar to the general options +settings (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{BEAMER_THEME} +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_THEME}, keyword +@vindex org-beamer-theme +The Beamer layout theme (@code{org-beamer-theme}). Use square +brackets for options. For example: + +@example +#+BEAMER_THEME: Rochester [height=20pt] +@end example + +@item @samp{BEAMER_FONT_THEME} +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_FONT_THEME}, keyword +The Beamer font theme. + +@item @samp{BEAMER_INNER_THEME} +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_INNER_THEME}, keyword +The Beamer inner theme. + +@item @samp{BEAMER_OUTER_THEME} +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}, keyword +The Beamer outer theme. + +@item @samp{BEAMER_HEADER} +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_HEADER}, keyword +Arbitrary lines inserted in the preamble, just before the +@samp{hyperref} settings. + +@item @samp{DESCRIPTION} +@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword +The document description. For long descriptions, use multiple +@samp{DESCRIPTION} keywords. By default, @samp{hyperref} inserts +@samp{DESCRIPTION} as metadata. Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to +configure document metadata. Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to +configure typesetting of description as part of front matter. + +@item @samp{KEYWORDS} +@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword +The keywords for defining the contents of the document. Use +multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines if necessary. By default, @samp{hyperref} +inserts @samp{KEYWORDS} as metadata. Use +@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to configure document metadata. +Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure typesetting of +keywords as part of front matter. + +@item @samp{SUBTITLE} +@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword +Document's subtitle. For typesetting, use +@code{org-beamer-subtitle-format} string. Use +@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to configure document metadata. +Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to configure typesetting of +subtitle as part of front matter. +@end table + +@node Frames and Blocks in Beamer +@subsection Frames and Blocks in Beamer + +Org transforms heading levels into Beamer's sectioning elements, +frames and blocks. Any Org tree with a not-too-deep-level nesting +should in principle be exportable as a Beamer presentation. + +@itemize +@item +@vindex org-beamer-frame-level +Org headlines become Beamer frames when the heading level in Org is +equal to @code{org-beamer-frame-level} or @samp{H} value in a @samp{OPTIONS} line +(see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_ENV}, property +Org overrides headlines to frames conversion for the current tree of +an Org file if it encounters the @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property set to +@samp{frame} or @samp{fullframe}. Org ignores whatever +@code{org-beamer-frame-level} happens to be for that headline level in +the Org tree. In Beamer terminology, a full frame is a frame +without its title. + +@item +Org exports a Beamer frame's objects as block environments. Org can +enforce wrapping in special block types when @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property +is set@footnote{If @samp{BEAMER_ENV} is set, Org export adds @samp{B_environment} tag +to make it visible. The tag serves as a visual aid and has no +semantic relevance.}. For valid values see +@code{org-beamer-environments-default}. To add more values, see +@code{org-beamer-environments-extra}. +@vindex org-beamer-environments-default +@vindex org-beamer-environments-extra + +@item +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_REF}, property +If @samp{BEAMER_ENV} is set to @samp{appendix}, Org exports the entry as an +appendix. When set to @samp{note}, Org exports the entry as a note +within the frame or between frames, depending on the entry's heading +level. When set to @samp{noteNH}, Org exports the entry as a note +without its title. When set to @samp{againframe}, Org exports the entry +with @samp{\againframe} command, which makes setting the @samp{BEAMER_REF} +property mandatory because @samp{\againframe} needs frame to resume. + +When @samp{ignoreheading} is set, Org export ignores the entry's headline +but not its content. This is useful for inserting content between +frames. It is also useful for properly closing a @samp{column} +environment. @@end itemize + +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_ACT}, property +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_OPT}, property +When @samp{BEAMER_ACT} is set for a headline, Org export translates that +headline as an overlay or action specification. When enclosed in +square brackets, Org export makes the overlay specification +a default. Use @samp{BEAMER_OPT} to set any options applicable to the +current Beamer frame or block. The Beamer export back-end wraps +with appropriate angular or square brackets. It also adds the +@samp{fragile} option for any code that may require a verbatim block. + +@cindex @samp{BEAMER_COL}, property +To create a column on the Beamer slide, use the @samp{BEAMER_COL} +property for its headline in the Org file. Set the value of +@samp{BEAMER_COL} to a decimal number representing the fraction of the +total text width. Beamer export uses this value to set the column's +width and fills the column with the contents of the Org entry. If +the Org entry has no specific environment defined, Beamer export +ignores the heading. If the Org entry has a defined environment, +Beamer export uses the heading as title. Behind the scenes, Beamer +export automatically handles @LaTeX{} column separations for contiguous +headlines. To manually adjust them for any unique configurations +needs, use the @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property. +@end itemize + +@node Beamer specific syntax +@subsection Beamer specific syntax + +Since Org's Beamer export back-end is an extension of the @LaTeX{} +back-end, it recognizes other @LaTeX{} specific syntax---for example, +@samp{#+LATEX:} or @samp{#+ATTR_LATEX:}. See @ref{@LaTeX{} Export}, for details. + +Beamer export wraps the table of contents generated with @samp{toc:t} +@samp{OPTION} keyword in a @samp{frame} environment. Beamer export does not +wrap the table of contents generated with @samp{TOC} keyword (see @ref{Table of Contents}). Use square brackets for specifying options. + +@example +#+TOC: headlines [currentsection] +@end example + + +Insert Beamer-specific code using the following constructs: + +@cindex @samp{BEAMER}, keyword +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT beamer} +@example +#+BEAMER: \pause + +#+BEGIN_EXPORT beamer + Only Beamer export back-end exports this. +#+END_BEAMER + +Text @@@@beamer:some code@@@@ within a paragraph. +@end example + +Inline constructs, such as the last one above, are useful for adding +overlay specifications to objects with @code{bold}, @code{item}, @code{link}, +@code{radio-target} and @code{target} types. Enclose the value in angular +brackets and place the specification at the beginning of the object as +shown in this example: + +@example +A *@@@@beamer:<2->@@@@useful* feature +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_BEAMER}, keyword +Beamer export recognizes the @samp{ATTR_BEAMER} keyword with the following +attributes from Beamer configurations: @samp{:environment} for changing +local Beamer environment, @samp{:overlay} for specifying Beamer overlays in +angular or square brackets, and @samp{:options} for inserting optional +arguments. + +@example +#+ATTR_BEAMER: :environment nonindentlist +- item 1, not indented +- item 2, not indented +- item 3, not indented +@end example + +@example +#+ATTR_BEAMER: :overlay <+-> +- item 1 +- item 2 +@end example + +@example +#+ATTR_BEAMER: :options [Lagrange] +Let $G$ be a finite group, and let $H$ be +a subgroup of $G$. Then the order of $H$ divides the order of $G$. +@end example + +@node Editing support +@subsection Editing support + +The @code{org-beamer-mode} is a special minor mode for faster editing of +Beamer documents. + +@example +#+STARTUP: beamer +@end example + + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{org-beamer-select-environment}) +@kindex C-c C-b +@findex org-beamer-select-environment + +The @code{org-beamer-mode} provides this key for quicker selections in +Beamer normal environments, and for selecting the @samp{BEAMER_COL} +property. +@end table + +@node A Beamer example +@subsection A Beamer example + +Here is an example of an Org document ready for Beamer export. + +@example +;#+TITLE: Example Presentation +;#+AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik +;#+OPTIONS: H:2 toc:t num:t +;#+LATEX_CLASS: beamer +;#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [presentation] +;#+BEAMER_THEME: Madrid +;#+COLUMNS: %45ITEM %10BEAMER_ENV(Env) %10BEAMER_ACT(Act) %4BEAMER_COL(Col) %8BEAMER_OPT(Opt) + +* This is the first structural section + +** Frame 1 +*** Thanks to Eric Fraga :B_block: + :PROPERTIES: + :BEAMER_COL: 0.48 + :BEAMER_ENV: block + :END: + for the first viable Beamer setup in Org +*** Thanks to everyone else :B_block: + :PROPERTIES: + :BEAMER_COL: 0.48 + :BEAMER_ACT: <2-> + :BEAMER_ENV: block + :END: + for contributing to the discussion +**** This will be formatted as a beamer note :B_note: + :PROPERTIES: + :BEAMER_env: note + :END: +** Frame 2 (where we will not use columns) +*** Request + Please test this stuff! +@end example + +@node HTML Export +@section HTML Export + +@cindex HTML export + +Org mode contains an HTML exporter with extensive HTML formatting +compatible with XHTML 1.0 strict standard. + +@menu +* HTML export commands:: Invoking HTML export. +* HTML specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export. +* HTML doctypes:: Exporting various (X)HTML flavors. +* HTML preamble and postamble:: Inserting preamble and postamble. +* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org files. +* Links in HTML export:: Inserting and formatting links. +* Tables in HTML export:: How to modify the formatting of tables. +* Images in HTML export:: How to insert figures into HTML output. +* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web. +* Text areas in HTML export:: An alternate way to show an example. +* CSS support:: Changing the appearance of the output. +* JavaScript support:: Info and folding in a web browser. +@end menu + +@node HTML export commands +@subsection HTML export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e h h} (@code{org-html-export-to-html}) +@kindex C-c C-e h h +@kindex C-c C-e h o +@findex org-html-export-to-html + +Export as HTML file with a @samp{.html} extension. For @samp{myfile.org}, +Org exports to @samp{myfile.html}, overwriting without warning. +@{@{@{kbd@{C-c C-e h o)@}@}@} exports to HTML and opens it in a web +browser. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e h H} (@code{org-html-export-as-html}) +@kindex C-c C-e h H +@findex org-html-export-as-html + +Exports to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file. +@end table + +@node HTML specific export settings +@subsection HTML specific export settings + +HTML export has a number of keywords, similar to the general options +settings described in @ref{Export Settings}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{DESCRIPTION} +@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword +This is the document's description, which the HTML exporter +inserts it as a HTML meta tag in the HTML file. For long +descriptions, use multiple @samp{DESCRIPTION} lines. The exporter +takes care of wrapping the lines properly. + +@item @samp{HTML_DOCTYPE} +@cindex @samp{HTML_DOCTYPE}, keyword +@vindex org-html-doctype +Specify the document type, for example: HTML5 +(@code{org-html-doctype}). + +@item @samp{HTML_CONTAINER} +@cindex @samp{HTML_CONTAINER}, keyword +@vindex org-html-container-element +Specify the HTML container, such as @samp{div}, for wrapping sections +and elements (@code{org-html-container-element}). + +@item @samp{HTML_LINK_HOME} +@cindex @samp{HTML_LINK_HOME}, keyword +@vindex org-html-link-home +The URL for home link (@code{org-html-link-home}). + +@item @samp{HTML_LINK_UP} +@cindex @samp{HTML_LINK_UP}, keyword +@vindex org-html-link-up +The URL for the up link of exported HTML pages +(@code{org-html-link-up}). + +@item @samp{HTML_MATHJAX} +@cindex @samp{HTML_MATHJAX}, keyword +@vindex org-html-mathjax-options +Options for MathJax (@code{org-html-mathjax-options}). MathJax is +used to typeset @LaTeX{} math in HTML documents. See @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}, for an example. + +@item @samp{HTML_HEAD} +@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD}, keyword +@vindex org-html-head +Arbitrary lines for appending to the HTML document's head +(@code{org-html-head}). + +@item @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA} +@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}, keyword +@vindex org-html-head-extra +More arbitrary lines for appending to the HTML document's head +(@code{org-html-head-extra}). + +@item @samp{KEYWORDS} +@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword +Keywords to describe the document's content. HTML exporter +inserts these keywords as HTML meta tags. For long keywords, use +multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines. + +@item @samp{LATEX_HEADER} +@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword +Arbitrary lines for appending to the preamble; HTML exporter +appends when transcoding @LaTeX{} fragments to images (see @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}). + +@item @samp{SUBTITLE} +@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword +The document's subtitle. HTML exporter formats subtitle if +document type is @samp{HTML5} and the CSS has a @samp{subtitle} class. +@end table + +Some of these keywords are explained in more detail in the following +sections of the manual. + +@node HTML doctypes +@subsection HTML doctypes + +Org can export to various (X)HTML flavors. + +@vindex org-html-doctype +@vindex org-html-doctype-alist +Set the @code{org-html-doctype} variable for different (X)HTML variants. +Depending on the variant, the HTML exporter adjusts the syntax of HTML +conversion accordingly. Org includes the following ready-made +variants: + +@itemize +@item +@code{"html4-strict"} +@item +@code{"html4-transitional"} +@item +@code{"html4-frameset"} +@item +@code{"xhtml-strict"} +@item +@code{"xhtml-transitional"} +@item +@code{"xhtml-frameset"} +@item +@code{"xhtml-11"} +@item +@code{"html5"} +@item +@code{"xhtml5"} +@end itemize + +@noindent +See the variable @code{org-html-doctype-alist} for details. The default is +@code{"xhtml-strict"}. + +@vindex org-html-html5-fancy +@cindex @samp{HTML5}, export new elements +Org's HTML exporter does not by default enable new block elements +introduced with the HTML5 standard. To enable them, set +@code{org-html-html5-fancy} to non-@code{nil}. Or use an @samp{OPTIONS} line in the +file to set @samp{html5-fancy}. + +HTML5 documents can now have arbitrary @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} blocks. +For example: + +@example +#+BEGIN_aside + Lorem ipsum +#+END_aside +@end example + +@noindent +exports to: + +@example +<aside> + <p>Lorem ipsum</p> +</aside> +@end example + +@noindent +while this: + +@example +#+ATTR_HTML: :controls controls :width 350 +#+BEGIN_video +#+HTML: <source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4"> +#+HTML: <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg"> +Your browser does not support the video tag. +#+END_video +@end example + +@noindent +exports to: + +@example +<video controls="controls" width="350"> + <source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4"> + <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg"> + <p>Your browser does not support the video tag.</p> +</video> +@end example + +@vindex org-html-html5-elements +When special blocks do not have a corresponding HTML5 element, the +HTML exporter reverts to standard translation (see +@code{org-html-html5-elements}). For example, @samp{#+BEGIN_lederhosen} exports +to @code{<div class="lederhosen">}. + +Special blocks cannot have headlines. For the HTML exporter to wrap +the headline and its contents in @code{<section>} or @code{<article>} tags, set +the @samp{HTML_CONTAINER} property for the headline. + +@node HTML preamble and postamble +@subsection HTML preamble and postamble + +@vindex org-html-preamble +@vindex org-html-postamble +@vindex org-html-preamble-format +@vindex org-html-postamble-format +@vindex org-html-validation-link +@vindex org-export-creator-string +@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file + +The HTML exporter has delineations for preamble and postamble. The +default value for @code{org-html-preamble} is @code{t}, which makes the HTML +exporter insert the preamble. See the variable +@code{org-html-preamble-format} for the format string. + +Set @code{org-html-preamble} to a string to override the default format +string. If the string is a function, the HTML exporter expects the +function to return a string upon execution. The HTML exporter inserts +this string in the preamble. The HTML exporter does not insert +a preamble if @code{org-html-preamble} is set @code{nil}. + +The default value for @code{org-html-postamble} is @code{auto}, which makes the +HTML exporter build a postamble from looking up author's name, email +address, creator's name, and date. Set @code{org-html-postamble} to @code{t} to +insert the postamble in the format specified in the +@code{org-html-postamble-format} variable. The HTML exporter does not +insert a postamble if @code{org-html-postamble} is set to @code{nil}. + +@node Quoting HTML tags +@subsection Quoting HTML tags + +The HTML export back-end transforms @samp{<} and @samp{>} to @samp{<} and @samp{>}. + +To include raw HTML code in the Org file so the HTML export back-end +can insert that HTML code in the output, use this inline syntax: +@samp{@@@@html:...@@@@}. For example: + +@example +@@@@html:<b>@@@@bold text@@@@html:</b>@@@@ +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{HTML}, keyword +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT html} +For larger raw HTML code blocks, use these HTML export code blocks: + +@example +#+HTML: Literal HTML code for export + +#+BEGIN_EXPORT html + All lines between these markers are exported literally +#+END_EXPORT +@end example + +@node Links in HTML export +@subsection Links in HTML export + +@cindex links, in HTML export +@cindex internal links, in HTML export +@cindex external links, in HTML export + +The HTML export back-end transforms Org's internal links (see +@ref{Internal Links}) to equivalent HTML links in the output. The back-end +similarly handles Org's automatic links created by radio targets (see +@ref{Radio Targets}) similarly. For Org links to external files, the +back-end transforms the links to @emph{relative} paths. + +@vindex org-html-link-org-files-as-html +For Org links to other @samp{.org} files, the back-end automatically +changes the file extension to @samp{.html} and makes file paths relative. +If the @samp{.org} files have an equivalent @samp{.html} version at the same +location, then the converted links should work without any further +manual intervention. However, to disable this automatic path +translation, set @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html} to @code{nil}. When +disabled, the HTML export back-end substitutes the ID-based links in +the HTML output. For more about linking files when publishing to +a directory, see @ref{Publishing links}. + +Org files can also have special directives to the HTML export +back-end. For example, by using @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} lines to specify new +format attributes to @code{<a>} or @code{<img>} tags. This example shows +changing the link's title and style: + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword +@example +#+ATTR_HTML: :title The Org mode homepage :style color:red; +[[https://orgmode.org]] +@end example + +@node Tables in HTML export +@subsection Tables in HTML export + +@cindex tables, in HTML +@vindex org-export-html-table-tag + +The HTML export back-end uses @code{org-html-table-default-attributes} when +exporting Org tables to HTML@. By default, the exporter does not draw +frames and cell borders. To change for this for a table, use the +following lines before the table in the Org file: + +@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword +@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword +@example +#+CAPTION: This is a table with lines around and between cells +#+ATTR_HTML: border="2" rules="all" frame="border" +@end example + +The HTML export back-end preserves column groupings in Org tables (see +@ref{Column Groups}) when exporting to HTML@. + +Additional options for customizing tables for HTML export. + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-html-table-align-individual-fields} +@vindex org-html-table-align-individual-fields +Non-@code{nil} attaches style attributes for alignment to each table +field. + +@item @code{org-html-table-caption-above} +@vindex org-html-table-caption-above +Non-@code{nil} places caption string at the beginning of the table. + +@item @code{org-html-table-data-tags} +@vindex org-html-table-data-tags +Opening and ending tags for table data fields. + +@item @code{org-html-table-default-attributes} +@vindex org-html-table-default-attributes +Default attributes and values for table tags. + +@item @code{org-html-table-header-tags} +@vindex org-html-table-header-tags +Opening and ending tags for table's header fields. + +@item @code{org-html-table-row-tags} +@vindex org-html-table-row-tags +Opening and ending tags for table rows. + +@item @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column} +@vindex org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column +Non-@code{nil} formats column one in tables with header tags. +@end table + +@node Images in HTML export +@subsection Images in HTML export + +@cindex images, inline in HTML +@cindex inlining images in HTML + +The HTML export back-end has features to convert Org image links to +HTML inline images and HTML clickable image links. + +@vindex org-html-inline-images +When the link in the Org file has no description, the HTML export +back-end by default in-lines that image. For example: +@samp{[[file:myimg.jpg]]} is in-lined, while @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg][the image]]} links to the text, +@samp{the image}. For more details, see the variable +@code{org-html-inline-images}. + +On the other hand, if the description part of the Org link is itself +another link, such as @samp{file:} or @samp{http:} URL pointing to an image, the +HTML export back-end in-lines this image and links to the main image. +This Org syntax enables the back-end to link low-resolution thumbnail +to the high-resolution version of the image, as shown in this example: + +@example +[[file:highres.jpg][file:thumb.jpg]] +@end example + + +To change attributes of in-lined images, use @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} lines in +the Org file. This example shows realignment to right, and adds @code{alt} +and @code{title} attributes in support of text viewers and modern web +accessibility standards. + +@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword +@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword +@example +#+CAPTION: A black cat stalking a spider +#+ATTR_HTML: :alt cat/spider image :title Action! :align right +[[./img/a.jpg]] +@end example + +The HTML export back-end copies the @samp{http} links from the Org file +as-is. + +@node Math formatting in HTML export +@subsection Math formatting in HTML export + +@cindex MathJax +@cindex dvipng +@cindex dvisvgm +@cindex ImageMagick + +@vindex org-html-mathjax-options~ +@LaTeX{} math snippets (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be displayed in two +different ways on HTML pages. The default is to use the @uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax}, +which should work out of the box with Org@footnote{By default Org loads MathJax from @uref{https://cdnjs.com, cdnjs.com} as recommended by +@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax}.}@footnote{Please note that exported formulas are part of an HTML +document, and that signs such as @samp{<}, @samp{>}, or @samp{&} have special +meanings. See @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/tex.html#tex-and-latex-in-html-documents, MathJax @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} support}.}. Some MathJax +display options can be configured via @code{org-html-mathjax-options}, or +in the buffer. For example, with the following settings, + +@example +#+HTML_MATHJAX: align: left indent: 5em tagside: left font: Neo-Euler +#+HTML_MATHJAX: cancel.js noErrors.js +@end example + +@noindent +equation labels are displayed on the left margin and equations are +five em from the left margin. In addition, it loads the two MathJax +extensions @samp{cancel.js} and @samp{noErrors.js}@footnote{See @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/tex.html#tex-extensions, @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} extensions} in the @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org, MathJax manual} to learn +about extensions.}. + +@vindex org-html-mathjax-template +See the docstring of @code{org-html-mathjax-options} for all supported +variables. The MathJax template can be configure via +@code{org-html-mathjax-template}. + +If you prefer, you can also request that @LaTeX{} fragments are processed +into small images that will be inserted into the browser page. Before +the availability of MathJax, this was the default method for Org +files. This method requires that the dvipng program, dvisvgm or +ImageMagick suite is available on your system. You can still get this +processing with + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng +@end example + + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:dvisvgm +@end example + + +@noindent +or + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick +@end example + +@node Text areas in HTML export +@subsection Text areas in HTML export + +@cindex text areas, in HTML +Before Org mode's Babel, one popular approach to publishing code in +HTML was by using @samp{:textarea}. The advantage of this approach was +that copying and pasting was built into browsers with simple +JavaScript commands. Even editing before pasting was made simple. + +The HTML export back-end can create such text areas. It requires an +@samp{#+ATTR_HTML} line as shown in the example below with the @samp{:textarea} +option. This must be followed by either an example or a source code +block. Other Org block types do not honor the @samp{:textarea} option. + +By default, the HTML export back-end creates a text area 80 characters +wide and height just enough to fit the content. Override these +defaults with @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} options on the @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} +line. + +@example +#+ATTR_HTML: :textarea t :width 40 +#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE + (defun org-xor (a b) + "Exclusive or." + (if a (not b) b)) +#+END_EXAMPLE +@end example + +@node CSS support +@subsection CSS support + +@cindex CSS, for HTML export +@cindex HTML export, CSS + +@vindex org-export-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix +@vindex org-export-html-tag-class-prefix +You can modify the CSS style definitions for the exported file. The +HTML exporter assigns the following special CSS classes@footnote{If the classes on TODO keywords and tags lead to conflicts, +use the variables @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} and +@code{org-html-tag-class-prefix} to make them unique.} to +appropriate parts of the document---your style specifications may +change these, in addition to any of the standard classes like for +headlines, tables, etc. + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{p.author} +@tab author information, including email +@item @code{p.date} +@tab publishing date +@item @code{p.creator} +@tab creator info, about org mode version +@item @code{.title} +@tab document title +@item @code{.subtitle} +@tab document subtitle +@item @code{.todo} +@tab TODO keywords, all not-done states +@item @code{.done} +@tab the DONE keywords, all states that count as done +@item @code{.WAITING} +@tab each TODO keyword also uses a class named after itself +@item @code{.timestamp} +@tab timestamp +@item @code{.timestamp-kwd} +@tab keyword associated with a timestamp, like @samp{SCHEDULED} +@item @code{.timestamp-wrapper} +@tab span around keyword plus timestamp +@item @code{.tag} +@tab tag in a headline +@item @code{._HOME} +@tab each tag uses itself as a class, ``@@'' replaced by ``_'' +@item @code{.target} +@tab target for links +@item @code{.linenr} +@tab the line number in a code example +@item @code{.code-highlighted} +@tab for highlighting referenced code lines +@item @code{div.outline-N} +@tab div for outline level N (headline plus text) +@item @code{div.outline-text-N} +@tab extra div for text at outline level N +@item @code{.section-number-N} +@tab section number in headlines, different for each level +@item @code{.figure-number} +@tab label like ``Figure 1:'' +@item @code{.table-number} +@tab label like ``Table 1:'' +@item @code{.listing-number} +@tab label like ``Listing 1:'' +@item @code{div.figure} +@tab how to format an in-lined image +@item @code{pre.src} +@tab formatted source code +@item @code{pre.example} +@tab normal example +@item @code{p.verse} +@tab verse paragraph +@item @code{div.footnotes} +@tab footnote section headline +@item @code{p.footnote} +@tab footnote definition paragraph, containing a footnote +@item @code{.footref} +@tab a footnote reference number (always a <sup>) +@item @code{.footnum} +@tab footnote number in footnote definition (always <sup>) +@item @code{.org-svg} +@tab default class for a linked @samp{.svg} image +@end multitable + +@vindex org-html-style-default +@vindex org-html-head +@vindex org-html-head-extra +@cindex @samp{HTML_INCLUDE_STYLE}, keyword +The HTML export back-end includes a compact default style in each +exported HTML file. To override the default style with another style, +use these keywords in the Org file. They will replace the global +defaults the HTML exporter uses. + +@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD}, keyword +@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}, keyword +@example +#+HTML_HEAD: <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style1.css" /> +#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA: <link rel="alternate stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style2.css" /> +@end example + +@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style +To just turn off the default style, customize +@code{org-html-head-include-default-style} variable, or use this option +line in the Org file. + +@cindex @samp{html-style}, @samp{OPTIONS} item +@example +#+OPTIONS: html-style:nil +@end example + + +For longer style definitions, either use several @samp{HTML_HEAD} and +@samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA} keywords, or use @code{<style> ... </style>} blocks +around them. Both of these approaches can avoid referring to an +external file. + +@cindex @samp{HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS}, property +In order to add styles to a sub-tree, use the @samp{HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS} +property to assign a class to the tree. In order to specify CSS +styles for a particular headline, you can use the ID specified in +a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property. + +Never change the @code{org-html-style-default} constant. Instead use other +simpler ways of customizing as described above. + +@node JavaScript support +@subsection JavaScript supported display of web pages + +Sebastian Rose has written a JavaScript program especially designed to +enhance the web viewing experience of HTML files created with Org. +This program enhances large files in two different ways of viewing. +One is an @emph{Info}-like mode where each section is displayed separately +and navigation can be done with the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} +keys, and some other keys as well, press @kbd{?} for an overview +of the available keys. The second one has a @emph{folding} view, much like +Org provides inside Emacs. The script is available at +@uref{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js} and the documentation at +@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/code/org-info-js/}. The script is hosted on +@uref{https://orgmode.org}, but for reliability, prefer installing it on your +own web server. + +To use this program, just add this line to the Org file: + +@cindex @samp{INFOJS_OPT}, keyword +@example +#+INFOJS_OPT: view:info toc:nil +@end example + + +@noindent +The HTML header now has the code needed to automatically invoke the +script. For setting options, use the syntax from the above line for +options described below: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{path:} +The path to the script. The default is to grab the script from +@uref{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js}, but you might want to have +a local copy and use a path like @samp{../scripts/org-info.js}. + +@item @samp{view:} +Initial view when the website is first shown. Possible values are: + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @samp{info} +@tab Info-like interface with one section per page +@item @samp{overview} +@tab Folding interface, initially showing only top-level +@item @samp{content} +@tab Folding interface, starting with all headlines visible +@item @samp{showall} +@tab Folding interface, all headlines and text visible +@end multitable + +@item @samp{sdepth:} +Maximum headline level still considered as an independent section +for info and folding modes. The default is taken from +@code{org-export-headline-levels}, i.e., the @samp{H} switch in @samp{OPTIONS}. +If this is smaller than in @code{org-export-headline-levels}, each +info/folding section can still contain child headlines. + +@item @samp{toc:} +Should the table of contents @emph{initially} be visible? Even when +@samp{nil}, you can always get to the ``toc'' with @kbd{i}. + +@item @samp{tdepth:} +The depth of the table of contents. The defaults are taken from +the variables @code{org-export-headline-levels} and +@code{org-export-with-toc}. + +@item @samp{ftoc:} +Does the CSS of the page specify a fixed position for the ``toc''? +If yes, the toc is displayed as a section. + +@item @samp{ltoc:} +Should there be short contents (children) in each section? Make +this @samp{above} if the section should be above initial text. + +@item @samp{mouse:} +Headings are highlighted when the mouse is over them. Should be +@samp{underline} (default) or a background color like @samp{#cccccc}. + +@item @samp{buttons:} +Should view-toggle buttons be everywhere? When @samp{nil} (the +default), only one such button is present. +@end table + +@vindex org-infojs-options +@vindex org-export-html-use-infojs +You can choose default values for these options by customizing the +variable @code{org-infojs-options}. If you always want to apply the script +to your pages, configure the variable @code{org-export-html-use-infojs}. + +@node @LaTeX{} Export +@section @LaTeX{} Export + +@cindex @LaTeX{} export +@cindex PDF export + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end can handle complex documents, incorporate +standard or custom @LaTeX{} document classes, generate documents using +alternate @LaTeX{} engines, and produce fully linked PDF files with +indexes, bibliographies, and tables of contents, destined for +interactive online viewing or high-quality print publication. + +While the details are covered in-depth in this section, here are some +quick references to variables for the impatient: for engines, see +@code{org-latex-compiler}; for build sequences, see +@code{org-latex-pdf-process}; for packages, see +@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and @code{org-latex-packages-alist}. + +An important note about the @LaTeX{} export back-end: it is sensitive to +blank lines in the Org document. That's because @LaTeX{} itself depends +on blank lines to tell apart syntactical elements, such as paragraphs. + +@menu +* @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents. +* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end. +* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure. +* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code. +* Tables in @LaTeX{} export:: Options for exporting tables to @LaTeX{}. +* Images in @LaTeX{} export:: How to insert figures into @LaTeX{} output. +* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists. +* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks. +* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks. +* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks. +* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules. +@end menu + +@node @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands +@subsection @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l l} (@code{org-latex-export-to-latex}) +@kindex C-c C-e l l +@findex org-latex-export-to-latex~ +Export to a @LaTeX{} file with a @samp{.tex} extension. For +@samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.tex}, overwriting without +warning. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l L} (@code{org-latex-export-as-latex}) +@kindex C-c C-e l L +@findex org-latex-export-as-latex +Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l p} (@code{org-latex-export-to-pdf}) +@kindex C-c C-e l p +@findex org-latex-export-to-pdf +Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e l o} +@kindex C-c C-e l o +Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF, then open the PDF +using the default viewer. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-export-region-as-latex} +Convert the region to @LaTeX{} under the assumption that it was in Org +mode syntax before. This is a global command that can be invoked in +any buffer. +@end table + +@vindex org-latex-compiler +@vindex org-latex-bibtex-compiler +@vindex org-latex-default-packages-alist +@cindex pdflatex +@cindex xelatex +@cindex lualatex +@cindex @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}, keyword +The @LaTeX{} export back-end can use any of these @LaTeX{} engines: +@samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, and @samp{lualatex}. These engines compile @LaTeX{} +files with different compilers, packages, and output options. The +@LaTeX{} export back-end finds the compiler version to use from +@code{org-latex-compiler} variable or the @samp{#+LATEX_COMPILER} keyword in the +Org file. See the docstring for the +@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} for loading packages with certain +compilers. Also see @code{org-latex-bibtex-compiler} to set the +bibliography compiler@footnote{This does not allow setting different bibliography compilers +for different files. However, ``smart'' @LaTeX{} compilation systems, such +as latexmk, can select the correct bibliography compiler.}. + +@node @LaTeX{} specific export settings +@subsection @LaTeX{} specific export settings + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end has several additional keywords for +customizing @LaTeX{} output. Setting these keywords works similar to the +general options (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{DESCRIPTION} +@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-hyperref-template +@vindex org-latex-title-command +The document's description. The description along with author +name, keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the +output file by the hyperref package. See +@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items. +See @code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description into +the document's front matter. Use multiple @samp{DESCRIPTION} keywords +for long descriptions. + +@item @samp{LANGUAGE} +@cindex @samp{LANGUAGE}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-package-alist +In order to be effective, the @samp{babel} or @samp{polyglossia} +packages---according to the @LaTeX{} compiler used---must be loaded +with the appropriate language as argument. This can be +accomplished by modifying the @samp{org-latex-package-alist} variable, +e.g., with the following snippet: + +@lisp +(add-to-list org-latex-package-alist + '("AUTO" "babel" t ("pdflatex"))) +(add-to-list org-latex-package-alist + '("AUTO" "polyglossia" t ("xelatex" "lualatex"))) +@end lisp + +@item @samp{LATEX_CLASS} +@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-default-class +@vindex org-latex-classes +This is @LaTeX{} document class, such as @emph{article}, @emph{report}, +@emph{book}, and so on, which contain predefined preamble and headline +level mapping that the @LaTeX{} export back-end needs. The back-end +reads the default class name from the @code{org-latex-default-class} +variable. Org has @emph{article} as the default class. A valid +default class must be an element of @code{org-latex-classes}. + +@item @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} +@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, keyword +Options the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses when calling the @LaTeX{} +document class. + +@item @samp{LATEX_COMPILER} +@cindex @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-compiler +The compiler, such as @samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, @samp{lualatex}, for +producing the PDF@. See @code{org-latex-compiler}. + +@item @samp{LATEX_HEADER} +@itemx @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} +@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword +@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-classes +Arbitrary lines to add to the document's preamble, before the +hyperref settings. See @code{org-latex-classes} for adjusting the +structure and order of the @LaTeX{} headers. + +@item @samp{KEYWORDS} +@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-hyperref-template +@vindex org-latex-title-command +The keywords for the document. The description along with author +name, keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the +output file by the hyperref package. See +@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items. +See @code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description into +the document's front matter. Use multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines if +necessary. + +@item @samp{SUBTITLE} +@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword +@vindex org-latex-subtitle-separate +@vindex org-latex-subtitle-format +The document's subtitle. It is typeset as per +@code{org-latex-subtitle-format}. If @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate} is +non-@code{nil}, it is typed as part of the @code{\title} macro. See +@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items. +See @code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description +into the document's front matter. +@end table + +The following sections have further details. + +@node @LaTeX{} header and sectioning +@subsection @LaTeX{} header and sectioning structure + +@cindex @LaTeX{} class +@cindex @LaTeX{} sectioning structure +@cindex @LaTeX{} header +@cindex header, for @LaTeX{} files +@cindex sectioning structure, for @LaTeX{} export + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts the first three of Org's outline +levels into @LaTeX{} headlines. The remaining Org levels are exported as +lists. To change this globally for the cut-off point between levels +and lists, (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +By default, the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses the @emph{article} class. + +@vindex org-latex-default-class +@vindex org-latex-classes +@vindex org-latex-default-packages-alist +@vindex org-latex-packages-alist +To change the default class globally, edit @code{org-latex-default-class}. +To change the default class locally in an Org file, add option lines +@samp{#+LATEX_CLASS: myclass}. To change the default class for just a part +of the Org file, set a sub-tree property, @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}. The +class name entered here must be valid member of @code{org-latex-classes}. +This variable defines a header template for each class into which the +exporter splices the values of @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and +@code{org-latex-packages-alist}. Use the same three variables to define +custom sectioning or custom classes. + +@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS}, keyword +@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, keyword +@cindex @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}, property +@cindex @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, property +The @LaTeX{} export back-end sends the @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} keyword and +@samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} property as options to the @LaTeX{} +@code{\documentclass} macro. The options and the syntax for specifying +them, including enclosing them in square brackets, follow @LaTeX{} +conventions. + +@example +#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper,11pt,twoside,twocolumn] +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword +@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}, keyword +The @LaTeX{} export back-end appends values from @samp{LATEX_HEADER} and +@samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} keywords to the @LaTeX{} header. The docstring for +@code{org-latex-classes} explains in more detail. Also note that @LaTeX{} +export back-end does not append @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} to the header +when previewing @LaTeX{} snippets (see @ref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}). + +A sample Org file with the above headers: + +@example +#+LATEX_CLASS: article +#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper] +#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage@{xyz@} + +* Headline 1 + some text +* Headline 2 + some more text +@end example + +@node Quoting @LaTeX{} code +@subsection Quoting @LaTeX{} code + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end can insert any arbitrary @LaTeX{} code, see +@ref{Embedded @LaTeX{}}. There are three ways to embed such code in the Org +file and they all use different quoting syntax. + +@cindex inline, in @LaTeX{} export +Inserting in-line quoted with @@ symbols: + +@example +Code embedded in-line @@@@latex:any arbitrary LaTeX code@@@@ in a paragraph. +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{LATEX}, keyword +Inserting as one or more keyword lines in the Org file: + +@example +#+LATEX: any arbitrary LaTeX code +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT latex} +Inserting as an export block in the Org file, where the back-end +exports any code between begin and end markers: + +@example +#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex + any arbitrary LaTeX code +#+END_EXPORT +@end example + +@node Tables in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Tables in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex tables, in @LaTeX{} export + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end can pass several @LaTeX{} attributes for table +contents and layout. Besides specifying a label (see @ref{Internal Links}) +and a caption (see @ref{Captions}), the other valid @LaTeX{} attributes +include: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{:mode} +@vindex org-latex-default-table-mode +The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the table differently depending +on the mode for accurate rendering of math symbols. Mode is +either @samp{table}, @samp{math}, @samp{inline-math} or @samp{verbatim}. + +For @samp{math} or @samp{inline-math} mode, @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the +table in a math environment, but every cell in it is exported +as-is. The @LaTeX{} export back-end determines the default mode +from @code{org-latex-default-table-mode}. The @LaTeX{} export back-end +merges contiguous tables in the same mode into a single +environment. + +@item @samp{:environment} +@vindex org-latex-default-table-environment +Set the default @LaTeX{} table environment for the @LaTeX{} export +back-end to use when exporting Org tables. Common @LaTeX{} table +environments are provided by these packages: tabularx, longtable, +array, tabu, and bmatrix. For packages, such as tabularx and +tabu, or any newer replacements, include them in the +@code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable so the @LaTeX{} export back-end +can insert the appropriate load package headers in the converted +@LaTeX{} file. Look in the docstring for the +@code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable for configuring these +packages for @LaTeX{} snippet previews, if any. + +@item @samp{:caption} +Use @samp{CAPTION} keyword to set a simple caption for a table (see +@ref{Captions}). For custom captions, use @samp{:caption} attribute, which +accepts raw @LaTeX{} code. @samp{:caption} value overrides @samp{CAPTION} +value. + +@item @samp{:float} +@itemx @samp{:placement} +The table environments by default are not floats in @LaTeX{}. To +make them floating objects use @samp{:float} with one of the following +options: @samp{sideways}, @samp{multicolumn}, @samp{t}, and @samp{nil}. + +@LaTeX{} floats can also have additional layout @samp{:placement} +attributes. These are the usual @samp{[h t b p ! H]} permissions +specified in square brackets. Note that for @samp{:float sideways} +tables, the @LaTeX{} export back-end ignores @samp{:placement} +attributes. + +@item @samp{:align} +@itemx @samp{:font} +@itemx @samp{:width} +The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses these attributes for regular +tables to set their alignments, fonts, and widths. + +@item @samp{:spread} +When @samp{:spread} is non-@code{nil}, the @LaTeX{} export back-end spreads or +shrinks the table by the @samp{:width} for tabu and longtabu +environments. @samp{:spread} has no effect if @samp{:width} is not set. + +@item @samp{:booktabs} +@itemx @samp{:center} +@itemx @samp{:rmlines} +@vindex org-latex-tables-booktabs +@vindex org-latex-tables-centered +All three commands are toggles. @samp{:booktabs} brings in modern +typesetting enhancements to regular tables. The booktabs package +has to be loaded through @code{org-latex-packages-alist}. @samp{:center} +is for centering the table. @samp{:rmlines} removes all but the very +first horizontal line made of ASCII characters from ``table.el'' +tables only. + +@item @samp{:math-prefix} +@itemx @samp{:math-suffix} +@itemx @samp{:math-arguments} +The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @samp{:math-prefix} string value in +a math environment before the table. The @LaTeX{} export back-end +inserts @samp{:math-suffix} string value in a math environment after +the table. The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @samp{:math-arguments} +string value between the macro name and the table's contents. +@samp{:math-arguments} comes in use for matrix macros that require +more than one argument, such as @samp{qbordermatrix}. +@end table + +@LaTeX{} table attributes help formatting tables for a wide range of +situations, such as matrix product or spanning multiple pages: + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment longtable :align l|lp@{3cm@}r|l +| ... | ... | +| ... | ... | + +#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix :math-suffix \times +| a | b | +| c | d | +#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix +| 1 | 2 | +| 3 | 4 | +@end example + +Set the caption with the @LaTeX{} command +@samp{\bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}}: + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@} +| ... | ... | +| ... | ... | +@end example + +@node Images in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Images in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex images, inline in LaTeX +@cindex inlining images in LaTeX +@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end processes image links in Org files that do +not have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or +@samp{[[./img.jpg]]}, as direct image insertions in the final PDF output. In +the PDF, they are no longer links but actual images embedded on the +page. The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses @samp{\includegraphics} macro to +insert the image. But for TikZ (@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/}) +images, the back-end uses an @code{\input} macro wrapped within +a @code{tikzpicture} environment. + +For specifying image @samp{:width}, @samp{:height}, and other @samp{:options}, use +this syntax: + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :width 5cm :options angle=90 +[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]] +@end example + +For custom commands for captions, use the @samp{:caption} attribute. It +overrides the default @samp{#+CAPTION} value: + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@} +[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]] +@end example + +When captions follow the method as described in @ref{Captions}, the @LaTeX{} +export back-end wraps the picture in a floating @samp{figure} environment. +To float an image without specifying a caption, set the @samp{:float} +attribute to one of the following: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{t} +For a standard @samp{figure} environment; used by default whenever an +image has a caption. + +@item @samp{multicolumn} +To span the image across multiple columns of a page; the back-end +wraps the image in a @samp{figure*} environment. + +@item @samp{wrap} +For text to flow around the image on the right; the figure +occupies the left half of the page. + +@item @samp{sideways} +For a new page with the image sideways, rotated ninety degrees, +in a @samp{sidewaysfigure} environment; overrides @samp{:placement} +setting. + +@item @samp{nil} +To avoid a @samp{:float} even if using a caption. +@end table + +Use the @samp{placement} attribute to modify a floating environment's +placement. + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :float wrap :width 0.38\textwidth :placement @{r@}@{0.4\textwidth@} +[[./img/hst.png]] +@end example + +@vindex org-latex-images-centered +@cindex center image in LaTeX export +@cindex image, centering in LaTeX export +The @LaTeX{} export back-end centers all images by default. Setting +@samp{:center} to @samp{nil} disables centering. To disable centering globally, +set @code{org-latex-images-centered} to @samp{t}. + +Set the @samp{:comment-include} attribute to non-@code{nil} value for the @LaTeX{} +export back-end to comment out the @samp{\includegraphics} macro. + +@node Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex plain lists, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword +The @LaTeX{} export back-end accepts the @samp{environment} and @samp{options} +attributes for plain lists. Both attributes work together for +customizing lists, as shown in the examples: + +@example +#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[inline]@{enumitem@} +Some ways to say "Hello": +#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment itemize* +#+ATTR_LATEX: :options [label=@{@}, itemjoin=@{,@}, itemjoin*=@{, and@}] +- Hola +- Bonjour +- Guten Tag. +@end example + +Since @LaTeX{} supports only four levels of nesting for lists, use an +external package, such as @samp{enumitem} in @LaTeX{}, for levels deeper than +four: + +@example +#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage@{enumitem@} +#+LATEX_HEADER: \renewlist@{itemize@}@{itemize@}@{9@} +#+LATEX_HEADER: \setlist[itemize]@{label=$\circ$@} +- One + - Two + - Three + - Four + - Five +@end example + +@node Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex source blocks, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end can make source code blocks into floating +objects through the attributes @samp{:float} and @samp{:options}. For @samp{:float}: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{t} +Makes a source block float; by default floats any source block +with a caption. + +@item @samp{multicolumn} +Spans the source block across multiple columns of a page. + +@item @samp{nil} +Avoids a @samp{:float} even if using a caption; useful for source code +blocks that may not fit on a page. +@end table + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :float nil +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + Lisp code that may not fit in a single page. +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@vindex org-latex-listings-options +@vindex org-latex-minted-options +The @LaTeX{} export back-end passes string values in @samp{:options} to @LaTeX{} +packages for customization of that specific source block. In the +example below, the @samp{:options} are set for Minted. Minted is a source +code highlighting @LaTeX{} package with many configurable options. + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :options commentstyle=\bfseries +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + (defun Fib (n) + (if (< n 2) n (+ (Fib (- n 1)) (Fib (- n 2))))) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +To apply similar configuration options for all source blocks in +a file, use the @code{org-latex-listings-options} and +@code{org-latex-minted-options} variables. + +@node Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex example blocks, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex verbatim blocks, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the contents of example blocks in +a @samp{verbatim} environment. To change this behavior to use another +environment globally, specify an appropriate export filter (see +@ref{Advanced Export Configuration}). To change this behavior to use +another environment for each block, use the @samp{:environment} parameter +to specify a custom environment. + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment myverbatim +#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE + This sentence is false. +#+END_EXAMPLE +@end example + +@node Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex special blocks, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex abstract, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex proof, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword + +For other special blocks in the Org file, the @LaTeX{} export back-end +makes a special environment of the same name. The back-end also takes +@samp{:options}, if any, and appends as-is to that environment's opening +string. For example: + +@example +#+BEGIN_abstract + We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem. +#+END_abstract + +#+ATTR_LATEX: :options [Proof of important theorem] +#+BEGIN_proof + ... + Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes. +#+END_proof +@end example + +@noindent +exports to + +@example +\begin@{abstract@} + We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem. +\end@{abstract@} + +\begin@{proof@}[Proof of important theorem] + ... + Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes. +\end@{proof@} +@end example + +If you need to insert a specific caption command, use @samp{:caption} +attribute. It overrides standard @samp{CAPTION} value, if any. For +example: + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \MyCaption@{HeadingA@} +#+BEGIN_proof + ... +#+END_proof +@end example + +@node Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export +@subsection Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export + +@cindex horizontal rules, in @LaTeX{} export +@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword + +The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts horizontal rules by the specified +@samp{:width} and @samp{:thickness} attributes. For example: + +@example +#+ATTR_LATEX: :width .6\textwidth :thickness 0.8pt +----- +@end example + +@node Markdown Export +@section Markdown Export + +@cindex Markdown export + +The Markdown export back-end, ``md'', converts an Org file to Markdown +format, as defined at @uref{http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/}. + +Since it is built on top of the HTML back-end (see @ref{HTML Export}), it +converts every Org construct not defined in Markdown syntax, such as +tables, to HTML@. + +@anchor{Markdown export commands} +@subheading Markdown export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e m m} (@code{org-md-export-to-markdown}) +@kindex C-c C-c m m +@findex org-md-export-to-markdown +Export to a text file with Markdown syntax. For @samp{myfile.org}, +Org exports to @samp{myfile.md}, overwritten without warning. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e m M} (@code{org-md-export-as-markdown}) +@kindex C-c C-c m M +@findex org-md-export-as-markdown +Export to a temporary buffer. Does not create a file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e m o} +@kindex C-c C-e m o +Export as a text file with Markdown syntax, then open it. +@end table + +@anchor{Header and sectioning structure (1)} +@subheading Header and sectioning structure + +@vindex org-md-headline-style +Based on @code{org-md-headline-style}, Markdown export can generate +headlines of both @emph{atx} and @emph{setext} types. @emph{atx} limits headline +levels to two whereas @emph{setext} limits headline levels to six. Beyond +these limits, the export back-end converts headlines to lists. To set +a limit to a level before the absolute limit (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@node OpenDocument Text Export +@section OpenDocument Text Export + +@cindex ODT +@cindex OpenDocument +@cindex export, OpenDocument +@cindex LibreOffice + +The ODT export back-end handles creating of OpenDocument Text (ODT) +format. Documents created by this exporter use the +@cite{OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}@footnote{See @uref{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html, Open Document Format for Office Applications +(OpenDocument) Version 1.2}.} and are compatible +with LibreOffice 3.4. + +@menu +* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages. +* ODT export commands:: Invoking export. +* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options. +* Extending ODT export:: Producing DOC, PDF files. +* Applying custom styles:: Styling the output. +* Links in ODT export:: Handling and formatting links. +* Tables in ODT export:: Org tables conversions. +* Images in ODT export:: Inserting images. +* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments. +* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects. +* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks. +* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users. +@end menu + +@node Pre-requisites for ODT export +@subsection Pre-requisites for ODT export + +@cindex zip + +The ODT export back-end relies on the zip program to create the final +compressed ODT output. Check if @samp{zip} is locally available and +executable. Without it, export cannot finish. + +@node ODT export commands +@subsection ODT export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e o o} (@code{org-export-to-odt}) +@kindex C-c C-e o o +@findex org-export-to-odt +Export as OpenDocument Text file. + +@cindex @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}, property +@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format + +If @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, the ODT export +back-end automatically converts the exported file to that format. + +For @samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.odt}, overwriting +without warning. The ODT export back-end exports a region only +if a region was active. + +If the selected region is a single tree, the ODT export back-end +makes the tree head the document title. Incidentally, @kbd{C-c @@} selects the current sub-tree. If the tree head entry has, +or inherits, an @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} property, the ODT export +back-end uses that for file name. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e o O} +@kindex C-c C-e o O +Export as an OpenDocument Text file and open the resulting file. + +@vindex org-export-odt-preferred-output-format +If @code{org-export-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, open +the converted file instead. See @ref{Automatically exporting to other formats}. +@end table + +@node ODT specific export settings +@subsection ODT specific export settings + +The ODT export back-end has several additional keywords for +customizing ODT output. Setting these keywords works similar to the +general options (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{DESCRIPTION} +@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword +This is the document's description, which the ODT export back-end +inserts as document metadata. For long descriptions, use +multiple lines, prefixed with @samp{DESCRIPTION}. + +@item @samp{KEYWORDS} +@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword +The keywords for the document. The ODT export back-end inserts +the description along with author name, keywords, and related +file metadata as metadata in the output file. Use multiple +@samp{KEYWORDS} if necessary. + +@item @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE} +@cindex @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}, keyword +@vindex org-odt-styles-file +The ODT export back-end uses the @code{org-odt-styles-file} by +default. See @ref{Applying custom styles} for details. + +@item @samp{SUBTITLE} +@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword +The document subtitle. +@end table + +@node Extending ODT export +@subsection Extending ODT export + +The ODT export back-end can produce documents in other formats besides +ODT using a specialized ODT converter process. Its common interface +works with popular converters to produce formats such as @samp{doc}, or +convert a document from one format, say @samp{csv}, to another format, say +@samp{xls}. + +@cindex @file{unoconv} +@vindex org-odt-convert-process +Customize @code{org-odt-convert-process} variable to point to @samp{unoconv}, +which is the ODT's preferred converter. Working installations of +LibreOffice would already have @samp{unoconv} installed. Alternatively, +other converters may be substituted here. See @ref{Configuring a document converter}. + +@anchor{Automatically exporting to other formats} +@subsubheading Automatically exporting to other formats + +@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format +If ODT format is just an intermediate step to get to other formats, +such as @samp{doc}, @samp{docx}, @samp{rtf}, or @samp{pdf}, etc., then extend the ODT +export back-end to directly produce that format. Specify the final +format in the @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} variable. This is one +way to extend (see @ref{ODT export commands}). + +@anchor{Converting between document formats} +@subsubheading Converting between document formats + +The Org export back-end is made to be inter-operable with a wide range +of text document format converters. Newer generation converters, such +as LibreOffice and Pandoc, can handle hundreds of formats at once. +Org provides a consistent interaction with whatever converter is +installed. Here are some generic commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-odt-convert} +@findex org-odt-convert +Convert an existing document from one format to another. With +a prefix argument, opens the newly produced file. +@end table + +@node Applying custom styles +@subsection Applying custom styles + +@cindex styles, custom +@cindex template, custom + +The ODT export back-end comes with many OpenDocument styles (see +@ref{Working with OpenDocument style files}). To expand or further +customize these built-in style sheets, either edit the style sheets +directly or generate them using an application such as LibreOffice. +The example here shows creating a style using LibreOffice. + +@anchor{Applying custom styles the easy way} +@subsubheading Applying custom styles: the easy way + +@enumerate +@item +Create a sample @samp{example.org} file with settings as shown below, +and export it to ODT format. + +@example +#+OPTIONS: H:10 num:t +@end example + +@item +Open the above @samp{example.odt} using LibreOffice. Use the @emph{Stylist} +to locate the target styles, which typically have the ``Org'' prefix. +Open one, modify, and save as either OpenDocument Text (ODT) or +OpenDocument Template (OTT) file. + +@item +@vindex org-odt-styles-file +Customize the variable @code{org-odt-styles-file} and point it to the +newly created file. For additional configuration options, see +@ref{x-overriding-factory-styles, , Overriding factory styles}. + +@cindex @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}, keyword +To apply an ODT style to a particular file, use the +@samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE} keyword as shown in the example below: + +@example +#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: "/path/to/example.ott" +@end example + + +@noindent +or + +@example +#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: ("/path/to/file.ott" ("styles.xml" "image/hdr.png")) +@end example +@end enumerate + +@anchor{Using third-party styles and templates} +@subsubheading Using third-party styles and templates + +The ODT export back-end relies on many templates and style names. +Using third-party styles and templates can lead to mismatches. +Templates derived from built in ODT templates and styles seem to have +fewer problems. + +@node Links in ODT export +@subsection Links in ODT export + +@cindex links, in ODT export + +ODT exporter creates native cross-references for internal links. It +creates Internet-style links for all other links. + +A link with no description and pointing to a regular, un-itemized, +outline heading is replaced with a cross-reference and section number +of the heading. + +A @samp{\ref@{label@}}-style reference to an image, table etc., is replaced +with a cross-reference and sequence number of the labeled entity. See +@ref{Labels and captions in ODT export}. + +@node Tables in ODT export +@subsection Tables in ODT export + +@cindex tables, in ODT export + +The ODT export back-end handles native Org mode tables (see @ref{Tables}) +and simple @samp{table.el} tables. Complex @samp{table.el} tables having column +or row spans are not supported. Such tables are stripped from the +exported document. + +By default, the ODT export back-end exports a table with top and +bottom frames and with ruled lines separating row and column groups +(see @ref{Column Groups}). All tables are typeset to occupy the same +width. The ODT export back-end honors any table alignments and +relative widths for columns (see @ref{Column Width and Alignment}). + +Note that the ODT export back-end interprets column widths as weighted +ratios, the default weight being 1. + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword +Specifying @samp{:rel-width} property on an @samp{ATTR_ODT} line controls the +width of the table. For example: + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :rel-width 50 +| Area/Month | Jan | Feb | Mar | Sum | +|---------------+-------+-------+-------+-------| +| / | < | | | < | +| <l13> | <r5> | <r5> | <r5> | <r6> | +| North America | 1 | 21 | 926 | 948 | +| Middle East | 6 | 75 | 844 | 925 | +| Asia Pacific | 9 | 27 | 790 | 826 | +|---------------+-------+-------+-------+-------| +| Sum | 16 | 123 | 2560 | 2699 | +@end example + +On export, the above table takes 50% of text width area. The exporter +sizes the columns in the ratio: 13:5:5:5:6. The first column is +left-aligned and rest of the columns, right-aligned. Vertical rules +separate the header and the last column. Horizontal rules separate +the header and the last row. + +For even more customization, create custom table styles and associate +them with a table using the @samp{ATTR_ODT} keyword. See @ref{Customizing tables in ODT export}. + +@node Images in ODT export +@subsection Images in ODT export + +@cindex images, embedding in ODT +@cindex embedding images in ODT + +@anchor{Embedding images} +@subsubheading Embedding images + +The ODT export back-end processes image links in Org files that do not +have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or @samp{[[./img.jpg]]}, +as direct image insertions in the final output. Either of these +examples works: + +@example +[[file:img.png]] +@end example + + +@example +[[./img.png]] +@end example + +@anchor{Embedding clickable images} +@subsubheading Embedding clickable images + +For clickable images, provide a link whose description is another link +to an image file. For example, to embed an image +@samp{org-mode-unicorn.png} which when clicked jumps to @uref{https://orgmode.org} +website, do the following + +@example +[[https://orgmode.org][./org-mode-unicorn.png]] +@end example + +@anchor{Sizing and scaling of embedded images} +@subsubheading Sizing and scaling of embedded images + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword + +Control the size and scale of the embedded images with the @samp{ATTR_ODT} +attribute. + +@cindex identify, ImageMagick +@vindex org-odt-pixels-per-inch +The ODT export back-end starts with establishing the size of the image +in the final document. The dimensions of this size are measured in +centimeters. The back-end then queries the image file for its +dimensions measured in pixels. For this measurement, the back-end +relies on ImageMagick's identify program or Emacs @code{create-image} and +@code{image-size} API@. ImageMagick is the preferred choice for large file +sizes or frequent batch operations. The back-end then converts the +pixel dimensions using @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch} into the familiar 72 +dpi or 96 dpi. The default value for this is in +@code{display-pixels-per-inch}, which can be tweaked for better results +based on the capabilities of the output device. Here are some common +image scaling operations: + +@table @asis +@item Explicitly size the image +To embed @samp{img.png} as a 10 cm x 10 cm image, do the following: + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10 :height 10 +[[./img.png]] +@end example + +@item Scale the image +To embed @samp{img.png} at half its size, do the following: + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :scale 0.5 +[[./img.png]] +@end example + +@item Scale the image to a specific width +To embed @samp{img.png} with a width of 10 cm while retaining the +original height:width ratio, do the following: + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10 +[[./img.png]] +@end example + +@item Scale the image to a specific height +To embed @samp{img.png} with a height of 10 cm while retaining the +original height:width ratio, do the following: + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :height 10 +[[./img.png]] +@end example +@end table + +@anchor{Anchoring of images} +@subsubheading Anchoring of images + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword +The ODT export back-end can anchor images to @samp{as-char}, @samp{paragraph}, +or @samp{page}. Set the preferred anchor using the @samp{:anchor} property of +the @samp{ATTR_ODT} line. + +To create an image that is anchored to a page: + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :anchor page +[[./img.png]] +@end example + +@node Math formatting in ODT export +@subsection Math formatting in ODT export + +The ODT exporter has special support for handling math. + +@menu +* @LaTeX{} math snippets:: Embedding in @LaTeX{} format. +* MathML and OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format. +@end menu + +@node @LaTeX{} math snippets +@subsubsection @LaTeX{} math snippets + +@LaTeX{} math snippets (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be embedded in the ODT +document in one of the following ways: + +@table @asis +@item MathML +@cindex MathML +Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on +a per-file basis. + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:t +@end example + + +With this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are first converted into MathML +fragments using an external @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter program. +The resulting MathML fragments are then embedded as an +OpenDocument Formula in the exported document. + +@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command +@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file +You can specify the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter by customizing the +variables @code{org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command} and +@code{org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file}. + +If you prefer to use MathToWeb@footnote{See @uref{http://www.mathtoweb.com/cgi-bin/mathtoweb_home.pl, MathToWeb}.} as your converter, you can +configure the above variables as shown below. + +@lisp +(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command + "java -jar %j -unicode -force -df %o %I" + org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file + "/path/to/mathtoweb.jar") +@end lisp + +@noindent +or, to use @LaTeX{}ML@footnote{See @uref{http://dlmf.nist.gov/LaTeXML/}.} instead, + +@lisp +(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command + "latexmlmath \"%i\" --presentationmathml=%o") +@end lisp + +To quickly verify the reliability of the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML +converter, use the following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-x org-export-as-odf} +Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula +(@samp{.odf}) file. + +@item @kbd{M-x org-export-as-odf-and-open} +Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula +(@samp{.odf}) file and open the formula file with the +system-registered application. +@end table + +@item PNG images +@cindex dvipng +@cindex dvisvgm +@cindex ImageMagick +Add this line to the Org file. This option is activated on +a per-file basis. + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng +@end example + + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:dvisvgm +@end example + + +@noindent +or + +@example +#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick +@end example + + +Under this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are processed into PNG or SVG +images and the resulting images are embedded in the exported +document. This method requires dvipng program, dvisvgm or +ImageMagick programs. +@end table + +@node MathML and OpenDocument formula files +@subsubsection MathML and OpenDocument formula files + +When embedding @LaTeX{} math snippets in ODT documents is not reliable, +there is one more option to try. Embed an equation by linking to its +MathML (@samp{.mml}) source or its OpenDocument formula (@samp{.odf}) file as +shown below: + +@example +[[./equation.mml]] +@end example + + +@noindent +or + +@example +[[./equation.odf]] +@end example + +@node Labels and captions in ODT export +@subsection Labels and captions in ODT export + +ODT format handles labeling and captioning of objects based on their +types. Inline images, tables, @LaTeX{} fragments, and Math formulas are +numbered and captioned separately. Each object also gets a unique +sequence number based on its order of first appearance in the Org +file. Each category has its own sequence. A caption is just a label +applied to these objects. + +@example +#+CAPTION: Bell curve +#+NAME: fig:SED-HR4049 +[[./img/a.png]] +@end example + +When rendered, it may show as follows in the exported document: + +@example +Figure 2: Bell curve +@end example + + +@vindex org-odt-category-map-alist +To modify the category component of the caption, customize the option +@code{org-odt-category-map-alist}. For example, to tag embedded images +with the string ``Illustration'' instead of the default string ``Figure'', +use the following setting: + +@lisp +(setq org-odt-category-map-alist + '(("__Figure__" "Illustration" "value" "Figure" org-odt--enumerable-image-p))) +@end lisp + +With the above modification, the previous example changes to: + +@example +Illustration 2: Bell curve +@end example + +@node Literal examples in ODT export +@subsection Literal examples in ODT export + +The ODT export back-end supports literal examples (see @ref{Literal Examples}) with full fontification. Internally, the ODT export +back-end relies on @samp{htmlfontify.el} to generate the style definitions +needed for fancy listings. The auto-generated styles get @samp{OrgSrc} +prefix and inherit colors from the faces used by Emacs Font Lock +library for that source language. + +@vindex org-odt-fontify-srcblocks +For custom fontification styles, customize the +@code{org-odt-create-custom-styles-for-srcblocks} option. + +@vindex org-odt-create-custom-styles-for-srcblocks +To turn off fontification of literal examples, customize the +@code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks} option. + +@node Advanced topics in ODT export +@subsection Advanced topics in ODT export + +The ODT export back-end has extensive features useful for power users +and frequent uses of ODT formats. + +@anchor{Configuring a document converter} +@subsubheading Configuring a document converter + +@cindex convert +@cindex doc, docx, rtf +@cindex converter + +The ODT export back-end works with popular converters with little or +no extra configuration. See @ref{Extending ODT export}. The following is +for unsupported converters or tweaking existing defaults. + +@table @asis +@item Register the converter +@vindex org-export-odt-convert-processes +Add the name of the converter to the @code{org-odt-convert-processes} +variable. Note that it also requires how the converter is +invoked on the command line. See the variable's docstring for +details. + +@item Configure its capabilities +@vindex org-export-odt-convert-capabilities +Specify which formats the converter can handle by customizing the +variable @code{org-odt-convert-capabilities}. Use the entry for the +default values in this variable for configuring the new +converter. Also see its docstring for details. + +@item Choose the converter +@vindex org-export-odt-convert-process +Select the newly added converter as the preferred one by +customizing the option @code{org-odt-convert-process}. +@end table + +@anchor{Working with OpenDocument style files} +@subsubheading Working with OpenDocument style files + +@cindex styles, custom +@cindex template, custom + +This section explores the internals of the ODT exporter; the means by which +it produces styled documents; the use of automatic and custom OpenDocument +styles. + +The ODT exporter relies on two files for generating its output. These +files are bundled with the distribution under the directory pointed to +by the variable @code{org-odt-styles-dir}. The two files are: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{OrgOdtStyles.xml} @anchor{x-orgodtstyles-xml} +This file contributes to the @samp{styles.xml} file of the final ODT +document. This file gets modified for the following purposes: + +@enumerate +@item +To control outline numbering based on user settings; + +@item +To add styles generated by @samp{htmlfontify.el} for fontification of +code blocks. +@end enumerate + +@item @samp{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} @anchor{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml} +This file contributes to the @samp{content.xml} file of the final ODT +document. The contents of the Org outline are inserted between the +@samp{<office:text>} @dots{} @samp{</office:text>} elements of this file. + +Apart from serving as a template file for the final @samp{content.xml}, +the file serves the following purposes: + +@enumerate +@item +It contains automatic styles for formatting of tables which are +referenced by the exporter; + +@item +It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>} @dots{} @samp{</text:sequence-decl>} +elements that control numbering of tables, images, equations, and +similar entities. +@end enumerate +@end table + +@anchor{x-overriding-factory-styles} The following two variables control +the location from where the ODT exporter picks up the custom styles +and content template files. Customize these variables to override the +factory styles used by the exporter. + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-odt-styles-file} +The ODT export back-end uses the file pointed to by this +variable, such as @samp{styles.xml}, for the final output. It can +take one of the following values: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{FILE.xml} +Use this file instead of the default @samp{styles.xml} + +@item @samp{FILE.odt} or @samp{FILE.ott} +Use the @samp{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument +Text or Template file + +@item @samp{FILE.odt} or @samp{FILE.ott} and a subset of included files +Use the @samp{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument +Text or Template file. Additionally extract the specified +member files and embed those within the final ODT document. + +Use this option if the @samp{styles.xml} file references additional +files like header and footer images. + +@item @code{nil} +Use the default @samp{styles.xml}. +@end table + +@item @code{org-odt-content-template-file} +Use this variable to specify the blank @samp{content.xml} used in the +final output. +@end table + +@anchor{Creating one-off styles} +@subsubheading Creating one-off styles + +The ODT export back-end can read embedded raw OpenDocument XML from +the Org file. Such direct formatting is useful for one-off instances. + +@table @asis +@item Embedding ODT tags as part of regular text +Enclose OpenDocument syntax in @samp{@@@@odt:...@@@@} for inline markup. +For example, to highlight a region of text do the following: + +@example +@@@@odt:<text:span text:style-name="Highlight">This is highlighted +text</text:span>@@@@. But this is regular text. +@end example + +@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit the @samp{styles.xml} +(see @ref{x-orgodtstyles-xml, , Factory styles}) and add a custom @emph{Highlight} style as shown +below: + +@example +<style:style style:name="Highlight" style:family="text"> + <style:text-properties fo:background-color="#ff0000"/> +</style:style> +@end example + +@item Embedding a one-line OpenDocument XML +@cindex @samp{ODT}, keyword +The ODT export back-end can read one-liner options with @samp{#+ODT:} +in the Org file. For example, to force a page break: + +@example +#+ODT: <text:p text:style-name="PageBreak"/> +@end example + +@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit your +@samp{styles.xml} (see @ref{x-orgodtstyles-xml, , Factory styles}) and add a custom @samp{PageBreak} +style as shown below. + +@example +<style:style style:name="PageBreak" style:family="paragraph" + style:parent-style-name="Text_20_body"> + <style:paragraph-properties fo:break-before="page"/> +</style:style> +@end example + +@item Embedding a block of OpenDocument XML +The ODT export back-end can also read ODT export blocks for +OpenDocument XML@. Such blocks use the @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt} +@dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} constructs. + +For example, to create a one-off paragraph that uses bold text, +do the following: + +@example +#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt + <text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body_20_bold"> + This paragraph is specially formatted and uses bold text. + </text:p> +#+END_EXPORT +@end example +@end table + +@anchor{Customizing tables in ODT export} +@subsubheading Customizing tables in ODT export + +@cindex tables, in ODT export +@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword + +Override the default table format by specifying a custom table style +with the @samp{#+ATTR_ODT} line. For a discussion on default formatting of +tables, see @ref{Tables in ODT export}. + +This feature closely mimics the way table templates are defined in the +OpenDocument-v1.2 specification@footnote{@uref{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html, OpenDocument-v1.2 Specification}}. + +@vindex org-odt-table-styles +For quick preview of this feature, install the settings below and export the +table that follows: + +@lisp +(setq org-export-odt-table-styles + (append org-export-odt-table-styles + '(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom" + ((use-first-row-styles . t) + (use-first-column-styles . t))) + ("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom" + ((use-first-row-styles . t) + (use-last-row-styles . t)))))) +@end lisp + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :style TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn +| Name | Phone | Age | +| Peter | 1234 | 17 | +| Anna | 4321 | 25 | +@end example + +The example above used @samp{Custom} template and installed two table +styles @samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and +@samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}. @strong{Important:} The OpenDocument styles +needed for producing the above template were pre-defined. They are +available in the section marked @samp{Custom Table Template} in +@samp{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} (see @ref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml, , Factory styles}). For adding new +templates, define new styles there. + +To use this feature proceed as follows: + +@enumerate +@item +Create a table template@footnote{See the @samp{<table:table-template>} element of the +OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.}. + +A table template is set of @samp{table-cell} and @samp{paragraph} styles for +each of the following table cell categories: + +@itemize +@item +Body +@item +First column +@item +Last column +@item +First row +@item +Last row +@item +Even row +@item +Odd row +@item +Even column +@item +Odd Column +@end itemize + +The names for the above styles must be chosen based on the name of +the table template using a well-defined convention. + +The naming convention is better illustrated with an example. For +a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, the needed style names are +listed in the following table. + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@headitem Cell type +@tab Cell style +@tab Paragraph style +@item Body +@tab @samp{CustomTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomTableParagraph} +@item First column +@tab @samp{CustomFirstColumnTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomFirstColumnTableParagraph} +@item Last column +@tab @samp{CustomLastColumnTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomLastColumnTableParagraph} +@item First row +@tab @samp{CustomFirstRowTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomFirstRowTableParagraph} +@item Last row +@tab @samp{CustomLastRowTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomLastRowTableParagraph} +@item Even row +@tab @samp{CustomEvenRowTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomEvenRowTableParagraph} +@item Odd row +@tab @samp{CustomOddRowTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomOddRowTableParagraph} +@item Even column +@tab @samp{CustomEvenColumnTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomEvenColumnTableParagraph} +@item Odd column +@tab @samp{CustomOddColumnTableCell} +@tab @samp{CustomOddColumnTableParagraph} +@end multitable + +To create a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, define the above +styles in the @samp{<office:automatic-styles>} @dots{} +@samp{</office:automatic-styles>} element of the content template file +(see @ref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml, , Factory styles}). + +@item +Define a table style@footnote{See the attributes @samp{table:template-name}, +@samp{table:use-first-row-styles}, @samp{table:use-last-row-styles}, +@samp{table:use-first-column-styles}, @samp{table:use-last-column-styles}, +@samp{table:use-banding-rows-styles}, and @samp{table:use-banding-column-styles} +of the @samp{<table:table>} element in the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.}. + +@vindex org-odt-table-styles +To define a table style, create an entry for the style in the +variable @code{org-odt-table-styles} and specify the following: + +@itemize +@item +the name of the table template created in step (1), +@item +the set of cell styles in that template that are to be activated. +@end itemize + +For example, the entry below defines two different table styles +@samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and @samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow} +based on the same template @samp{Custom}. The styles achieve their +intended effect by selectively activating the individual cell +styles in that template. + +@lisp +(setq org-export-odt-table-styles + (append org-export-odt-table-styles + '(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom" + ((use-first-row-styles . t) + (use-first-column-styles . t))) + ("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom" + ((use-first-row-styles . t) + (use-last-row-styles . t)))))) +@end lisp + +@item +Associate a table with the table style. + +To do this, specify the table style created in step (2) as part of +the @samp{ATTR_ODT} line as shown below. + +@example +#+ATTR_ODT: :style TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn +| Name | Phone | Age | +| Peter | 1234 | 17 | +| Anna | 4321 | 25 | +@end example +@end enumerate + +@anchor{Validating OpenDocument XML} +@subsubheading Validating OpenDocument XML + +Sometimes ODT format files may not open due to @samp{.odt} file corruption. +To verify if such a file is corrupt, validate it against the +OpenDocument Relax NG Compact (RNC) syntax schema. But first the +@samp{.odt} files have to be decompressed using @samp{zip}. Note that @samp{.odt} +files are ZIP archives: @ref{File Archives,,,emacs,}. The contents of +ODT files are in XML@. For general help with validation---and +schema-sensitive editing---of XML files: +@ref{Introduction,,,nxml-mode,}. + +@vindex org-export-odt-schema-dir +Customize @code{org-odt-schema-dir} to point to a directory with +OpenDocument RNC files and the needed schema-locating rules. The ODT +export back-end takes care of updating the +@code{rng-schema-locating-files}. + +@node Org Export +@section Org Export + +@cindex Org export +@emph{org} export back-end creates a normalized version of the Org document +in current buffer. The exporter evaluates Babel code (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}) and removes content specific to other back-ends. + +@anchor{Org export commands} +@subheading Org export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e O o} (@code{org-org-export-to-org}) +@kindex C-c C-e O o +@findex org-org-export-to-org +Export as an Org file with a @samp{.org} extension. For @samp{myfile.org}, +Org exports to @samp{myfile.org.org}, overwriting without warning. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e O v} (~~) +@kindex C-c C-e O v +Export to an Org file, then open it. +@end table + +@node Texinfo Export +@section Texinfo Export + +@menu +* Texinfo export commands:: Invoking commands. +* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment. +* Texinfo file header:: Generating the header. +* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages. +* Info directory file:: Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy. +* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure. +* Indices:: Creating indices. +* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code. +* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes. +* Tables in Texinfo export:: Table attributes. +* Images in Texinfo export:: Image attributes. +* Quotations in Texinfo export:: Quote block attributes. +* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes. +* A Texinfo example:: Processing Org to Texinfo. +@end menu + +@node Texinfo export commands +@subsection Texinfo export commands + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e i t} (@code{org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo}) +@kindex C-c C-e i t +@findex org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo +Export as a Texinfo file with @samp{.texi} extension. For +@samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.texi}, overwriting without +warning. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e i i} (@code{org-texinfo-export-to-info}) +@kindex C-c C-e i i +@findex org-texinfo-export-to-info +@vindex org-texinfo-info-process +Export to Texinfo format first and then process it to make an +Info file. To generate other formats, such as DocBook, customize +the @code{org-texinfo-info-process} variable. +@end table + +@node Texinfo specific export settings +@subsection Texinfo specific export settings + +The Texinfo export back-end has several additional keywords for +customizing Texinfo output. Setting these keywords works similar to +the general options (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{SUBTITLE} +@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword +The document subtitle. + +@item @samp{SUBAUTHOR} +@cindex @samp{SUBAUTHOR}, keyword +Additional authors for the document. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}, keyword +The Texinfo filename. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword +@vindex org-texinfo-default-class +The default document class (@code{org-texinfo-default-class}), which +must be a member of @code{org-texinfo-classes}. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}, keyword +Arbitrary lines inserted at the end of the header. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_POST_HEADER} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_POST_HEADER}, keyword +Arbitrary lines inserted after the end of the header. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, keyword +The directory category of the document. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, keyword +The directory title of the document. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}, keyword +The directory description of the document. + +@item @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE} +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}, keyword +The printed title of the document. +@end table + +@node Texinfo file header +@subsection Texinfo file header + +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}, keyword +After creating the header for a Texinfo file, the Texinfo back-end +automatically generates a name and destination path for the Info file. +To override this default with a more sensible path and name, specify +the @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME} keyword. + +@vindex org-texinfo-coding-system +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}, keyword +Along with the output's file name, the Texinfo header also contains +language details (see @ref{Export Settings}) and encoding system as set in +the @code{org-texinfo-coding-system} variable. Insert @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER} +keywords for each additional command in the header, for example: + +@example +#+TEXINFO_HEADER: @@synindex +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword +@vindex org-texinfo-classes +Instead of repeatedly installing the same set of commands, define +a class in @code{org-texinfo-classes} once, and then activate it in the +document by setting the @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword to that class. + +@node Texinfo title and copyright page +@subsection Texinfo title and copyright page + +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}, keyword +The default template for hard copy output has a title page with +@samp{TITLE} and @samp{AUTHOR} keywords (see @ref{Export Settings}). To replace the +regular title with something different for the printed version, use +the @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE} and @samp{SUBTITLE} keywords. Both expect raw +Texinfo code for setting their values. + +@cindex @samp{SUBAUTHOR}, keyword +If one @samp{AUTHOR} line is not sufficient, add multiple @samp{SUBAUTHOR} +keywords. They have to be set in raw Texinfo code. + +@example +#+AUTHOR: Jane Smith +#+SUBAUTHOR: John Doe +#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: This Long Title@@@@inlinefmt@{tex,@@*@} Is Broken in @@TeX@{@} +@end example + +@cindex @samp{COPYING}, property +Copying material is defined in a dedicated headline with a non-@code{nil} +@samp{COPYING} property. The back-end inserts the contents within +a @samp{@@copying} command at the beginning of the document. The heading +itself does not appear in the structure of the document. + +Copyright information is printed on the back of the title page. + +@example +* Legalese + :PROPERTIES: + :COPYING: t + :END: + + This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file, version 1.0. + + Copyright \copy 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@end example + +@node Info directory file +@subsection Info directory file + +@cindex @samp{dir} file, in Texinfo export +@cindex Info directory file, in Texinfo export +@cindex @code{install-info}, in Texinfo export + +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, keyword +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, keyword +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}, keyword +The end result of the Texinfo export process is the creation of an +Info file. This Info file's metadata has variables for category, +title, and description: @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, +and @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC} keywords that establish where in the Info +hierarchy the file fits. + +Here is an example that writes to the Info directory file: + +@example +#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY: Emacs +#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE: Org Mode: (org) +#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC: Outline-based notes management and organizer +@end example + +@node Headings and sectioning structure +@subsection Headings and sectioning structure + +@vindex org-texinfo-classes +@vindex org-texinfo-default-class +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword +The Texinfo export back-end uses a pre-defined scheme to convert Org +headlines to equivalent Texinfo structuring commands. A scheme like +this maps top-level headlines to numbered chapters tagged as +@code{@@chapter} and lower-level headlines to unnumbered chapters tagged as +@code{@@unnumbered}. To override such mappings to introduce @code{@@part} or +other Texinfo structuring commands, define a new class in +@code{org-texinfo-classes}. Activate the new class with the +@samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword. When no new class is defined and activated, +the Texinfo export back-end defaults to the +@code{org-texinfo-default-class}. + +If an Org headline's level has no associated Texinfo structuring +command, or is below a certain threshold (see @ref{Export Settings}), then +the Texinfo export back-end makes it into a list item. + +@cindex @samp{APPENDIX}, property +The Texinfo export back-end makes any headline with a non-@code{nil} +@samp{APPENDIX} property into an appendix. This happens independent of the +Org headline level or the @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword. + +@cindex @samp{ALT_TITLE}, property +@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, property +The Texinfo export back-end creates a menu entry after the Org +headline for each regular sectioning structure. To override this with +a shorter menu entry, use the @samp{ALT_TITLE} property (see @ref{Table of Contents}). Texinfo menu entries also have an option for a longer +@samp{DESCRIPTION} property. Here's an example that uses both to override +the default menu entry: + +@example +* Controlling Screen Display + :PROPERTIES: + :ALT_TITLE: Display + :DESCRIPTION: Controlling Screen Display + :END: +@end example + +@cindex Top node, in Texinfo export +The text before the first headline belongs to the @emph{Top} node, i.e., +the node in which a reader enters an Info manual. As such, it is +expected not to appear in printed output generated from the @samp{.texi} +file. See @ref{The Top Node,,,texinfo,}, for more information. + +@node Indices +@subsection Indices + +@cindex @samp{CINDEX}, keyword +@cindex concept index, in Texinfo export +@cindex @samp{FINDEX}, keyword +@cindex function index, in Texinfo export +@cindex @samp{KINDEX}, keyword +@cindex keystroke index, in Texinfo export +@cindex @samp{PINDEX}, keyword +@cindex program index, in Texinfo export +@cindex @samp{TINDEX}, keyword +@cindex data type index, in Texinfo export +@cindex @samp{VINDEX}, keyword +@cindex variable index, in Texinfo export +The Texinfo export back-end recognizes these indexing keywords if used +in the Org file: @samp{CINDEX}, @samp{FINDEX}, @samp{KINDEX}, @samp{PINDEX}, @samp{TINDEX} and +@samp{VINDEX}. Write their value as verbatim Texinfo code; in particular, +@samp{@{}, @samp{@}} and @samp{@@} characters need to be escaped with @samp{@@} if they do not +belong to a Texinfo command. + +@example +#+CINDEX: Defining indexing entries +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{INDEX}, property +For the back-end to generate an index entry for a headline, set the +@samp{INDEX} property to @samp{cp} or @samp{vr}. These abbreviations come from +Texinfo that stand for concept index and variable index. The Texinfo +manual has abbreviations for all other kinds of indexes. The back-end +exports the headline as an unnumbered chapter or section command, and +then inserts the index after its contents. + +@example +* Concept Index + :PROPERTIES: + :INDEX: cp + :END: +@end example + +@node Quoting Texinfo code +@subsection Quoting Texinfo code + +Use any of the following three methods to insert or escape raw Texinfo +code: + +@cindex @samp{TEXINFO}, keyword +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo} +@example +Richard @@@@texinfo:@@sc@{@@@@Stallman@@@@texinfo:@}@@@@ commence' GNU. + +#+TEXINFO: @@need800 +This paragraph is preceded by... + +#+BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo + @@auindex Johnson, Mark + @@auindex Lakoff, George +#+END_EXPORT +@end example + +@node Plain lists in Texinfo export +@subsection Plain lists in Texinfo export + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword +@cindex two-column tables, in Texinfo export + +@cindex table types, in Texinfo export +The Texinfo export back-end by default converts description lists in +the Org file using the default command @samp{@@table}, which results in +a table with two columns. To change this behavior, specify +@samp{:table-type} with @samp{ftable} or @samp{vtable} attributes. For more +information, see @ref{Two-column Tables,,,texinfo,}. + +@vindex org-texinfo-table-default-markup +The Texinfo export back-end by default also applies a text highlight +based on the defaults stored in @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}. +To override the default highlight command, specify another one with +the @samp{:indic} attribute. + +@cindex multiple items in Texinfo lists +Org syntax is limited to one entry per list item. Nevertheless, the +Texinfo export back-end can split that entry according to any text +provided through the @samp{:sep} attribute. Each part then becomes a new +entry in the first column of the table. + +The following example illustrates all the attributes above: + +@example +#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :table-type vtable :sep , :indic asis +- foo, bar :: This is the common text for variables foo and bar. +@end example + +@noindent +becomes + +@example +@@vtable @@asis +@@item foo +@@itemx bar +This is the common text for variables foo and bar. +@@end table +@end example + +@node Tables in Texinfo export +@subsection Tables in Texinfo export + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword +When exporting tables, the Texinfo export back-end uses the widest +cell width in each column. To override this and instead specify as +fractions of line length, use the @samp{:columns} attribute. See example +below. + +@example +#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :columns .5 .5 +| a cell | another cell | +@end example + +@node Images in Texinfo export +@subsection Images in Texinfo export + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword +Insert a file link to the image in the Org file, and the Texinfo +export back-end inserts the image. These links must have the usual +supported image extensions and no descriptions. To scale the image, +use @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} attributes. For alternate text, use @samp{:alt} +and specify the text using Texinfo code, as shown in the example: + +@example +#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :width 1in :alt Alternate @@i@{text@} +[[ridt.pdf]] +@end example + +@node Quotations in Texinfo export +@subsection Quotations in Texinfo export + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword +You can write the text of a quotation within a quote block (see +@ref{Paragraphs}). You may also emphasize some text at the beginning of +the quotation with the @samp{:tag} attribute. + +@example +#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :tag Warning +#+BEGIN_QUOTE +Striking your thumb with a hammer may cause severe pain and discomfort. +#+END_QUOTE +@end example + +To specify the author of the quotation, use the @samp{:author} attribute. + +@example +#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :author King Arthur +#+BEGIN_QUOTE +The Lady of the Lake, her arm clad in the purest shimmering samite, +held aloft Excalibur from the bosom of the water, signifying by divine +providence that I, Arthur, was to carry Excalibur. That is why I am +your king. +#+END_QUOTE +@end example + +@node Special blocks in Texinfo export +@subsection Special blocks in Texinfo export + +@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword + +The Texinfo export back-end converts special blocks to commands with +the same name. It also adds any @samp{:options} attributes to the end of +the command, as shown in this example: + +@example +#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :options org-org-export-to-org ... +#+BEGIN_defun + A somewhat obsessive function name. +#+END_defun +@end example + +@noindent +becomes + +@example +@@defun org-org-export-to-org ... + A somewhat obsessive function name. +@@end defun +@end example + +@node A Texinfo example +@subsection A Texinfo example + +Here is a more detailed example Org file. See +@ref{GNU Sample Texts,,,texinfo,} for an equivalent example using +Texinfo code. + +@example +#+TITLE: GNU Sample @{@{@{version@}@}@} +#+SUBTITLE: for version @{@{@{version@}@}@}, @{@{@{updated@}@}@} +#+AUTHOR: A.U. Thor +#+EMAIL: bug-sample@@gnu.org + +#+OPTIONS: ':t toc:t author:t email:t +#+LANGUAGE: en + +#+MACRO: version 2.0 +#+MACRO: updated last updated 4 March 2014 + +#+TEXINFO_FILENAME: sample.info +#+TEXINFO_HEADER: @@syncodeindex pg cp + +#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY: Texinfo documentation system +#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE: sample: (sample) +#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC: Invoking sample + +#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: GNU Sample + +This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@}, +@{@{@{updated@}@}@}). + +* Copying + :PROPERTIES: + :COPYING: t + :END: + + This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@}, + @{@{@{updated@}@}@}), which is an example in the Texinfo documentation. + + Copyright \copy 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + #+BEGIN_QUOTE + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, + Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, + and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in + the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". + #+END_QUOTE + +* Invoking sample + + #+PINDEX: sample + #+CINDEX: invoking @@command@{sample@} + + This is a sample manual. There is no sample program to invoke, but + if there were, you could see its basic usage and command line + options here. + +* GNU Free Documentation License + :PROPERTIES: + :APPENDIX: t + :END: + + #+TEXINFO: @@include fdl.texi + +* Index + :PROPERTIES: + :INDEX: cp + :END: +@end example + +@node iCalendar Export +@section iCalendar Export + +@cindex iCalendar export + +A large part of Org mode's interoperability success is its ability to +easily export to or import from external applications. The iCalendar +export back-end takes calendar data from Org files and exports to the +standard iCalendar format. + +@vindex org-icalendar-include-todo +@vindex org-icalendar-use-deadline +@vindex org-icalendar-use-scheduled +The iCalendar export back-end can also incorporate TODO entries based +on the configuration of the @code{org-icalendar-include-todo} variable. +The back-end exports plain timestamps as @samp{VEVENT}, TODO items as +@samp{VTODO}, and also create events from deadlines that are in non-TODO +items. The back-end uses the deadlines and scheduling dates in Org +TODO items for setting the start and due dates for the iCalendar TODO +entry. Consult the @code{org-icalendar-use-deadline} and +@code{org-icalendar-use-scheduled} variables for more details. + +@vindex org-icalendar-categories +@vindex org-icalendar-alarm-time +For tags on the headline, the iCalendar export back-end makes them +into iCalendar categories. To tweak the inheritance of tags and TODO +states, configure the variable @code{org-icalendar-categories}. To assign +clock alarms based on time, configure the @code{org-icalendar-alarm-time} +variable. + +@vindex org-icalendar-store-UID +@cindex @samp{ID}, property +The iCalendar format standard requires globally unique identifier---or +UID---for each entry. The iCalendar export back-end creates UIDs +during export. To save a copy of the UID in the Org file set the +variable @code{org-icalendar-store-UID}. The back-end looks for the @samp{ID} +property of the entry for re-using the same UID for subsequent +exports. + +Since a single Org entry can result in multiple iCalendar +entries---timestamp, deadline, scheduled item, or TODO item---Org adds +prefixes to the UID, depending on which part of the Org entry +triggered the creation of the iCalendar entry. Prefixing ensures UIDs +remains unique, yet enable synchronization programs trace the +connections. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e c f} (@code{org-icalendar-export-to-ics}) +@kindex C-c C-e c f +@findex org-icalendar-export-to-ics +Create iCalendar entries from the current Org buffer and store +them in the same directory, using a file extension @samp{.ics}. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e c a} (@code{org-icalendar-export-agenda-files}) +@kindex C-c C-e c a +@findex org-icalendar-export-agenda-files +Create iCalendar entries from Org files in @code{org-agenda-files} and +store in a separate iCalendar file for each Org file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e c c} (@code{org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files}) +@kindex C-c C-e c c +@findex org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files +@vindex org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file +Create a combined iCalendar file from Org files in +@code{org-agenda-files} and write it to +@code{org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file} file name. +@end table + +@cindex @samp{SUMMARY}, property +@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, property +@cindex @samp{LOCATION}, property +@cindex @samp{TIMEZONE}, property +The iCalendar export back-end includes @samp{SUMMARY}, @samp{DESCRIPTION}, +@samp{LOCATION} and @samp{TIMEZONE} properties from the Org entries when +exporting. To force the back-end to inherit the @samp{LOCATION} and +@samp{TIMEZONE} properties, configure the @code{org-use-property-inheritance} +variable. + +@vindex org-icalendar-include-body +When Org entries do not have @samp{SUMMARY}, @samp{DESCRIPTION} and @samp{LOCATION} +properties, the iCalendar export back-end derives the summary from the +headline, and derives the description from the body of the Org item. +The @code{org-icalendar-include-body} variable limits the maximum number of +characters of the content are turned into its description. + +The @samp{TIMEZONE} property can be used to specify a per-entry time zone, +and is applied to any entry with timestamp information. Time zones +should be specified as per the IANA time zone database format, e.g., +@samp{Asia/Almaty}. Alternately, the property value can be @samp{UTC}, to force +UTC time for this entry only. + +Exporting to iCalendar format depends in large part on the +capabilities of the destination application. Some are more lenient +than others. Consult the Org mode FAQ for advice on specific +applications. + +@node Other Built-in Back-ends +@section Other Built-in Back-ends + +Other export back-ends included with Org are: + +@itemize +@item +@samp{ox-man.el}: Export to a man page. +@end itemize + +To activate such back-ends, either customize @code{org-export-backends} or +load directly with @samp{(require 'ox-man)}. On successful load, the +back-end adds new keys in the export dispatcher (see @ref{The Export Dispatcher}). + +Follow the comment section of such files, for example, @samp{ox-man.el}, +for usage and configuration details. + +@node Advanced Export Configuration +@section Advanced Export Configuration + + + +@anchor{Hooks} +@subheading Hooks + +@vindex org-export-before-processing-hook +@vindex org-export-before-parsing-hook +The export process executes two hooks before the actual exporting +begins. The first hook, @code{org-export-before-processing-hook}, runs +before any expansions of macros, Babel code, and include keywords in +the buffer. The second hook, @code{org-export-before-parsing-hook}, runs +before the buffer is parsed. + +Functions added to these hooks are called with a single argument: the +export back-end actually used, as a symbol. You may use them for +heavy duty structural modifications of the document. For example, you +can remove every headline in the buffer during export like this: + +@lisp +(defun my-headline-removal (backend) + "Remove all headlines in the current buffer. +BACKEND is the export back-end being used, as a symbol." + (org-map-entries + (lambda () (delete-region (point) (line-beginning-position 2))))) + +(add-hook 'org-export-before-parsing-hook 'my-headline-removal) +@end lisp + +@anchor{Filters} +@subheading Filters + +@cindex Filters, exporting +Filters are lists of functions to be applied to certain parts for +a given back-end. The output from the first function in the filter is +passed on to the next function in the filter. The final output is the +output from the final function in the filter. + +The Org export process has many filter sets applicable to different +types of objects, plain text, parse trees, export options, and final +output formats. The filters are named after the element type or +object type: @code{org-export-filter-TYPE-functions}, where @var{TYPE} +is the type targeted by the filter. Valid types are: + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.33 0.33 0.33 +@item body +@tab bold +@tab babel-call +@item center-block +@tab clock +@tab code +@item diary-sexp +@tab drawer +@tab dynamic-block +@item entity +@tab example-block +@tab export-block +@item export-snippet +@tab final-output +@tab fixed-width +@item footnote-definition +@tab footnote-reference +@tab headline +@item horizontal-rule +@tab inline-babel-call +@tab inline-src-block +@item inlinetask +@tab italic +@tab item +@item keyword +@tab latex-environment +@tab latex-fragment +@item line-break +@tab link +@tab node-property +@item options +@tab paragraph +@tab parse-tree +@item plain-list +@tab plain-text +@tab planning +@item property-drawer +@tab quote-block +@tab radio-target +@item section +@tab special-block +@tab src-block +@item statistics-cookie +@tab strike-through +@tab subscript +@item superscript +@tab table +@tab table-cell +@item table-row +@tab target +@tab timestamp +@item underline +@tab verbatim +@tab verse-block +@end multitable + +Here is an example filter that replaces non-breaking spaces @code{ } in the +Org buffer with @samp{~} for the @LaTeX{} back-end. + +@lisp +(defun my-latex-filter-nobreaks (text backend info) + "Ensure \" \" are properly handled in LaTeX export." + (when (org-export-derived-backend-p backend 'latex) + (replace-regexp-in-string " " "~" text))) + +(add-to-list 'org-export-filter-plain-text-functions + 'my-latex-filter-nobreaks) +@end lisp + +A filter requires three arguments: the code to be transformed, the +name of the back-end, and some optional information about the export +process. The third argument can be safely ignored. Note the use of +@code{org-export-derived-backend-p} predicate that tests for @emph{latex} +back-end or any other back-end, such as @emph{beamer}, derived from +@emph{latex}. + +@anchor{Defining filters for individual files} +@subheading Defining filters for individual files + +The Org export can filter not just for back-ends, but also for +specific files through the @samp{BIND} keyword. Here is an example with +two filters; one removes brackets from time stamps, and the other +removes strike-through text. The filter functions are defined in +a code block in the same Org file, which is a handy location for +debugging. + +@example +#+BIND: org-export-filter-timestamp-functions (tmp-f-timestamp) +#+BIND: org-export-filter-strike-through-functions (tmp-f-strike-through) +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :exports results :results none + (defun tmp-f-timestamp (s backend info) + (replace-regexp-in-string "&[lg]t;\\|[][]" "" s)) + (defun tmp-f-strike-through (s backend info) "") +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@anchor{Extending an existing back-end} +@subheading Extending an existing back-end + +Some parts of the conversion process can be extended for certain +elements so as to introduce a new or revised translation. That is how +the HTML export back-end was extended to handle Markdown format. The +extensions work seamlessly so any aspect of filtering not done by the +extended back-end is handled by the original back-end. Of all the +export customization in Org, extending is very powerful as it operates +at the parser level. + +For this example, make the @emph{ascii} back-end display the language used +in a source code block. Also make it display only when some attribute +is non-@code{nil}, like the following: + +@example +#+ATTR_ASCII: :language t +@end example + + +Then extend ASCII back-end with a custom ``my-ascii'' back-end. + +@lisp +(defun my-ascii-src-block (src-block contents info) + "Transcode a SRC-BLOCK element from Org to ASCII. +CONTENTS is nil. INFO is a plist used as a communication +channel." + (if (not (org-export-read-attribute :attr_ascii src-block :language)) + (org-export-with-backend 'ascii src-block contents info) + (concat + (format ",--[ %s ]--\n%s`----" + (org-element-property :language src-block) + (replace-regexp-in-string + "^" "| " + (org-element-normalize-string + (org-export-format-code-default src-block info))))))) + +(org-export-define-derived-backend 'my-ascii 'ascii + :translate-alist '((src-block . my-ascii-src-block))) +@end lisp + +The @code{my-ascii-src-block} function looks at the attribute above the +current element. If not true, hands over to @emph{ascii} back-end. If +true, which it is in this example, it creates a box around the code +and leaves room for the inserting a string for language. The last +form creates the new back-end that springs to action only when +translating @code{src-block} type elements. + +To use the newly defined back-end, evaluate the following from an Org +buffer: + +@lisp +(org-export-to-buffer 'my-ascii "*Org MY-ASCII Export*") +@end lisp + +Further steps to consider would be an interactive function, +self-installing an item in the export dispatcher menu, and other +user-friendly improvements. + +@node Export in Foreign Buffers +@section Export in Foreign Buffers + +The export back-ends in Org often include commands to convert selected +regions. A convenient feature of this in-place conversion is that the +exported output replaces the original source. Here are such +functions: + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-ascii-convert-region-to-ascii} +@findex org-ascii-convert-region-to-ascii +Convert the selected region into ASCII@. + +@item @code{org-ascii-convert-region-to-utf8} +@findex org-ascii-convert-region-to-utf8 +Convert the selected region into UTF-8. + +@item @code{org-html-convert-region-to-html} +@findex org-html-convert-region-to-html +Convert the selected region into HTML@. + +@item @code{org-latex-convert-region-to-latex} +@findex org-latex-convert-region-to-latex +Convert the selected region into @LaTeX{}. + +@item @code{org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo} +@findex org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo +Convert the selected region into Texinfo. + +@item @code{org-md-convert-region-to-md} +@findex org-md-convert-region-to-md +Convert the selected region into Markdown. +@end table + +In-place conversions are particularly handy for quick conversion of +tables and lists in foreign buffers. For example, in an HTML buffer, +write a list in Org syntax, select it, and convert it to HTML with +@kbd{M-x org-html-convert-region-to-html}. + +@node Publishing +@chapter Publishing + +@cindex publishing + +Org includes a publishing management system that allows you to +configure automatic HTML conversion of @emph{projects} composed of +interlinked Org files. You can also configure Org to automatically +upload your exported HTML pages and related attachments, such as +images and source code files, to a web server. + +You can also use Org to convert files into PDF, or even combine HTML +and PDF conversion so that files are available in both formats on the +server. + +Publishing has been contributed to Org by David O'Toole. + +@menu +* Configuration:: Defining projects. +* Uploading Files:: How to get files up on the server. +* Sample Configuration:: Example projects. +* Triggering Publication:: Publication commands. +@end menu + +@node Configuration +@section Configuration + +Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files, +destination and many other properties of a project. + +@menu +* Project alist:: The central configuration variable. +* Sources and destinations:: From here to there. +* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project? +* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing. +* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export. +* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing? +* Site map:: Generating a list of all pages. +* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages. +@end menu + +@node Project alist +@subsection The variable @code{org-publish-project-alist} + +@cindex projects, for publishing + +@vindex org-publish-project-alist +Publishing is configured almost entirely through setting the value of +one variable, called @code{org-publish-project-alist}. Each element of the +list configures one project, and may be in one of the two following +forms: + +@lisp +("project-name" :property value :property value ...) +@end lisp + +@noindent +i.e., a well-formed property list with alternating keys and values, +or: + +@lisp +("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...)) +@end lisp + +In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values. +A project defines the set of files that are to be published, as well +as the publishing configuration to use when publishing those files. +When a project takes the second form listed above, the individual +members of the @code{:components} property are taken to be sub-projects, +which group together files requiring different publishing options. +When you publish such a ``meta-project'', all the components are also +published, in the sequence given. + +@node Sources and destinations +@subsection Sources and destinations for files + +@cindex directories, for publishing + +Most properties are optional, but some should always be set. In +particular, Org needs to know where to look for source files, and +where to put published files. + +@table @asis +@item @code{:base-directory} +Directory containing publishing source files. + +@item @code{:publishing-directory} +Directory where output files are published. You can directly +publish to a webserver using a file name syntax appropriate for +the Emacs tramp package. Or you can publish to a local directory +and use external tools to upload your website (see @ref{Uploading Files}). + +@item @code{:preparation-function} +Function or list of functions to be called before starting the +publishing process, for example, to run @samp{make} for updating files +to be published. Each preparation function is called with +a single argument, the project property list. + +@item @code{:completion-function} +Function or list of functions called after finishing the +publishing process, for example, to change permissions of the +resulting files. Each completion function is called with +a single argument, the project property list. +@end table + +@node Selecting files +@subsection Selecting files + +@cindex files, selecting for publishing + +By default, all files with extension @samp{.org} in the base directory are +considered part of the project. This can be modified by setting the +following properties + +@table @asis +@item @code{:base-extension} +Extension---without the dot---of source files. This actually +is a regular expression. Set this to the symbol @code{any} if you +want to get all files in @code{:base-directory}, even without +extension. + +@item @code{:exclude} +Regular expression to match file names that should not be published, +even though they have been selected on the basis of their extension. + +@item @code{:include} +List of files to be included regardless of @code{:base-extension} and +@code{:exclude}. + +@item @code{:recursive} +Non-@code{nil} means, check base-directory recursively for files to +publish. +@end table + +@node Publishing action +@subsection Publishing action + +@cindex action, for publishing + +Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory +and possibly transformed in the process. The default transformation +is to export Org files as HTML files, and this is done by the function +@code{org-publish-org-to-html} which calls the HTML exporter (see @ref{HTML Export}). But you can also publish your content as PDF files using +@code{org-publish-org-to-pdf}, or as ASCII, Texinfo, etc., using the +corresponding functions. + +If you want to publish the Org file as an @samp{.org} file but with +@emph{archived}, @emph{commented}, and @emph{tag-excluded} trees removed, use +@code{org-publish-org-to-org}. This produces @samp{file.org} and put it in the +publishing directory. If you want a htmlized version of this file, +set the parameter @code{:htmlized-source} to @code{t}. It produces +@samp{file.org.html} in the publishing directory@footnote{If the publishing directory is the same as the source +directory, @samp{file.org} is exported as @samp{file.org.org}, so you probably +do not want to do this.}. + +Other files like images only need to be copied to the publishing +destination; for this you can use @code{org-publish-attachment}. For +non-Org files, you always need to specify the publishing function: + +@table @asis +@item @code{:publishing-function} +Function executing the publication of a file. This may also be +a list of functions, which are all called in turn. + +@item @code{:htmlized-source} +Non-@code{nil} means, publish htmlized source. +@end table + +The function must accept three arguments: a property list containing +at least a @code{:publishing-directory} property, the name of the file to +be published, and the path to the publishing directory of the output +file. It should take the specified file, make the necessary +transformation, if any, and place the result into the destination +folder. + +@node Publishing options +@subsection Options for the exporters + +@cindex options, for publishing +@cindex publishing options + +The property list can be used to set many export options for the HTML +and @LaTeX{} exporters. In most cases, these properties correspond to +user variables in Org. The table below lists these properties along +with the variable they belong to. See the documentation string for +the respective variable for details. + +@vindex org-publish-project-alist +When a property is given a value in @code{org-publish-project-alist}, its +setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable, if +any, during publishing. Options set within a file (see @ref{Export Settings}), however, override everything. + +@anchor{Generic properties} +@subsubheading Generic properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:archived-trees} +@tab @code{org-export-with-archived-trees} +@item @code{:exclude-tags} +@tab @code{org-export-exclude-tags} +@item @code{:headline-levels} +@tab @code{org-export-headline-levels} +@item @code{:language} +@tab @code{org-export-default-language} +@item @code{:preserve-breaks} +@tab @code{org-export-preserve-breaks} +@item @code{:section-numbers} +@tab @code{org-export-with-section-numbers} +@item @code{:select-tags} +@tab @code{org-export-select-tags} +@item @code{:with-author} +@tab @code{org-export-with-author} +@item @code{:with-broken-links} +@tab @code{org-export-with-broken-links} +@item @code{:with-clocks} +@tab @code{org-export-with-clocks} +@item @code{:with-creator} +@tab @code{org-export-with-creator} +@item @code{:with-date} +@tab @code{org-export-with-date} +@item @code{:with-drawers} +@tab @code{org-export-with-drawers} +@item @code{:with-email} +@tab @code{org-export-with-email} +@item @code{:with-emphasize} +@tab @code{org-export-with-emphasize} +@item @code{:with-fixed-width} +@tab @code{org-export-with-fixed-width} +@item @code{:with-footnotes} +@tab @code{org-export-with-footnotes} +@item @code{:with-latex} +@tab @code{org-export-with-latex} +@item @code{:with-planning} +@tab @code{org-export-with-planning} +@item @code{:with-priority} +@tab @code{org-export-with-priority} +@item @code{:with-properties} +@tab @code{org-export-with-properties} +@item @code{:with-special-strings} +@tab @code{org-export-with-special-strings} +@item @code{:with-sub-superscript} +@tab @code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts} +@item @code{:with-tables} +@tab @code{org-export-with-tables} +@item @code{:with-tags} +@tab @code{org-export-with-tags} +@item @code{:with-tasks} +@tab @code{org-export-with-tasks} +@item @code{:with-timestamps} +@tab @code{org-export-with-timestamps} +@item @code{:with-title} +@tab @code{org-export-with-title} +@item @code{:with-toc} +@tab @code{org-export-with-toc} +@item @code{:with-todo-keywords} +@tab @code{org-export-with-todo-keywords} +@end multitable + +@anchor{ASCII specific properties} +@subsubheading ASCII specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:ascii-bullets} +@tab @code{org-ascii-bullets} +@item @code{:ascii-caption-above} +@tab @code{org-ascii-caption-above} +@item @code{:ascii-charset} +@tab @code{org-ascii-charset} +@item @code{:ascii-global-margin} +@tab @code{org-ascii-global-margin} +@item @code{:ascii-format-drawer-function} +@tab @code{org-ascii-format-drawer-function} +@item @code{:ascii-format-inlinetask-function} +@tab @code{org-ascii-format-inlinetask-function} +@item @code{:ascii-headline-spacing} +@tab @code{org-ascii-headline-spacing} +@item @code{:ascii-indented-line-width} +@tab @code{org-ascii-indented-line-width} +@item @code{:ascii-inlinetask-width} +@tab @code{org-ascii-inlinetask-width} +@item @code{:ascii-inner-margin} +@tab @code{org-ascii-inner-margin} +@item @code{:ascii-links-to-notes} +@tab @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes} +@item @code{:ascii-list-margin} +@tab @code{org-ascii-list-margin} +@item @code{:ascii-paragraph-spacing} +@tab @code{org-ascii-paragraph-spacing} +@item @code{:ascii-quote-margin} +@tab @code{org-ascii-quote-margin} +@item @code{:ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines} +@tab @code{org-ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines} +@item @code{:ascii-table-use-ascii-art} +@tab @code{org-ascii-table-use-ascii-art} +@item @code{:ascii-table-widen-columns} +@tab @code{org-ascii-table-widen-columns} +@item @code{:ascii-text-width} +@tab @code{org-ascii-text-width} +@item @code{:ascii-underline} +@tab @code{org-ascii-underline} +@item @code{:ascii-verbatim-format} +@tab @code{org-ascii-verbatim-format} +@end multitable + +@anchor{Beamer specific properties} +@subsubheading Beamer specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:beamer-theme} +@tab @code{org-beamer-theme} +@item @code{:beamer-column-view-format} +@tab @code{org-beamer-column-view-format} +@item @code{:beamer-environments-extra} +@tab @code{org-beamer-environments-extra} +@item @code{:beamer-frame-default-options} +@tab @code{org-beamer-frame-default-options} +@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-options} +@tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-options} +@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-title} +@tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-title} +@item @code{:beamer-subtitle-format} +@tab @code{org-beamer-subtitle-format} +@end multitable + +@anchor{HTML specific properties} +@subsubheading HTML specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors} +@tab @code{org-html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors} +@item @code{:html-checkbox-type} +@tab @code{org-html-checkbox-type} +@item @code{:html-container} +@tab @code{org-html-container-element} +@item @code{:html-divs} +@tab @code{org-html-divs} +@item @code{:html-doctype} +@tab @code{org-html-doctype} +@item @code{:html-extension} +@tab @code{org-html-extension} +@item @code{:html-footnote-format} +@tab @code{org-html-footnote-format} +@item @code{:html-footnote-separator} +@tab @code{org-html-footnote-separator} +@item @code{:html-footnotes-section} +@tab @code{org-html-footnotes-section} +@item @code{:html-format-drawer-function} +@tab @code{org-html-format-drawer-function} +@item @code{:html-format-headline-function} +@tab @code{org-html-format-headline-function} +@item @code{:html-format-inlinetask-function} +@tab @code{org-html-format-inlinetask-function} +@item @code{:html-head-extra} +@tab @code{org-html-head-extra} +@item @code{:html-head-include-default-style} +@tab @code{org-html-head-include-default-style} +@item @code{:html-head-include-scripts} +@tab @code{org-html-head-include-scripts} +@item @code{:html-head} +@tab @code{org-html-head} +@item @code{:html-home/up-format} +@tab @code{org-html-home/up-format} +@item @code{:html-html5-fancy} +@tab @code{org-html-html5-fancy} +@item @code{:html-indent} +@tab @code{org-html-indent} +@item @code{:html-infojs-options} +@tab @code{org-html-infojs-options} +@item @code{:html-infojs-template} +@tab @code{org-html-infojs-template} +@item @code{:html-inline-image-rules} +@tab @code{org-html-inline-image-rules} +@item @code{:html-inline-images} +@tab @code{org-html-inline-images} +@item @code{:html-link-home} +@tab @code{org-html-link-home} +@item @code{:html-link-org-files-as-html} +@tab @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html} +@item @code{:html-link-up} +@tab @code{org-html-link-up} +@item @code{:html-link-use-abs-url} +@tab @code{org-html-link-use-abs-url} +@item @code{:html-mathjax-options} +@tab @code{org-html-mathjax-options} +@item @code{:html-mathjax-template} +@tab @code{org-html-mathjax-template} +@item @code{:html-metadata-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-html-metadata-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:html-postamble-format} +@tab @code{org-html-postamble-format} +@item @code{:html-postamble} +@tab @code{org-html-postamble} +@item @code{:html-preamble-format} +@tab @code{org-html-preamble-format} +@item @code{:html-preamble} +@tab @code{org-html-preamble} +@item @code{:html-table-align-individual-field} +@tab @code{de@{org-html-table-align-individual-fields} +@item @code{:html-table-attributes} +@tab @code{org-html-table-default-attributes} +@item @code{:html-table-caption-above} +@tab @code{org-html-table-caption-above} +@item @code{:html-table-data-tags} +@tab @code{org-html-table-data-tags} +@item @code{:html-table-header-tags} +@tab @code{org-html-table-header-tags} +@item @code{:html-table-row-tags} +@tab @code{org-html-table-row-tags} +@item @code{:html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column} +@tab @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column} +@item @code{:html-tag-class-prefix} +@tab @code{org-html-tag-class-prefix} +@item @code{:html-text-markup-alist} +@tab @code{org-html-text-markup-alist} +@item @code{:html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} +@tab @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} +@item @code{:html-toplevel-hlevel} +@tab @code{org-html-toplevel-hlevel} +@item @code{:html-use-infojs} +@tab @code{org-html-use-infojs} +@item @code{:html-validation-link} +@tab @code{org-html-validation-link} +@item @code{:html-viewport} +@tab @code{org-html-viewport} +@item @code{:html-xml-declaration} +@tab @code{org-html-xml-declaration} +@end multitable + +@anchor{@LaTeX{} specific properties} +@subsubheading @LaTeX{} specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:latex-active-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-latex-active-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:latex-caption-above} +@tab @code{org-latex-caption-above} +@item @code{:latex-classes} +@tab @code{org-latex-classes} +@item @code{:latex-class} +@tab @code{org-latex-default-class} +@item @code{:latex-compiler} +@tab @code{org-latex-compiler} +@item @code{:latex-default-figure-position} +@tab @code{org-latex-default-figure-position} +@item @code{:latex-default-table-environment} +@tab @code{org-latex-default-table-environment} +@item @code{:latex-default-table-mode} +@tab @code{org-latex-default-table-mode} +@item @code{:latex-diary-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-latex-diary-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:latex-footnote-defined-format} +@tab @code{org-latex-footnote-defined-format} +@item @code{:latex-footnote-separator} +@tab @code{org-latex-footnote-separator} +@item @code{:latex-format-drawer-function} +@tab @code{org-latex-format-drawer-function} +@item @code{:latex-format-headline-function} +@tab @code{org-latex-format-headline-function} +@item @code{:latex-format-inlinetask-function} +@tab @code{org-latex-format-inlinetask-function} +@item @code{:latex-hyperref-template} +@tab @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} +@item @code{:latex-image-default-height} +@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-height} +@item @code{:latex-image-default-option} +@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-option} +@item @code{:latex-image-default-width} +@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-width} +@item @code{:latex-images-centered} +@tab @code{org-latex-images-centered} +@item @code{:latex-inactive-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-latex-inactive-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:latex-inline-image-rules} +@tab @code{org-latex-inline-image-rules} +@item @code{:latex-link-with-unknown-path-format} +@tab @code{org-latex-link-with-unknown-path-format} +@item @code{:latex-listings-langs} +@tab @code{org-latex-listings-langs} +@item @code{:latex-listings-options} +@tab @code{org-latex-listings-options} +@item @code{:latex-listings} +@tab @code{org-latex-listings} +@item @code{:latex-minted-langs} +@tab @code{org-latex-minted-langs} +@item @code{:latex-minted-options} +@tab @code{org-latex-minted-options} +@item @code{:latex-prefer-user-labels} +@tab @code{org-latex-prefer-user-labels} +@item @code{:latex-subtitle-format} +@tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-format} +@item @code{:latex-subtitle-separate} +@tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate} +@item @code{:latex-table-scientific-notation} +@tab @code{org-latex-table-scientific-notation} +@item @code{:latex-tables-booktabs} +@tab @code{org-latex-tables-booktabs} +@item @code{:latex-tables-centered} +@tab @code{org-latex-tables-centered} +@item @code{:latex-text-markup-alist} +@tab @code{org-latex-text-markup-alist} +@item @code{:latex-title-command} +@tab @code{org-latex-title-command} +@item @code{:latex-toc-command} +@tab @code{org-latex-toc-command} +@end multitable + +@anchor{Markdown specific properties} +@subsubheading Markdown specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:md-footnote-format} +@tab @code{org-md-footnote-format} +@item @code{:md-footnotes-section} +@tab @code{org-md-footnotes-section} +@item @code{:md-headline-style} +@tab @code{org-md-headline-style} +@end multitable + +@anchor{ODT specific properties} +@subsubheading ODT specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:odt-content-template-file} +@tab @code{org-odt-content-template-file} +@item @code{:odt-display-outline-level} +@tab @code{org-odt-display-outline-level} +@item @code{:odt-fontify-srcblocks} +@tab @code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks} +@item @code{:odt-format-drawer-function} +@tab @code{org-odt-format-drawer-function} +@item @code{:odt-format-headline-function} +@tab @code{org-odt-format-headline-function} +@item @code{:odt-format-inlinetask-function} +@tab @code{org-odt-format-inlinetask-function} +@item @code{:odt-inline-formula-rules} +@tab @code{org-odt-inline-formula-rules} +@item @code{:odt-inline-image-rules} +@tab @code{org-odt-inline-image-rules} +@item @code{:odt-pixels-per-inch} +@tab @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch} +@item @code{:odt-styles-file} +@tab @code{org-odt-styles-file} +@item @code{:odt-table-styles} +@tab @code{org-odt-table-styles} +@item @code{:odt-use-date-fields} +@tab @code{org-odt-use-date-fields} +@end multitable + +@anchor{Texinfo specific properties} +@subsubheading Texinfo specific properties + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{:texinfo-active-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-active-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:texinfo-classes} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-classes} +@item @code{:texinfo-class} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-default-class} +@item @code{:texinfo-table-default-markup} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup} +@item @code{:texinfo-diary-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-diary-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:texinfo-filename} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-filename} +@item @code{:texinfo-format-drawer-function} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-drawer-function} +@item @code{:texinfo-format-headline-function} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-headline-function} +@item @code{:texinfo-format-inlinetask-function} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-inlinetask-function} +@item @code{:texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format} +@item @code{:texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format} +@item @code{:texinfo-node-description-column} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-node-description-column} +@item @code{:texinfo-table-scientific-notation} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-table-scientific-notation} +@item @code{:texinfo-tables-verbatim} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-tables-verbatim} +@item @code{:texinfo-text-markup-alist} +@tab @code{org-texinfo-text-markup-alist} +@end multitable + +@node Publishing links +@subsection Publishing links + +@cindex links, publishing + +To create a link from one Org file to another, you would use something +like @samp{[[file:foo.org][The foo]]} or simply @samp{[[file:foo.org]]} (see @ref{External Links}). When +published, this link becomes a link to @samp{foo.html}. You can thus +interlink the pages of your ``Org web'' project and the links will work +as expected when you publish them to HTML@. If you also publish the +Org source file and want to link to it, use an @samp{http} link instead of +a @samp{file:} link, because @samp{file} links are converted to link to the +corresponding @samp{.html} file. + +You may also link to related files, such as images. Provided you are +careful with relative file names, and provided you have also +configured Org to upload the related files, these links will work too. +See @ref{Complex example}, for an example of this +usage. + +Eventually, links between published documents can contain some search +options (see @ref{Search Options}), which will be resolved to +the appropriate location in the linked file. For example, once +published to HTML, the following links all point to a dedicated anchor +in @samp{foo.html}. + +@example +[[file:foo.org::*heading]] +[[file:foo.org::#custom-id]] +[[file:foo.org::target]] +@end example + +@node Site map +@subsection Generating a sitemap + +@cindex sitemap, of published pages + +The following properties may be used to control publishing of +a map of files for a given project. + +@table @asis +@item @code{:auto-sitemap} +When non-@code{nil}, publish a sitemap during +@code{org-publish-current-project} or @code{org-publish-all}. + +@item @code{:sitemap-filename} +Filename for output of sitemap. Defaults to @samp{sitemap.org}, which +becomes @samp{sitemap.html}. + +@item @code{:sitemap-title} +Title of sitemap page. Defaults to name of file. + +@item @code{:sitemap-format-entry} +@findex org-publish-find-date +@findex org-publish-find-property +@findex org-publish-find-title +With this option one can tell how a site-map entry is formatted +in the site-map. It is a function called with three arguments: +the file or directory name relative to base directory of the +project, the site-map style and the current project. It is +expected to return a string. Default value turns file names into +links and use document titles as descriptions. For specific +formatting needs, one can use @code{org-publish-find-date}, +@code{org-publish-find-title} and @code{org-publish-find-property}, to +retrieve additional information about published documents. + +@item @code{:sitemap-function} +Plug-in function to use for generation of the sitemap. It is +called with two arguments: the title of the site-map and +a representation of the files and directories involved in the +project as a nested list, which can further be transformed using +@code{org-list-to-generic}, @code{org-list-to-subtree} and alike. Default +value generates a plain list of links to all files in the +project. + +@item @code{:sitemap-sort-folders} +Where folders should appear in the sitemap. Set this to @code{first} +(default) or @code{last} to display folders first or last, +respectively. When set to @code{ignore}, folders are ignored +altogether. Any other value mixes files and folders. This +variable has no effect when site-map style is @code{tree}. + +@item @code{:sitemap-sort-files} +How the files are sorted in the site map. Set this to +@code{alphabetically} (default), @code{chronologically} or +@code{anti-chronologically}. @code{chronologically} sorts the files with +older date first while @code{anti-chronologically} sorts the files +with newer date first. @code{alphabetically} sorts the files +alphabetically. The date of a file is retrieved with +@code{org-publish-find-date}. + +@item @code{:sitemap-ignore-case} +Should sorting be case-sensitive? Default @code{nil}. + +@item @code{:sitemap-file-entry-format} +With this option one can tell how a sitemap's entry is formatted +in the sitemap. This is a format string with some escape +sequences: @code{%t} stands for the title of the file, @code{%a} stands for +the author of the file and @code{%d} stands for the date of the file. +The date is retrieved with the @code{org-publish-find-date} function +and formatted with @code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format}. Default +@code{%t}. + +@item @code{:sitemap-date-format} +Format string for the @code{format-time-string} function that tells +how a sitemap entry's date is to be formatted. This property +bypasses @code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format} which defaults to +@code{%Y-%m-%d}. +@end table + +@node Generating an index +@subsection Generating an index + +@cindex index, in a publishing project + +Org mode can generate an index across the files of a publishing project. + +@table @asis +@item @code{:makeindex} +When non-@code{nil}, generate in index in the file @samp{theindex.org} and +publish it as @samp{theindex.html}. +@end table + +The file is created when first publishing a project with the +@code{:makeindex} set. The file only contains a statement @samp{#+INCLUDE: +"theindex.inc"}. You can then build around this include statement by +adding a title, style information, etc. + +@cindex @samp{INDEX}, keyword +Index entries are specified with @samp{INDEX} keyword. An entry that +contains an exclamation mark creates a sub item. + +@example +*** Curriculum Vitae +#+INDEX: CV +#+INDEX: Application!CV +@end example + +@node Uploading Files +@section Uploading Files + +@cindex rsync +@cindex unison + +For those people already utilizing third party sync tools such as +Rsync or Unison, it might be preferable not to use the built-in remote +publishing facilities of Org mode which rely heavily on Tramp. Tramp, +while very useful and powerful, tends not to be so efficient for +multiple file transfer and has been known to cause problems under +heavy usage. + +Specialized synchronization utilities offer several advantages. In +addition to timestamp comparison, they also do content and +permissions/attribute checks. For this reason you might prefer to +publish your web to a local directory---possibly even @emph{in place} with +your Org files---and then use Unison or Rsync to do the +synchronization with the remote host. + +Since Unison, for example, can be configured as to which files to +transfer to a certain remote destination, it can greatly simplify the +project publishing definition. Simply keep all files in the correct +location, process your Org files with @code{org-publish} and let the +synchronization tool do the rest. You do not need, in this scenario, +to include attachments such as JPG, CSS or PNG files in the project +definition since the third-party tool syncs them. + +Publishing to a local directory is also much faster than to a remote +one, so that you can afford more easily to republish entire projects. +If you set @code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag} to @code{nil}, you gain the +main benefit of re-including any changed external files such as source +example files you might include with @samp{INCLUDE} keyword. The timestamp +mechanism in Org is not smart enough to detect if included files have +been modified. + +@node Sample Configuration +@section Sample Configuration + +Below we provide two example configurations. The first one is +a simple project publishing only a set of Org files. The second +example is more complex, with a multi-component project. + +@menu +* Simple example:: One-component publishing. +* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example. +@end menu + +@node Simple example +@subsection Example: simple publishing configuration + +This example publishes a set of Org files to the @samp{public_html} +directory on the local machine. + +@lisp +(setq org-publish-project-alist + '(("org" + :base-directory "~/org/" + :publishing-directory "~/public_html" + :section-numbers nil + :table-of-contents nil + :style "<link rel=\"stylesheet\" + href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" + type=\"text/css\"/>"))) +@end lisp + +@node Complex example +@subsection Example: complex publishing configuration + +This more complicated example publishes an entire website, including +Org files converted to HTML, image files, Emacs Lisp source code, and +style sheets. The publishing directory is remote and private files +are excluded. + +To ensure that links are preserved, care should be taken to replicate +your directory structure on the web server, and to use relative file +paths. For example, if your Org files are kept in @samp{~/org/} and your +publishable images in @samp{~/images/}, you would link to an image with + +@example +file:../images/myimage.png +@end example + + +On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the same. +You can accomplish this by setting up an @samp{images/} folder in the right +place on the web server, and publishing images to it. + +@lisp +(setq org-publish-project-alist + '(("orgfiles" + :base-directory "~/org/" + :base-extension "org" + :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/notebook/" + :publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html + :exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp + :headline-levels 3 + :section-numbers nil + :with-toc nil + :html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\" + href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" type=\"text/css\"/>" + :html-preamble t) + + ("images" + :base-directory "~/images/" + :base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png" + :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/images/" + :publishing-function org-publish-attachment) + + ("other" + :base-directory "~/other/" + :base-extension "css\\|el" + :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/other/" + :publishing-function org-publish-attachment) + ("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other")))) +@end lisp + +@node Triggering Publication +@section Triggering Publication + +Once properly configured, Org can publish with the following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-e X} (@code{org-publish}) +@kindex C-c C-e X +@findex org-publish +Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong +to it. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e P} (@code{org-publish-current-project}) +@kindex C-c C-e P +@findex org-publish-current-project +Publish the project containing the current file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e F} (@code{org-publish-current-file}) +@kindex C-c C-e F +@findex org-publish-current-file +Publish only the current file. + +@item @kbd{C-c C-e E} (@code{org-publish-all}) +@kindex C-c C-e E +@findex org-publish-all +Publish every project. +@end table + +@vindex org-publish-use-timestamps-flag +Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed. The above +functions normally only publish changed files. You can override this +and force publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument to any +of the commands above, or by customizing the variable +@code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag}. This may be necessary in +particular if files include other files via @samp{SETUPFILE} or @samp{INCLUDE} +keywords. + +@node Working with Source Code +@chapter Working with Source Code + +@cindex source code, working with + +Source code here refers to any plain text collection of computer +instructions, possibly with comments, written using a human-readable +programming language. Org can manage source code in an Org document +when the source code is identified with begin and end markers. +Working with source code begins with identifying source code blocks. +A source code block can be placed almost anywhere in an Org document; +it is not restricted to the preamble or the end of the document. +However, Org cannot manage a source code block if it is placed inside +an Org comment or within a fixed width section. + +Here is an example source code block in the Emacs Lisp language: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + (defun org-xor (a b) + "Exclusive or." + (if a (not b) b)) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +Org can manage the source code in the block delimited by @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} +@dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC} in several ways that can simplify housekeeping tasks +essential to modern source code maintenance. Org can edit, format, +extract, export, and publish source code blocks. Org can also compile +and execute a source code block, then capture the results. The Org +mode literature sometimes refers to source code blocks as @emph{live code} +blocks because they can alter the content of the Org document or the +material that it exports. Users can control how live they want each +source code block by tweaking the header arguments (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}) for compiling, execution, extraction, and +exporting. + +Source code blocks are one of many Org block types, which also include +``center'', ``comment'', ``dynamic'', ``example'', ``export'', ``quote'', +``special'', and ``verse''. This section pertains to blocks between +@samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} and @samp{#+END_SRC}. + +For editing and formatting a source code block, Org uses an +appropriate Emacs major mode that includes features specifically +designed for source code in that language. + +Org can extract one or more source code blocks and write them to one +or more source files---a process known as @emph{tangling} in literate +programming terminology. + +For exporting and publishing, Org's back-ends can format a source code +block appropriately, often with native syntax highlighting. + +For executing and compiling a source code block, the user can +configure Org to select the appropriate compiler. Org provides +facilities to collect the result of the execution or compiler output, +insert it into the Org document, and/or export it. In addition to +text results, Org can insert links to other data types, including +audio, video, and graphics. Org can also link a compiler error +message to the appropriate line in the source code block. + +An important feature of Org's management of source code blocks is the +ability to pass variables, functions, and results to one another using +a common syntax for source code blocks in any language. Although most +literate programming facilities are restricted to one language or +another, Org's language-agnostic approach lets the literate programmer +match each programming task with the appropriate computer language and +to mix them all together in a single Org document. This +interoperability among languages explains why Org's source code +management facility was named @emph{Org Babel} by its originators, Eric +Schulte and Dan Davison. + +Org mode fulfills the promise of easy verification and maintenance of +publishing reproducible research by keeping text, data, code, +configuration settings of the execution environment, the results of +the execution, and associated narratives, claims, references, and +internal and external links in a single Org document. + +Details of Org's facilities for working with source code are described +in the following sections. + +@menu +* Structure of Code Blocks:: Code block syntax described. +* Using Header Arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments. +* Environment of a Code Block:: Arguments, sessions, working directory... +* Evaluating Code Blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org buffer. +* Results of Evaluation:: Choosing a results type, post-processing... +* Exporting Code Blocks:: Export contents and/or results. +* Extracting Source Code:: Create pure source code files. +* Languages:: List of supported code block languages. +* Editing Source Code:: Language major-mode editing. +* Noweb Reference Syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode. +* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks. +* Key bindings and Useful Functions:: Work quickly with code blocks. +* Batch Execution:: Call functions from the command line. +@end menu + +@node Structure of Code Blocks +@section Structure of Code Blocks + +@cindex code block, structure +@cindex source code, block structure +@cindex @samp{NAME} keyword, in source blocks +@cindex @samp{BEGIN_SRC} + +Org offers two ways to structure source code in Org documents: in +a source code block, and directly inline. Both specifications are +shown below. + +A source code block conforms to this structure: + +@example +#+NAME: <name> +#+BEGIN_SRC <language> <switches> <header arguments> + <body> +#+END_SRC +@end example + +Do not be put-off by having to remember the source block syntax. Org +mode offers a command for wrapping existing text in a block (see +@ref{Structure Templates}). Org also works with other completion systems +in Emacs, some of which predate Org and have custom domain-specific +languages for defining templates. Regular use of templates reduces +errors, increases accuracy, and maintains consistency. + +@cindex source code, inline +An inline code block conforms to this structure: + +@example +src_<language>@{<body>@} +@end example + + +@noindent +or + +@example +src_<language>[<header arguments>]@{<body>@} +@end example + + +@table @asis +@item @samp{#+NAME: <name>} +Optional. Names the source block so it can be called, like +a function, from other source blocks or inline code to evaluate +or to capture the results. Code from other blocks, other files, +and from table formulas (see @ref{The Spreadsheet}) can use the name +to reference a source block. This naming serves the same purpose +as naming Org tables. Org mode requires unique names. For +duplicate names, Org mode's behavior is undefined. + +@item @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC} +Mandatory. They mark the start and end of a block that Org +requires. The @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} line takes additional arguments, as +described next. + +@item @samp{<language>} +@cindex language, in code blocks +Mandatory. It is the identifier of the source code language in +the block. See @ref{Languages}, for identifiers of supported +languages. + +@item @samp{<switches>} +@cindex switches, in code blocks +Optional. Switches provide finer control of the code execution, +export, and format (see the discussion of switches in @ref{Literal Examples}). + +@item @samp{<header arguments>} +@cindex header arguments, in code blocks +Optional. Heading arguments control many aspects of evaluation, +export and tangling of code blocks (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}). +Using Org's properties feature, header arguments can be +selectively applied to the entire buffer or specific sub-trees of +the Org document. + +@item @samp{<body>} +Source code in the dialect of the specified language identifier. +@end table + +@node Using Header Arguments +@section Using Header Arguments + +Org comes with many header arguments common to all languages. New +header arguments are added for specific languages as they become +available for use in source code blocks. A header argument is +specified with an initial colon followed by the argument's name in +lowercase. + +Since header arguments can be set in several ways, Org prioritizes +them in case of overlaps or conflicts by giving local settings +a higher priority. Header values in function calls, for example, +override header values from global defaults. + +@anchor{System-wide header arguments} +@subheading System-wide header arguments + +@vindex org-babel-default-header-args + +@vindex org-babel-default-header-args +System-wide values of header arguments can be specified by customizing +the @code{org-babel-default-header-args} variable, which defaults to the +following values: + +@example +:session => "none" +:results => "replace" +:exports => "code" +:cache => "no" +:noweb => "no" +@end example + +The example below sets @samp{:noweb} header arguments to @samp{yes}, which makes +Org expand @samp{:noweb} references by default. + +@lisp +(setq org-babel-default-header-args + (cons '(:noweb . "yes") + (assq-delete-all :noweb org-babel-default-header-args))) +@end lisp + +@cindex language specific default header arguments +@cindex default header arguments per language +Each language can have separate default header arguments by +customizing the variable @code{org-babel-default-header-args:<LANG>}, where +@var{<LANG>} is the name of the language. For details, see the +language-specific online documentation at +@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/}. + +@anchor{Header arguments in Org mode properties} +@subheading Header arguments in Org mode properties + +For header arguments applicable to the buffer, use @samp{PROPERTY} keyword +anywhere in the Org file (see @ref{Property Syntax}). + +The following example makes all the R code blocks execute in the same +session. Setting @samp{:results} to @samp{silent} ignores the results of +executions for all blocks, not just R code blocks; no results inserted +for any block. + +@example +#+PROPERTY: header-args:R :session *R* +#+PROPERTY: header-args :results silent +@end example + +@vindex org-use-property-inheritance +Header arguments set through Org's property drawers (see @ref{Property Syntax}) apply at the sub-tree level on down. Since these property +drawers can appear anywhere in the file hierarchy, Org uses outermost +call or source block to resolve the values. Org ignores +@code{org-use-property-inheritance} setting. + +In this example, @samp{:cache} defaults to @samp{yes} for all code blocks in the +sub-tree. + +@example +* sample header + :PROPERTIES: + :header-args: :cache yes + :END: +@end example + +@kindex C-c C-x p +@findex org-set-property +Properties defined through @code{org-set-property} function, bound to +@kbd{C-c C-x p}, apply to all active languages. They override +properties set in @code{org-babel-default-header-args}. + +@cindex language specific header arguments properties +@cindex header arguments per language +Language-specific header arguments are also read from properties +@samp{header-args:<LANG>} where @var{<LANG>} is the language +identifier. For example, + +@example +* Heading + :PROPERTIES: + :header-args:clojure: :session *clojure-1* + :header-args:R: :session *R* + :END: +** Subheading + :PROPERTIES: + :header-args:clojure: :session *clojure-2* + :END: +@end example + +@noindent +would force separate sessions for Clojure blocks in @samp{Heading} and +@samp{Subheading}, but use the same session for all R blocks. Blocks in +@samp{Subheading} inherit settings from @samp{Heading}. + +@anchor{Code block specific header arguments} +@subheading Code block specific header arguments + +Header arguments are most commonly set at the source code block level, +on the @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} line. Arguments set at this level take +precedence over those set in the @code{org-babel-default-header-args} +variable, and also those set as header properties. + +In the following example, setting @samp{:results} to @samp{silent} makes it +ignore results of the code execution. Setting @samp{:exports} to @samp{code} +exports only the body of the code block to HTML or @LaTeX{}. + +@example +#+NAME: factorial +#+BEGIN_SRC haskell :results silent :exports code :var n=0 + fac 0 = 1 + fac n = n * fac (n-1) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +The same header arguments in an inline code block: + +@example +src_haskell[:exports both]@{fac 5@} +@end example + + +@cindex @samp{HEADER}, keyword +Code block header arguments can span multiple lines using @samp{#+HEADER:} +on each line. Note that Org currently accepts the plural spelling of +@samp{#+HEADER:} only as a convenience for backward-compatibility. It may +be removed at some point. + +Multi-line header arguments on an unnamed code block: + +@example +#+HEADER: :var data1=1 +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data2=2 + (message "data1:%S, data2:%S" data1 data2) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +: data1:1, data2:2 +@end example + +Multi-line header arguments on a named code block: + +@example +#+NAME: named-block +#+HEADER: :var data=2 +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + (message "data:%S" data) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: named-block + : data:2 +@end example + +@anchor{Header arguments in function calls} +@subheading Header arguments in function calls + +Header arguments in function calls are the most specific and override +all other settings in case of an overlap. They get the highest +priority. Two @samp{#+CALL:} examples are shown below. For the complete +syntax of @samp{CALL} keyword, see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}. + +In this example, @samp{:exports results} header argument is applied to the +evaluation of the @samp{#+CALL:} line. + +@example +#+CALL: factorial(n=5) :exports results +@end example + + +In this example, @samp{:session special} header argument is applied to the +evaluation of @samp{factorial} code block. + +@example +#+CALL: factorial[:session special](n=5) +@end example + +@node Environment of a Code Block +@section Environment of a Code Block + + + +@anchor{Passing arguments} +@subheading Passing arguments + +@cindex passing arguments to code blocks +@cindex arguments, in code blocks +@cindex @samp{var}, header argument +Use @samp{var} for passing arguments to source code blocks. The specifics +of variables in code blocks vary by the source language and are +covered in the language-specific documentation. The syntax for @samp{var}, +however, is the same for all languages. This includes declaring +a variable, and assigning a default value. + +The following syntax is used to pass arguments to code blocks using +the @samp{var} header argument. + +@example +:var NAME=ASSIGN +@end example + + +@noindent +@var{NAME} is the name of the variable bound in the code block +body. @var{ASSIGN} is a literal value, such as a string, +a number, a reference to a table, a list, a literal example, another +code block---with or without arguments---or the results of evaluating +a code block. + +Here are examples of passing values by reference: + +@table @asis +@item table +A table named with a @samp{NAME} keyword. + +@example +#+NAME: example-table +| 1 | +| 2 | +| 3 | +| 4 | + +#+NAME: table-length +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var table=example-table + (length table) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: table-length +: 4 +@end example + +When passing a table, you can treat specially the row, or the +column, containing labels for the columns, or the rows, in the +table. + +@cindex @samp{colnames}, header argument +The @samp{colnames} header argument accepts @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or @samp{nil} +values. The default value is @samp{nil}: if an input table has column +names---because the second row is a horizontal rule---then Org +removes the column names, processes the table, puts back the +column names, and then writes the table to the results block. +Using @samp{yes}, Org does the same to the first row, even if the +initial table does not contain any horizontal rule. When set to +@samp{no}, Org does not pre-process column names at all. + +@example +#+NAME: less-cols +| a | +|---| +| b | +| c | + +#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=less-cols :colnames nil + return [[val + '*' for val in row] for row in tab] +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| a | +|----| +| b* | +| c* | +@end example + +@cindex @samp{rownames}, header argument +Similarly, the @samp{rownames} header argument can take two values: +@samp{yes} or @samp{no}. When set to @samp{yes}, Org removes the first column, +processes the table, puts back the first column, and then writes +the table to the results block. The default is @samp{no}, which means +Org does not pre-process the first column. Note that Emacs Lisp +code blocks ignore @samp{rownames} header argument because of the ease +of table-handling in Emacs. + +@example +#+NAME: with-rownames +| one | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | +| two | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | + +#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=with-rownames :rownames yes + return [[val + 10 for val in row] for row in tab] +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| one | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +| two | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | +@end example + +@item list +A simple named list. + +@example +#+NAME: example-list +- simple + - not + - nested +- list + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=example-list + (print x) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| simple | list | +@end example + +Note that only the top level list items are passed along. Nested +list items are ignored. + +@item code block without arguments +A code block name, as assigned by @samp{NAME} keyword from the example +above, optionally followed by parentheses. + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var length=table-length() + (* 2 length) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +: 8 +@end example + +@item code block with arguments +A code block name, as assigned by @samp{NAME} keyword, followed by +parentheses and optional arguments passed within the parentheses. + +@example +#+NAME: double +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=8 + (* 2 input) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: double +: 16 + +#+NAME: squared +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=double(input=1) + (* input input) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: squared +: 4 +@end example + +@item literal example +A literal example block named with a @samp{NAME} keyword. + +@example +#+NAME: literal-example +#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE + A literal example + on two lines +#+END_EXAMPLE + +#+NAME: read-literal-example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=literal-example + (concatenate #'string x " for you.") +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: read-literal-example +: A literal example +: on two lines for you. +@end example +@end table + +Indexing variable values enables referencing portions of a variable. +Indexes are 0 based with negative values counting backwards from the +end. If an index is separated by commas then each subsequent section +indexes as the next dimension. Note that this indexing occurs +@emph{before} other table-related header arguments are applied, such as +@samp{hlines}, @samp{colnames} and @samp{rownames}. The following example assigns +the last cell of the first row the table @samp{example-table} to the +variable @samp{data}: + +@example +#+NAME: example-table +| 1 | a | +| 2 | b | +| 3 | c | +| 4 | d | + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[0,-1] + data +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +: a +@end example + +Two integers separated by a colon reference a range of variable +values. In that case the entire inclusive range is referenced. For +example the following assigns the middle three rows of @samp{example-table} +to @samp{data}. + +@example +#+NAME: example-table +| 1 | a | +| 2 | b | +| 3 | c | +| 4 | d | +| 5 | 3 | + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[1:3] + data +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| 2 | b | +| 3 | c | +| 4 | d | +@end example + +To pick the entire range, use an empty index, or the single character +@samp{*}. @samp{0:-1} does the same thing. Example below shows how to +reference the first column only. + +@example +#+NAME: example-table +| 1 | a | +| 2 | b | +| 3 | c | +| 4 | d | + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[,0] + data +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | +@end example + +Index referencing can be used for tables and code blocks. Index +referencing can handle any number of dimensions. Commas delimit +multiple dimensions, as shown below. + +@example +#+NAME: 3D +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + '(((1 2 3) (4 5 6) (7 8 9)) + ((10 11 12) (13 14 15) (16 17 18)) + ((19 20 21) (22 23 24) (25 26 27))) +#+END_SRC + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=3D[1,,1] + data +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| 11 | 14 | 17 | +@end example + +Note that row names and column names are not removed prior to variable +indexing. You need to take them into account, even when @samp{colnames} or +@samp{rownames} header arguments remove them. + +Emacs lisp code can also set the values for variables. To +differentiate a value from Lisp code, Org interprets any value +starting with @samp{(}, @samp{[}, @samp{'} or @samp{`} as Emacs Lisp code. The result of +evaluating that code is then assigned to the value of that variable. +The following example shows how to reliably query and pass the file +name of the Org mode buffer to a code block using headers. We need +reliability here because the file's name could change once the code in +the block starts executing. + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var filename=(buffer-file-name) :exports both + wc -w $filename +#+END_SRC +@end example + +Note that values read from tables and lists are not mistakenly +evaluated as Emacs Lisp code, as illustrated in the following example. + +@example +#+NAME: table +| (a b c) | + +#+HEADER: :var data=table[0,0] +#+BEGIN_SRC perl + $data +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +: (a b c) +@end example + +@anchor{Using sessions} +@subheading Using sessions + +@cindex using sessions in code blocks +@cindex @samp{session}, header argument +Two code blocks can share the same environment. The @samp{session} header +argument is for running multiple source code blocks under one session. +Org runs code blocks with the same session name in the same +interpreter process. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{none} +Default. Each code block gets a new interpreter process to +execute. The process terminates once the block is evaluated. + +@item @var{STRING} +Any string besides @samp{none} turns that string into the name of that +session. For example, @samp{:session STRING} names it @samp{STRING}. If +@samp{session} has no value, then the session name is derived from the +source language identifier. Subsequent blocks with the same +source code language use the same session. Depending on the +language, state variables, code from other blocks, and the +overall interpreted environment may be shared. Some interpreted +languages support concurrent sessions when subsequent source code +language blocks change session names. +@end table + +Only languages that provide interactive evaluation can have session +support. Not all languages provide this support, such as C and ditaa. +Even languages, such as Python and Haskell, that do support +interactive evaluation impose limitations on allowable language +constructs that can run interactively. Org inherits those limitations +for those code blocks running in a session. + +@anchor{Choosing a working directory} +@subheading Choosing a working directory + +@cindex working directory, in a code block +@cindex @samp{dir}, header argument +The @samp{dir} header argument specifies the default directory during code +block execution. If it is absent, then the directory associated with +the current buffer is used. In other words, supplying @samp{:dir PATH} +temporarily has the same effect as changing the current directory with +@kbd{M-x cd PATH}, and then not setting @samp{dir}. Under the +surface, @samp{dir} simply sets the value of the Emacs variable +@code{default-directory}. + +For example, to save the plot file in the @samp{Work/} folder of the home +directory---notice tilde is expanded: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC R :file myplot.png :dir ~/Work + matplot(matrix(rnorm(100), 10), type="l") +#+END_SRC +@end example + +To evaluate the code block on a remote machine, supply a remote +directory name using Tramp syntax. For example: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC R :file plot.png :dir /scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu: + plot(1:10, main=system("hostname", intern=TRUE)) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +Org first captures the text results as usual for insertion in the Org +file. Then Org also inserts a link to the remote file, thanks to +Emacs Tramp. Org constructs the remote path to the file name from +@samp{dir} and @code{default-directory}, as illustrated here: + +@example +[[file:/scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:/home/dand/plot.png][plot.png]] +@end example + + +When @samp{dir} is used with @samp{session}, Org sets the starting directory for +a new session. But Org does not alter the directory of an already +existing session. + +Do not use @samp{dir} with @samp{:exports results} or with @samp{:exports both} to +avoid Org inserting incorrect links to remote files. That is because +Org does not expand @code{default directory} to avoid some underlying +portability issues. + +@anchor{Inserting headers and footers} +@subheading Inserting headers and footers + +@cindex headers, in code blocks +@cindex footers, in code blocks +@cindex @samp{prologue}, header argument +The @samp{prologue} header argument is for appending to the top of the code +block for execution, like a reset instruction. For example, you may +use @samp{:prologue "reset"} in a Gnuplot code block or, for every such +block: + +@lisp +(add-to-list 'org-babel-default-header-args:gnuplot + '((:prologue . "reset"))) + +@end lisp + +@cindex @samp{epilogue}, header argument +Likewise, the value of the @samp{epilogue} header argument is for appending +to the end of the code block for execution. + +@node Evaluating Code Blocks +@section Evaluating Code Blocks + +@cindex code block, evaluating +@cindex source code, evaluating +@cindex @samp{RESULTS}, keyword + +A note about security: With code evaluation comes the risk of harm. +Org safeguards by prompting for user's permission before executing any +code in the source block. To customize this safeguard, or disable it, +see @ref{Code Evaluation Security}. + +@anchor{How to evaluate source code} +@subheading How to evaluate source code + +Org captures the results of the code block evaluation and inserts them +in the Org file, right after the code block. The insertion point is +after a newline and the @samp{RESULTS} keyword. Org creates the @samp{RESULTS} +keyword if one is not already there. + +By default, Org enables only Emacs Lisp code blocks for execution. +See @ref{Languages} to enable other languages. + +@kindex C-c C-c +@kindex C-c C-v e +@findex org-babel-execute-src-block +Org provides many ways to execute code blocks. @kbd{C-c C-c} or +@kbd{C-c C-v e} with the point on a code block@footnote{The option @code{org-babel-no-eval-on-ctrl-c-ctrl-c} can be used +to remove code evaluation from the @kbd{C-c C-c} key binding.} calls the +@code{org-babel-execute-src-block} function, which executes the code in the +block, collects the results, and inserts them in the buffer. + +@cindex @samp{CALL}, keyword +@vindex org-babel-inline-result-wrap +By calling a named code block@footnote{Actually, the constructs @samp{call_<name>()} and @samp{src_<lang>@{@}} +are not evaluated when they appear in a keyword (see @ref{In-buffer Settings}).} from an Org mode buffer or +a table. Org can call the named code blocks from the current Org mode +buffer or from the ``Library of Babel'' (see @ref{Library of Babel}). + +The syntax for @samp{CALL} keyword is: + +@example +#+CALL: <name>(<arguments>) +#+CALL: <name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>) <end header arguments> +@end example + +The syntax for inline named code blocks is: + +@example +... call_<name>(<arguments>) ... +... call_<name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>)[<end header arguments>] ... +@end example + +When inline syntax is used, the result is wrapped based on the +variable @code{org-babel-inline-result-wrap}, which by default is set to +@code{"=%s="} to produce verbatim text suitable for markup. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{<name>} +This is the name of the code block (see @ref{Structure of Code Blocks}) to be evaluated in the current document. If the block is +located in another file, start @samp{<name>} with the file name +followed by a colon. For example, in order to execute a block +named @samp{clear-data} in @samp{file.org}, you can write the following: + +@example +#+CALL: file.org:clear-data() +@end example + +@item @samp{<arguments>} +Org passes arguments to the code block using standard function +call syntax. For example, a @samp{#+CALL:} line that passes @samp{4} to +a code block named @samp{double}, which declares the header argument +@samp{:var n=2}, would be written as: + +@example +#+CALL: double(n=4) +@end example + + +@noindent +Note how this function call syntax is different from the header +argument syntax. + +@item @samp{<inside header arguments>} +Org passes inside header arguments to the named code block using +the header argument syntax. Inside header arguments apply to +code block evaluation. For example, @samp{[:results output]} collects +results printed to stdout during code execution of that block. +Note how this header argument syntax is different from the +function call syntax. + +@item @samp{<end header arguments>} +End header arguments affect the results returned by the code +block. For example, @samp{:results html} wraps the results in +a @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html} block before inserting the results in the +Org buffer. +@end table + +@anchor{Limit code block evaluation} +@subheading Limit code block evaluation + +@cindex @samp{eval}, header argument +@cindex control code block evaluation +The @samp{eval} header argument can limit evaluation of specific code +blocks and @samp{CALL} keyword. It is useful for protection against +evaluating untrusted code blocks by prompting for a confirmation. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{never} or @samp{no} +Org never evaluates the source code. + +@item @samp{query} +Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate the source code. + +@item @samp{never-export} or @samp{no-export} +Org does not evaluate the source code when exporting, yet the +user can evaluate it interactively. + +@item @samp{query-export} +Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate the source code +during export. +@end table + +If @samp{eval} header argument is not set, then Org determines whether to +evaluate the source code from the @code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate} +variable (see @ref{Code Evaluation Security}). + +@anchor{Cache results of evaluation} +@subheading Cache results of evaluation + +@cindex @samp{cache}, header argument +@cindex cache results of code evaluation +The @samp{cache} header argument is for caching results of evaluating code +blocks. Caching results can avoid re-evaluating a code block that +have not changed since the previous run. To benefit from the cache +and avoid redundant evaluations, the source block must have a result +already present in the buffer, and neither the header +arguments---including the value of @samp{var} references---nor the text of +the block itself has changed since the result was last computed. This +feature greatly helps avoid long-running calculations. For some edge +cases, however, the cached results may not be reliable. + +The caching feature is best for when code blocks are pure functions, +that is functions that return the same value for the same input +arguments (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}), and that do not have +side effects, and do not rely on external variables other than the +input arguments. Functions that depend on a timer, file system +objects, and random number generators are clearly unsuitable for +caching. + +A note of warning: when @samp{cache} is used in a session, caching may +cause unexpected results. + +When the caching mechanism tests for any source code changes, it does +not expand Noweb style references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}). For +reasons why, see @uref{http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.orgmode/79046}. + +The @samp{cache} header argument can have one of two values: @samp{yes} or @samp{no}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{no} +Default. No caching of results; code block evaluated every +time. + +@item @samp{yes} +Whether to run the code or return the cached results is +determined by comparing the SHA1 hash value of the combined code +block and arguments passed to it. This hash value is packed on +the @samp{#+RESULTS:} line from previous evaluation. When hash values +match, Org does not evaluate the code block. When hash values +mismatch, Org evaluates the code block, inserts the results, +recalculates the hash value, and updates @samp{#+RESULTS:} line. +@end table + +In this example, both functions are cached. But @samp{caller} runs only if +the result from @samp{random} has changed since the last run. + +@example +#+NAME: random +#+BEGIN_SRC R :cache yes + runif(1) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS[a2a72cd647ad44515fab62e144796432793d68e1]: random +0.4659510825295 + +#+NAME: caller +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=random :cache yes + x +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS[bec9c8724e397d5df3b696502df3ed7892fc4f5f]: caller +0.254227238707244 +@end example + +@node Results of Evaluation +@section Results of Evaluation + +@cindex code block, results of evaluation +@cindex source code, results of evaluation + +@cindex @samp{results}, header argument +How Org handles results of a code block execution depends on many +header arguments working together. The primary determinant, however, +is the @samp{results} header argument. It accepts four classes of options. +Each code block can take only one option per class: + +@table @asis +@item collection +For how the results should be collected from the code block; + +@item type +For which type of result the code block will return; affects how +Org processes and inserts results in the Org buffer; + +@item format +For the result; affects how Org processes and inserts results in +the Org buffer; + +@item handling +For processing results after evaluation of the code block; +@end table + +@anchor{Collection} +@subheading Collection + +Collection options specify the results. Choose one of the options; +they are mutually exclusive. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{value} +Default. Functional mode. Org gets the value by wrapping the +code in a function definition in the language of the source +block. That is why when using @samp{:results value}, code should +execute like a function and return a value. For languages like +Python, an explicit @code{return} statement is mandatory when using +@samp{:results value}. Result is the value returned by the last +statement in the code block. + +When evaluating the code block in a session (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}), Org passes the code to an interpreter running as +an interactive Emacs inferior process. Org gets the value from +the source code interpreter's last statement output. Org has to +use language-specific methods to obtain the value. For example, +from the variable @code{_} in Python and Ruby, and the value of +@code{.Last.value} in R@. + +@item @samp{output} +Scripting mode. Org passes the code to an external process +running the interpreter. Org returns the contents of the +standard output stream as text results. + +When using a session, Org passes the code to the interpreter +running as an interactive Emacs inferior process. Org +concatenates any text output from the interpreter and returns the +collection as a result. + +Note that this collection is not the same as that would be +collected from stdout of a non-interactive interpreter running as +an external process. Compare for example these two blocks: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output + print "hello" + 2 + print "bye" +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +: hello +: bye +@end example + +In the above non-session mode, the ``2'' is not printed; so it does +not appear in results. + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output :session + print "hello" + 2 + print "bye" +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +: hello +: 2 +: bye +@end example + +In the above session, the interactive interpreter receives and +prints ``2''. Results show that. +@end table + +@anchor{Type} +@subheading Type + +Type tells what result types to expect from the execution of the code +block. Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive. The +default behavior is to automatically determine the result type. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{table} +@itemx @samp{vector} +Interpret the results as an Org table. If the result is a single +value, create a table with one row and one column. Usage +example: @samp{:results value table}. + +@cindex @samp{hlines}, header argument +In-between each table row or below the table headings, sometimes +results have horizontal lines, which are also known as ``hlines''. +The @samp{hlines} argument with the default @samp{no} value strips such +lines from the input table. For most code, this is desirable, or +else those @samp{hline} symbols raise unbound variable errors. +A @samp{yes} accepts such lines, as demonstrated in the following +example. + +@example +#+NAME: many-cols +| a | b | c | +|---+---+---| +| d | e | f | +|---+---+---| +| g | h | i | + +#+NAME: no-hline +#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines no + return tab +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: no-hline +| a | b | c | +| d | e | f | +| g | h | i | + +#+NAME: hlines +#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines yes + return tab +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: hlines +| a | b | c | +|---+---+---| +| d | e | f | +|---+---+---| +| g | h | i | +@end example + +@item @samp{list} +Interpret the results as an Org list. If the result is a single +value, create a list of one element. + +@item @samp{scalar} +@itemx @samp{verbatim} +Interpret literally and insert as quoted text. Do not create +a table. Usage example: @samp{:results value verbatim}. + +@item @samp{file} +Interpret as a filename. Save the results of execution of the +code block to that file, then insert a link to it. You can +control both the filename and the description associated to the +link. + +@cindex @samp{file}, header argument +@cindex @samp{output-dir}, header argument +Org first tries to generate the filename from the value of the +@samp{file} header argument and the directory specified using the +@samp{output-dir} header arguments. If @samp{output-dir} is not specified, +Org assumes it is the current directory. + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC asymptote :results value file :file circle.pdf :output-dir img/ + size(2cm); + draw(unitcircle); +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@cindex @samp{file-ext}, header argument +If @samp{file} is missing, Org generates the base name of the output +file from the name of the code block, and its extension from the +@samp{file-ext} header argument. In that case, both the name and the +extension are mandatory@footnote{Due to the way this header argument is implemented, it +implies ``:results file''. Therefore if it is set for multiple blocks +at once (by a subtree or buffer property for example), all blocks are +forced to produce file results. This is seldom desired behavior, so +it is recommended to set this header only on a per-block basis. It is +possible that this aspect of the implementation might change in the +future.}. + +@example +#+name: circle +#+BEGIN_SRC asymptote :results value file :file-ext pdf + size(2cm); + draw(unitcircle); +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@cindex @samp{file-desc}, header argument +The @samp{file-desc} header argument defines the description (see +@ref{Link Format}) for the link. If @samp{file-desc} has no value, Org +uses the generated file name for both the ``link'' and +``description'' parts of the link. + +@cindex @samp{sep}, header argument +By default, Org assumes that a table written to a file has +TAB-delimited output. You can choose a different separator with +the @samp{sep} header argument. +@end table + +@anchor{Format} +@subheading Format + +Format pertains to the type of the result returned by the code block. +Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive. The default +follows from the type specified above. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{code} +Result enclosed in a code block. Useful for parsing. Usage +example: @samp{:results value code}. + +@item @samp{drawer} +Result wrapped in a @samp{RESULTS} drawer. Useful for containing +@samp{raw} or @samp{org} results for later scripting and automated +processing. Usage example: @samp{:results value drawer}. + +@item @samp{html} +Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT html} block. Usage example: +@samp{:results value html}. + +@item @samp{latex} +Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT latex} block. Usage example: +@samp{:results value latex}. + +@item @samp{link} +@itemx @samp{graphics} +Result is a link to the file specified in @samp{:file} header +argument. However, unlike plain @samp{:file}, nothing is written to +the disk. The block is used for its side-effects only, as in the +following example: + +@example +#+begin_src shell :results link :file "download.tar.gz" +wget -c "http://example.com/download.tar.gz" +#+end_src +@end example + +@item @samp{org} +Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_SRC org} block. For comma-escape, +either @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the block, or export the file. Usage +example: @samp{:results value org}. + +@item @samp{pp} +Result converted to pretty-print source code. Enclosed in a code +block. Languages supported: Emacs Lisp, Python, and Ruby. Usage +example: @samp{:results value pp}. + +@item @samp{raw} +Interpreted as raw Org mode. Inserted directly into the buffer. +Aligned if it is a table. Usage example: @samp{:results value raw}. +@end table + +@cindex @samp{wrap}, header argument +The @samp{wrap} header argument unconditionnally marks the results block by +appending strings to @samp{#+BEGIN_} and @samp{#+END_}. If no string is +specified, Org wraps the results in a @samp{#+BEGIN_results} +@dots{} @samp{#+END_results} block. It takes precedent over the @samp{results} +value listed above. E.g., + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :results html :wrap EXPORT markdown +"<blink>Welcome back to the 90's</blink>" +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +#+BEGIN_EXPORT markdown +<blink>Welcome back to the 90's</blink> +#+END_EXPORT +@end example + +@anchor{Handling} +@subheading Handling + +Handling options after collecting the results. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{silent} +Do not insert results in the Org mode buffer, but echo them in +the minibuffer. Usage example: @samp{:results output silent}. + +@item @samp{replace} +Default. Insert results in the Org buffer. Remove previous +results. Usage example: @samp{:results output replace}. + +@item @samp{append} +Append results to the Org buffer. Latest results are at the +bottom. Does not remove previous results. Usage example: +@samp{:results output append}. + +@item @samp{prepend} +Prepend results to the Org buffer. Latest results are at the +top. Does not remove previous results. Usage example: @samp{:results + output prepend}. +@end table + +@anchor{Post-processing} +@subheading Post-processing + +@cindex @samp{post}, header argument +@cindex @samp{*this*}, in @samp{post} header argument +The @samp{post} header argument is for post-processing results from block +evaluation. When @samp{post} has any value, Org binds the results to +@code{*this*} variable for easy passing to @samp{var} header argument +specifications (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}). That makes results +available to other code blocks, or even for direct Emacs Lisp code +execution. + +The following two examples illustrate @samp{post} header argument in +action. The first one shows how to attach an @samp{ATTR_LATEX} keyword +using @samp{post}. + +@example +#+NAME: attr_wrap +#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var data="" :var width="\\textwidth" :results output + echo "#+ATTR_LATEX: :width $width" + echo "$data" +#+END_SRC + +#+HEADER: :file /tmp/it.png +#+BEGIN_SRC dot :post attr_wrap(width="5cm", data=*this*) :results drawer + digraph@{ + a -> b; + b -> c; + c -> a; + @} +#+end_src + +#+RESULTS: +:RESULTS: +#+ATTR_LATEX :width 5cm +[[file:/tmp/it.png]] +:END: +@end example + +The second example shows use of @samp{colnames} header argument in @samp{post} +to pass data between code blocks. + +@example +#+NAME: round-tbl +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var tbl="" fmt="%.3f" + (mapcar (lambda (row) + (mapcar (lambda (cell) + (if (numberp cell) + (format fmt cell) + cell)) + row)) + tbl) +#+end_src + +#+BEGIN_SRC R :colnames yes :post round-tbl[:colnames yes](*this*) + set.seed(42) + data.frame(foo=rnorm(1)) +#+END_SRC + +#+RESULTS: +| foo | +|-------| +| 1.371 | +@end example + +@node Exporting Code Blocks +@section Exporting Code Blocks + +@cindex code block, exporting +@cindex source code, exporting + +It is possible to export the @emph{code} of code blocks, the @emph{results} of +code block evaluation, @emph{both} the code and the results of code block +evaluation, or @emph{none}. Org defaults to exporting @emph{code} for most +languages. For some languages, such as ditaa, Org defaults to +@emph{results}. To export just the body of code blocks, see @ref{Literal Examples}. To selectively export sub-trees of an Org document, see +@ref{Exporting}. + +@cindex @samp{exports}, header argument +The @samp{exports} header argument is to specify if that part of the Org +file is exported to, say, HTML or @LaTeX{} formats. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{code} +The default. The body of code is included into the exported +file. Example: @samp{:exports code}. + +@item @samp{results} +The results of evaluation of the code is included in the exported +file. Example: @samp{:exports results}. + +@item @samp{both} +Both the code and results of evaluation are included in the +exported file. Example: @samp{:exports both}. + +@item @samp{none} +Neither the code nor the results of evaluation is included in the +exported file. Whether the code is evaluated at all depends on +other options. Example: @samp{:exports none}. +@end table + +@vindex org-export-use-babel +To stop Org from evaluating code blocks to speed exports, use the +header argument @samp{:eval never-export} (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}). +To stop Org from evaluating code blocks for greater security, set the +@code{org-export-use-babel} variable to @code{nil}, but understand that header +arguments will have no effect. + +Turning off evaluation comes in handy when batch processing. For +example, markup languages for wikis, which have a high risk of +untrusted code. Stopping code block evaluation also stops evaluation +of all header arguments of the code block. This may not be desirable +in some circumstances. So during export, to allow evaluation of just +the header arguments but not any code evaluation in the source block, +set @samp{:eval never-export} (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}). + +Org never evaluates code blocks in commented sub-trees when exporting +(see @ref{Comment Lines}). On the other hand, Org does evaluate code +blocks in sub-trees excluded from export (see @ref{Export Settings}). + +@node Extracting Source Code +@section Extracting Source Code + +@cindex tangling +@cindex source code, extracting +@cindex code block, extracting source code + +Extracting source code from code blocks is a basic task in literate +programming. Org has features to make this easy. In literate +programming parlance, documents on creation are @emph{woven} with code and +documentation, and on export, the code is tangled for execution by +a computer. Org facilitates weaving and tangling for producing, +maintaining, sharing, and exporting literate programming documents. +Org provides extensive customization options for extracting source +code. + +When Org tangles code blocks, it expands, merges, and transforms them. +Then Org recomposes them into one or more separate files, as +configured through the options. During this tangling process, Org +expands variables in the source code, and resolves any Noweb style +references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}). + +@anchor{Header arguments} +@subheading Header arguments + +@cindex @samp{tangle}, header argument +The @samp{tangle} header argument specifies if the code block is exported +to source file(s). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{yes} +Export the code block to source file. The file name for the +source file is derived from the name of the Org file, and the +file extension is derived from the source code language +identifier. Example: @samp{:tangle yes}. + +@item @samp{no} +The default. Do not extract the code in a source code file. +Example: @samp{:tangle no}. + +@item @var{FILENAME} +Export the code block to source file whose file name is derived +from any string passed to the @samp{tangle} header argument. Org +derives the file name as being relative to the directory of the +Org file's location. Example: @samp{:tangle FILENAME}. +@end table + +@cindex @samp{mkdirp}, header argument +The @samp{mkdirp} header argument creates parent directories for tangled +files if the directory does not exist. @samp{yes} enables directory +creation and @samp{no} inhibits directory creation. + +@cindex @samp{comments}, header argument +The @samp{comments} header argument controls inserting comments into +tangled files. These are above and beyond whatever comments may +already exist in the code block. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{no} +The default. Do not insert any extra comments during tangling. + +@item @samp{link} +Wrap the code block in comments. Include links pointing back to +the place in the Org file from where the code was tangled. + +@item @samp{yes} +Kept for backward compatibility; same as @samp{link}. + +@item @samp{org} +Nearest headline text from Org file is inserted as comment. The +exact text that is inserted is picked from the leading context of +the source block. + +@item @samp{both} +Includes both @samp{link} and @samp{org} options. + +@item @samp{noweb} +Includes @samp{link} option, expands Noweb references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}), and wraps them in link comments inside the +body of the code block. +@end table + +@cindex @samp{padline}, header argument +The @samp{padline} header argument controls insertion of newlines to pad +source code in the tangled file. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{yes} +Default. Insert a newline before and after each code block in +the tangled file. + +@item @samp{no} +Do not insert newlines to pad the tangled code blocks. +@end table + +@cindex @samp{shebang}, header argument +The @samp{shebang} header argument can turn results into executable script +files. By setting it to a string value---for example, @samp{:shebang +"#!/bin/bash"}---Org inserts that string as the first line of the +tangled file that the code block is extracted to. Org then turns on +the tangled file's executable permission. + +@cindex @samp{tangle-mode}, header argument +The @samp{tangle-mode} header argument specifies what permissions to set +for tangled files by @code{set-file-modes}. For example, to make +a read-only tangled file, use @samp{:tangle-mode (identity #o444)}. To +make it executable, use @samp{:tangle-mode (identity #o755)}. It also +overrides executable permission granted by @samp{shebang}. When multiple +source code blocks tangle to a single file with different and +conflicting @samp{tangle-mode} header arguments, Org's behavior is +undefined. + +@cindex @samp{no-expand}, header argument +By default Org expands code blocks during tangling. The @samp{no-expand} +header argument turns off such expansions. Note that one side-effect +of expansion by @code{org-babel-expand-src-block} also assigns values (see +@ref{Environment of a Code Block}) to variables. Expansions also replace +Noweb references with their targets (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}). +Some of these expansions may cause premature assignment, hence this +option. This option makes a difference only for tangling. It has no +effect when exporting since code blocks for execution have to be +expanded anyway. + +@anchor{Functions} +@subheading Functions + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-babel-tangle} +@findex org-babel-tangle +@kindex C-c C-v t +Tangle the current file. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v t}. + +With prefix argument only tangle the current code block. + +@item @code{org-babel-tangle-file} +@findex org-babel-tangle-file +@kindex C-c C-v f +Choose a file to tangle. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v f}. +@end table + +@anchor{Hooks (1)} +@subheading Hooks + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-babel-post-tangle-hook} +@vindex org-babel-post-tangle-hook +This hook is run from within code files tangled by +@code{org-babel-tangle}, making it suitable for post-processing, +compilation, and evaluation of code in the tangled files. +@end table + +@anchor{Jumping between code and Org} +@subheading Jumping between code and Org + +@findex org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org +Debuggers normally link errors and messages back to the source code. +But for tangled files, we want to link back to the Org file, not to +the tangled source file. To make this extra jump, Org uses +@code{org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org} function with two additional source +code block header arguments: + +@enumerate +@item +Set @samp{padline} to true---this is the default setting. +@item +Set @samp{comments} to @samp{link}, which makes Org insert links to the Org +file. +@end enumerate + +@node Languages +@section Languages + +@cindex babel, languages +@cindex source code, languages +@cindex code block, languages + +Code blocks in the following languages are supported. + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.35 0.20 0.20 +@headitem Language +@tab Identifier +@tab Language +@tab Identifier +@item Asymptote +@tab @samp{asymptote} +@tab Lua +@tab @samp{lua} +@item Awk +@tab @samp{awk} +@tab MATLAB +@tab @samp{matlab} +@item C +@tab @samp{C} +@tab Mscgen +@tab @samp{mscgen} +@item C++ +@tab @samp{C++}@footnote{C++ language is handled in @samp{ob-C.el}. Even though the +identifier for such source blocks is @samp{C++}, you activate it by loading +the C language.} +@tab OCaml +@tab @samp{ocaml} +@item Clojure +@tab @samp{clojure} +@tab Octave +@tab @samp{octave} +@item CSS +@tab @samp{css} +@tab Org mode +@tab @samp{org} +@item D +@tab @samp{D}@footnote{D language is handled in @samp{ob-C.el}. Even though the +identifier for such source blocks is @samp{D}, you activate it by loading +the C language.} +@tab Oz +@tab @samp{oz} +@item ditaa +@tab @samp{ditaa} +@tab Perl +@tab @samp{perl} +@item Emacs Calc +@tab @samp{calc} +@tab Plantuml +@tab @samp{plantuml} +@item Emacs Lisp +@tab @samp{emacs-lisp} +@tab Processing.js +@tab @samp{processing} +@item Fortran +@tab @samp{fortran} +@tab Python +@tab @samp{python} +@item Gnuplot +@tab @samp{gnuplot} +@tab R +@tab @samp{R} +@item GNU Screen +@tab @samp{screen} +@tab Ruby +@tab @samp{ruby} +@item Graphviz +@tab @samp{dot} +@tab Sass +@tab @samp{sass} +@item Haskell +@tab @samp{haskell} +@tab Scheme +@tab @samp{scheme} +@item Java +@tab @samp{java} +@tab Sed +@tab @samp{sed} +@item Javascript +@tab @samp{js} +@tab shell +@tab @samp{sh} +@item @LaTeX{} +@tab @samp{latex} +@tab SQL +@tab @samp{sql} +@item Ledger +@tab @samp{ledger} +@tab SQLite +@tab @samp{sqlite} +@item Lilypond +@tab @samp{lilypond} +@tab Vala +@tab @samp{vala} +@item Lisp +@tab @samp{lisp} +@tab +@tab +@end multitable + +Additional documentation for some languages is at +@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/languages.html}. + +@vindex org-babel-load-languages +By default, only Emacs Lisp is enabled for evaluation. To enable or +disable other languages, customize the @code{org-babel-load-languages} +variable either through the Emacs customization interface, or by +adding code to the init file as shown next. + +In this example, evaluation is disabled for Emacs Lisp, and enabled +for R@. + +@lisp +(org-babel-do-load-languages + 'org-babel-load-languages + '((emacs-lisp . nil) + (R . t))) +@end lisp + +Note that this is not the only way to enable a language. Org also +enables languages when loaded with @code{require} statement. For example, +the following enables execution of Clojure code blocks: + +@lisp +(require 'ob-clojure) +@end lisp + +@node Editing Source Code +@section Editing Source Code + +@cindex code block, editing +@cindex source code, editing + +@kindex C-c ' +Use @kbd{C-c '} to edit the current code block. It opens a new +major-mode edit buffer containing the body of the source code block, +ready for any edits. Use @kbd{C-c '} again to close the buffer +and return to the Org buffer. + +@kindex C-x C-s +@vindex org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay +@cindex auto-save, in code block editing +@kbd{C-x C-s} saves the buffer and updates the contents of the +Org buffer. Set @code{org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay} to save the base +buffer after a certain idle delay time. Set +@code{org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save} to auto-save this buffer into +a separate file using Auto-save mode. + +While editing the source code in the major mode, the Org Src minor +mode remains active. It provides these customization variables as +described below. For even more variables, look in the customization +group @code{org-edit-structure}. + +@table @asis +@item @code{org-src-lang-modes} +@vindex org-src-lang-modes +If an Emacs major-mode named @code{<LANG>-mode} exists, where +@var{<LANG>} is the language identifier from code block's +header line, then the edit buffer uses that major mode. Use this +variable to arbitrarily map language identifiers to major modes. + +@item @code{org-src-window-setup} +@vindex org-src-window-setup +For specifying Emacs window arrangement when the new edit buffer +is created. + +@item @code{org-src-preserve-indentation} +@cindex indentation, in code blocks +@vindex org-src-preserve-indentation +Default is @code{nil}. Source code is indented. This indentation +applies during export or tangling, and depending on the context, +may alter leading spaces and tabs. When non-@code{nil}, source code +is aligned with the leftmost column. No lines are modified +during export or tangling, which is very useful for white-space +sensitive languages, such as Python. + +@item @code{org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer} +@vindex org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer +When @code{nil}, Org returns to the edit buffer without further +prompts. The default prompts for a confirmation. +@end table + +@vindex org-src-fontify-natively +@vindex org-src-block-faces +Set @code{org-src-fontify-natively} to non-@code{nil} to turn on native code +fontification in the @emph{Org} buffer. Fontification of code blocks can +give visual separation of text and code on the display page. To +further customize the appearance of @code{org-block} for specific +languages, customize @code{org-src-block-faces}. The following example +shades the background of regular blocks, and colors source blocks only +for Python and Emacs Lisp languages. + +@lisp +(require 'color) +(set-face-attribute 'org-block nil :background + (color-darken-name + (face-attribute 'default :background) 3)) + +(setq org-src-block-faces '(("emacs-lisp" (:background "#EEE2FF")) + ("python" (:background "#E5FFB8")))) +@end lisp + +@node Noweb Reference Syntax +@section Noweb Reference Syntax + +@cindex code block, Noweb reference +@cindex syntax, Noweb +@cindex source code, Noweb reference + +Org supports named blocks in Noweb@footnote{For Noweb literate programming details, see +@uref{http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/}.} style syntax: + +@example +<<CODE-BLOCK-ID>> +@end example + + +Org can replace the construct with the source code, or the results of +evaluation, of the code block identified as @var{CODE-BLOCK-ID}. + +@cindex @samp{noweb}, header argument +The @samp{noweb} header argument controls expansion of Noweb syntax +references. Expansions occur when source code blocks are evaluated, +tangled, or exported. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{no} +Default. No expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of +the code when evaluating, tangling, or exporting. + +@item @samp{yes} +Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code +block when evaluating, tangling, or exporting. + +@item @samp{tangle} +Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code +block when tangling. No expansion when evaluating or exporting. + +@item @samp{no-export} +Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code +block when evaluating or tangling. No expansion when exporting. + +@item @samp{strip-export} +Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code +block when expanding prior to evaluating or tangling. Removes +Noweb syntax references when exporting. + +@item @samp{eval} +Expansion of Noweb syntax references in the body of the code +block only before evaluating. +@end table + +In the following example, + +@example +#+NAME: initialization +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp + (setq sentence "Never a foot too far, even.") +#+END_SRC + +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :noweb yes + <<initialization>> + (reverse sentence) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@noindent +the second code block is expanded as + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :noweb yes + (setq sentence "Never a foot too far, even.") + (reverse sentence) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +Noweb insertions honor prefix characters that appear before the Noweb +syntax reference. This behavior is illustrated in the following +example. Because the @samp{<<example>>} Noweb reference appears behind the +SQL comment syntax, each line of the expanded Noweb reference is +commented. With: + +@example +#+NAME: example +#+BEGIN_SRC text + this is the + multi-line body of example +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@noindent +this code block: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes + ---<<example>> +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@noindent +expands to: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes + ---this is the + ---multi-line body of example +#+END_SRC +@end example + +Since this change does not affect Noweb replacement text without +newlines in them, inline Noweb references are acceptable. + +This feature can also be used for management of indentation in +exported code snippets. With: + +@example +#+NAME: if-true +#+BEGIN_SRC python :exports none + print('do things when true') +#+end_src + +#+name: if-false +#+begin_src python :exports none + print('do things when false') +#+end_src +@end example + +@noindent +this code block: + +@example +#+begin_src python :noweb yes :results output + if true: + <<if-true>> + else: + <<if-false>> +#+end_src +@end example + +@noindent +expands to: + +@example +if true: + print('do things when true') +else: + print('do things when false') +@end example + +@cindex @samp{noweb-ref}, header argument +When expanding Noweb style references, Org concatenates code blocks by +matching the reference name to either the code block name or, if none +is found, to the @samp{noweb-ref} header argument. + +For simple concatenation, set this @samp{noweb-ref} header argument at the +sub-tree or file level. In the example Org file shown next, the body +of the source code in each block is extracted for concatenation to +a pure code file when tangled. + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC sh :tangle yes :noweb yes :shebang #!/bin/sh + <<fullest-disk>> +#+END_SRC +* the mount point of the fullest disk + :PROPERTIES: + :header-args: :noweb-ref fullest-disk + :END: + +** query all mounted disks +#+BEGIN_SRC sh + df \ +#+END_SRC + +** strip the header row +#+BEGIN_SRC sh + |sed '1d' \ +#+END_SRC + +** output mount point of fullest disk +#+BEGIN_SRC sh + |awk '@{if (u < +$5) @{u = +$5; m = $6@}@} END @{print m@}' +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@cindex @samp{noweb-sep}, header argument +By default a newline separates each noweb reference concatenation. To +change this newline separator, edit the @samp{noweb-sep} header argument. + +Eventually, Org can include the results of a code block rather than +its body. To that effect, append parentheses, possibly including +arguments, to the code block name, as shown below. + +@example +<<code-block-name(optional arguments)>> +@end example + + +Note that when using the above approach to a code block's results, the +code block name set by @samp{NAME} keyword is required; the reference set +by @samp{noweb-ref} does not work in that case. + +Here is an example that demonstrates how the exported content changes +when Noweb style references are used with parentheses versus without. +With: + +@example +#+NAME: some-code +#+BEGIN_SRC python :var num=0 :results output :exports none + print(num*10) +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@noindent +this code block: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC text :noweb yes + <<some-code>> +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@noindent +expands to: + +@example +print(num*10) +@end example + + +Below, a similar Noweb style reference is used, but with parentheses, +while setting a variable @samp{num} to 10: + +@example +#+BEGIN_SRC text :noweb yes + <<some-code(num=10)>> +#+END_SRC +@end example + +@noindent +Note that now the expansion contains the results of the code block +@samp{some-code}, not the code block itself: + +@example +100 +@end example + +@node Library of Babel +@section Library of Babel + +@cindex babel, library of +@cindex source code, library +@cindex code block, library + +The ``Library of Babel'' is a collection of code blocks. Like +a function library, these code blocks can be called from other Org +files. A collection of useful code blocks is available on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/library-of-babel.html, Worg}. For +remote code block evaluation syntax, see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}. + +@kindex C-c C-v i +@findex org-babel-lob-ingest +For any user to add code to the library, first save the code in +regular code blocks of an Org file, and then load the Org file with +@code{org-babel-lob-ingest}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-v i}. + +@node Key bindings and Useful Functions +@section Key bindings and Useful Functions + +@cindex code block, key bindings + +Many common Org mode key sequences are re-bound depending on +the context. + +Active key bindings in code blocks: + +@kindex C-c C-c +@findex org-babel-execute-src-block +@kindex C-c C-o +@findex org-babel-open-src-block-result +@kindex M-UP +@findex org-babel-load-in-session +@kindex M-DOWN +@findex org-babel-pop-to-session +@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.55 +@headitem Key binding +@tab Function +@item @kbd{C-c C-c} +@tab @code{org-babel-execute-src-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-o} +@tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result} +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} +@tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session} +@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} +@tab @code{org-babel-pop-to-session} +@end multitable + +Active key bindings in Org mode buffer: + +@kindex C-c C-v p +@kindex C-c C-v C-p +@kindex C-c C-v n +@kindex C-c C-v C-n +@kindex C-c C-v e +@kindex C-c C-v C-e +@kindex C-c C-v o +@kindex C-c C-v C-o +@kindex C-c C-v v +@kindex C-c C-v C-v +@kindex C-c C-v u +@kindex C-c C-v C-u +@kindex C-c C-v g +@kindex C-c C-v C-g +@kindex C-c C-v r +@kindex C-c C-v C-r +@kindex C-c C-v b +@kindex C-c C-v C-b +@kindex C-c C-v s +@kindex C-c C-v C-s +@kindex C-c C-v d +@kindex C-c C-v C-d +@kindex C-c C-v t +@kindex C-c C-v C-t +@kindex C-c C-v f +@kindex C-c C-v C-f +@kindex C-c C-v c +@kindex C-c C-v C-c +@kindex C-c C-v j +@kindex C-c C-v C-j +@kindex C-c C-v l +@kindex C-c C-v C-l +@kindex C-c C-v i +@kindex C-c C-v C-i +@kindex C-c C-v I +@kindex C-c C-v C-I +@kindex C-c C-v z +@kindex C-c C-v C-z +@kindex C-c C-v a +@kindex C-c C-v C-a +@kindex C-c C-v h +@kindex C-c C-v C-h +@kindex C-c C-v x +@kindex C-c C-v C-x +@findex org-babel-previous-src-block +@findex org-babel-next-src-block +@findex org-babel-execute-maybe +@findex org-babel-open-src-block-result +@findex org-babel-expand-src-block +@findex org-babel-goto-src-block-head +@findex org-babel-goto-named-src-block +@findex org-babel-goto-named-result +@findex org-babel-execute-buffer +@findex org-babel-execute-subtree +@findex org-babel-demarcate-block +@findex org-babel-tangle +@findex org-babel-tangle-file +@findex org-babel-check-src-block +@findex org-babel-insert-header-arg +@findex org-babel-load-in-session +@findex org-babel-lob-ingest +@findex org-babel-view-src-block-info +@findex org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code +@findex org-babel-sha1-hash +@findex org-babel-describe-bindings +@findex org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer +@multitable @columnfractions 0.45 0.55 +@headitem Key binding +@tab Function +@item @kbd{C-c C-v p} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-p} +@tab @code{org-babel-previous-src-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v n} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-n} +@tab @code{org-babel-next-src-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v e} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-e} +@tab @code{org-babel-execute-maybe} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v o} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-o} +@tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v v} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-v} +@tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v u} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-u} +@tab @code{org-babel-goto-src-block-head} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v g} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-g} +@tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-src-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v r} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-r} +@tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-result} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v b} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-b} +@tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v s} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-s} +@tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v d} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-d} +@tab @code{org-babel-demarcate-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v t} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-t} +@tab @code{org-babel-tangle} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v f} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-f} +@tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v c} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-c} +@tab @code{org-babel-check-src-block} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v j} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-j} +@tab @code{org-babel-insert-header-arg} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v l} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-l} +@tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v i} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-i} +@tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v I} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-I} +@tab @code{org-babel-view-src-block-info} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v z} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-z} +@tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v a} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-a} +@tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v h} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-h} +@tab @code{org-babel-describe-bindings} +@item @kbd{C-c C-v x} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-x} +@tab @code{org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer} +@end multitable + +@node Batch Execution +@section Batch Execution + +@cindex code block, batch execution +@cindex source code, batch execution + +Org mode features, including working with source code facilities can +be invoked from the command line. This enables building shell scripts +for batch processing, running automated system tasks, and expanding +Org mode's usefulness. + +The sample script shows batch processing of multiple files using +@code{org-babel-tangle}. + +@example +#!/bin/sh +# Tangle files with Org mode +# +emacs -Q --batch --eval " + (progn + (require 'ob-tangle) + (dolist (file command-line-args-left) + (with-current-buffer (find-file-noselect file) + (org-babel-tangle)))) + " "$@@" +@end example + +@node Miscellaneous +@chapter Miscellaneous + +@menu +* Completion:: @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} guesses completions. +* Structure Templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements. +* Escape Character:: +* Speed Keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline. +* Code Evaluation Security:: Org files evaluate in-line code. +* Customization:: Adapting Org to your taste. +* In-buffer Settings:: Overview of keywords. +* The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key:: When in doubt, press @kbd{C-c C-c}. +* Clean View:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline. +* TTY Keys:: Using Org on a tty. +* Documentation Access:: Read documentation about current syntax. +* Interaction:: With other Emacs packages. +* Org Crypt:: Encrypting Org files. +* Org Mobile:: Viewing and capture on a mobile device. +* Org Syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax. +@end menu + +@node Completion +@section Completion + +@cindex completion, of @TeX{} symbols +@cindex completion, of TODO keywords +@cindex completion, of dictionary words +@cindex completion, of option keywords +@cindex completion, of tags +@cindex completion, of property keys +@cindex completion, of link abbreviations +@cindex @TeX{} symbol completion +@cindex TODO keywords completion +@cindex dictionary word completion +@cindex option keyword completion +@cindex tag completion +@cindex link abbreviations, completion of + +Org has in-buffer completions. Unlike minibuffer completions, which +are useful for quick command interactions, Org's in-buffer completions +are more suitable for content creation in Org documents. Type one or +more letters and invoke the hot key to complete the text in-place. +Depending on the context and the keys, Org offers different types of +completions. No minibuffer is involved. Such mode-specific hot keys +have become an integral part of Emacs and Org provides several +shortcuts. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} +@kindex M-TAB + +Complete word at point. + +@itemize +@item +At the beginning of a headline, complete TODO keywords. + +@item +After @samp{\}, complete @TeX{} symbols supported by the exporter. + +@item +After @samp{*}, complete headlines in the current buffer so that +they can be used in search links like: + +@example +[[*find this headline]] +@end example + +@item +After @samp{:} in a headline, complete tags. Org deduces the list +of tags from the @samp{TAGS} in-buffer option (see @ref{Setting Tags}), +the variable @code{org-tag-alist}, or from all tags used in the +current buffer. + +@item +After @samp{:} and not in a headline, complete property keys. The +list of keys is constructed dynamically from all keys used in +the current buffer. + +@item +After @samp{[}, complete link abbreviations (see @ref{Link Abbreviations}). + +@item +After @samp{#+}, complete the special keywords like @samp{TYP_TODO} or +file-specific @samp{OPTIONS}. After option keyword is complete, +pressing @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} again inserts example settings for +this keyword. + +@item +After @samp{STARTUP} keyword, complete startup items. + +@item +When point is anywhere else, complete dictionary words using +Ispell. +@end itemize +@end table + +@node Structure Templates +@section Structure Templates + +@cindex template insertion +@cindex insertion, of templates + +With just a few keystrokes, it is possible to insert empty structural +blocks, such as @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}, or to wrap existing +text in such a block. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-,} (@code{org-insert-structure-template}) +@findex org-insert-structure-template +@kindex C-c C-, +Prompt for a type of block structure, and insert the block at +point. If the region is active, it is wrapped in the block. +First prompts the user for keys, which are used to look up +a structure type from the variable below. If the key is +@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{@key{RET}}, or @kbd{@key{SPC}}, the user is +prompted to enter a block type. +@end table + +@vindex org-structure-template-alist +Available structure types are defined in +@code{org-structure-template-alist}, see the docstring for adding or +changing values. + +@cindex Tempo +@cindex template expansion +@cindex insertion, of templates +@vindex org-tempo-keywords-alist +Org Tempo expands snippets to structures defined in +@code{org-structure-template-alist} and @code{org-tempo-keywords-alist}. For +example, @kbd{< s @key{TAB}} creates a code block. Enable it by +customizing @code{org-modules} or add @samp{(require 'org-tempo)} to your Emacs +init file@footnote{For more information, please refer to the commentary section +in @samp{org-tempo.el}.}. + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9 +@item @kbd{a} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} +@item @kbd{c} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER} @dots{} @samp{#+END_CENTER} +@item @kbd{C} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_COMMENT} +@item @kbd{e} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXAMPLE} +@item @kbd{E} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} +@item @kbd{h} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} +@item @kbd{l} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} +@item @kbd{q} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_QUOTE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_QUOTE} +@item @kbd{s} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC} +@item @kbd{v} +@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_VERSE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_VERSE} +@end multitable + +@node Escape Character +@section Escape Character + +@cindex escape character +@cindex zero width space +You may sometimes want to write text that looks like Org syntax, but +should really read as plain text. Org may use a specific escape +character in some situations, e.g., a backslash in macros (see @ref{Macro Replacement}). In the general case, however, we suggest to use the +zero width space. You can get it with one of the following: + +@example +C-x 8 <RET> zero width space <RET> +C-x 8 <RET> 200B <RET> +@end example + + +For example, in order to write @samp{[[1,2]]} as-is in your document, you can +write this, where @samp{X} denotes the zero width space character: + +@example +[[X1,2]] +@end example + +@node Speed Keys +@section Speed Keys + +@cindex speed keys + +Single keystrokes can execute custom commands in an Org file when +point is on a headline. Without the extra burden of a meta or +modifier key, Speed Keys can speed navigation or execute custom +commands. Besides faster navigation, Speed Keys may come in handy on +small mobile devices that do not have full keyboards. Speed Keys may +also work on TTY devices known for their problems when entering Emacs +key chords. + +@vindex org-use-speed-commands +By default, Org has Speed Keys disabled. To activate Speed Keys, set +the variable @code{org-use-speed-commands} to a non-@code{nil} value. To +trigger a Speed Key, point must be at the beginning of an Org +headline, before any of the stars. + +@vindex org-speed-commands-user +@findex org-speed-command-help +Org comes with a pre-defined list of Speed Keys. To add or modify +Speed Keys, customize the variable, @code{org-speed-commands-user}. For +more details, see the variable's docstring. With Speed Keys +activated, @kbd{M-x org-speed-command-help}, or @kbd{?} when +point is at the beginning of an Org headline, shows currently active +Speed Keys, including the user-defined ones. + +@node Code Evaluation Security +@section Code Evaluation and Security Issues + +Unlike plain text, running code comes with risk. Each source code +block, in terms of risk, is equivalent to an executable file. Org +therefore puts a few confirmation prompts by default. This is to +alert the casual user from accidentally running untrusted code. + +For users who do not run code blocks or write code regularly, Org's +default settings should suffice. However, some users may want to +tweak the prompts for fewer interruptions. To weigh the risks of +automatic execution of code blocks, here are some details about code +evaluation. + +Org evaluates code in the following circumstances: + +@table @asis +@item @emph{Source code blocks} +Org evaluates source code blocks in an Org file during export. +Org also evaluates a source code block with the @kbd{C-c C-c} key chord. Users exporting or running code blocks must +load files only from trusted sources. Be wary of customizing +variables that remove or alter default security measures. + +@defopt org-confirm-babel-evaluate +When @code{t}, Org prompts the user for confirmation before executing +each code block. When @code{nil}, Org executes code blocks without +prompting the user for confirmation. When this option is set to +a custom function, Org invokes the function with these two +arguments: the source code language and the body of the code +block. The custom function must return either a @code{t} or @code{nil}, +which determines if the user is prompted. Each source code +language can be handled separately through this function +argument. +@end defopt + +For example, here is how to execute ditaa code blocks without +prompting: + +@lisp +(defun my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate (lang body) + (not (string= lang "ditaa"))) ;don't ask for ditaa +(setq org-confirm-babel-evaluate #'my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate) +@end lisp + +@item @emph{Following @samp{shell} and @samp{elisp} links} +Org has two link types that can directly evaluate code (see +@ref{External Links}). Because such code is not visible, these links +have a potential risk. Org therefore prompts the user when it +encounters such links. The customization variables are: + +@defopt org-confirm-shell-link-function +Function that prompts the user before executing a shell link. +@end defopt + +@defopt org-confirm-elisp-link-function +Function that prompts the user before executing an Emacs Lisp link. +@end defopt + +@item @emph{Formulas in tables} +Formulas in tables (see @ref{The Spreadsheet}) are code that is +evaluated either by the Calc interpreter, or by the Emacs Lisp +interpreter. +@end table + +@node Customization +@section Customization + +@cindex customization +@cindex options, for customization +@cindex variables, for customization + +Org has more than 500 variables for customization. They can be +accessed through the usual @kbd{M-x org-customize} command. Or +through the Org menu: Org @arrow{} Customization @arrow{} Browse Org Group. + +Org also has per-file settings for some variables (see @ref{In-buffer Settings}). + +@node In-buffer Settings +@section Summary of In-Buffer Settings + +@cindex in-buffer settings +@cindex special keywords + +In-buffer settings start with @samp{#+}, followed by a keyword, a colon, +and then a word for each setting. Org accepts multiple settings on +the same line. Org also accepts multiple lines for a keyword. This +manual describes these settings throughout. A summary follows here. + +@cindex refresh set-up +@kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes to the in-buffer settings. +Closing and reopening the Org file in Emacs also activates the +changes. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{#+ARCHIVE: %s_done} +@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, keyword +@vindex org-archive-location +Sets the archive location of the agenda file. The corresponding +variable is @code{org-archive-location}. + +@item @samp{#+CATEGORY} +@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, keyword +Sets the category of the agenda file, which applies to the entire +document. + +@item @samp{#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM ...} +@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, property +Set the default format for columns view. This format applies +when columns view is invoked in locations where no @samp{COLUMNS} +property applies. + +@item @samp{#+CONSTANTS: name1=value1 ...} +@cindex @samp{CONSTANTS}, keyword +@vindex org-table-formula-constants +@vindex org-table-formula +Set file-local values for constants that table formulas can use. +This line sets the local variable +@code{org-table-formula-constants-local}. The global version of this +variable is @code{org-table-formula-constants}. + +@item @samp{#+FILETAGS: :tag1:tag2:tag3:} +@cindex @samp{FILETAGS}, keyword +Set tags that all entries in the file inherit from, including the +top-level entries. + +@item @samp{#+LINK: linkword replace} +@cindex @samp{LINK}, keyword +@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist +Each line specifies one abbreviation for one link. Use multiple +@samp{LINK} keywords for more, see @ref{Link Abbreviations}. The +corresponding variable is @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}. + +@item @samp{#+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default} +@cindex @samp{PRIORITIES}, keyword +@vindex org-highest-priority +@vindex org-lowest-priority +@vindex org-default-priority +This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. +All three must be either letters A--Z or numbers 0--9. The +highest priority must have a lower ASCII number than the lowest +priority. + +@item @samp{#+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value} +@cindex @samp{PROPERTY}, keyword +This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the +current buffer, most useful for specifying the allowed values of +a property. + +@item @samp{#+SETUPFILE: file} +@cindex @samp{SETUPFILE}, keyword +The setup file or a URL pointing to such file is for additional +in-buffer settings. Org loads this file and parses it for any +settings in it only when Org opens the main file. If URL is +specified, the contents are downloaded and stored in a temporary +file cache. @kbd{C-c C-c} on the settings line parses and +loads the file, and also resets the temporary file cache. Org +also parses and loads the document during normal exporting +process. Org parses the contents of this document as if it was +included in the buffer. It can be another Org file. To visit +the file---not a URL---use @kbd{C-c '} while point is on the +line with the file name. + +@item @samp{#+STARTUP:} +@cindex @samp{STARTUP}, keyword +Startup options Org uses when first visiting a file. + +@vindex org-startup-folded +The first set of options deals with the initial visibility of the +outline tree. The corresponding variable for global default +settings is @code{org-startup-folded} with a default value of @code{t}, +which is the same as @code{overview}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{overview} +Top-level headlines only. + +@item @samp{content} +All headlines. + +@item @samp{showall} +No folding on any entry. + +@item @samp{showeverything} +Show even drawer contents. +@end table + +@vindex org-startup-indented +Dynamic virtual indentation is controlled by the variable +@code{org-startup-indented}@footnote{Note that @code{org-indent-mode} also sets the @code{wrap-prefix} +property, such that @code{visual-line-mode} (or purely setting @code{word-wrap}) +wraps long lines (including headlines) correctly indented.}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{indent} +Start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned on. + +@item @samp{noindent} +Start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned off. +@end table + +@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables +Aligns tables consistently upon visiting a file. The corresponding +variable is @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} with @code{nil} as default +value. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{align} +Align all tables. + +@item @samp{noalign} +Do not align tables on startup. +@end table + +@vindex org-startup-shrink-all-tables +Shrink table columns with a width cookie. The corresponding +variable is @code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} with @code{nil} as default +value. + +@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images +When visiting a file, inline images can be automatically displayed. +The corresponding variable is @code{org-startup-with-inline-images}, +with a default value @code{nil} to avoid delays when visiting a file. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{inlineimages} +Show inline images. + +@item @samp{noinlineimages} +Do not show inline images on startup. +@end table + +@vindex org-log-done +@vindex org-log-note-clock-out +@vindex org-log-repeat +Logging the closing and reopening of TODO items and clock +intervals can be configured using these options (see variables +@code{org-log-done}, @code{org-log-note-clock-out}, and @code{org-log-repeat}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{logdone} +Record a timestamp when an item is marked DONE@. + +@item @samp{lognotedone} +Record timestamp and a note when DONE@. + +@item @samp{nologdone} +Do not record when items are marked DONE@. + +@item @samp{logrepeat} +Record a time when reinstating a repeating item. + +@item @samp{lognoterepeat} +Record a note when reinstating a repeating item. + +@item @samp{nologrepeat} +Do not record when reinstating repeating item. + +@item @samp{lognoteclock-out} +Record a note when clocking out. + +@item @samp{nolognoteclock-out} +Do not record a note when clocking out. + +@item @samp{logreschedule} +Record a timestamp when scheduling time changes. + +@item @samp{lognotereschedule} +Record a note when scheduling time changes. + +@item @samp{nologreschedule} +Do not record when a scheduling date changes. + +@item @samp{logredeadline} +Record a timestamp when deadline changes. + +@item @samp{lognoteredeadline} +Record a note when deadline changes. + +@item @samp{nologredeadline} +Do not record when a deadline date changes. + +@item @samp{logrefile} +Record a timestamp when refiling. + +@item @samp{lognoterefile} +Record a note when refiling. + +@item @samp{nologrefile} +Do not record when refiling. +@end table + +@vindex org-hide-leading-stars +@vindex org-odd-levels-only +Here are the options for hiding leading stars in outline headings, +and for indenting outlines. The corresponding variables are +@code{org-hide-leading-stars} and @code{org-odd-levels-only}, both with +a default setting @code{nil} (meaning @samp{showstars} and @samp{oddeven}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{hidestars} +Make all but one of the stars starting a headline invisible. + +@item @samp{showstars} +Show all stars starting a headline. + +@item @samp{indent} +Virtual indentation according to outline level. + +@item @samp{noindent} +No virtual indentation according to outline level. + +@item @samp{odd} +Allow only odd outline levels (1, 3, @dots{}). + +@item @samp{oddeven} +Allow all outline levels. +@end table + +@vindex org-put-time-stamp-overlays +@vindex org-time-stamp-overlay-formats +To turn on custom format overlays over timestamps (variables +@code{org-put-time-stamp-overlays} and @code{org-time-stamp-overlay-formats}), +use: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{customtime} +Overlay custom time format. +@end table + +@vindex constants-unit-system +The following options influence the table spreadsheet (variable +@code{constants-unit-system}). + +@table @asis +@item @samp{constcgs} +@samp{constants.el} should use the c-g-s unit system. + +@item @samp{constSI} +@samp{constants.el} should use the SI unit system. +@end table + +@vindex org-footnote-define-inline +@vindex org-footnote-auto-label +@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust +To influence footnote settings, use the following keywords. The +corresponding variables are @code{org-footnote-define-inline}, +@code{org-footnote-auto-label}, and @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{fninline} +Define footnotes inline. + +@item @samp{fnnoinline} +Define footnotes in separate section. + +@item @samp{fnlocal} +Define footnotes near first reference, but not inline. + +@item @samp{fnprompt} +Prompt for footnote labels. + +@item @samp{fnauto} +Create @samp{[fn:1]}-like labels automatically (default). + +@item @samp{fnconfirm} +Offer automatic label for editing or confirmation. + +@item @samp{fnadjust} +Automatically renumber and sort footnotes. + +@item @samp{nofnadjust} +Do not renumber and sort automatically. +@end table + +@vindex org-hide-block-startup +To hide blocks on startup, use these keywords. The corresponding +variable is @code{org-hide-block-startup}. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{hideblocks} +Hide all begin/end blocks on startup. + +@item @samp{nohideblocks} +Do not hide blocks on startup. +@end table + +@vindex org-pretty-entities +The display of entities as UTF-8 characters is governed by the +variable @code{org-pretty-entities} and the keywords + +@table @asis +@item @samp{entitiespretty} +Show entities as UTF-8 characters where possible. + +@item @samp{entitiesplain} +Leave entities plain. +@end table + +@item @samp{#+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2)} +@cindex @samp{TAGS}, keyword +@vindex org-tag-alist +These lines (several such lines are allowed) specify the valid +tags in this file, and (potentially) the corresponding @emph{fast tag +selection} keys. The corresponding variable is @code{org-tag-alist}. + +@item @samp{#+TODO:} +@itemx @samp{#+SEQ_TODO:} +@itemx @samp{#+TYP_TODO:} +@cindex @samp{SEQ_TODO}, keyword +@cindex @samp{TODO}, keyword +@cindex @samp{TYP_TODO}, keyword +@vindex org-todo-keywords +These lines set the TODO keywords and their interpretation in the +current file. The corresponding variable is @code{org-todo-keywords}. +@end table + +@node The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key +@section The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key + +@kindex C-c C-c +@cindex @kbd{C-c C-c}, overview + +The @kbd{C-c C-c} key in Org serves many purposes depending on +the context. It is probably the most over-worked, multi-purpose key +combination in Org. Its uses are well documented throughout this +manual, but here is a consolidated list for easy reference. + +@itemize +@item +If any highlights shown in the buffer from the creation of a sparse +tree, or from clock display, remove such highlights. + +@item +If point is in one of the special @samp{KEYWORD} lines, scan the buffer +for these lines and update the information. Also reset the Org file +cache used to temporary store the contents of URLs used as values +for keywords like @samp{SETUPFILE}. + +@item +If point is inside a table, realign the table. The table realigns +even if automatic table editor is turned off. + +@item +If point is on a @samp{TBLFM} keyword, re-apply the formulas to the +entire table. + +@item +If the current buffer is a capture buffer, close the note and file +it. With a prefix argument, also jump to the target location after +saving the note. + +@item +If point is on a @samp{<<<target>>>}, update radio targets and +corresponding links in this buffer. + +@item +If point is on a property line or at the start or end of a property +drawer, offer property commands. + +@item +If point is at a footnote reference, go to the corresponding +definition, and @emph{vice versa}. + +@item +If point is on a statistics cookie, update it. + +@item +If point is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the status +of the checkbox. + +@item +If point is on a numbered item in a plain list, renumber the ordered +list. + +@item +If point is on the @samp{#+BEGIN} line of a dynamic block, the block is +updated. + +@item +If point is at a timestamp, fix the day name in the timestamp. +@end itemize + +@node Clean View +@section A Cleaner Outline View + +@cindex hiding leading stars +@cindex dynamic indentation +@cindex odd-levels-only outlines +@cindex clean outline view + +Org's default outline with stars and no indents can become too +cluttered for short documents. For @emph{book-like} long documents, the +effect is not as noticeable. Org provides an alternate stars and +indentation scheme, as shown on the right in the following table. It +uses only one star and indents text to line with the heading: + +@example +* Top level headline | * Top level headline +** Second level | * Second level +*** Third level | * Third level + some text | some text +*** Third level | * Third level + more text | more text +* Another top level headline | * Another top level headline +@end example + +@cindex Indent mode +@findex org-indent-mode +To turn this mode on, use the minor mode, @code{org-indent-mode}. Text +lines that are not headlines are prefixed with spaces to vertically +align with the headline text@footnote{The @code{org-indent-mode} also sets the @code{wrap-prefix} correctly +for indenting and wrapping long lines of headlines or text. This +minor mode handles @code{visual-line-mode} and directly applied settings +through @code{word-wrap}.}. + +@vindex org-indent-indentation-per-level +To make more horizontal space, the headlines are shifted by two stars. +This can be configured by the @code{org-indent-indentation-per-level} +variable. Only one star on each headline is visible, the rest are +masked with the same font color as the background. + +Note that turning on @code{org-indent-mode} sets @code{org-hide-leading-stars} +to @code{t} and @code{org-adapt-indentation} to @code{nil}. + +@vindex org-startup-indented +To globally turn on @code{org-indent-mode} for all files, customize the +variable @code{org-startup-indented}. + +To turn on indenting for individual files, use @samp{STARTUP} keyword as +follows: + +@example +#+STARTUP: indent +@end example + + +Indent on startup makes Org use hard spaces to align text with +headings as shown in examples below. + +@table @asis +@item @emph{Indentation of text below headlines} +Indent text to align with the headline. + +@example +*** Third level + more text, now indented +@end example + +@vindex org-adapt-indentation +Org supports this with paragraph filling, line wrapping, and +structure editing, preserving or adapting the indentation as +appropriate@footnote{Also see the variable @code{org-adapt-indentation}.}. + +@item @emph{Hiding leading stars} +@vindex org-hide-leading-stars +Org can make leading stars invisible. For global preference, +configure the variable @code{org-hide-leading-stars}. For per-file +preference, use these file @samp{STARTUP} options: + +@example +#+STARTUP: hidestars +#+STARTUP: showstars +@end example + +With stars hidden, the tree is shown as: + +@example +* Top level headline + * Second level + * Third level + ... +@end example + +@vindex org-hide, face +Because Org makes the font color the same as the background color +to hide to stars, sometimes @code{org-hide} face may need tweaking to +get the effect right. For some black and white combinations, +@code{grey90} on a white background might mask the stars better. + +@item @emph{Odd levels} +@vindex org-odd-levels-only +Using stars for only odd levels, 1, 3, 5, @dots{}, can also clean up +the clutter. This removes two stars from each level@footnote{Because @samp{LEVEL=2} has 3 stars, @samp{LEVEL=3} has 4 stars, and so +on.}. +For Org to properly handle this cleaner structure during edits +and exports, configure the variable @code{org-odd-levels-only}. To +set this per-file, use either one of the following lines: + +@example +#+STARTUP: odd +#+STARTUP: oddeven +@end example + +To switch between single and double stars layouts, use @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-odd-levels} and @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-oddeven-levels}. +@end table + +@node TTY Keys +@section Using Org on a TTY + +@cindex tty key bindings + +Org provides alternative key bindings for TTY and modern mobile +devices that cannot perform movement commands on point and key +bindings with modifier keys. Some of these workarounds may be more +cumbersome than necessary. Users should look into customizing these +further based on their usage needs. For example, the normal +@kbd{S-<cursor>} for editing timestamp might be better with +@kbd{C-c .} chord. + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.28 0.15 0.21 +@headitem Default +@tab Alternative 1 +@tab Speed key +@tab Alternative 2 +@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} +@tab @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} +@tab @kbd{C} +@tab +@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x l} +@tab @kbd{l} +@tab @kbd{Esc @key{LEFT}} +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x L} +@tab @kbd{L} +@tab +@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x r} +@tab @kbd{r} +@tab @kbd{Esc @key{RIGHT}} +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x R} +@tab @kbd{R} +@tab +@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x u} +@tab +@tab @kbd{Esc @key{UP}} +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x U} +@tab @kbd{U} +@tab +@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x d} +@tab +@tab @kbd{Esc @key{DOWN}} +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x D} +@tab @kbd{D} +@tab +@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x c} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x m} +@tab +@tab @kbd{Esc @key{RET}} +@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x M} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c @key{LEFT}} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c @key{RIGHT}} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} +@tab @kbd{C-c @key{UP}} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} +@tab @kbd{C-c @key{DOWN}} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{LEFT}} +@tab +@tab +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} +@tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{RIGHT}} +@tab +@tab +@end multitable + +@node Documentation Access +@section Context Dependent Documentation + +@cindex documentation +@cindex Info + +@findex org-info-find-node +@kindex C-c C-x C-i +@kbd{C-c C-x C-i} in an Org file tries to open a suitable section +of the Org manual depending on the syntax at point. For example, +using it on a headline displays ``Document Structure'' section. + +@kbd{q} closes the Info window. + +@node Interaction +@section Interaction with Other Packages + +@cindex packages, interaction with other + +Org's compatibility and the level of interaction with other Emacs +packages are documented here. + +@menu +* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with. +* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts. +@end menu + +@node Cooperation +@subsection Packages that Org cooperates with + +@table @asis +@item @samp{calc.el} by Dave Gillespie +@cindex @file{calc.el} + +Org uses the Calc package for implementing spreadsheet +functionality in its tables (see @ref{The Spreadsheet}). Org also +uses Calc for embedded calculations. See @ref{Embedded Mode,GNU Emacs Calc Manual,,calc,}. + +@item @samp{constants.el} by Carsten Dominik +@cindex @file{constants.el} +@vindex org-table-formula-constants + +Org can use names for constants in formulas in tables. Org can +also use calculation suffixes for units, such as @samp{M} for @samp{Mega}. +For a standard collection of such constants, install the +@samp{constants} package. Install version 2.0 of this package, +available at @uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools}. Org checks +if the function @code{constants-get} has been autoloaded. +Installation instructions are in the file @samp{constants.el}. + +@item @samp{cdlatex.el} by Carsten Dominik +@cindex @file{cdlatex.el} + +Org mode can make use of the CD@LaTeX{} package to efficiently enter +@LaTeX{} fragments into Org files. See @ref{CD@LaTeX{} mode}. + +@item @samp{imenu.el} by Ake Stenhoff and Lars Lindberg +@cindex @file{imenu.el} + +Imenu creates dynamic menus based on an index of items in a file. +Org mode supports Imenu menus. Enable it with a mode hook as +follows: + +@lisp +(add-hook 'org-mode-hook + (lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Imenu"))) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-imenu-depth +By default the index is two levels deep---you can modify the +depth using the option @code{org-imenu-depth}. + +@item @samp{speedbar.el} by Eric@tie{}M@.@tie{}Ludlam +@cindex @file{speedbar.el} + +Speedbar package creates a special Emacs frame for displaying +files and index items in files. Org mode supports Speedbar; +users can drill into Org files directly from the Speedbar. The +@kbd{<} in the Speedbar frame tweaks the agenda commands to +that file or to a subtree. + +@item @samp{table.el} by Takaaki Ota +@cindex table editor, @file{table.el} +@cindex @file{table.el} + +Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and +row-spanning, and alignment can be created using the Emacs table +package by Takaaki Ota. Org mode recognizes such tables and +exports them properly. @kbd{C-c '} to edit these tables in +a special buffer, much like Org's code blocks. Because of +interference with other Org mode functionality, Takaaki Ota +tables cannot be edited directly in the Org buffer. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit-special}) +@kindex C-c ' +@findex org-edit-special +Edit a @samp{table.el} table. Works when point is in +a @samp{table.el} table. + +@item @kbd{C-c ~} (@code{org-table-create-with-table.el}) +@kindex C-c ~ +@findex org-table-create-with-table.el +Insert a @samp{table.el} table. If there is already a table at +point, this command converts it between the @samp{table.el} +format and the Org mode format. See the documentation +string of the command @code{org-convert-table} for the +restrictions under which this is possible. +@end table +@end table + +@node Conflicts +@subsection Packages that conflict with Org mode + +@cindex shift-selection-mode +@vindex org-support-shift-select +In Emacs, @code{shift-selection-mode} combines motions of point with shift +key to enlarge regions. Emacs sets this mode by default. This +conflicts with Org's use of @kbd{S-<cursor>} commands to change +timestamps, TODO keywords, priorities, and item bullet types, etc. +Since @kbd{S-<cursor>} commands outside of specific contexts do +not do anything, Org offers the variable @code{org-support-shift-select} +for customization. Org mode accommodates shift selection by (i) +making it available outside of the special contexts where special +commands apply, and (ii) extending an existing active region even if +point moves across a special context. + +@table @asis +@item @samp{cua.el} by Kim@tie{}F@.@tie{}Storm +@cindex @file{cua.el} +@vindex org-replace-disputed-keys +Org key bindings conflict with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys used by +CUA mode. For Org to relinquish these bindings to CUA mode, +configure the variable @code{org-replace-disputed-keys}. When set, +Org moves the following key bindings in Org files, and in the +agenda buffer---but not during date selection. + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.4 0.4 +@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} @result{} @kbd{M-p} +@tab @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} @result{} @kbd{M-n} +@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} @result{} @kbd{M--} +@tab @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} @result{} @kbd{M-+} +@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}} @result{} @kbd{M-S--} +@tab @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} @result{} @kbd{M-S-+} +@end multitable + +@vindex org-disputed-keys +Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember. If you +want to have other replacement keys, look at the variable +@code{org-disputed-keys}. + +@item @samp{ecomplete.el} by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen +@cindex @file{ecomplete.el} +Ecomplete provides ``electric'' address completion in address +header lines in message buffers. Sadly Orgtbl mode cuts +Ecomplete's power supply: no completion happens when Orgtbl mode +is enabled in message buffers while entering text in address +header lines. If one wants to use ecomplete one should @emph{not} +follow the advice to automagically turn on Orgtbl mode in message +buffers (see @ref{Orgtbl Mode}), but instead---after +filling in the message headers---turn on Orgtbl mode manually +when needed in the messages body. + +@item @samp{filladapt.el} by Kyle Jones +@cindex @file{filladapt.el} +Org mode tries to do the right thing when filling paragraphs, +list items and other elements. Many users reported problems +using both @samp{filladapt.el} and Org mode, so a safe thing to do is +to disable filladapt like this: + +@lisp +(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-off-filladapt-mode) +@end lisp + +@item @samp{viper.el} by Michael Kifer +@cindex @file{viper.el} +@kindex C-c / + +Viper uses @kbd{C-c /} and therefore makes this key not +access the corresponding Org mode command @code{org-sparse-tree}. You +need to find another key for this command, or override the key in +@code{viper-vi-global-user-map} with + +@lisp +(define-key viper-vi-global-user-map "C-c /" 'org-sparse-tree) +@end lisp + +@item @samp{windmove.el} by Hovav Shacham +@cindex @file{windmove.el} + +This package also uses the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, so +everything written in the paragraph above about CUA mode also +applies here. If you want to make the windmove function active +in locations where Org mode does not have special functionality +on @kbd{S-<cursor>}, add this to your configuration: + +@lisp +;; Make windmove work in Org mode: +(add-hook 'org-shiftup-final-hook 'windmove-up) +(add-hook 'org-shiftleft-final-hook 'windmove-left) +(add-hook 'org-shiftdown-final-hook 'windmove-down) +(add-hook 'org-shiftright-final-hook 'windmove-right) +@end lisp + +@item @samp{yasnippet.el} +@cindex @file{yasnippet.el} +The way Org mode binds the @kbd{@key{TAB}} key (binding to @code{[tab]} +instead of @code{"\t"}) overrules YASnippet's access to this key. The +following code fixed this problem: + +@lisp +(add-hook 'org-mode-hook + (lambda () + (setq-local yas/trigger-key [tab]) + (define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field-or-maybe-expand))) +@end lisp + +The latest version of YASnippet does not play well with Org mode. +If the above code does not fix the conflict, start by defining +the following function: + +@lisp +(defun yas/org-very-safe-expand () + (let ((yas/fallback-behavior 'return-nil)) (yas/expand))) +@end lisp + +Then, tell Org mode to use that function: + +@lisp +(add-hook 'org-mode-hook + (lambda () + (make-variable-buffer-local 'yas/trigger-key) + (setq yas/trigger-key [tab]) + (add-to-list 'org-tab-first-hook 'yas/org-very-safe-expand) + (define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field))) +@end lisp +@end table + +@node Org Crypt +@section Org Crypt + +Org Crypt encrypts the text of an entry, but not the headline, or +properties. Behind the scene, it uses the Emacs EasyPG library to +encrypt and decrypt files. + +@vindex org-crypt-tag-matcher +Any text below a headline that has a @samp{crypt} tag is automatically +encrypted when the file is saved. To use a different tag, customize +the @code{org-crypt-tag-matcher} setting. + +Here is a suggestion for Org Crypt settings in Emacs init file: + +@lisp +(require 'org-crypt) +(org-crypt-use-before-save-magic) +(setq org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance '("crypt")) + +(setq org-crypt-key nil) +;; GPG key to use for encryption +;; Either the Key ID or set to nil to use symmetric encryption. + +(setq auto-save-default nil) +;; Auto-saving does not cooperate with org-crypt.el: so you need to +;; turn it off if you plan to use org-crypt.el quite often. Otherwise, +;; you'll get an (annoying) message each time you start Org. + +;; To turn it off only locally, you can insert this: +;; +;; # -*- buffer-auto-save-file-name: nil; -*- +@end lisp + +It's possible to use different keys for different headings by +specifying the respective key as property @samp{CRYPTKEY}, e.g.: + +@example +* Totally secret :crypt: + :PROPERTIES: + :CRYPTKEY: 0x0123456789012345678901234567890123456789 + :END: +@end example + +Excluding the @samp{crypt} tag from inheritance prevents already encrypted +text from being encrypted again. + +@node Org Mobile +@section Org Mobile + +@cindex smartphone + +Org Mobile is a protocol for synchronizing Org files between Emacs and +other applications, e.g., on mobile devices. It enables offline-views +and capture support for an Org mode system that is rooted on a ``real'' +computer. The external application can also record changes to +existing entries. + +This appendix describes Org's support for agenda view formats +compatible with Org Mobile. It also describes synchronizing changes, +such as to notes, between the mobile application and the computer. + +To change tags and TODO states in the mobile application, first +customize the variables @code{org-todo-keywords} and @code{org-tag-alist}. +These should cover all the important tags and TODO keywords, even if +Org files use only some of them. Though the mobile application is +expected to support in-buffer settings, it is required to understand +TODO states @emph{sets} (see @ref{Per-file keywords}) and +@emph{mutually exclusive} tags (see @ref{Setting Tags}) only for those set in +these variables. + +@menu +* Setting up the staging area:: For the mobile device. +* Pushing to the mobile application:: Uploading Org files and agendas. +* Pulling from the mobile application:: Integrating captured and flagged items. +@end menu + +@node Setting up the staging area +@subsection Setting up the staging area + +@vindex org-mobile-directory +The mobile application needs access to a file directory on +a server@footnote{For a server to host files, consider using a WebDAV server, +such as @uref{https://nextcloud.com, Nextcloud}. Additional help is at this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-faq.html#mobileorg_webdav, FAQ entry}.} to interact with Emacs. Pass its location through +the @code{org-mobile-directory} variable. If you can mount that directory +locally just set the variable to point to that directory: + +@lisp +(setq org-mobile-directory "~/orgmobile/") +@end lisp + +Alternatively, by using TRAMP (see @ref{Top,TRAMP User Manual,,tramp,}), +@code{org-mobile-directory} may point to a remote directory accessible +through, for example, SSH, SCP, or DAVS: + +@lisp +(setq org-mobile-directory "/davs:user@@remote.host:/org/webdav/") +@end lisp + +@vindex org-mobile-encryption +With a public server, consider encrypting the files. Org also +requires OpenSSL installed on the local computer. To turn on +encryption, set the same password in the mobile application and in +Emacs. Set the password in the variable +@code{org-mobile-use-encryption}@footnote{If Emacs is configured for safe storing of passwords, then +configure the variable @code{org-mobile-encryption-password}; please read +the docstring of that variable.}. Note that even after the mobile +application encrypts the file contents, the file name remains visible +on the file systems of the local computer, the server, and the mobile +device. + +@node Pushing to the mobile application +@subsection Pushing to the mobile application + +@findex org-mobile-push +@vindex org-mobile-files +The command @code{org-mobile-push} copies files listed in +@code{org-mobile-files} into the staging area. Files include agenda files +(as listed in @code{org-agenda-files}). Customize @code{org-mobile-files} to +add other files. File names are staged with paths relative to +@code{org-directory}, so all files should be inside this directory@footnote{Symbolic links in @code{org-directory} need to have the same name +as their targets.}. + +Push creates a special Org file @samp{agendas.org} with custom agenda views +defined by the user@footnote{While creating the agendas, Org mode forces @samp{ID} properties +on all referenced entries, so that these entries can be uniquely +identified if Org Mobile flags them for further action. To avoid +setting properties configure the variable +@code{org-mobile-force-id-on-agenda-items} to @code{nil}. Org mode then relies +on outline paths, assuming they are unique.}. + +Finally, Org writes the file @samp{index.org}, containing links to other +files. The mobile application reads this file first from the server +to determine what other files to download for agendas. For faster +downloads, it is expected to only read files whose checksums@footnote{Checksums are stored automatically in the file +@samp{checksums.dat}.} +have changed. + +@node Pulling from the mobile application +@subsection Pulling from the mobile application + +@findex org-mobile-pull +The command @code{org-mobile-pull} synchronizes changes with the server. +More specifically, it first pulls the Org files for viewing. It then +appends captured entries and pointers to flagged or changed entries to +the file @samp{mobileorg.org} on the server. Org ultimately integrates its +data in an inbox file format, through the following steps: + +@enumerate +@item +@vindex org-mobile-inbox-for-pull +Org moves all entries found in @samp{mobileorg.org}@footnote{The file will be empty after this operation.} and appends +them to the file pointed to by the variable +@code{org-mobile-inbox-for-pull}. It should reside neither in the +staging area nor on the server. Each captured entry and each +editing event is a top-level entry in the inbox file. + +@item +@cindex @samp{FLAGGED}, tag +After moving the entries, Org processes changes to the shared +files. Some of them are applied directly and without user +interaction. Examples include changes to tags, TODO state, +headline and body text. Entries requiring further action are +tagged as @samp{FLAGGED}. Org marks entries with problems with an error +message in the inbox. They have to be resolved manually. + +@item +Org generates an agenda view for flagged entries for user +intervention to clean up. For notes stored in flagged entries, Org +displays them in the echo area when point is on the corresponding +agenda item. + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{?} +Pressing @kbd{?} displays the entire flagged note in +another window. Org also pushes it to the kill ring. To +store flagged note as a normal note, use @kbd{? z C-y C-c C-c}. Pressing @kbd{?} twice does these things: first +it removes the @samp{FLAGGED} tag; second, it removes the flagged +note from the property drawer; third, it signals that manual +editing of the flagged entry is now finished. +@end table +@end enumerate + +@kindex ? @r{(Agenda dispatcher)} +From the agenda dispatcher, @kbd{?} returns to the view to finish +processing flagged entries. Note that these entries may not be the +most recent since the mobile application searches files that were last +pulled. To get an updated agenda view with changes since the last +pull, pull again. + +@node Org Syntax +@section Org Syntax + +A reference document providing a formal description of Org's syntax is +available as @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-syntax.html, a draft on Worg}, written and maintained by Nicolas +Goaziou. It defines Org's core internal concepts such as ``headlines'', +``sections'', ``affiliated keywords'', ``(greater) elements'' and ``objects''. +Each part of an Org document belongs to one of the previous +categories. + +To explore the abstract structure of an Org buffer, run this in +a buffer: + +@example +M-: (org-element-parse-buffer) <RET> +@end example + + +@noindent +It outputs a list containing the buffer's content represented as an +abstract structure. The export engine relies on the information +stored in this list. Most interactive commands---e.g., for structure +editing---also rely on the syntactic meaning of the surrounding +context. + +@cindex syntax checker +@cindex linter +@findex org-lint +You can probe the syntax of your documents with the command + +@example +M-x org-lint <RET> +@end example + + +@noindent +It runs a number of checks to find common mistakes. It then displays +their location in a dedicated buffer, along with a description and +a ``trust level'', since false-positive are possible. From there, you +can operate on the reports with the following keys: + +@multitable @columnfractions 0.22 0.78 +@item @kbd{C-j}, @kbd{@key{TAB}} +@tab Display the offending line +@item @kbd{@key{RET}} +@tab Move point to the offending line +@item @kbd{g} +@tab Check the document again +@item @kbd{h} +@tab Hide all reports from the same checker +@item @kbd{i} +@tab Also remove them from all subsequent checks +@item @kbd{S} +@tab Sort reports by the column at point +@end multitable + +@node Hacking +@appendix Hacking + +@cindex hacking + +This appendix describes some ways a user can extend the functionality +of Org. + +@menu +* Hooks: Hooks (2). How to reach into Org's internals. +* Add-on Packages:: Available extensions. +* Adding Hyperlink Types:: New custom link types. +* Adding Export Back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends. +* Tables in Arbitrary Syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs. +* Dynamic Blocks:: Automatically filled blocks. +* Special Agenda Views:: Customized views. +* Speeding Up Your Agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas. +* Extracting Agenda Information:: Post-processing agenda information. +* Using the Property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties. +* Using the Mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries. +@end menu + +@node Hooks (2) +@appendixsec Hooks + +@cindex hooks + +Org has a large number of hook variables for adding functionality. +This appendix illustrates using a few. A complete list of hooks with +documentation is maintained by the Worg project at +@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/doc.html#hooks}. + +@node Add-on Packages +@appendixsec Add-on Packages + +@cindex add-on packages + +Various authors wrote a large number of add-on packages for Org. + +These packages are not part of Emacs, but they are distributed as +contributed packages with the separate release available at +@uref{https://orgmode.org}. See the @samp{contrib/README} file in the source code +directory for a list of contributed files. Worg page with more +information is at: @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/}. + +@node Adding Hyperlink Types +@appendixsec Adding Hyperlink Types + +@cindex hyperlinks, adding new types + +Org has many built-in hyperlink types (see @ref{Hyperlinks}), and an +interface for adding new link types. The following example shows the +process of adding Org links to Unix man pages, which look like this + +@example +[[man:printf][The printf manual]] +@end example + + +@noindent +The following @samp{org-man.el} file implements it + +@lisp +;;; org-man.el - Support for links to man pages in Org mode +(require 'org) + +(org-link-set-parameters "man" + :follow org-man-command + :export #'org-man-export + :store #'org-man-store-link) + +(defcustom org-man-command 'man + "The Emacs command to be used to display a man page." + :group 'org-link + :type '(choice (const man) (const woman))) + +(defun org-man-store-link () + "Store a link to a man page." + (when (memq major-mode '(Man-mode woman-mode)) + ;; This is a man page, we do make this link. + (let* ((page (org-man-get-page-name)) + (link (concat "man:" page)) + (description (format "Man page for %s" page))) + (org-store-link-props + :type "man" + :link link + :description description)))) + +(defun org-man-get-page-name () + "Extract the page name from the buffer name." + ;; This works for both `Man-mode' and `woman-mode'. + (if (string-match " \\(\\S-+\\)\\*" (buffer-name)) + (match-string 1 (buffer-name)) + (error "Cannot create link to this man page"))) + +(defun org-man-export (link description format) + "Export a man page link from Org files." + (let ((path (format "http://man.he.net/?topic=%s§ion=all" link)) + (desc (or description link))) + (pcase format + (`html (format "<a target=\"_blank\" href=\"%s\">%s</a>" path desc)) + (`latex (format "\\href@{%s@}@{%s@}" path desc)) + (`texinfo (format "@@uref@{%s,%s@}" path desc)) + (`ascii (format "%s (%s)" desc path)) + (t path)))) + +(provide 'org-man) +;;; org-man.el ends here +@end lisp + +@noindent +To activate links to man pages in Org, enter this in the Emacs init +file: + +@lisp +(require 'org-man) +@end lisp + +@noindent +A review of @samp{org-man.el}: + +@enumerate +@item +First, @samp{(require 'org)} ensures @samp{org.el} is loaded. + +@item +@findex org-link-set-parameters +@vindex org-link-parameters +Then @code{org-link-set-parameters} defines a new link type with @samp{man} +prefix and associates functions for following, exporting and +storing such links. See the variable @code{org-link-parameters} for +a complete list of possible associations. + +@item +The rest of the file implements necessary variables and functions. + +For example, @code{org-man-store-link} is responsible for storing a link +when @code{org-store-link} (see @ref{Handling Links}) is called from a buffer +displaying a man page. It first checks if the @code{major-mode} is +appropriate. If check fails, the function returns @code{nil}, which +means it isn't responsible for creating a link to the current +buffer. Otherwise the function makes a link string by combining +the @samp{man:} prefix with the man topic. It also provides a default +description. The function @code{org-insert-link} can insert it back +into an Org buffer later on. +@end enumerate + +@node Adding Export Back-ends +@appendixsec Adding Export Back-ends + +@cindex Export, writing back-ends + +Org's export engine makes it easy for writing new back-ends. The +framework on which the engine was built makes it easy to derive new +back-ends from existing ones. + +@findex org-export-define-backend +@findex org-export-define-derived-backend +The two main entry points to the export engine are: +@code{org-export-define-backend} and @code{org-export-define-derived-backend}. +To grok these functions, see @samp{ox-latex.el} for an example of defining +a new back-end from scratch, and @samp{ox-beamer.el} for an example of +deriving from an existing engine. + +For creating a new back-end from scratch, first set its name as +a symbol in an alist consisting of elements and export functions. To +make the back-end visible to the export dispatcher, set @code{:menu-entry} +keyword. For export options specific to this back-end, set the +@code{:options-alist}. + +For creating a new back-end from an existing one, set +@code{:translate-alist} to an alist of export functions. This alist +replaces the parent back-end functions. + +For complete documentation, see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-export-reference.html, the Org Export Reference on Worg}. + +@node Tables in Arbitrary Syntax +@appendixsec Tables in Arbitrary Syntax + +@cindex tables, in other modes +@cindex lists, in other modes +@cindex Orgtbl mode + +Due to Org's success in handling tables with Orgtbl, a frequently +requested feature is the use of Org's table functions in other modes, +e.g., @LaTeX{}. This would be hard to do in a general way without +complicated customization nightmares. Moreover, that would take Org +away from its simplicity roots that Orgtbl has proven. There is, +however, an alternate approach to accomplishing the same. + +This approach involves implementing a custom @emph{translate} function that +operates on a native Org @emph{source table} to produce a table in another +format. This strategy would keep the excellently working Orgtbl +simple and isolate complications, if any, confined to the translate +function. To add more alien table formats, we just add more translate +functions. Also the burden of developing custom translate functions +for new table formats is in the hands of those who know those formats +best. + +@menu +* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables. +* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial. +* Translator functions:: Copy and modify. +@end menu + +@node Radio tables +@appendixsubsec Radio tables + +@cindex radio tables + +Radio tables are target locations for translated tables that are not near +their source. Org finds the target location and inserts the translated +table. + +The key to finding the target location is the magic words @samp{BEGIN/END +RECEIVE ORGTBL}. They have to appear as comments in the current mode. +If the mode is C, then: + +@example +/* BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */ +/* END RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */ +@end example + +At the location of source, Org needs a special line to direct Orgtbl +to translate and to find the target for inserting the translated +table. For example: + +@cindex @samp{ORGTBL}, keyword +@example +#+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments ... +@end example + + +@noindent +@samp{table_name} is the table's reference name, which is also used in the +receiver lines, and the @samp{translation_function} is the Lisp function +that translates. This line, in addition, may also contain alternating +key and value arguments at the end. The translation function gets +these values as a property list. A few standard parameters are +already recognized and acted upon before the translation function is +called: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{:skip N} +Skip the first N lines of the table. Hlines do count; include +them if they are to be skipped. + +@item @samp{:skipcols (n1 n2 ...)} +List of columns to be skipped. First Org automatically discards +columns with calculation marks and then sends the table to the +translator function, which then skips columns as specified in +@samp{skipcols}. +@end table + +To keep the source table intact in the buffer without being disturbed +when the source file is compiled or otherwise being worked on, use one +of these strategies: + +@itemize +@item +Place the table in a block comment. For example, in C mode you +could wrap the table between @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} lines. + +@item +Put the table after an ``end'' statement. For example @code{\bye} in @TeX{} +and @code{\end@{document@}} in @LaTeX{}. + +@item +Comment and un-comment each line of the table during edits. The +@kbd{M-x orgtbl-toggle-comment} command makes toggling easy. +@end itemize + +@node A @LaTeX{} example +@appendixsubsec A @LaTeX{} example of radio tables + +@cindex @LaTeX{}, and Orgtbl mode + +To wrap a source table in @LaTeX{}, use the @samp{comment} environment +provided by @samp{comment.sty}@footnote{@uref{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/comment}}. To activate it, put +@code{\usepackage@{comment@}} in the document header. Orgtbl mode inserts +a radio table skeleton@footnote{Because @samp{LEVEL=2} has 3 stars, @samp{LEVEL=3} has 4 stars, and so +on.} with the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-insert-radio-table}, which prompts for a table name. For +example, if @samp{salesfigures} is the name, the template inserts: + +@example +% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures +% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures +\begin@{comment@} +#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex +| | | +\end@{comment@} +@end example + +@vindex LaTeX-verbatim-environments +@noindent +The line @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} tells Orgtbl mode to use the function +@code{orgtbl-to-latex} to convert the table to @LaTeX{} format, then insert +the table at the target (receive) location named @samp{salesfigures}. Now +the table is ready for data entry. It can even use spreadsheet +features@footnote{If the @samp{TBLFM} keyword contains an odd number of dollar +characters, this may cause problems with Font Lock in @LaTeX{} mode. As +shown in the example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside +the @samp{comment} environment that is used to balance the dollar +expressions. If you are using AUC@TeX{} with the font-latex library, +a much better solution is to add the @samp{comment} environment to the +variable @code{LaTeX-verbatim-environments}.}: + +@example +% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures +% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures +\begin@{comment@} +#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex +| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day | +|-------+------+---------+---------| +| Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 | +| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 | +| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 | +#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f +% $ (optional extra dollar to keep Font Lock happy, see footnote) +\end@{comment@} +@end example + +After editing, @kbd{C-c C-c} inserts the translated table at the +target location, between the two marker lines. + +For hand-made custom tables, note that the translator needs to skip +the first two lines of the source table. Also the command has to +@emph{splice} out the target table without the header and footer. + +@example +\begin@{tabular@}@{lrrr@} +Month & \multicolumn@{1@}@{c@}@{Days@} & Nr.\ sold & per day\\ +% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures +% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures +\end@{tabular@} +% +\begin@{comment@} +#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex :splice t :skip 2 +| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day | +|-------+------+---------+---------| +| Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 | +| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 | +| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 | +#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f +\end@{comment@} +@end example + +The @LaTeX{} translator function @code{orgtbl-to-latex} is already part of +Orgtbl mode and uses a @samp{tabular} environment to typeset the table and +marks horizontal lines with @code{\hline}. For additional parameters to +control output, see @ref{Translator functions}: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{:splice BOOLEAN} +When @{@{@{var(BOOLEAN@}@}@} is non-@code{nil}, return only table body +lines; i.e., not wrapped in @samp{tabular} environment. Default is +@code{nil}. + +@item @samp{:fmt FMT} +Format string to warp each field. It should contain @samp{%s} for the +original field value. For example, to wrap each field value in +dollar symbol, you could use @samp{:fmt "$%s$"}. Format can also wrap +a property list with column numbers and formats, for example +@samp{:fmt (2 "$%s$" 4 "%s\\%%")}. In place of a string, a function +of one argument can be used; the function must return a formatted +string. + +@item @samp{:efmt EFMT} +Format numbers as exponentials. The spec should have @samp{%s} twice +for inserting mantissa and exponent, for example @samp{"%s\\times10^@{%s@}"}. +This may also be a property list with column numbers and formats, +for example @samp{:efmt (2 "$%s\\times10^@{%s@}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^@{%s@}$")}. After +@var{EFMT} has been applied to a value, @var{FMT}---see +above---is also applied. Functions with two arguments can be +supplied instead of strings. By default, no special formatting +is applied. +@end table + +@node Translator functions +@appendixsubsec Translator functions + +@cindex HTML, and Orgtbl mode +@cindex translator function + +@findex orgtbl-to-csv +@findex orgtbl-to-tsv +@findex orgtbl-to-latex +@findex orgtbl-to-html +@findex orgtbl-to-texinfo +@findex orgtbl-to-unicode +@findex orgtbl-to-orgtbl +@findex orgtbl-to-generic +Orgtbl mode has built-in translator functions: @code{orgtbl-to-csv} +(comma-separated values), @code{orgtbl-to-tsv} (TAB-separated values), +@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-html}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, +@code{orgtbl-to-unicode} and @code{orgtbl-to-orgtbl}. They use the generic +translator, @code{orgtbl-to-generic}, which delegates translations to +various export back-ends. + +Properties passed to the function through the @samp{ORGTBL SEND} line take +precedence over properties defined inside the function. For example, +this overrides the default @LaTeX{} line endings, @code{\\}, with @code{\\[2mm]}: + +@example +#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-latex :lend " \\\\[2mm]" +@end example + + +For a new language translator, define a converter function. It can be +a generic function, such as shown in this example. It marks +a beginning and ending of a table with @samp{!BTBL!} and @samp{!ETBL!}; +a beginning and ending of lines with @samp{!BL!} and @samp{!EL!}; and uses a TAB +for a field separator: + +@lisp +(defun orgtbl-to-language (table params) + "Convert the orgtbl-mode TABLE to language." + (orgtbl-to-generic + table + (org-combine-plists + '(:tstart "!BTBL!" :tend "!ETBL!" :lstart "!BL!" :lend "!EL!" :sep "\t") + params))) +@end lisp + +@noindent +The documentation for the @code{orgtbl-to-generic} function shows +a complete list of parameters, each of which can be passed through to +@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, and any other function using +that generic function. + +For complicated translations the generic translator function could be +replaced by a custom translator function. Such a custom function must +take two arguments and return a single string containing the formatted +table. The first argument is the table whose lines are a list of +fields or the symbol @code{hline}. The second argument is the property +list consisting of parameters specified in the @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line. +Please share your translator functions by posting them to the Org +users mailing list, at @email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}. + +@node Dynamic Blocks +@appendixsec Dynamic Blocks + +@cindex dynamic blocks + +Org supports @emph{dynamic blocks} in Org documents. They are inserted +with begin and end markers like any other code block, but the contents +are updated automatically by a user function. For example, @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} inserts a dynamic table that updates the work time (see +@ref{Clocking Work Time}). + +Dynamic blocks can have names and function parameters. The syntax is +similar to source code block specifications: + +@example +#+BEGIN: myblock :parameter1 value1 :parameter2 value2 ... + ... +#+END: +@end example + +These commands update dynamic blocks: + +@table @asis +@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update}) +@kindex C-c C-x C-u +@findex org-dblock-update +Update dynamic block at point. + +@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u} +@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u +Update all dynamic blocks in the current file. +@end table + +Before updating a dynamic block, Org removes content between the +@samp{BEGIN} and @samp{END} markers. Org then reads the parameters on the +@samp{BEGIN} line for passing to the writer function. If the function +expects to access the removed content, then Org expects an extra +parameter, @samp{:content}, on the @samp{BEGIN} line. + +The syntax for naming a writer function with a dynamic block labelled +@samp{myblock} is: @code{org-dblock-write:myblock}. Parameters come from the +@samp{BEGIN} line. + +The following is an example of a dynamic block and a block writer function +that updates the time when the function was last run: + +@example +#+BEGIN: block-update-time :format "on %m/%d/%Y at %H:%M" + ... +#+END: +@end example + +@noindent +The dynamic block's writer function: + +@lisp +(defun org-dblock-write:block-update-time (params) + (let ((fmt (or (plist-get params :format) "%d. %m. %Y"))) + (insert "Last block update at: " + (format-time-string fmt)))) +@end lisp + +To keep dynamic blocks up-to-date in an Org file, use the function, +@code{org-update-all-dblocks} in hook, such as @code{before-save-hook}. The +@code{org-update-all-dblocks} function does not run if the file is not in +Org mode. + +@findex org-narrow-to-block +Dynamic blocks, like any other block, can be narrowed with +@code{org-narrow-to-block}. + +@node Special Agenda Views +@appendixsec Special Agenda Views + +@cindex agenda views, user-defined + +@vindex org-agenda-skip-function +@vindex org-agenda-skip-function-global +Org provides a special hook to further limit items in agenda views: +@code{agenda}, @code{agenda*}@footnote{The @code{agenda*} view is the same as @code{agenda} except that it +only considers @emph{appointments}, i.e., scheduled and deadline items that +have a time specification @samp{[h]h:mm} in their time-stamps.}, @code{todo}, @code{alltodo}, @code{tags}, @code{tags-todo}, +@code{tags-tree}. Specify a custom function that tests inclusion of every +matched item in the view. This function can also skip as much as is +needed. + +For a global condition applicable to agenda views, use the +@code{org-agenda-skip-function-global} variable. Org uses a global +condition with @code{org-agenda-skip-function} for custom searching. + +This example defines a function for a custom view showing TODO items +with @samp{waiting} status. Manually this is a multi-step search process, +but with a custom view, this can be automated as follows: + +The custom function searches the subtree for the @samp{waiting} tag and +returns @code{nil} on match. Otherwise it gives the location from where +the search continues. + +@lisp +(defun my-skip-unless-waiting () + "Skip trees that are not waiting" + (let ((subtree-end (save-excursion (org-end-of-subtree t)))) + (if (re-search-forward ":waiting:" subtree-end t) + nil ; tag found, do not skip + subtree-end))) ; tag not found, continue after end of subtree +@end lisp + +To use this custom function in a custom agenda command: + +@lisp +(org-add-agenda-custom-command + '("b" todo "PROJECT" + ((org-agenda-skip-function 'my-skip-unless-waiting) + (org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: ")))) +@end lisp + +@vindex org-agenda-overriding-header +Note that this also binds @code{org-agenda-overriding-header} to a more +meaningful string suitable for the agenda view. + +@vindex org-odd-levels-only +@vindex org-agenda-skip-function +Search for entries with a limit set on levels for the custom search. +This is a general approach to creating custom searches in Org. To +include all levels, use @samp{LEVEL>0}@footnote{Note that, for @code{org-odd-levels-only}, a level number +corresponds to order in the hierarchy, not to the number of stars.}. Then to selectively pick +the matched entries, use @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, which also +accepts Lisp forms, such as @code{org-agenda-skip-entry-if} and +@code{org-agenda-skip-subtree-if}. For example: + +@table @asis +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled)} +Skip current entry if it has been scheduled. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notscheduled)} +Skip current entry if it has not been scheduled. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'deadline)} +Skip current entry if it has a deadline. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled 'deadline)} +Skip current entry if it has a deadline, or if it is scheduled. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo '("TODO" "WAITING"))} +Skip current entry if the TODO keyword is TODO or WAITING@. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo 'done)} +Skip current entry if the TODO keyword marks a DONE state. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'timestamp)} +Skip current entry if it has any timestamp, may also be deadline +or scheduled. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'regexp "regular expression")} +Skip current entry if the regular expression matches in the +entry. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notregexp "regular expression")} +Skip current entry unless the regular expression matches. + +@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if 'regexp "regular expression")} +Same as above, but check and skip the entire subtree. +@end table + +The following is an example of a search for @samp{waiting} without the +special function: + +@lisp +(org-add-agenda-custom-command + '("b" todo "PROJECT" + ((org-agenda-skip-function '(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if + 'regexp ":waiting:")) + (org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: ")))) +@end lisp + +@node Speeding Up Your Agendas +@appendixsec Speeding Up Your Agendas + +@cindex agenda views, optimization + +Some agenda commands slow down when the Org files grow in size or +number. Here are tips to speed up: + +@itemize +@item +Reduce the number of Org agenda files to avoid slowdowns due to hard drive +accesses. + +@item +Reduce the number of DONE and archived headlines so agenda +operations that skip over these can finish faster. + +@item +Do not dim blocked tasks: +@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks nil) +@end lisp + +@item +Stop preparing agenda buffers on startup: +@vindex org-startup-folded +@vindex org-agenda-inhibit-startup + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-inhibit-startup t) +@end lisp + +@item +Disable tag inheritance for agendas: +@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags +@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance + +@lisp +(setq org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance nil) +@end lisp +@end itemize + +These options can be applied to selected agenda views. For more +details about generation of agenda views, see the docstrings for the +relevant variables, and this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/agenda-optimization.html, dedicated Worg page} for agenda +optimization. + +@node Extracting Agenda Information +@appendixsec Extracting Agenda Information + +@cindex agenda, pipe +@cindex scripts, for agenda processing + +Org provides commands to access agendas through Emacs batch mode. +Through this command-line interface, agendas are automated for further +processing or printing. + +@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands +@findex org-batch-agenda +@code{org-batch-agenda} creates an agenda view in ASCII and outputs to +standard output. This command takes one string parameter. When +string consists of a single character, Org uses it as a key to +@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. These are the same ones available +through the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}). + +This example command line directly prints the TODO list to the printer: + +@example +emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda "t")' | lpr +@end example + + +When the string parameter length is two or more characters, Org +matches it with tags/TODO strings. For example, this example command +line prints items tagged with @samp{shop}, but excludes items tagged with +@samp{NewYork}: + +@example +emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \ + -eval '(org-batch-agenda "+shop-NewYork")' | lpr +@end example + +@noindent +An example showing on-the-fly parameter modifications: + +@example +emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \ + -eval '(org-batch-agenda "a" \ + org-agenda-span (quote month) \ + org-agenda-include-diary nil \ + org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \ + | lpr +@end example + +@noindent +which produces an agenda for the next 30 days from just the +@samp{~/org/projects.org} file. + +@findex org-batch-agenda-csv +For structured processing of agenda output, use @code{org-batch-agenda-csv} +with the following fields: + +@table @asis +@item category +The category of the item +@item head +The headline, without TODO keyword, TAGS and PRIORITY +@item type +The type of the agenda entry, can be + +@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} +@item @code{todo} +@tab selected in TODO match +@item @code{tagsmatch} +@tab selected in tags match +@item @code{diary} +@tab imported from diary +@item @code{deadline} +@tab a deadline +@item @code{scheduled} +@tab scheduled +@item @code{timestamp} +@tab appointment, selected by timestamp +@item @code{closed} +@tab entry was closed on date +@item @code{upcoming-deadline} +@tab warning about nearing deadline +@item @code{past-scheduled} +@tab forwarded scheduled item +@item @code{block} +@tab entry has date block including date +@end multitable + +@item todo +The TODO keyword, if any +@item tags +All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons +@item date +The relevant date, like @samp{2007-2-14} +@item time +The time, like @samp{15:00-16:50} +@item extra +String with extra planning info +@item priority-l +The priority letter if any was given +@item priority-n +The computed numerical priority +@end table + +If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp, +including those items with @samp{DEADLINE} and @samp{SCHEDULED} keywords, then +Org includes date and time in the output. + +If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp (or +deadline/scheduled), then Org includes date and time in the output. + +Here is an example of a post-processing script in Perl. It takes the +CSV output from Emacs and prints with a checkbox: + +@example +#!/usr/bin/perl + +# define the Emacs command to run +$cmd = "emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda-csv \"t\")'"; + +# run it and capture the output +$agenda = qx@{$cmd 2>/dev/null@}; + +# loop over all lines +foreach $line (split(/\n/,$agenda)) @{ + # get the individual values + ($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra, + $priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line); + # process and print + print "[ ] $head\n"; +@} +@end example + +@node Using the Property API +@appendixsec Using the Property API + +@cindex API, for properties +@cindex properties, API + +Here is a description of the functions that can be used to work with +properties. + +@defun org-entry-properties &optional pom which +Get all properties of the entry at point-or-marker @var{POM}. +This includes the TODO keyword, the tags, time strings for deadline, +scheduled, and clocking, and any additional properties defined in the +entry. The return value is an alist. Keys may occur multiple times +if the property key was used several times. @var{POM} may also +be @code{nil}, in which case the current entry is used. If +@var{WHICH} is @code{nil} or @code{all}, get all properties. If +@var{WHICH} is @code{special} or @code{standard}, only get that subclass. +@end defun + +@vindex org-use-property-inheritance +@findex org-insert-property-drawer +@defun org-entry-get pom property &optional inherit +Get value of @var{PROPERTY} for entry at point-or-marker +@var{POM}. By default, this only looks at properties defined +locally in the entry. If @var{INHERIT} is non-@code{nil} and the +entry does not have the property, then also check higher levels of the +hierarchy. If @var{INHERIT} is the symbol @code{selective}, use +inheritance if and only if the setting of +@code{org-use-property-inheritance} selects @var{PROPERTY} for +inheritance. +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-delete pom property +Delete the property @var{PROPERTY} from entry at point-or-marker +@var{POM}. +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-put pom property value +Set @var{PROPERTY} to @var{VALUES} for entry at +point-or-marker POM@. +@end defun + +@defun org-buffer-property-keys &optional include-specials +Get all property keys in the current buffer. +@end defun + +@defun org-insert-property-drawer +Insert a property drawer for the current entry. Also +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-put-multivalued-property pom property &rest values +Set @var{PROPERTY} at point-or-marker @var{POM} to +@var{VALUES}. @var{VALUES} should be a list of strings. +They are concatenated, with spaces as separators. +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-get-multivalued-property pom property +Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as +a whitespace-separated list of values and return the values as a list +of strings. +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-add-to-multivalued-property pom property value +Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as +a whitespace-separated list of values and make sure that +@var{VALUE} is in this list. +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-remove-from-multivalued-property pom property value +Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as +a whitespace-separated list of values and make sure that +@var{VALUE} is @emph{not} in this list. +@end defun + +@defun org-entry-member-in-multivalued-property pom property value +Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as +a whitespace-separated list of values and check if @var{VALUE} is +in this list. +@end defun + +@defopt org-property-allowed-value-functions +Hook for functions supplying allowed values for a specific property. +The functions must take a single argument, the name of the property, +and return a flat list of allowed values. If @samp{:ETC} is one of the +values, use the values as completion help, but allow also other values +to be entered. The functions must return @code{nil} if they are not +responsible for this property. +@end defopt + +@node Using the Mapping API +@appendixsec Using the Mapping API + +@cindex API, for mapping +@cindex mapping entries, API + +Org has sophisticated mapping capabilities to find all entries +satisfying certain criteria. Internally, this functionality is used +to produce agenda views, but there is also an API that can be used to +execute arbitrary functions for each or selected entries. The main +entry point for this API is: + +@defun org-map-entries func &optional match scope &rest skip +Call @var{FUNC} at each headline selected by @var{MATCH} in +@var{SCOPE}. + +@var{FUNC} is a function or a Lisp form. With point positioned +at the beginning of the headline, call the function without arguments. +Org returns an alist of return values of calls to the function. + +To avoid preserving point, Org wraps the call to @var{FUNC} in +@code{save-excursion} form. After evaluation, Org moves point to the end +of the line that was just processed. Search continues from that point +forward. This may not always work as expected under some conditions, +such as if the current sub-tree was removed by a previous archiving +operation. In such rare circumstances, Org skips the next entry +entirely when it should not. To stop Org from such skips, make +@var{FUNC} set the variable @code{org-map-continue-from} to a specific +buffer position. + +@var{MATCH} is a tags/property/TODO match. Org iterates only +matched headlines. Org iterates over all headlines when +@var{MATCH} is @code{nil} or @code{t}. + +@var{SCOPE} determines the scope of this command. It can be any +of: + +@table @asis +@item @code{nil} +The current buffer, respecting the restriction, if any. + +@item @code{tree} +The subtree started with the entry at point. + +@item @code{region} +The entries within the active region, if any. + +@item @code{file} +The current buffer, without restriction. + +@item @code{file-with-archives} +The current buffer, and any archives associated with it. + +@item @code{agenda} +All agenda files. + +@item @code{agenda-with-archives} +All agenda files with any archive files associated with them. + +@item list of filenames +If this is a list, all files in the list are scanned. +@end table + +@noindent +The remaining arguments are treated as settings for the scanner's +skipping facilities. Valid arguments are: + +@table @asis +@item @code{archive} +Skip trees with the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag. + +@item @code{comment} +Skip trees with the COMMENT keyword. + +@item function or Lisp form +@vindex org-agenda-skip-function +Used as value for @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, so whenever the +function returns @code{t}, @var{FUNC} is called for that entry +and search continues from the point where the function leaves it. +@end table +@end defun + +The mapping routine can call any arbitrary function, even functions +that change meta data or query the property API (see @ref{Using the Property API}). Here are some handy functions: + +@defun org-todo &optional arg +Change the TODO state of the entry. See the docstring of the +functions for the many possible values for the argument +@var{ARG}. +@end defun + +@defun org-priority &optional action +Change the priority of the entry. See the docstring of this function +for the possible values for @var{ACTION}. +@end defun + +@defun org-toggle-tag tag &optional onoff +Toggle the tag @var{TAG} in the current entry. Setting +@var{ONOFF} to either @code{on} or @code{off} does not toggle tag, but +ensure that it is either on or off. +@end defun + +@defun org-promote +Promote the current entry. +@end defun + +@defun org-demote +Demote the current entry. +@end defun + +This example turns all entries tagged with @samp{TOMORROW} into TODO +entries with keyword @samp{UPCOMING}. Org ignores entries in comment trees +and archive trees. + +@lisp +(org-map-entries '(org-todo "UPCOMING") + "+TOMORROW" 'file 'archive 'comment) +@end lisp + +The following example counts the number of entries with TODO keyword +@samp{WAITING}, in all agenda files. + +@lisp +(length (org-map-entries t "/+WAITING" 'agenda)) +@end lisp + +@node History and Acknowledgments +@appendix History and Acknowledgments + + + +@anchor{From Carsten} +@appendixsec From Carsten + +Org was born in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface of +the Emacs Outline mode. I was trying to organize my notes and +projects, and using Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go. +However, having to remember eleven different commands with two or +three keys per command, only to hide and show parts of the outline +tree, that seemed entirely unacceptable to me. Also, when using +outlines to take notes, I constantly wanted to restructure the tree, +organizing it parallel to my thoughts and plans. @emph{Visibility cycling} +and @emph{structure editing} were originally implemented in the package +@samp{outline-magic.el}, but quickly moved to the more general @samp{org.el}. +As this environment became comfortable for project planning, the next +step was adding @emph{TODO entries}, basic @emph{timestamps}, and @emph{table +support}. These areas highlighted the two main goals that Org still +has today: to be a new, outline-based, plain text mode with innovative +and intuitive editing features, and to incorporate project planning +functionality directly into a notes file. + +Since the first release, literally thousands of emails to me or to the +@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org, mailing list} have provided a constant stream of bug reports, feedback, +new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code. Many thanks to +everyone who has helped to improve this package. I am trying to keep +here a list of the people who had significant influence in shaping one +or more aspects of Org. The list may not be complete, if I have +forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and let me know. + +Before I get to this list, a few special mentions are in order: + +@table @asis +@item Bastien Guerry +Bastien has written a large number of extensions to Org (most of +them integrated into the core by now), including the @LaTeX{} +exporter and the plain list parser. His support during the early +days was central to the success of this project. Bastien also +invented Worg, helped establishing the Web presence of Org, and +sponsored hosting costs for the orgmode.org website. Bastien +stepped in as maintainer of Org between 2011 and 2013, at a time +when I desperately needed a break. + +@item Eric Schulte and Dan Davison +Eric and Dan are jointly responsible for the Org Babel system, +which turns Org into a multi-language environment for evaluating +code and doing literate programming and reproducible research. +This has become one of Org's killer features that define what Org +is today. + +@item John Wiegley +John has contributed a number of great ideas and patches directly +to Org, including the attachment system (@samp{org-attach.el}), +integration with Apple Mail (@samp{org-mac-message.el}), hierarchical +dependencies of TODO items, habit tracking (@samp{org-habits.el}), and +encryption (@samp{org-crypt.el}). Also, the capture system is really +an extended copy of his great @samp{remember.el}. + +@item Sebastian Rose +Without Sebastian, the HTML/XHTML publishing of Org would be the +pitiful work of an ignorant amateur. Sebastian has pushed this +part of Org onto a much higher level. He also wrote +@samp{org-info.js}, a Java script for displaying webpages derived from +Org using an Info-like or a folding interface with single-key +navigation. +@end table + +See below for the full list of contributions! Again, please let me +know what I am missing here! + +@anchor{From Bastien} +@appendixsec From Bastien + +I (Bastien) have been maintaining Org between 2011 and 2013. This +appendix would not be complete without adding a few more +acknowledgments and thanks. + +I am first grateful to Carsten for his trust while handing me over the +maintainership of Org. His unremitting support is what really helped +me getting more confident over time, with both the community and the +code. + +When I took over maintainership, I knew I would have to make Org more +collaborative than ever, as I would have to rely on people that are +more knowledgeable than I am on many parts of the code. Here is +a list of the persons I could rely on, they should really be +considered co-maintainers, either of the code or the community: + +@table @asis +@item Eric Schulte +Eric is maintaining the Babel parts of Org. His reactivity here +kept me away from worrying about possible bugs here and let me +focus on other parts. + +@item Nicolas Goaziou +Nicolas is maintaining the consistency of the deepest parts of +Org. His work on @samp{org-element.el} and @samp{ox.el} has been +outstanding, and it opened the doors for many new ideas and +features. He rewrote many of the old exporters to use the new +export engine, and helped with documenting this major change. +More importantly (if that's possible), he has been more than +reliable during all the work done for Org 8.0, and always very +reactive on the mailing list. + +@item Achim Gratz +Achim rewrote the building process of Org, turning some @emph{ad hoc} +tools into a flexible and conceptually clean process. He +patiently coped with the many hiccups that such a change can +create for users. + +@item Nick Dokos +The Org mode mailing list would not be such a nice place without +Nick, who patiently helped users so many times. It is impossible +to overestimate such a great help, and the list would not be so +active without him. +@end table + +I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to +be fair when shortlisting a few of them, but Org's history would not +be complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual. + +@anchor{List of Contributions} +@appendixsec List of Contributions + +@itemize +@item +Russel Adams came up with the idea for drawers. + +@item +Thomas Baumann wrote @samp{org-bbdb.el} and @samp{org-mhe.el}. + +@item +Christophe Bataillon created the great unicorn logo that we use on +the Org mode website. + +@item +Alex Bochannek provided a patch for rounding timestamps. + +@item +Jan Böcker wrote @samp{org-docview.el}. + +@item +Brad Bozarth showed how to pull RSS feed data into Org files. + +@item +Tom Breton wrote @samp{org-choose.el}. + +@item +Charles Cave's suggestion sparked the implementation of templates +for Remember, which are now templates for capture. + +@item +Pavel Chalmoviansky influenced the agenda treatment of items with +specified time. + +@item +Gregory Chernov patched support for Lisp forms into table +calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by +porting @samp{nouline.el} to XEmacs. + +@item +Sacha Chua suggested copying some linking code from Planner. + +@item +Baoqiu Cui contributed the DocBook exporter. + +@item +Eddward DeVilla proposed and tested checkbox statistics. He also +came up with the idea of properties, and that there should be an API +for them. + +@item +Nick Dokos tracked down several nasty bugs. + +@item +Kees Dullemond used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so +inspired some of the early development, including HTML export. He +also asked for a way to narrow wide table columns. + +@item +Thomas@tie{}S@.@tie{}Dye contributed documentation on Worg and helped +integrating the Org Babel documentation into the manual. + +@item +Christian Egli converted the documentation into Texinfo format, +inspired the agenda, patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter, +and wrote @samp{org-taskjuggler.el}. + +@item +David Emery provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported HTML +agendas. + +@item +Nic Ferrier contributed mailcap and XOXO support. + +@item +Miguel@tie{}A@.@tie{}Figueroa-Villanueva implemented hierarchical checkboxes. + +@item +John Foerch figured out how to make incremental search show context +around a match in a hidden outline tree. + +@item +Raimar Finken wrote @samp{org-git-line.el}. + +@item +Mikael Fornius works as a mailing list moderator. + +@item +Austin Frank works as a mailing list moderator. + +@item +Eric Fraga drove the development of Beamer export with ideas and +testing. + +@item +Barry Gidden did proofreading the manual in preparation for the book +publication through Network Theory Ltd. + +@item +Niels Giesen had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees. + +@item +Nicolas Goaziou rewrote much of the plain list code. + +@item +Kai Grossjohann pointed out key-binding conflicts with other +packages. + +@item +Brian Gough of Network Theory Ltd publishes the Org mode manual as +a book. + +@item +Bernt Hansen has driven much of the support for auto-repeating +tasks, task state change logging, and the clocktable. His clear +explanations have been critical when we started to adopt the Git +version control system. + +@item +Manuel Hermenegildo has contributed various ideas, small fixes and +patches. + +@item +Phil Jackson wrote @samp{org-irc.el}. + +@item +Scott Jaderholm proposed footnotes, control over whitespace between +folded entries, and column view for properties. + +@item +Matt Jones wrote MobileOrg Android. + +@item +Tokuya Kameshima wrote @samp{org-wl.el} and @samp{org-mew.el}. + +@item +Shidai Liu (``Leo'') asked for embedded @LaTeX{} and tested it. He also +provided frequent feedback and some patches. + +@item +Matt Lundin has proposed last-row references for table formulas and +named invisible anchors. He has also worked a lot on the FAQ@. + +@item +David Maus wrote @samp{org-atom.el}, maintains the issues file for Org, +and is a prolific contributor on the mailing list with competent +replies, small fixes and patches. + +@item +Jason@tie{}F@.@tie{}McBrayer suggested agenda export to CSV format. + +@item +Max Mikhanosha came up with the idea of refiling. + +@item +Dmitri Minaev sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file +basis. + +@item +Stefan Monnier provided a patch to keep the Emacs Lisp compiler +happy. + +@item +Richard Moreland wrote MobileOrg for the iPhone. + +@item +Rick Moynihan proposed allowing multiple TODO sequences in a file +and being able to quickly restrict the agenda to a subtree. + +@item +Todd Neal provided patches for links to Info files and Elisp forms. + +@item +Greg Newman refreshed the unicorn logo into its current form. + +@item +Tim O'Callaghan suggested in-file links, search options for general +file links, and tags. + +@item +Osamu Okano wrote @samp{orgcard2ref.pl}, a Perl program to create a text +version of the reference card. + +@item +Takeshi Okano translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial +into Japanese. + +@item +Oliver Oppitz suggested multi-state TODO items. + +@item +Scott Otterson sparked the introduction of descriptive text for +links, among other things. + +@item +Pete Phillips helped during the development of the TAGS feature, +and provided frequent feedback. + +@item +Martin Pohlack provided the code snippet to bundle character +insertion into bundles of 20 for undo. + +@item +T@.@tie{}V@.@tie{}Raman reported bugs and suggested improvements. + +@item +Matthias Rempe (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality +control. + +@item +Paul Rivier provided the basic implementation of named footnotes. +He also acted as mailing list moderator for some time. + +@item +Kevin Rogers contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts. + +@item +Frank Ruell solved the mystery of the @samp{keymapp nil} bug, a conflict +with @samp{allout.el}. + +@item +Jason Riedy generalized the send-receive mechanism for Orgtbl +tables with extensive patches. + +@item +Philip Rooke created the Org reference card, provided lots of +feedback, developed and applied standards to the Org documentation. + +@item +Christian Schlauer proposed angular brackets around links, among +other things. + +@item +Paul Sexton wrote @samp{org-ctags.el}. + +@item +Tom Shannon's @samp{organizer-mode.el} inspired linking to VM/BBDB/Gnus. + +@item +Ilya Shlyakhter proposed the Archive Sibling, line numbering in +literal examples, and remote highlighting for referenced code lines. + +@item +Stathis Sideris wrote the @samp{ditaa.jar} ASCII to PNG converter that is +now packaged into Org's @samp{contrib/} directory. + +@item +Daniel Sinder came up with the idea of internal archiving by locking +subtrees. + +@item +Dale Smith proposed link abbreviations. + +@item +James TD Smith has contributed a large number of patches for +useful tweaks and features. + +@item +Adam Spiers asked for global linking commands, inspired the link +extension system, added support for Mairix, and proposed the mapping +API@. + +@item +Ulf Stegemann created the table to translate special symbols to +HTML, @LaTeX{}, UTF-8, Latin-1 and ASCII@. + +@item +Andy Stewart contributed code to @samp{org-w3m.el}, to copy +HTML content with links transformation to Org syntax. + +@item +David O'Toole wrote @samp{org-publish.el} and drafted the +manual chapter about publishing. + +@item +Jambunathan@tie{}K@.@tie{}contributed the ODT exporter. + +@item +Sebastien Vauban reported many issues with @LaTeX{} and Beamer export +and enabled source code highlighting in Gnus. + +@item +Stefan Vollmar organized a video-recorded talk at the +Max-Planck-Institute for Neurology. He also inspired the creation +of a concept index for HTML export. + +@item +Jürgen Vollmer contributed code generating the table of contents in +HTML output. + +@item +Samuel Wales has provided important feedback and bug reports. + +@item +Chris Wallace provided a patch implementing the @samp{QUOTE} block. + +@item +David Wainberg suggested archiving, and improvements to the +linking system. + +@item +Carsten Wimmer suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in +linking to Gnus. + +@item +Roland Winkler requested additional key bindings to make Org work on +a TTY@. + +@item +Piotr Zielinski wrote @samp{org-mouse.el}, proposed agenda +blocks and contributed various ideas and code snippets. + +@item +Marco Wahl wrote @samp{org-eww.el}. +@end itemize + +@node GNU Free Documentation License +@appendix GNU Free Documentation License + +@include doclicense.texi + +@node Main Index +@chapter Main Index + +@printindex cp + +@node Key Index +@chapter Key Index + +@printindex ky + +@node Command and Function Index +@chapter Command and Function Index + +@printindex fn + +@node Variable Index +@chapter Variable Index + +This is not a complete index of variables and faces, only the ones +that are mentioned in the manual. For a more complete list, use +@kbd{M-x org-customize} and then click yourself through the tree. + +@printindex vr + +@bye
\ No newline at end of file |